May 2024 Current Affairs

Table of contents

1   Daily Current Affairs

●  

Space Applications Centre

●  

High Mobility Artillery Rocket Systems (HIMARS)

2   Monthly Current Affairs

●  

Venus

●  

Court’s nudge on hospital charges, a reform opportunity

●  

Article 31C of the Indian Constitution

●  

Addressing the Gap

●  

Article 361

●  

Diplomatic Passport

●  

The judiciary’s shadow over standard essential patents

●  

Supreme Court Declines Centre's Request for Administrative

●  

Blue Corner Notice

●  

Mullaperiyar Dam Controversy

●  

Draft Explosives Bill 2024

●  

India's Pharmaceutical Industry

●  

Challenge to the Maintainability of CBI Probes

●  

Supreme Court to Address Existence of Article 31C

●  

Smart Cities Mission

●  

Deepfakes in elections

●  

Regulating Misleading Advertisements in India

●  

Potential Prosecution of Political Party

●  

Criminalisation of Politics

●  

Five things the next government needs to focus on

●  

Constitutional Test Mandated for Valid Land Acquisition

●  

Swachhata Pakhwada

●  

NIA’s allegations against NSCN

●  

Supreme Court Ruling on Newsclick

●  

Supreme Court Curbs ED's Arrest Authority in PMLA Cases

●  

Overhauling India's Higher Education System

●  

Undertrials' Disenfranchisement in India

●  

SC to Reevaluate 1995 Ruling on Protection

●  

Critical times call for strong judicial adjudication

●  

Self Help Groups (SHGs)

●  

Inter-Services Organisations Act

●  

Section 436A

●  

Concerns Raised Over ECI's Voter Turnout Data

●  

Foreigners Tribunals

●  

Protectors of the Forest: Tribal Guardians

●  

Authority of the ECI to Deregister Political Parties

●  

National Council for Cement and Building Materials

●  

Joint Parliamentary Committees

●  

Advertising Standards Council of India

●  

Article 329(b)

●  

The Time is Ripe for Electoral Bond Reform

●  

The Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India

●  

Iran-Israel Conflict

●  

IMF's Stand-By Arrangement

●  

Japan’s Diplomatic Posture

●  

International Labour Day

●  

India-Nepal Bilateral Ties

●  

The paradox of India’s global rise, its regional decline

●  

WTO’s Agreement on Agriculture (AoA)

●  

Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting

●  

The United Nations Counter-Terrorism Trust Fund

●  

Panama Canal

●  

Allegations of Child Labour in Trade Negotiations

●  

India International Bullion Exchange

●  

United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC)

●  

Chabahar Port Project

●  

Chabahar Port Agreement

●  

India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEEC)

●  

UK's Graduate Route Visa (GRV) Initiative

●  

Iranian President Ebrahim Raisi Died in a Helicopter Crash

●  

Arrest Warrants for Hamas Leaders and Israeli Prime Minister

●  

Ireland, Spain, and Norway Set to Recognize Palestine

●  

The BIMSTEC charter has been enforced

●  

Transnational Organised Crime

●  

India's Foreign Trade Relations with Key Partners

●  

FTA Strategy Meet

●  

Solar Radiation Decline in India

●  

Unclassed Forests

●  

G7 eyes possible end date for coal-fired power plants

●  

Great Rift Valley

●  

Acceleration of Indian Ocean Warming

●  

De-globalised Food Inflation in India

●  

La Cumbre Volcano and Galápagos Land Iguanas

●  

Regenerative Blue Economy

●  

Red Colobus

●  

Batillipes Chandrayaani

●  

Shaksgam Valley

●  

Garo Hills

●  

Balanced Fertilisation

●  

Unprecedented Environmental Transformation

●  

Climate Migration

●  

Rat-Hole Mining

●  

Carbon Farming

●  

Orangutans

●  

Shinkun La Tunnel

●  

Glyptothorax punyabratai

●  

Pyrenees Mountains

●  

Constructed Wetlands

●  

Dice Snake

●  

Market-Based Approaches to Forest Conservation

●  

Land Subsidence in Chenab Valley

●  

Batagay Crater

●  

The Hindon River

●  

Carbon Farming: A Pathway to Sustainable Agriculture

●  

World Bank's Report on Creating a Sustainable Planet

●  

Sperm Whale

●  

Scrutiny of India's Sugarcane Subsidy under WTO

●  

Leopard Cat

●  

Indian Ocean Basin-wide (IOBW) Index

●  

Charting India's Journey Towards Sustainability

●  

Mahi River

●  

About Sariska Tiger Reserve

●  

Strait of Gibraltar

●  

Kanwar Lake

●  

Ligdus Garvale

●  

Apple Cultivation

●  

The Deda Method

●  

Ambaji White Marble

●  

National Endangered Species Day

●  

Iberian Lynx

●  

Phtheirospermum lushaiorum

●  

India’s Climate Policy

●  

India's Solid Waste Management

●  

Sea Anemone Bleaching

●  

Red Panda

●  

New Caledonia

●  

19th Session of United Nations Forum on Forest

●  

Scarborough Shoal

●  

Critical Tiger Habitat

●  

Rangelands

●  

Utilizing Biomass Cultivation on Degraded Land

●  

Bharal and Himalayan Ibex

●  

Emblica chakrabartyi

●  

Color-Coded Alerts by the India Meteorological Department

●  

Tislelizumab and Zanubrutinib

●  

Impact of Wind Shear on Hurricanes

●  

Mount Ibu

●  

The Economic Impact of Climate Change

●  

New Export-Import Policy in Indian Agriculture

●  

India's Strategic Mineral Procurement Strategy in Africa

●  

Microplastics

●  

Stellaria mcclintockiae

●  

Nyishi Tribe

●  

Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting

●  

Rising Heat Stress in Six Major Indian Cities

●  

Eucalyptus

●  

Fire Safety Regulations in India

●  

Minor Forest Produce

●  

Himalayan Serow

●  

Delhi Sizzles at 52 degrees

●  

The Eurasian Whimbrel

●  

Building Resilience Against Disasters in India

●  

Paradox of Savings

●  

Front-running

●  

Indian Poultry Sector

●  

Reasons Behind Scrutiny on Indian Spices

●  

Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal

●  

Integrated Pensioners’ Portal (IPP)

●  

Challenges Encountered by MSMEs in India

●  

Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC)

●  

Capital Gains Tax (CGT)

●  

Participatory Notes

●  

Rise in Tobacco Prices

●  

The Kotak Mahindra Bank Controversy

●  

Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC)

●  

Requirement for a Fresh Agricultural Export-Import Policy

●  

Non-market Economy Status and Anti-Dumping Duties

●  

Appreciation of the Rupee

●  

FEMA Regulations

●  

China Regains Title of India’s Leading Trading Partner

●  

Different Types of Investment Models

●  

ASEAN-India Trade in Goods Agreement

●  

General Provident Fund (GPF) Scheme

●  

India's Toy Industry

●  

Global Trade Update: UNCTAD

●  

Trends in Employment Growth

●  

IMF's Asia-Pacific Economic Outlook Report

●  

Essential Collaboration

●  

Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs)

●  

Spices Board of India

●  

Small Industries Development Bank of India

●  

Transforming E-Commerce Terrain

●  

Economic Capital Framework (ECF)

●  

Travel & Tourism Development Index

●  

Decline in Household Savings: Beyond a Simple Alteration

●  

US Federal Reserve Maintains Interest Rates Amid Ongoing

●  

Mundra Port

●  

Rising Debt Strains Household Savings

●  

Political and Economic Reforms in 1991

●  

Zimbabwe Gold (ZiG) Currency

●  

Revamping India's Informal Labor Market

●  

Competition in Digital Markets

●  

India’s Service Sector

●  

Pravaah Portal

●  

About TacticAI

●  

Global Leaders Group on Antimicrobial Resistance

●  

Salmonella

●  

Thrombocytopenia Syndrome (TTS)

●  

SMART (Supersonic Missile Assisted Torpedoes)

●  

What is Antares?

●  

Boeing Starliner

●  

Air Independent Propulsion

●  

Endosymbiotic Theory

●  

MQ-9B Predator

●  

Choline

●  

Fusobacterium nucleatum

●  

Chloropicrin

●  

Artificial General Intelligence

●  

West Nile Fever

●  

The Glide Phase Interceptor (GPI) Project

●  

Widal Test

●  

AlphaFold3

●  

Neural Processing Unit (NPU)

●  

Maillard Reaction

●  

Auroras

●  

Kamikaze Drones

●  

T Cells

●  

Kawasaki Disease

●  

Deadbots

●  

Xenotransplantation

●  

GPT-4o

●  

Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre

●  

Geomagnetic Storms and Solar Wind

●  

Igla-S Man-Portable Air Defence System

●  

Bulava Missile

●  

Amplifying the Global Value of Earth Observation

●  

Digital Arrest Cyber Scams

●  

The PREFIRE Polar Mission

●  

Global Report on Neglected Tropical Diseases 2024

●  

HPV Vaccine Reduces Cervical Cancer Cases in Economically

●  

SPECULOOS-3b

●  

Lab-Grown Diamonds

●  

Lunar Polar Exploration Mission (LUPEX)

●  

Summer Solstice

●  

Psychedelics

●  

Genetic Drift

●  

Electric Vertical Take-Off and Landing (eVTOL) Aircraft

●  

Planetary Alignment

●  

AI Agents

●  

Protection of Personality Rights

●  

Naegleria fowleri

●  

Neanderthals: An Extinct Human Relative

●  

ASMPA Missile

●  

Ferroptosis

●  

Space Tourism

●  

GSAP SKILLS Platform

●  

Zero Debris Charter Initiative

●  

AI Anchors

●  

Measuring Heat Loss from Earth’s Poles with Tiny Satellite

●  

INS Kiltan

●  

Oedocladium sahyadricum

●  

Astronomical Transients

●  

Magellan Mission to Venus

●  

Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC)

●  

Anopheles stephensi

●  

Securing India's Nuclear Future

●  

New System to Detect Scam/Fraud Calls

●  

K-9 Vajra

●  

CERT-In

●  

PRAGATI-2024

●  

Street Vendors Act and Associated Aspects

●  

Hindu Marriage Act, 1955

●  

WHO Report on Global Immunisation

●  

Corporal Punishment

●  

Understanding India's Youth Unemployment:

●  

Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation (CDSCO)

●  

Extensive Guidelines Regarding the Dietary Requirements

●  

Time for a New Approach to Minority Welfare in India

●  

Vibrant Village Programme

●  

Zero-Day Vulnerabilities

●  

Migration Matters

●  

The Kadars

●  

Marital rape is antithetical to equality and autonomy

●  

Menstrual Hygiene in Indian Prisons

●  

Patachitra Painting

●  

Kutch Ajrakh

●  

The Great Pyramid of Giza

●  

International Booker Prize

3   Monthly Editorial Analysis

●  

Essential Collaboration: Industry and Academia in Biopharma

●  

Building Resilience Against Disasters in India

●  

Securing India's Nuclear Future

●  

The Time is Ripe for Electoral Bond Reform

●  

Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting: A Southern Journey

●  

The Economic Impact of Climate Change

●  

Marital rape is antithetical to equality and autonomy

●  

Protectors of the Forest: Tribal Guardians

●  

Transforming E-Commerce Terrain

●  

Critical times call for strong judicial adjudication

●  

Overhauling India's Higher Education System

●  

Supreme Court Ruling on Newsclick: Upholding Due Process

●  

Care Economy

●  

Five things the next government needs to focus on

●  

The challenge of extra-pulmonary TB

●  

Deepfakes in elections: They have shaken our faith

●  

Migration Matters

●  

Time for a New Approach to Minority Welfare in India

●  

Carbon Farming: A Pathway to Sustainable Agriculture

●  

Can India become a green superpower?

●  

Understanding India's Youth Unemployment: A Critical

●  

Unprecedented Environmental Transformation:

●  

The judiciary’s shadow over standard essential patents

●  

Addressing the Gap: Reforming the EC's Model Code

.... Show less Show more
Daily Current Affairs

Space Applications Centre


In News: According to a study conducted by scientists at the Space Applications Centre, it has been suggested that the extent of water ice in the northern polar region of the Moon is double that found in the southern polar region.

  • About Space Applications Centre (SAC)
    • SAC is a significant research and development center under the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO), located in Ahmedabad, Gujarat.
    • It operates across two campuses and engages in multi-disciplinary activities.
  • Genesis
    • The origins of SAC can be traced back to 1966 when the Experimental Satellite Communication Earth Station (ESCES) was established by Dr. Vikram Sarabhai in Ahmedabad.
    • In 1972, various ISRO units in Ahmedabad focused on space technology applications merged to form SAC.
  • Core Competence and Activities
    • SAC specializes in developing spaceborne and airborne instruments/payloads for national development and societal benefits.
    • Its applications cater to communication, navigation, and remote sensing needs of the country.
    • The center contributes significantly to ISRO's scientific and planetary missions, including Chandrayaan-1 and the Mars Orbiter Mission.
    • Communication transponders developed at SAC for Indian National Satellite (INSAT) and Geo Synchronous Satellite (GSAT) series are utilized by the government and private sector for various purposes like VSAT, DTH, and broadcasting.
    • SAC designs and develops optical and microwave sensors, signal and image processing software, GIS software, and applications for the Earth Observation (EO) program.
    • These applications span diverse areas such as Geosciences, Agriculture, Environment and Climate Change, Oceanography, and Atmosphere studies.
  • Facilities
    • SAC boasts highly sophisticated payload integration laboratories, electronic and mechanical fabrication facilities, environmental test facilities, and systems reliability/assurance groups.
    • It also houses image processing and analysis facilities, project management support groups, and a well-equipped library.
  • Training and Collaborations
    • SAC serves as a host institution for training programs for students from the Asia Pacific region, focusing on satellite meteorology and communication under the Centre for Space Science and Technology Education in Asia and the Pacific (CSSTE-AP).

Source: FP

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Daily Current Affairs

High Mobility Artillery Rocket Systems (HIMARS)


In News: Recently, the Russian government released new footage purportedly demonstrating the targeting of two Ukrainian High Mobility Artillery Rocket Systems (HIMARS) shortly after the United States authorized a substantial increase in military aid for Ukraine.

  • Overview of High Mobility Artillery Rocket Systems (HIMARS)
    • HIMARS is a lightweight, multiple rocket launcher system designed to engage various targets, including artillery, air defense concentrations, vehicles, and personnel carriers. 
  • Manufacturing and Manufacturer
    • The system is manufactured by Lockheed Martin Corporation, a prominent US-based security and aerospace company.
  • Features of HIMARS
    • It is mounted on a 5-ton Family of Medium Tactical Vehicles (FMTV), making it air-transportable and highly mobile.
    • HIMARS can carry either a launcher pod containing six rockets or one MGM-140 Army Tactical Missile System (ATACMS) with a range of 300 kilometers (186 miles).
    • With a rapid preparation time of less than 20 seconds, HIMARS can fire a full launcher load of six rockets within 45 seconds.
    • After firing, the system swiftly moves away from the launch site at high speed to evade detection by enemy forces.
  • Protection and Safety Measures
    • HIMARS is equipped with the Increased Crew Protection cabin, designed to safeguard the three-man operating crew from plume gases, rocket launch debris, and small arms fire.

Source: NW

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Venus


In News: A group of US scientists has utilized computer simulations to demonstrate that the lack of water on Venus can be attributed to hydrogen chemistry within the planet's atmosphere, rather than solely its extreme heat.

About Venus

  • Position and Characteristics
    • Venus holds the distinction of being the second planet from the Sun and the sixth largest planet in our Solar System.
    • It stands out as the hottest planet in the Solar System, despite Mercury's proximity to the Sun and greater solar exposure.
  • Atmosphere and Temperature
    • Venus boasts an atmosphere that effectively traps heat, resulting in scorching temperatures reaching a blistering 880 degrees Fahrenheit (471 degrees Celsius), ample to liquefy lead.
    • Its atmosphere's extreme greenhouse effect mirrors Earth's but in an intensified form, contributing to its unparalleled heat.
  • Similarity to Earth
    • Often dubbed as Earth's twin, Venus shares striking similarities with our planet, including size, mass, density, composition, and gravity.
    • Its size is marginally smaller than Earth, comprising approximately 80% of Earth's mass. 
  • Composition and Atmosphere
    • Unlike gas giants, Venus is a rocky planet with a core composed of iron and a rocky mantle, mirroring Earth's internal structure.
    • The planet's atmosphere predominantly consists of carbon dioxide (96%) and nitrogen (3.5%), with minor amounts of other gases like carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide, water vapor, argon, and helium.
  • Distinctive Features
    • Venus stands out for its unique characteristics, notably its lack of a moon, a rarity shared only with Mercury.
    • Additionally, Venus rotates in the opposite direction to most planets, leading to a lengthy rotational period of 243 Earth days.
    • It takes Venus 225 Earth days to complete a full orbit around the Sun, making its day longer than its year.
  • Visibility and Appearance
    • The planet's reflective clouds make it highly visible from Earth, appearing as a radiant white object and ranking among the brightest celestial entities in the night sky.

Source: TT

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Court’s nudge on hospital charges, a reform opportunity


In News: A recent article delves into the escalating healthcare costs in India and underscores the need for healthcare financing reforms that go beyond simple price regulations to achieve affordable hospital care.

Clinical Establishments (Central Government) Rules, 2012

  • About
    • The Clinical Establishments (Central Government) Rules, 2012 were formulated under the Clinical Establishments (Registration and Regulation) Act, 2010, granting authority to the Central Government.
  • Appointment of Secretary of the National Council by the Central Government
    • The Ministry of Health and Family Welfare designates a Joint Secretary as the ex-officio Secretary of the National Council for clinical establishments, ensuring coordination and oversight.
  • National Council and its Sub-Committees
    • The National Council categorizes clinical establishments and forms sub-committees with diverse representation to oversee specific tasks, ensuring a balanced approach.
  • Minimum Standards for Medical Diagnostic Laboratories
    • Clinical establishments must adhere to specified standards for diagnostic services, ensuring quality and reliability for patients.
  • Other Conditions for Registration and Continuation of Clinical Establishments
    • Establishments are mandated to display service rates, comply with treatment guidelines, and maintain electronic medical records, enhancing transparency and patient care.

Reasons for Rising Healthcare Costs in India

  • Unregulated and Profit-Oriented Health Sector
    • Private providers prioritize profits, leading to price inefficiencies and overprovision of care, necessitating regulatory oversight.
  • High Out-of-Pocket Expenditures (OOPEs)
    • Over half of healthcare costs are borne by individuals, highlighting the need for comprehensive financing reforms.
  • Weak Implementation of Laws
    • Enforcement challenges hinder effective regulation, impacting care quality and affordability.
  • Issues in Capping Medical Devices
    • Price caps on medical devices face implementation challenges, failing to address stakeholders' incentives.
  • Corporatization of Healthcare
    • Shift towards profit-driven healthcare compromises affordability, necessitating regulatory measures.
  • Inadequate Investments in Public Hospitals
    • Underinvestment in public healthcare leads to overcrowding and infrastructure deficits, exacerbating costs.
  • Inadequate Political Priority
    • Healthcare lacks political attention, hindering reforms essential for accessibility and affordability.

Preventive Measures to Control Healthcare Costs

  • Formulating Standard Treatment Guidelines (STGs)
    • STGs can standardize care practices, ensuring efficient resource allocation and cost containment.
  • Comprehensive Health Financing Reform Strategy
    • A holistic reform strategy is needed to align incentives and address systemic inefficiencies.
  • Following Models of Tamil Nadu and Rajasthan
    • Procurement of generics and insurance schemes can reduce costs and improve access to medicines.
  • Maintaining Transparency in Rate Standardization
    • Transparent rate displays and adherence to government-prescribed rates promote accountability and affordability.
  • Preventing Irrational Healthcare Interventions
    • Standard protocols can curb unnecessary procedures, improving care quality and reducing costs.
  • Implementing Patients’ Rights
    • Protecting patients' rights ensures transparency and accountability in care delivery.
  • Controlling Commercialization of Colleges
    • Regulating medical colleges' fees and expanding public education can mitigate commercialization in medical education.
  • Reforming National Medical Commission and NEET
    • Reforms in medical education and entrance exams can ensure equitable access and quality standards.

Government Initiatives Related to Healthcare

  • National Health Mission
  • Ayushman Bharat
  • Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana (AB-PMJAY)
  • National Medical Commission
  • PM National Dialysis Programme
  • Janani Shishu Suraksha Karyakram (JSSK)
  • Rashtriya Bal Swasthya Karyakram (RBSK)
  • Increased Allocation for Health in Budget 2021
  • PM Atmanirbhar Swasth Bharat Scheme
  • National Digital Health Mission
  • National Medical Commission (NMC) Act, 2019
  • Pradhan Mantri Bhartiya Janaushadhi Pariyojana

Conclusion

Addressing rising healthcare costs requires comprehensive reforms, including standardization, financing strategies, and regulatory measures, to ensure affordability and accessibility for all.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2017)

Q. Which of the following are the objectives of ‘National Nutrition Mission’? 

  1. To create awareness relating to malnutrition among pregnant women and lactating mothers.
  2. To reduce the incidence of anaemia among young children, adolescent girls and women.
  3. To promote the consumption of millets, coarse cereals and unpolished rice.
  4. To promote the consumption of poultry eggs.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 1, 2 and 3 only

(c) 1, 2 and 4 only

(d) 3 and 4 only

Ans: (a)

Mains (2021)

Q. “Besides being a moral imperative of a Welfare State, primary health structure is a necessary precondition for sustainable development.” Analyse. 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS – 2 Health, Government Policies & Interventions GS – 3 Government Budgeting
Monthly Current Affairs

Article 31C of the Indian Constitution


In News: During a case concerning the government's authority to acquire and redistribute private property, a 9-judge Bench of the Supreme Court opted to address another matter of "radical constitutional consequence": the continued existence of Article 31C.

Article 31C: Upholding Directive Principles

  • Introduction and Purpose
    • Article 31C was incorporated into the Indian Constitution through the Constitution (25th) Amendment Act of 1971. 
    • Its primary objective was to safeguard laws enacted to uphold specific directive principles, notably those outlined in Articles 39(b) and 39(c). 
    • These principles emphasize the equitable distribution of material resources and the prevention of their concentration to the detriment of the common good.
  • Background and Context
    • The genesis of Article 31C can be traced back to the legal challenges faced in implementing certain laws, notably highlighted in the landmark "Bank Nationalisation Case.
    • " The 25th Amendment responded to these challenges by addressing the hurdles encountered in realizing directive principles, particularly concerning the equitable distribution of resources and the prevention of excessive concentration of wealth.
  • Legal Challenges and Amendments
    • Subsequent legal challenges, notably the Kesavananda Bharati case in 1973, prompted modifications to Article 31C. The 42nd Amendment Act of 1976 expanded the protective ambit of Article 31C, extending its coverage to encompass all directive principles. 
    • This expansion aimed to shield directive principles from legal challenges based on Articles 14 and 19 of the Constitution, which pertain to the right to equality and certain freedoms, respectively.
  • Legal Evolution and Controversies
    • The evolution of Article 31C encountered significant legal controversies, notably culminating in the Minerva Mills v. Union of India case in 1980. 
    • This case resulted in the partial striking down of Article 31C, questioning the extent of Parliament's authority to amend the Constitution. 
    • The ruling raised pertinent questions about the limitations of constitutional amendments and their potential implications for fundamental rights and directive principles.
  • Current Legal Discourse
    • Presently, the Supreme Court is engaged in deliberations concerning the interpretation and validity of Article 31C, particularly in the context of specific laws, such as those related to property acquisition in Maharashtra. 
    • Arguments presented before the court revolve around the applicability of the doctrine of revival and the impact of previous judicial pronouncements on the standing of Article 31C. 
    • The outcome of these deliberations holds significance for the balance between fundamental rights and directive principles enshrined in the Indian Constitution.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 Polity
Monthly Current Affairs

Addressing the Gap


In News: The Model Code of Conduct (MCC), vital for fair elections in India, has evolved over time but faces challenges today. Analysing its history, identifying current issues, and proposing enforcement measures are crucial.

Origins and Expansion Of MCC

  • The MCC emerged in the 1960s as basic guidelines for election conduct, initially applied in Kerala's Assembly elections. 
  • Over time, it grew in scope and importance under various Chief Election Commissioners (CECs).

Challenges and the Need for Strengthening Enforcement

  • Escalating Violations
    • Political parties and candidates frequently disregard the MCC's provisions, engaging in activities like hate speech and misinformation campaigns.
  • Exploitation of Loopholes
    • Modern political actors exploit MCC loopholes, especially with the advent of technology and social media.
  • Inadequate Deterrents
    • The MCC lacks meaningful consequences for violations, leading to a perception of impunity among politicians.
  • Complexity of Enforcement
    • India's diverse electoral landscape strains the Election Commission's (EC) enforcement capabilities, with lengthy adjudication processes.
  • Erosion of Public Trust
    • Widespread disregard for the MCC erodes public confidence in the electoral process, fostering voter apathy.

Proposed Reforms to Strengthen Enforcement

  • Clear and Comprehensive Guidelines
    • Establishing clear and updated guidelines on permissible conduct during electoral campaigns.
  • Strict Enforcement Mechanisms
    • Imposing proportional penalties for violations and streamlining enforcement procedures for swift adjudication.
  • Indirect Liability for Political Parties
    • Holding parties accountable for MCC violations regardless of individual culpability.
  • Transparency and Public Accountability
    • Maintaining a publicly accessible database of MCC violations to bolster transparency.
  • Timely and Credible Adjudication
    • Prioritizing prompt resolution of cases to maintain the MCC's deterrent effect.
  • Continuous Evaluation and Revision
    • Continuously updating the MCC to address emerging challenges and changing electoral dynamics.

The Role of Political Parties and Election Commission

  • The Role of Political Leadership
    • Promoting ethical standards and responsible conduct within parties to inspire confidence in the electoral process.
  • The Role of Election Commission
    • Impartially adjudicating MCC violations and enforcing regulations to uphold electoral integrity.
  • Enhancing the EC's Capacity
    • Investing in training, technological infrastructure, and human resources to adapt to evolving challenges.

Conclusion

Strengthening the MCC through reforms and fostering ethical leadership can reinforce India's democratic processes and ensure free and fair elections for all citizens.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 Polity
Monthly Current Affairs

Article 361


In News: An employee at Kolkata's Raj Bhavan accused West Bengal Governor C.V. Ananda Bose of sexual harassment. Despite this, Article 361 grants him immunity from criminal proceedings.

Understanding Article 361 of the Constitution

  • Overview
    • Article 361 of the Constitution pertains to the immunity granted to the President and Governors of states in India.
  • Immunity Clause
    • According to this article, the President and Governors are not answerable to any court for the exercise and performance of their powers and duties in office. 
    • Nor can they be held accountable for any acts done in the course of exercising their official duties.

Key Sub-Clauses

  • No criminal proceedings whatsoever can be initiated or continued against the President or Governor of a state during their term of office.
  • No process for the arrest or imprisonment of the President or Governor shall be issued from any court during their term in office.

Summary of Article 361

  • Article 361 provides immunity to the Governor of a state from legal liability for their official acts and personal acts during their term in office. 
  • This means they cannot be held accountable to any court for their official duties, and no criminal proceedings can be initiated against them during their tenure. 
  • However, civil proceedings can be initiated for their personal acts after two months' notice. 
  • Additionally, the Governor cannot be arrested or imprisoned while in office. If a Governor commits a criminal offense during their term, they can be prosecuted once their term ends, ensuring they are not above the law.

Supreme Court's Interpretation

  • In the case of Rameshwar Prasad v Union of India, the Supreme Court ruled that Governors enjoy complete immunity, even on allegations of personal malfeasance. 
  • This immunity extends to their discretionary constitutional powers.

Precedents

  • In past cases, criminal action against a Governor has been halted until they complete their term in office. 
  • For instance, in the 1992 Babri Masjid demolition case, criminal charges were allowed against several leaders except for former Uttar Pradesh Chief Minister Kalyan Singh, who was serving as the Governor of Rajasthan at the time.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

Diplomatic Passport


In News: Escaping amidst a sex abuse scandal, a Member of Parliament (MP) from an Indian political party absconded to Germany using a diplomatic passport.

Overview of Diplomatic Passport

  • Diplomatic passports have maroon covers and are typically valid for up to five years.
  • Holders of diplomatic passports are granted specific privileges and immunities under international law, including immunity from arrest, detention, and certain legal proceedings in the host country.
  • The Ministry of External Affairs’ (MEA) Consular, Passport & Visa Division issues diplomatic passports, known as 'Type D' passports, to individuals falling into various categories.

Categories Eligible for Diplomatic Passports

  • Individuals with diplomatic status.
  • Government-appointed personnel traveling abroad for official business.
  • Officers serving under branches A and B of the Indian Foreign Service (IFS), usually at the rank of Joint Secretary and above.
  • Relatives and immediate family members of officers employed in IFS and MEA.
  • Select individuals authorized to undertake official travel on behalf of the government.

Visa Notes and Official Travel

  • The MEA issues visa notes to government officials traveling abroad for official assignments or visits.
  • These visa notes facilitate official travel on behalf of the Indian government.

Revocation Procedures

  • According to the Passport Act 1967, the passport authority, with prior approval from the Central government, may cancel a passport or travel document.
  • Grounds for impounding or revoking a passport include wrongful possession, obtaining the passport through suppression of material information or based on false information, or if there's a court order prohibiting departure from India or summoning the individual.
  • A diplomatic passport can be revoked by court order during criminal proceedings against the passport holder.

Operational Visa Exemption Agreements

  • India has operational visa exemption agreements with 34 countries for holders of diplomatic passports.
  • Germany is one of these countries, and under a reciprocal deal signed in 2011, holders of Indian diplomatic passports can visit Germany without a visa for stays up to 90 days.
  • Similar agreements exist with countries such as France, Austria, Afghanistan, Czech Republic, Italy, Greece, Iran, and Switzerland.
  • Additionally, India has agreements with 99 other countries where holders of diplomatic, service, and official passports can enjoy visa exemption for stays up to 90 days.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

The judiciary’s shadow over standard essential patents


In News: India's telecom manufacturing sector is under threat from technology companies leveraging 'standard essential patents' (SEPs), posing a risk to the country's domestic phone manufacturing goals. 

Overview of Standard Essential Patents (SEPs)

  • SEPs cover technologies adopted as industry standards, ensuring interoperability and compatibility among devices.
  • They are crucial for various sectors, including telecommunications, where standards like CDMA, GSM, and LTE are essential.

Challenges Surrounding SEPs

  • Patent Holdup Problem
    • Companies holding SEPs can demand high royalties, creating barriers to competition and innovation.
    • Self-regulation mechanisms like FRAND (Fair, Reasonable, and Non-Discriminatory) licensing have failed to address anti-competitive practices effectively.
  • Legal Issues and Judicial Lethargy
    • CCI Investigation and Litigation
      • The Competition Commission of India (CCI) initiated an investigation into Ericsson's alleged abuse of dominant position in demanding excessive royalties.
      • Legal battles ensued, delaying resolution and leaving India as the only major economy yet to address SEP licensing practices.
    • Delhi High Court's Role
      • The Delhi High Court's handling of SEP-related lawsuits and interim remedies has faced criticism for judicial activism and delays.
      • Court orders requiring defendants to deposit large sums during trials have raised concerns over fairness and impact on manufacturing.

Consequences and Government Intervention

 

  • Impact on Manufacturing and Investment

 

    • Judicial delays and activism hinder India's efforts to attract investment and promote manufacturing.
    • While the government incentivizes manufacturing, judicial actions undermine these efforts by burdening companies with financial obligations.
  • Call for Government Action
    • There's a need for government intervention to regulate SEPs and address related challenges.
    • Modelling after measures enacted by the European Parliament, India can safeguard its manufacturing ambitions and ensure fairness in SEP licensing.

Conclusion

India must address SEP-related challenges promptly to protect its manufacturing interests.

Given its limited influence in SEP selection and enforcement obligations, government intervention is crucial for maintaining competitiveness and fostering innovation in the country.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 Polity
Monthly Current Affairs

Supreme Court Declines Centre's Request for Administrative


In News: The Supreme Court of India has made a significant decision by rejecting the Centre's request to permit administrative allocation of spectrum, thereby reaffirming the principle of conducting open and transparent auctions for allocating this limited natural resource.

Why Did the Supreme Court Reject the Centre's Application?

Reasoning Behind Rejection

  • The Registrar of the Supreme Court deemed the Centre's application for clarification as misconceived under Order XV Rule 5 of the Supreme Court Rules, 2013. 
  • This rule allows refusal to receive a petition if it lacks reasonable cause, contains frivolous content, or includes scandalous matter.

Key Ruling from the Supreme Court

  • The Supreme Court asserted that spectrum allocation to private players must be conducted through open and transparent auctions, as established by the landmark 2G spectrum case judgment from 12 years ago. 
  • Allowing "administrative allocation" would have vested the government with sole authority to select operators, which contradicts principles of fairness and transparency.

Legal Framework Regarding Spectrum Allocation

Telecommunications Act, 2023

  • This legislation empowers the government to assign spectrum for telecommunications through administrative processes, excluding auctions, for entities listed in its First Schedule. 
  • These entities include those engaged in national security, defence, law enforcement, and satellite communications.

2G Spectrum Scam

 

  • Background
    • The 2G spectrum allocation scandal occurred in 2008 when the government allegedly sold 122 licences on a first-come-first-serve basis (FCFS) to specific private telecom operators. 
    • This led to investigations by the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) and allegations of a loss of Rs 30,984 crore to the exchequer due to discrepancies in the allocation process.
  • Supreme Court Verdict
    • In February 2012, the Supreme Court cancelled the 122 telecom licences allocated on an FCFS basis, emphasizing the need for a "non-discriminatory method" like auctions for allocating natural resources to ensure fairness and transparency.

Centre's Current Plea

 

  • Recent Developments
    • More than a decade later, the Union government has requested a specific class of spectrum to be allocated through administrative processes instead of auctions. 
    • This is to address sovereign and public interest functions such as security and disaster preparedness.
  • Citing Constitutional Bench Observations
    • The Union government refers to a Constitution Bench's observations regarding a Presidential reference concerning the 2012 verdict. 
    • The Bench clarified that while auction is not a constitutional mandate for all natural resources excluding spectrum, it is mandatory for spectrum allocation as per the law declared in the 2G case.

Spectrum Allocation Methods Across the Globe

Countries like New Zealand have used auctions for spectrum allocation since 1989, while the United States transitioned from lotteries to auctions in the 1990s due to the drawbacks of the former method. Canada and the European Union often use an administrative process called a "beauty contest" for spectrum allocation, which aligns decisions with government objectives but is time-consuming.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2020)

Q. With reference to Visible Light Communication (VLC) technology, which of the following statements are correct?

  1. VLC uses electromagnetic spectrum wavelengths 375 to 780 nm.
  2. VLC is known as long-range optical wireless communication.
  3. VLC can transmit large amounts of data faster than Bluetooth.
  4. VLC has no electromagnetic interference.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1, 2 and 3 only
(b) 1, 2 and 4 only
(c) 1, 3 and 4 only
(d) 2, 3 and 4 only

Ans: (c)

Prelims (2011)

Q. A layer in the Earth’s atmosphere called Ionosphere facilitates radio communication. Why? 

  1. The presence of ozone causes the reflection of radio waves to Earth.
  2. Radio waves have a very long wavelength.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither 1 nor 2

Ans: (d)

Prelims (2010)

Q. Consider the following statements:

The Supreme Court of India tender advice to the President of India on matters of law or fact

  1. on its own initiative (on any matter of larger public interest).
  2. if he seeks such an advice.
  3. only if the matters relate to the Fundamental Rights of the citizens.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) 3 only

(d) 1 and 2

Ans: (b)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 Governance
Monthly Current Affairs

Blue Corner Notice


In News: The Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) is considering issuing a Blue Corner notice against a Member of Parliament from a political party who fled to Germany using a diplomatic passport following accusations of sexual abuse.

About Blue Corner Notice

A Blue Corner Notice is part of Interpol's comprehensive system of color-coded notices, allowing countries to share alerts and requests for critical information on wanted persons or criminal activities worldwide.

Importance of Notices

  • This exchange of vital crime-related information plays a pivotal role in combating criminal activities that span international borders.
  • Interpol issues seven types of notices, each serving a different purpose and implication, including Red, Yellow, Blue, Black, Green, Orange, and Purple Notices.

Types of Notices

  • Red Notice: Seeks the location and arrest of individuals wanted for prosecution or to serve a sentence.
  • Yellow Notice: Aids in locating missing persons, particularly minors, or helps identify individuals unable to identify themselves.
  • Blue Notice: Collects additional information regarding a person's identity, location, or activities in relation to a criminal investigation.
  • Black Notice: Seeks information on unidentified bodies.
  • Green Notice: Warns about a person's criminal activities, posing a potential threat to public safety.
  • Orange Notice: Warns of an imminent threat to public safety posed by an event, person, object, or process.
  • Purple Notice: Seeks or provides information on criminals' modus operandi, objects, devices, and concealment methods.

Issuance and Availability

Interpol's General Secretariat issues these notices at the request of a member country's Interpol National Central Bureau, making them accessible to all member countries.

About the International Criminal Police Organization (Interpol)

  • Interpol, or the International Criminal Police Organization, facilitates global police cooperation and crime control.
  • Its mandate involves coordinating international police efforts against cross-border terrorism, trafficking, and various other crimes.
  • Governance of Interpol is overseen by the General Assembly, its supreme governing body, which convenes annually.
  • Interpol operates as an independent international organization and is not a part of the United Nations system.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Mullaperiyar Dam Controversy


In News: In the Supreme Court, Tamil Nadu has alleged that while Kerala raises safety concerns about the Mullaperiyar dam, it obstructs essential maintenance efforts on the dam.

Location of Mullaperiyar Dam

  • The Mullaperiyar dam is situated at the confluence of the Mullayar and Periyar rivers, entirely within Kerala.
  • Constructed in the late 1800s in the princely state of Travancore, it was leased to the British-ruled Madras Presidency for 999 years in 1886.
  • The purpose of the dam was to divert a part of the west-flowing Periyar river eastwards to irrigate arid areas of Tamil Nadu.

Situation after Independence

  • After independence, the Kerala government contested the validity of the earlier agreement and renegotiated terms in the 1970s.
  • Tamil Nadu was granted rights to the land, water, and hydro-power projects at the dam site, with Kerala receiving rent in return.

Origin of the Mullaperiyar Dam Dispute

  • Safety concerns arose in 1979 following reports of minor earthquakes causing cracks in the dam.
  • The Central Water Commission recommended lowering the water level as an emergency measure until the structure could be strengthened.
  • Divergent perspectives emerged, with Tamil Nadu seeking to raise the water level and Kerala expressing safety concerns due to the region's seismic activity.

Supreme Court Judgement on Mullaperiyar Dam Conflict

  • In 2006, the Supreme Court allowed Tamil Nadu to raise the water level to 142 feet, dismissing Kerala's apprehensions.
  • Kerala countered with a state law restricting the water level to 136 feet, which was later deemed unconstitutional in 2014.
  • The Supreme Court directed the formation of a supervisory committee to oversee the raising of the water level and address safety concerns.

Provisions for Water Distribution in the Indian Constitution

Relevant provisions include Entry 17 in the State List, Entry 56 in the Union List, and Article 262.

Dam Safety Act and Mullaperiyar Dam

  • About the Act
    • The Dam Safety Act, enacted in December 2021, addresses safety concerns of major dams nationwide.
    • It covers surveillance, inspection, operation, and maintenance of certain dams to prevent disasters related to dam failure.
    • The Act establishes two national institutions: the National Committee on Dam Safety (NCDS) and the National Dam Safety Authority (NDSA).
  • Key Provisions
    • The Act applies to dams over 15m in height and between 10m and 15m with certain stipulations.
    • It mandates the formation of State Dam Safety Organisations and Committees.
    • Dam owners are held responsible for construction, operation, maintenance, and supervision.

Linkages between Dam Safety Act and the Mullaperiyar Dam

  • The NDSA will perform the role of the State Dam Safety Organisation for dams located in one state and used by another, including the Mullaperiyar dam.
  • Experts suggest that the NDSA may subsume the functions of the supervisory committee as per the Act, potentially impacting the ongoing dispute resolution.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Infrastructure GS-2 Federalism
Monthly Current Affairs

Draft Explosives Bill 2024


In News: The Government of India intends to substitute the Explosives Act of 1884 with the proposed Explosives Bill of 2024.

The Explosives Act of 1884 is a crucial piece of Indian legislation that governs the manufacture, possession, use, sale, transportation, import, and export of explosives in India. Here are the key points about the Act:

Historical Context

  • Enacted during British colonial rule, the Explosives Act of 1884 aimed to regulate various aspects of explosives.

Safety Regulations

  • The Act applies to various types of explosives, including gunpowder, dynamite, nitroglycerin, and other similar substances.
  • The Act mandated safety standards and procedures to mitigate risks associated with explosives, encompassing handling, transportation, and storage guidelines to prevent accidents.
  • The Act empowers the Central Government to make rules regulating the manufacture, possession, use, sale, transport, import, and export of explosives.
  • These rules govern the issuance of licences, fees, conditions, and exemptions.

Prohibition of Dangerous Explosives

  • The Central Government can prohibit the manufacture, possession, or importation of especially dangerous explosives in the interest of public safety.

Exemption

  • The Act does not affect the provisions of the Arms Act, 1959.
  • Provisions are made for licences issued under the Explosives Act to have the effect of licences under the Arms Act.
  • The Arms Act of 1959 regulates the possession, acquisition, and carrying of ammunition and firearms. It also aims to curb illegal weapons and violence.
  • The Arms Act of 1959 replaced the Indian Arms Act of 1878.

Evolution and Amendments

  • Over time, the Explosives Act underwent several amendments to adapt to technological advancements and emerging challenges, primarily focusing on enhancing safety standards and regulatory mechanisms.

Source: BS

Keywords: GS 2 Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Current Affairs

India's Pharmaceutical Industry


In News: In the fiscal year 2022-23, India reached a notable milestone in the medical goods sector by becoming a net exporter of medical consumables and disposables for the first time.

Status of India's Pharmaceutical Industry

  • Manufacturing and Export
    • India, historically reliant on medical imports, has transitioned to self-sufficiency in medical consumables and disposables, becoming the largest global manufacturer of generic medicines. 
    • The industry is valued at USD 50 billion and serves over 200 countries, with projections to reach USD 65 billion by 2024 and USD 130 billion by 2030.
  • Export and Import Statistics
    • Exports of medical consumables and disposables surged by 16% to USD 1.6 billion, while imports declined by 33% to approximately USD 1.1 billion.

Challenges

  • Lagging R&D: India's pharmaceutical R&D expenditure is lower compared to developed nations, hindering new drug development.
  • Limited Innovation Ecosystem: Weak collaboration between academia, research institutions, and pharmaceutical companies slows down high-quality drug and medical device development.
  • Price Controls and Profit Margins: Government price controls on some drugs can limit profits and deter heavy R&D investment.
  • Complex Regulatory Framework: Lengthy and complex approval processes for new drugs lead to bureaucratic hurdles.
  • Skilled Workforce Shortage: Shortage of highly qualified scientists and researchers affects efficiency.
  • Intellectual Property Concerns: Uncertainty around IP protection discourages large pharma investment.
  • Import Dependency: India heavily relies on imports for medical devices and APIs, particularly from China.
  • Substandard Drugs: Occurrence of deaths linked to substandard or counterfeit drugs tarnishes the sector's reputation.

Reform Suggestions

  • Legislative Changes and Centralised Database: Amend the Drugs and Cosmetics Act (1940) and establish a centralised drugs database for enhanced regulation.
  • Encouraging Certification: Encourage more units to obtain WHO Good Manufacturing Practice certification to elevate industry-wide quality standards.
  • Transparency, Credibility, and Accountability: Enhance India's drug regulatory regime for transparency and alignment with global standards.
  • Focus on Sustainable Manufacturing Practices: Emphasise green chemistry, waste reduction, and energy efficiency for environmental sustainability.
  • Moving Beyond Generics: Government support and initiatives like PLI can facilitate the development of novel drugs.
  • Boosting R&D and Innovation: Foster public-private partnerships and provide tax incentives for innovation to improve R&D expenditure.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2019)

Q. Which of the following are the reasons for the occurrence of multi-drug resistance in microbial pathogens in India? 

  1. Genetic predisposition of some people
  2. Taking incorrect doses of antibiotics to cure diseases
  3. Using antibiotics in livestock farming
  4. Multiple chronic diseases in some people

Select the correct answer using the code given below.

(a) 1 and 2
(b) 2 and 3 only
(c) 1, 3 and 4
(d) 2, 3 and 4

Ans: (b)

Mains (2019)

Q. How is the Government of India protecting traditional knowledge of medicine from patenting by pharmaceutical companies? 

Source: ET

Keywords: GS – 2 Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Current Affairs

Challenge to the Maintainability of CBI Probes


In News: The Supreme Court has yet to deliver its verdict on West Bengal's suit alleging that the CBI is conducting investigations into post-poll violence cases without the state's consent. The Centre argued that West Bengal's suit under Article 131 is not maintainable and constitutes an abuse of legal process.

Article 131 of the Constitution of India

  • Description: Article 131 empowers the Supreme Court to exclusively adjudicate disputes between different units of the Indian Federation.
  • Disputes Covered: 
    • Disputes between the Government of India and one or more states.
    • Disputes between the Government of India and any state(s) on one side and one or more states on the other.
    • Disputes between two or more states if they involve a question of law or fact on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends.

Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI)

  • Description: The CBI operates under the Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances and Pensions and is India's premier investigating agency.
  • Origin: Tracing its roots to the Delhi Special Police Establishment (DPSE) Act, 1946, the CBI was formed through an executive order of the government.
  • Jurisdiction
    • Originally established to investigate cases of corruption in government departments, the CBI now handles various economic crimes and special cases.
    • Investigative powers are divided into Anti-Corruption Division, Economic Offences Division, and Special Crimes Division.
  • Consent for Investigation
    • The DPSE Act's Section 6 allows the central government to direct CBI investigations within a state's jurisdiction with the state government's consent.
    • However, the Supreme Court and High Courts can order CBI investigations without state consent.
    • Consent types include general consent and specific consent, affecting the agency's investigative powers within a state.
  • States Withdrawn General Consent
    • Ten states, including Punjab, Jharkhand, and Kerala, have withdrawn general consent to CBI investigations.
  • Impact of Withdrawal 
    • Withdrawal of general consent does not halt ongoing CBI probes or cases initiated by court orders.
    • CBI can challenge the withdrawal in court and continue investigations with specific consent or court orders.

Centre's Plea on CBI Probes' Maintainability

  • Background
    • Originating from a suit filed by West Bengal under Article 131, accusing the Union government of unauthorized CBI investigations within the state.
  • West Bengal's Stand
    • Alleges continued CBI interference despite withdrawing general consent in 2018.
  • Centre's Stand
    • Argues the suit's dismissal, denying involvement in CBI investigations within states.
    • Contends that CBI isn't a 'state' under Article 131, limiting the scope of the original suit. 
  • SC Observations
    • Questioning the Centre's stance, the SC highlights Section 5(1) of the DSPE Act, granting the central government authority over CBI investigations across states.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 Governance
Monthly Current Affairs

Supreme Court to Address Existence of Article 31C


In News: In a recent development, a nine-judge Bench of the Supreme Court has decided to examine the validity of Article 31C. This decision was made during the hearing of a case aimed at determining the government's authority to acquire and redistribute private property.

Understanding Article 31C

  • About
    • Article 31C safeguards laws enacted to uphold social objectives, ensuring that the community's material resources are distributed for the common good (Article 39B) and preventing the concentration of wealth and means of production to the detriment of the common interest (Article 39C).
  • Introduction
    • Added to the Indian Constitution in 1971 through the 25th Constitutional Amendment, Article 31C was a response to the Supreme Court's decision in the R.C. Cooper v. Union of India (Bank Nationalisation Case,1969), where the court invalidated the Banking Companies Act, 1969 due to compensation issues.
  • Purpose
    • Article 31C shields directive principles (Articles 39B and 39C) from challenges based on the right to equality (Article 14) or rights under Article 19 (freedom of speech, right to assemble peacefully, etc).

Legal and Constitutional Challenges

  • Kesavananda Bharati Case (1973)
    • The Supreme Court established the "basic structure doctrine," holding certain fundamental aspects of the Constitution beyond modification by Parliament.
    • It invalidated a portion of Article 31C, enabling scrutiny of laws enacted to further Articles 39(b) and 39(c) to ensure alignment with their principles.
  • Constitution (Forty-second) Amendment Act, (CAA) 1976 and Minerva Mills Case (1980)
    • CAA, 1976 extended Article 31C's protection to encompass all directive principles outlined in Articles 36-51.
    • The Minerva Mills Case (1980) struck down clauses 4 and 5 of the CAA, 1976, limiting Parliament's authority to amend the Constitution extensively.

Arguments Regarding Article 31C

  • Argument Against Automatic Revival
    • The original Article 31C was replaced entirely by an expanded version in the 42nd Amendment, suggesting that automatic revival is not warranted.
  • Argument for Doctrine of Revival
    • Supporters of the doctrine of revival argue that the original Article 31C should resurface if subsequent amendments are invalidated, citing precedents like the National Judicial Appointments Commission ruling.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2021)

Q. With reference to the Indian judiciary, consider the following statements: 

  1. Any retired judge of the Supreme Court of India can be called back to sit and act as a Supreme Court judge by the Chief Justice of India with the prior permission of the President of India.
  2. A High Court in India has the power to review its own judgement as the Supreme Court does.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither I nor 2

Ans: (c)

Q. What was the exact constitutional status of India on 26th January, 1950? (2021)

(a) A Democratic Republic

(b) A Sovereign Democratic Republic

(c) A Sovereign Secular Democratic Republic

(d) A Sovereign Socialist Secular Democratic Republic

Ans: (b)

Mains (2017)

Q. Critically examine the Supreme Court’s judgement on ‘National Judicial Appointments Commission Act, 2014’ with reference to the appointment of judges of higher judiciary in India. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

Smart Cities Mission


In News: The flagship program of the NDA-1 government, the Smart Cities Mission (SCM), has been overshadowed in this year's list of electoral pledges and achievements.

Understanding the Smart Cities Mission (SCM)

Overview of the Smart Cities Mission:

  • The Smart Cities Mission (SCM) is a Centrally Sponsored Scheme initiated by the Union Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs (MoHUA) on 25 June 2015.
  • Its primary goal is to enhance cities by implementing 'smart solutions' to ensure a decent quality of life for citizens, drive economic growth, and promote sustainable and inclusive development.
  • The mission selected 100 cities over five years without a precise definition of a smart city, with the aim of completing the mission by 2020, extended twice until June 2024.

Financial Support and Funding:

  • The Central Government allocated Rs. 48,000 crores over five years, averaging Rs. 100 crore per city per year, with an equal contribution required from State/Urban Local Bodies (ULBs).

Main Components of SCM:

  • The SCM comprises two main aspects: area-based development and pan-city solutions.
  • Area-based development includes redevelopment, retrofitting, and greenfield projects, while pan-city solutions focus on Information and Communication Technology (ICT) initiatives.
  • Components further encompass e-governance, waste management, water management, energy management, urban mobility, and skill development.

Achievements of SCM:

  • Approximately Rs. 2 lakh crore was allocated for the mission, with Public-Private Partnerships (PPP) playing a significant role.
  • An innovative governance model was adopted, with Special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs) led by bureaucrats or representatives from Multinational Corporations (MNCs).
  • Despite challenges, the SCM achieved an impressive completion rate of 83%, utilizing Rs. 72,571 crore across 21 sectors.
  • Integrated Command and Control Centers (ICCCs) were established in participating cities, facilitating disaster response and urban function management.

Success Stories of SCM:

  • Davanagere implemented a successful stormwater drainage system, reducing flooding instances.
  • Jabalpur enhanced water supply to households, demonstrating the mission's focus on improving essential services.
  • However, challenges persist in retrofitting existing infrastructure with new technologies.

Criticisms of SCM:

  • The selection and implementation process of SCM was flawed, lacking adaptability to India's dynamic urbanization.
  • SCM projects saw a decrease in total outlay, falling short of the projected capital flow.
  • The SPV model deviated from the 74th Constitutional Amendment, resulting in a top-down governance structure.
  • Displacement of marginalized communities, such as street vendors, occurred under the guise of executing smart city projects.
  • Urban flooding increased due to infrastructure projects disrupting water channels in some towns.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 Governance
Monthly Current Affairs

Deepfakes in elections


In News: A recent article explores the emergence of deep fakes within our current election cycle and their potential to undermine the integrity of the electoral process. It delves into the difficulties posed by deep fakes in authenticating information and exercising personal discernment.

Understanding Deepfakes: Origins, Creation, and Impact on Elections

  • Definition and Origins:
    • Deepfakes are synthetic media generated using AI technology, aiming to deceive individuals by manipulating visual and audio content.
    • The term "deepfake" was coined in 2017 by an anonymous Reddit user known as "Deepfakes," who utilized Google's deep-learning technology for creating and sharing pornographic videos.
  • Creation Process:
    • Deepfakes are created using generative adversarial networks (GANs), consisting of a generator and a discriminator neural network.
    • The generator produces fake images or videos closely resembling reality, while the discriminator differentiates between authentic and fake content.
  • Data Synthesis:
    • The creation of deepfakes requires large datasets, often sourced from the internet or social media without consent, including photos or videos of both source and target individuals.
  • Deep Synthesis:
    • Deepfakes are part of Deep Synthesis, utilizing technologies like deep learning and augmented reality to generate text, images, audio, and video, constructing virtual scenarios.

Advantages of Deepfakes in Elections:

  • Segmentation and Targeting:
    • Deep learning algorithms enable political parties to analyze extensive voter data, including demographics and social media engagement, for personalized targeting.
    • Natural language processing (NLP) algorithms interpret textual data from social media posts, news articles, etc., aiding in targeting voters effectively. 
  • Real-time Monitoring and Adaptation:
    • AI-powered predictive analytics forecast election outcomes by analyzing diverse factors like polling data and social media sentiment analysis.
    • AI algorithms continuously monitor data sources to gauge public sentiment and identify emerging trends.
  • Enhanced Communication Strategies:
    • AI chatbots and virtual assistants engage voters on social media platforms, disseminating information about candidates and policies.
  • Security and Integrity:
    • AI-driven tools detect and prevent electoral fraud, ensuring the integrity of elections.
  • Regulation and Oversight:
    • AI technologies monitor political advertising, ensuring compliance with electoral regulations.

Challenges related to Deepfakes in Elections:

  • Electoral Behavior Manipulation:
    • Deepfake content can manipulate voters by spreading personalized propaganda.
  • Spreading Misinformation:
    • Generative AI models can spread disinformation, influencing voter perceptions.
  • Inaccuracies and Unreliability:
    • Deepfake AI models are susceptible to inaccuracies, posing risks to reliability.
  • Ethical Concerns:
    • Deepfake usage raises ethical questions regarding privacy, transparency, and fairness.
  • Regulatory Challenges:
    • Regulating deepfakes in electoral campaigns is challenging due to rapid technological advancements.

Combatting the Misuse of Deepfakes in Elections:

  • Regulatory Measures:
    • Implement strict laws criminalizing the creation and dissemination of deepfake content during elections.
  • Election Commission Guidelines:
    • Issue guidelines requiring transparency in AI algorithms used for political purposes.
  • Technology-Based Solutions:
    • Develop AI algorithms to detect and authenticate deepfake content in real-time.
  • Awareness and Education Campaigns:
    • Launch public awareness campaigns to educate voters about deepfake technology.
  • Enhanced Fact-Checking:
    • Establish rapid response teams to address the dissemination of fake news and deepfakes.
  • Collaborative Efforts:
    • Foster collaboration among governments, tech companies, and civil society organizations to combat deepfake threats.
  • Learning from International Practices:
    • Draw insights from international approaches to deepfake regulation and prevention.
  • Promoting Ethical AI:
    • Advance AI technologies with ethical principles, prioritizing objectives like mitigating bias and safeguarding privacy.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2020)

Q. With the present state of development, Artificial Intelligence can effectively do which of the following? 

  1. Bring down electricity consumption in industrial units
  2. Create meaningful short stories and songs
  3. Disease diagnosis
  4. Text-to-Speech Conversion
  5. Wireless transmission of electrical energy

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1, 2, 3 and 5 only
(b) 1, 3 and 4 only
(c) 2, 4 and 5 only
(d) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5

Ans: (b)

Mains (2021)

Q. What are the main socio-economic implications arising out of the development of IT industries in major cities of India? 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Regulating Misleading Advertisements in India


In News: To protect consumers from deceptive advertising, the Supreme Court of India has mandated that advertisers must provide self-declarations prior to promoting products through the media.

Regulation of Advertisements in India

  • Central Consumer Protection Authority (CCPA)
    • The CCPA, operating under the Department of Consumer Affairs, regulates matters concerning consumer rights violations and unfair trade practices.
    • Established under section 10 of the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, it aims to prevent false or misleading advertisements and safeguard consumer rights.
  • Enforcement Guidelines
    • The CCPA enforces the ‘Guidelines for Prevention of Misleading Advertisements and Endorsements for Misleading Advertisements, 2022’, empowered by the Consumer Protection Act, 2019.
    • These guidelines aim to protect consumer rights by ensuring advertisements refrain from unsubstantiated claims, exaggerated promises, and misinformation.

Objective and Provisions

  • The guidelines define various forms of misleading advertisements and lay down provisions to protect consumers' rights to information, choice, and safety.
  • They outline duties of manufacturers, service providers, advertisers, and advertising agencies to ensure transparency and clarity in advertisements, enabling informed consumer decisions.

Penalties for Violations

  • The CCPA can impose penalties of up to 10 lakh rupees for manufacturers, advertisers, and endorsers for misleading advertisements.
  • Subsequent violations may attract penalties of up to 50 lakh rupees.
  • Endorsers of misleading advertisements can face prohibition from making endorsements for up to 1 year, extendable to 3 years for subsequent violations.

Regulation by Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI)

  • Deceptive advertising falls under Section-53 of the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006, making it punishable.
  • FSSAI mandates truthful, unambiguous, and scientifically substantiated advertisements through the Food Safety and Standards (Advertisements & Claims) Regulations, 2018.

Legislations Governing Advertising

  • Advertisement Standard Council of India (ASCI): A nonstatutory tribunal enforcing advertising ethics through the ASCI code, applicable to advertisements seen in India.
  • Consumer Protection Act, 1986: Grants consumers rights to information and redressal against misleading advertisements.
  • Cable Television Network Act and Amendment Act: Regulates television advertisements to ensure compliance with prescribed codes.
  • Restrictions on Tobacco Advertisement: Prohibits tobacco advertisements in all forms of media under the Cigarettes and Other Tobacco Products Act, 2003.
  • Drug and Magic Remedies Act, 1954 & Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940: Regulates drug advertisements to prevent misuse and false claims.
  • Regulation of Prenatal Diagnostic Techniques Act, 1994: Prohibits advertisements related to prenatal sex determination.
  • Criminality of Advertisements under Indian Penal Code (IPC): Prohibits obscene, defamatory, or inciteful advertisements, with offenses punishable under IPC provisions.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2012)

Q. With reference to ‘consumers’ rights/privileges under the provisions of law in India, which of the following statements is/are correct? 

  1. Consumers are empowered to take samples for food testing.
  2. When a consumer files a complaint in any consumer forum, no fee is required to be paid.
  3. In case of death of consumer, his/her legal heir can file a complaint in the consumer forum on his/ her behalf.

Select the correct answer using the codes given below:

(a) 1 only
(b) 2 and 3 only
(c) 1 and 3 only
(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (c)

Mains (2013)

Q. What are social networking sites and what security implications do these sites present? 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS – 2 Transparency & Accountability, Government Policies & Interventions GS - 4
Monthly Current Affairs

Potential Prosecution of Political Party


In News: The Enforcement Directorate (ED) has notified the Delhi High Court of its intention to designate the Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) as an accused in the ongoing money laundering probe linked to purported irregularities within the Delhi excise policy scam.

Overview of the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA), 2002

  • Enactment and Objectives
    • The PMLA, enacted in January 2003, aims to combat money laundering in India with three main objectives:
    • Prevent and control money laundering
    • Confiscate and seize property obtained from laundered money
    • Address any other issues related to money laundering in the country.
  • Definition of Offence
    • Section 3 of the Act defines the offence of money laundering as any attempt, assistance, or involvement in activities related to proceeds of crime to present them as untainted property.
  • Amendments
    • The PMLA has been amended multiple times, including through the Finance Acts of 2015, 2018, and 2019.

Political Parties and Money Laundering

  • Section 70 of the PMLA deals with offences by companies, holding individuals in charge liable for contraventions.
  • While political parties are not companies under the Companies Act 2013, the Act's explanation broadens the definition of "company" to include associations of individuals, potentially encompassing political parties.

Potential Prosecution

  • If a political party were directly accused in a money laundering case, it would be a first instance.
  • Political parties have previously faced investigations under the Income Tax Act.

Challenges for the Election Commission

  • Suspension or Withdrawal of Recognition: The EC can suspend or withdraw a party's recognition under specific grounds outlined in The Election Symbols (Reservation and Allotment) Order, primarily related to violations of the Model Code of Conduct.
  • De-registration: While the EC can register parties under the Representation of the People Act, it has limited grounds for de-registration, mainly if a party obtained registration through fraud, renounces allegiance to the Constitution, or is declared unlawful by the Union Government under specific laws.
  • However, if a political party were implicated in money laundering, the Representation of the People Act lacks provisions to address such situations.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 Polity GS-3 Money laundering
Monthly Current Affairs

Criminalisation of Politics


In News: Recent cases of alleged sexual harassment involving MPs, MLAs, and government employees shed light on a troubling aspect of the criminalisation of politics. These incidents highlight ethical issues like moral responsibility and failure to uphold professional ethics.

Understanding the Concept of Criminalisation of Politics

Definition and Impact

  • Criminalisation of politics occurs when individuals with criminal backgrounds or charges become politicians and secure elected positions.
  • It poses a threat to democratic principles, including fair elections, accountability, and adherence to the law.

Statistics Highlighting the Issue

  • Data from the Association for Democratic Reforms (ADR) indicates a steady increase in the number of elected representatives with criminal charges since 2004.
  • In the 2019 Lok Sabha, 43% of members faced criminal charges, with 21% facing serious allegations such as rape and murder.

Root Causes of Criminalisation

  • Nexus between politicians and criminal elements, leveraging money and muscle power for electoral success.
  • Weak law enforcement and judicial systems, leading to low conviction rates for politicians with criminal backgrounds.
  • Lack of internal party democracy, allowing leaders to prioritize electability over integrity.
  • Voter apathy and limited political awareness, particularly in rural areas, where immediate benefits may outweigh long-term governance concerns.

Ethical Concerns Associated with Criminalisation

  • Lack of non-partisanship and accountability, evidenced by the defence of politicians facing serious criminal charges.
  • Absence of democratic accountability through public outrage, highlighting the reactive nature of political responses to scandals.
  • Culture of impunity and individual accountability, with women often bearing the burden of pursuing justice against powerful perpetrators.
  • Women's empowerment as a fallacy, with substantive progress on women's issues remaining elusive despite rhetoric.

Ethical Implications of Criminalisation

  • Societal erosion of moral fabric and reduced civic participation due to distrust in corrupt systems.
  • Inequality and exclusion of marginalized communities from political representation.
  • Focus on short-term gains over long-term societal development.
  • Undermining democratic principles of integrity, fairness, and transparency.

Recommendations for Addressing the Issue

  • Strengthening institutional mechanisms for accountability, including anti-corruption agencies and internal party disciplinary processes.
  • Promoting a culture of ethical conduct through comprehensive codes of conduct and mandatory training programs.
  • Empowering citizens and civil society through civic education and greater participation in the political process.

Conclusion

Restoring accountability and ethical standards within India's political landscape requires a multifaceted approach that addresses institutional weaknesses, cultural norms, and societal engagement. While challenging, such efforts are essential for preserving the integrity of the democratic process and advancing equitable governance.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2021)

Q. Consider the following statements:

  1. In India, there is no law restricting the candidates from contesting in one Lok Sabha election from three constituencies.
  2. In the 1991 Lok Sabha Election, Shri Devi Lal contested from three Lok Sabha constituencies.
  3. As per the existing rules, if a candidate contests in one Lok Sabha election from many constituencies, his/her party should bear the cost of bye-elections to the constituencies vacated by him/her winning in all the constituencies.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) 1 and 3

(d) 2 and 3

Ans: (b)

Mains (2022)

Q.1 Discuss the procedures to decide the disputes arising out of the election of a Member of the Parliament or State Legislature under The Representation of the People Act, 1951. What are the grounds on which the election of any returned candidate may be declared void? What remedy is available to the aggrieved party against the decision? Refer to the case laws.

Mains (2013)

Q.2 It is often said that ‘politics’ and ‘ethics’ do not go together. What is your opinion in this regard? Justify your answer with illustrations. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS – 2 GS – 4 Transparency & Accountability, Representation of People's Act, Executive, Judgements & Cases, Ethics and Human Interface, Ethics in Human Actions, Ethics in Private & Public Relationships
Monthly Current Affairs

Five things the next government needs to focus on


In News: A recent article delves into the recent economic performance of India and highlights five crucial areas requiring attention from the forthcoming government.

Current State of the Indian Economy in Different Sectors

  • Robust Growth
    • India's economy has demonstrated robust and resilient growth over the past decade, positioning itself as the fastest-growing economy among G20 nations and climbing to the 5th largest globally.
  • Current Account Deficit
    • India's current account deficit has significantly reduced to 1% of GDP in the first half of FY24, attributed to resilient service exports and decreased oil import costs.
  • Foreign Investment
    • Robust foreign institutional investor (FII) inflows have bolstered forex reserves to approximately $643 billion, with FII inflows standing at $41 billion in 2023-24.
  • Infrastructural Development
    • Significant infrastructural development has been witnessed, with the construction of 74 airports in the last 9 years and a surge in capital expenditure (Capex) to 3.3% of GDP for FY24.
  • Manufacturing Sector
    • Manufacturing sector capacity utilization is reaching 74%, nearing the long-term average, indicating potential acceleration in private capital expenditure.
  • Inflation
    • Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation has dipped below the Reserve Bank of India’s upper target band of 6%, with core inflation remaining below 4% in April 2024, primarily due to disinflation in the services sector.
  • Decline in Urban Unemployment
    • Urban unemployment rate saw a decline to 6.6% in 2023-24, accompanied by an estimated economic expansion of 7.3% in the same period.
  • Rural Demand
    • Positive trends in rural demand are evident, with Fast Moving Consumer Goods (FMCG) volume growth in rural areas surging from 2.2% to 6.2% in the latter half of 2023, according to a Nielsen report.

Challenges Faced by the Indian Economy in the Past Five Years

  • Slowdown in Economic Growth
    • The COVID-19 pandemic led to a substantial economic decline in India in 2020, causing a negative growth rate, although there was a strong rebound in 2021.
  • Unemployment and Underemployment
    • The pandemic exacerbated job losses, with significant impacts on salaried jobs and a varying unemployment rate.
  • Challenges in Agriculture and Allied Sectors
    • Despite recent GDP growth, the agricultural sector has not shown equivalent progress, with challenges in achieving desired growth rates.
  • Slowing Household Consumption and Income Inequality
    • High levels of income inequality lead to deterioration in consumption demand, especially for lower income classes.
  • Infrastructure Deficit and Private Investment
    • India faces a significant infrastructure deficit and declining private investment, particularly concerning transportation, energy, and healthcare infrastructure.
  • Export Challenges Amid Geopolitical Tensions
    • Geopolitical tensions can disrupt global trade patterns, affecting India's export performance.

Initiatives Taken for the Growth of Different Sectors in the Indian Economy

  • New Economic Policy, 2020
    • A substantial stimulus package aimed at bolstering various sectors and segments of the economy post-COVID-19 crisis.
  • Strategic Disinvestment
    • Privatization of public sector enterprises to enhance efficiency, profitability, and competitiveness.
  • Comprehensive Labour Codes
    • Introduction of labor codes to streamline and consolidate central labor laws, aiming to offer flexibility and simplify procedures for businesses.
  • Production-Linked Incentive (PLI)
    • A scheme to scale up domestic manufacturing capability.
  • PM Gati Shakti- National Master Plan
    • Formulation of a national master plan for multimodal connectivity infrastructure projects.
  • Bharatmala Project
    • A project aimed at improving connectivity, particularly in North East India.
  • Start-up India
    • Initiative to catalyze the startup culture in India.
  • Make in India 2.0
    • Effort to transform India into a global design and manufacturing hub.

Potential Areas of Focus for the Indian Economy

  • Creating Employment Opportunities
    • Policies aimed at boosting consumption to indirectly contribute to sustainable job creation.
  • Reviving Private Investment
    • Expansion of schemes like PLI and introduction of investment incentives to stimulate private sector participation.
  • Agricultural Reform
    • Addressing challenges in the agricultural sector, clarifying trade policies, and standardizing procurement and distribution procedures.
  • Boosting Household Consumption
    • Fiscal measures to stimulate consumption and address declining household savings.
  • Integration into Global Supply Chains
    • Strategic approach to enhance India's participation in global supply chains, particularly in merchandise exports.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2018)

Q. Consider the following statements:

  1. Human capital formation as a concept is better explained in terms of a process that enables individuals of a country to accumulate more capital.
  2. increasing the knowledge, skill levels and capacities of the people of the country.
  3. accumulation of tangible wealth.
  4. accumulation of intangible wealth

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 and 2

(b) 2 only

(c) 2 and 4

(d) 1, 3 and 4

Ans: (c)

Prelims (2013)

Q. Disguised unemployment generally means 

(a) large number of people remain unemployed

(b) alternative employment is not available

(c) marginal productivity of labour is zero

(d) productivity of workers is low

Ans: (c)


Mains (2023)

Q. Most of the unemployment in India is structural in nature. Examine the methodology adopted to compute unemployment in the country and suggest improvements. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

Constitutional Test Mandated for Valid Land Acquisition


In News: The Supreme Court of India issued a landmark verdict emphasizing the necessity for all property acquisitions by the government to adhere to the principles outlined in Article 300A. Specifically, the Court overturned Kolkata Municipal Corporation's decision to acquire private land for a public park, deeming it illegal and unauthorized by law.

The Evolution of Property Rights in India: Transitioning from Fundamental to Constitutional Status

Before the 44th Constitutional Amendment (1978)

  • Part III of the Indian Constitution enshrined property rights in Article 19(1)(f) and Article 31.
  • Article 19(1)(f) granted residents the freedom to buy, own, and sell property.
  • Article 31 safeguarded against arbitrary deprivation of property, seen as an absolute right.

The 44th Amendment to the Indian Constitution

  • Abolished Article 19(1)(f) and redefined Article 31 as Article 300-A, making property rights a legal rather than fundamental entitlement.
  • Article 300-A mandates that property can only be taken away by the government under the authority of law, typically for public welfare purposes.

Judicial Interpretation

  • The Madhya Pradesh High Court (2022) emphasized the need for lawful property acquisition serving a genuine public interest.
  • In Vidya Devi v. the State of Himachal Pradesh (2022), the Supreme Court affirmed the requirement for government entities to follow due process in property seizures.
  • Vimlaben Ajitbhai Patel vs. Vatslaben Ashokbhai Patel underscored property rights as intrinsic human rights, despite losing their fundamental status.

Supreme Court Observations

  • Article 300-A establishes seven fundamental procedural rights for landowners, ensuring fairness and transparency in acquisitions:
  • Property rights are now regarded as both constitutional and human rights.
  • Right to notice
  • Right to be heard
  • Right to a reasoned decision
  • Acquisition solely for public purposes
  • Right to fair compensation
  • Right to efficient conduct of acquisition processes
  • Right to conclusion of proceedings
  • Procedural justice is highlighted as essential, ensuring property acquisitions are conducted fairly and transparently, in accordance with the law.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-2 Polity
Monthly Current Affairs

Swachhata Pakhwada


In News: The Ministry of Development of North Eastern Region (MDoNER) has initiated efforts to foster cleanliness and environmental sustainability by launching Swachhata Pakhwada, scheduled to run from May 16th to May 31st, 2024.

Overview of Swachhata Pakhwada and Swachh Bharat Mission

Swachhata Pakhwada

  • Swachhata Pakhwada is an initiative launched in April 2016 under the Swachh Bharat Mission.
  • The primary objective of Swachhata Pakhwada is to bring a fortnight of concentrated focus on Swachhata issues and practices by involving central government ministries and departments.
  • It aims to engage all ministries and departments in a common programme to contribute to the Swachh Bharat Mission.
  • Ministries receive an annual calendar in advance to plan their Pakhwada activities effectively.
  • Swachhata Pakhwada activities of observing ministries are closely monitored using the online monitoring system of Swachhata Samiksha, where they upload action plans, images, and videos related to Swachhata activities.
  • Ministries observing Swachhata Pakhwada are designated as ‘Swachhata Ministries’ during the fortnight and are expected to make qualitative Swachhata improvements in their respective areas.

Key Facts about Swachh Bharat Mission

  • The Swachh Bharat Mission was launched by the Indian government on October 2, 2014.
  • It covers both rural and urban areas, with the urban component managed by the Ministry of Urban Development and the rural component overseen by the Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation.
  • The mission aims to achieve various objectives including the elimination of open defecation, conversion of unsanitary toilets to pour flush toilets, eradication of manual scavenging, municipal solid waste management, and promoting behavioral changes towards healthy sanitation practices.

Source: PIB

Keywords: GS-2 Governance
Monthly Current Affairs

NIA’s allegations against NSCN


In News: In March 2024, the National Investigation Agency (NIA) lodged a charge sheet in a Guwahati court, implicating the "China-Myanmar module" associated with the Isak-Muivah faction of the National Socialist Council of Nagaland (NSCN).

Ethnic Composition of Manipur

  • The Meitei, Naga, and Kuki-Zomi-Mizo are the primary ethnic groups in Manipur.
  • The Meiteis constitute the largest community, representing around 53% of the state's total population of 27.21 lakh (2011 Census).
  • The Nagas and the Kuki-Zo, classified into 34 Scheduled Tribes, make up approximately 17% and 26% of the population, respectively.

Insurgency in Manipur

  • Background
    • Manipur's incorporation into India sparked the emergence of several insurgent organizations.
    • These groups advocate for an independent state within Manipur's borders, rejecting its merger with India as involuntary.
    • The insurgency issue in Manipur arose in the late 1960s and 1970s, following its merger with India.
  • Rise of Insurgency
    • The United National Liberation Front (UNLF), founded in November 1964, was the first separatist faction.
    • The insurgency intensified in the 1990s with the onset of Kuki-Naga clashes, triggered by the NSCN's demand to include Kuki-Zo-inhabited areas in its proposed 'Greater Nagaland' project in the 1980s.
    • Insurgent groups demand independent territory for the Kuki-Zo people.
  • Active Insurgent Groups
    • Nearly 30 Kuki insurgent groups operate in Manipur, with 25 under tripartite Suspension of Operations (SoO) with the Government of India and the state.
    • In 2008, 24 Kuki-Zo insurgent groups signed a tripartite SoO pact with the Manipur government, but in February 2024, the government refused to extend the pact, alleging violations by the groups.

Naga Insurgency

  • Background
    • The Naga National Council (NNC) was established in April 1946 for the social and political upliftment of Nagas.
    • The return of Naga leader Angami Zapu Phizo in 1947 bolstered the faction advocating for full independence.
  • Shillong Accord and Split of NNC
    • The Shillong Accord of 1975, signed by a faction of NNC leaders, aimed to resolve the Naga problem within the Indian Constitution, opposed by Phizo, Isak Swu, and Muivah.
    • Isak Swu and Muivah later formed the National Socialist Council of Nagaland (NSCN) in January 1980, which subsequently split into NSCN (I-M) and NSCN (K).
  • Demand for Greater Nagaland
    • NSCN-IM has been demanding 'Greater Nagaland,' an extension of Nagaland's borders to include Naga-dominated areas in neighboring states, along with a separate flag and constitution.
  • Naga Peace Accord
    • Since 1997, NSCN (I-M) has engaged in negotiations with the Government of India, culminating in the 2015 Framework Agreement aimed at resolving the Naga issue.
  • Recent Developments
    • Talks broke down in June 2022 after NSCN accused the Indian government's appointed interlocutor of excluding crucial political points.
  • Ethnic Violence in Manipur
    • Ethnic violence erupted on May 3, 2023, between the Meitei majority and the Kuki-Zo tribal community following protests over demands for official tribal status for the Meiteis.
    • The National Investigation Agency (NIA) filed a charge sheet accusing NSCN-IM of conspiring with intent to carry out violent terror attacks targeting the Kuki-Zo community.
  • NSCN's Allegation
    • The NSCN issued a statement accusing Indian security forces of aiding Kuki militant groups in Myanmar to wage war against Meitei revolutionary groups.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

Supreme Court Ruling on Newsclick


In News: The article delves into the Supreme Court's ruling regarding Prabir Purkayastha, the founder-editor of Newsclick, highlighting the significant role of due process of law as a longstanding measure for assessing a civilization's maturity.

Invalidation of Purkayastha’s Arrest by the Supreme Court

  • Grounds of Arrest Not Provided
    • The Supreme Court invalidated Purkayastha’s arrest due to the absence of provided grounds, emphasizing the necessity of providing written grounds of arrest to the accused, citing the Pankaj Bansal case of 2023 as precedent.
    • It affirmed that the right to be informed about the grounds of arrest is fundamental under Article 22(1) of the Constitution of India, and any violation of this right renders the arrest and remand process invalid.
  • Copy of Reasons for Arrest: A Fundamental Right
    • The court underscored that individuals arrested under the UAPA or any other offense have the fundamental right to be informed in writing about the grounds of their arrest, with a copy of such grounds furnished promptly and unequivocally.
  • Clandestine Procedure Adoption
    • The bench noted the secretive manner in which the FIR was withheld from the appellant until after the remand order, condemning it as an attempt to circumvent due process, depriving the accused of legal representation and misleading the court.
  • FIR Not an Encyclopaedia
    • The judgment clarified that an FIR serves to initiate criminal justice proceedings and is not exhaustive in its details. It stressed the importance of the written grounds of arrest, which should be personal to the accused, enabling them to defend against custodial remand and seek bail effectively.

Concerns Raised by UAPA 1967 Regarding Due Process of Law

  • Divergence from Regular Criminal Law
    • The UAPA grants extended remand periods and maximum judicial custody periods, differing from standard criminal law procedures, raising concerns about potential abuse.
  • Controversy Surrounding Bail Provisions
    • Section 43D(5) of the Act imposes stringent bail conditions, making it challenging for suspects to obtain bail without a full trial, a provision criticized for its draconian nature.
  • Expanded Scope Over Time
    • The UAPA has expanded its scope to cover various activities threatening national security, including economic aspects, with prolonged proscription periods and increased powers since its inception, raising questions about its balance with individual rights.
  • High Pendency and Low Conviction Rates
    • Despite a significant number of cases under UAPA, conviction rates remain low, and the pendency of cases in courts is notably high, indicating potential flaws in implementation and due process adherence.

Balancing State Security and Due Process of Law

  • Clear Legal Framework
    • Establish precise laws defining state actions for security, ensuring accountability and preventing misuse. A parliamentary committee could oversee and suggest amendments to security legislation.
  • Judicial Oversight
    • Strengthen judicial oversight to review state actions and legality of detentions under laws like UAPA, potentially through a judicial review committee.
  • Independent Monitoring Bodies
    • Create independent bodies to monitor security law implementation and investigate abuses, empowering bodies like the NHRC to hold state actors accountable.
  • Human Rights Training
    • Provide human rights training for law enforcement to ensure individual liberties are protected while maintaining security, potentially through comprehensive training programs.
  • Public Participation
    • Engage civil society and the public in security policy discussions to create balanced and widely accepted policies, utilizing platforms like MyGov for public consultations.
  • International Cooperation
    • Collaborate with international organizations to promote press freedom and share best practices, aligning with initiatives like the UN Plan of Action on the Safety of Journalists.

Conclusion

India must ensure that stringent laws like the UAPA do not overshadow fundamental rights. A harmonious balance between state security and individual liberties is crucial for the country's legal and constitutional integrity, reflecting its democratic values and maturity.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2021)

Q. With reference to India, consider the following statements: 

1. Judicial custody means an accused is in the custody of the concerned magistrate and such accused is locked up in a police station, not in jail.

2. During judicial custody, the police officer in charge of the case is not allowed to interrogate the suspect without the approval of the court.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither 1 nor 2

Ans: B

Mains (2019)

Q. Indian government has recently strengthed the anti-terrorism laws by amending the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, (UAPA), 1967 and the NIA Act. Analyze the changesin the context of prevailing security environment while discussing scope and reasons for opposing the UAPA by human rights organizations. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS – 2 Fundamental Rights, Indian Constitution, Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Current Affairs

Supreme Court Curbs ED's Arrest Authority in PMLA Cases


In News: The Supreme Court recently declared that once a special court acknowledges a chargesheet filed under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA), the Enforcement Directorate (ED) no longer retains the power to arrest an accused.

Recent Supreme Court Ruling on PMLA

  • Background and Provisions: The Supreme Court delivered a ruling arising from an appeal against the Enforcement Directorate (ED), challenging a Punjab and Haryana High Court decision denying anticipatory bail.
    • The case revolved around the eligibility of an accused to seek bail under the regular provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPC) and whether such bail would need to meet the stringent conditions under Section 45 of the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA).
    • Additionally, the court deliberated on whether an accused not arrested during the PMLA investigation would have to meet the rigorous bail conditions if they appeared in court after being summoned or issued a warrant for their non-appearance.

Supreme Court Observations

  • Accused Appearing on Summons: The court ruled that if an accused appears before a designated special court pursuant to a summons, they cannot be deemed to be in custody. Therefore, they need not seek bail under the strict conditions of the PMLA.
    • The ED must separately apply for custody of an accused after their appearance in court, presenting specific grounds necessitating custodial interrogation.
    • This presumption of liberty is significant for safeguarding the fundamental right of personal liberty.
  • Nature of Bonds/Sureties: The special court has the authority to direct the accused to provide a surety/guarantee (bonds) under Section 88 of the Code of Criminal Procedure. However, such surety does not equate to granting bail and does not require adherence to the stringent conditions of Section 45 of the PMLA.
  • Graded Arrest Procedure: In case of failure to appear before the court despite summons, the special court may first issue a bailable warrant, allowing for bail. Subsequently, if the accused still does not appear, the court may issue a non-bailable warrant for arrest without bail.
  • Arresting Non-Accused Parties: The ED retains the power to arrest individuals not named as accused in the initial PMLA complaint. However, to do so, it must follow the proper arrest procedures outlined in Section 19 of the PMLA.

Understanding PMLA

  • Overview
    • The Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (PMLA) aims to prevent money laundering and enable the confiscation of property derived from such activities, including drug trafficking, smuggling, and terrorism financing.
  • Key Provisions
    • Offences and Penalties: PMLA defines money laundering offences and imposes penalties, including rigorous imprisonment and fines.
    • Attachment and Confiscation of Property: The Act allows for the attachment and confiscation of property involved in money laundering, overseen by an Adjudicating Authority.
    • Reporting Requirements: Certain entities, such as banks and financial institutions, must maintain transaction records and report suspicious transactions to the Financial Intelligence Unit (FIU).
    • Appellate Tribunal: Section 25 establishes an Appellate Tribunal to hear appeals against orders passed by the Adjudicating Authority.
  • Recent Amendments
    • Prevention of Money-laundering (Restoration of Confiscated Property) Amendment Rules, 2019: Introduces a new rule enabling the Special Court to publish notices in newspapers to call for legitimate claimants of attached/seized/frozen property.
    • Prevention of Money Laundering (Maintenance of Records) Amendment Rules, 2023: Expands disclosure requirements for NGOs and clarifies the definition of "politically exposed persons" to align with FATF recommendations.

Concerns and Way Forward

  • Broad Definition of Proceeds of Crime: There are debates over the broad interpretation of "proceeds of crime" in the PMLA, with concerns about its potential inclusion of legal financial transactions.
  • Coverage of Numerous Offences: The Act includes various offences unrelated to its original purpose, raising questions about its focus.
  • Arrest Procedures: Enforcement Directorate officers have faced criticism for violating constitutional and statutory provisions regarding the communication of arrest grounds.

To address these concerns, suggestions include refining the definition of "proceeds of crime," revising burden of proof mechanisms, establishing independent oversight bodies, promoting international cooperation, and leveraging technological advancements for detection and prevention.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Mains (2021)

Q. Discuss how emerging technologies and globalisation contribute to money laundering. Elaborate measures to tackle the problem of money laundering both at national and international levels.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS – 2 Government Policies & Interventions, Statutory Bodies GS – 3 Capital Market, Money Laundering
Monthly Current Affairs

Overhauling India's Higher Education System


In News: A recent discussion revolves around the politicization of higher education in India and emphasizes the urgent need for substantial reforms.

Current Status of the Higher Education System in India

  • Student Enrolment
    • As per the All India Survey of Higher Education (AISHE) 2021-22, the enrolment in higher education institutes stands at 4.33 crore, indicating a significant increase from previous years.
    • The number of women enrolled has risen to 2.07 crore, marking a 32% jump since 2014-15.
    • Notably, the proportion of women enrolled is highest at the postgraduate level (55.4%).
  • Gross Enrolment Ratio (GER) and Gender Parity Index (GPI)
    • The estimated GER for the age group 18-23 years is 28.4% in India.
    • The GPI stands at 1.01 at the all-India level, showcasing gender parity.
  • Discipline-wise Enrolment
    • Bachelor of Arts (BA) programs dominate undergraduate enrolment (34.2%), followed by science, commerce, and engineering.
    • Social science stream leads postgraduate enrolment, with 10.8 lakh students enrolled.
    • Engineering has the highest enrolment at the PhD level, followed by science and social sciences.
  • Primacy of Government Institutions
    • Despite comprising only 58.6% of all universities, government universities attract 73.7% of all students.
    • State public universities hold the largest share of enrollment among government-owned universities, accounting for around 31%.

Key Government Initiatives Related to Higher Education

  • National Education Policy (NEP) 2020
    • Aims to revamp the education system, emphasizing multidisciplinary learning, skill development, and research and innovation.
    • Proposes increasing the Gross Enrolment Ratio to 50% by 2035.
  • Institutions of Eminence (IoE) Scheme
    • Launched in 2018, granting complete autonomy to 20 selected institutions.
  • National Credit Framework
    • Integrates training and skill development into the education system, with credits stored digitally for accessibility.
  • Revamped Accreditation and Ranking Systems
    • Initiatives like NIRF and revamped NAAC ensure quality standards among institutions.
  • Digital Initiatives
    • Platforms like SWAYAM and the National Digital Library of India offer online courses and educational resources.
  • Study in India Program
    • Aims to attract international students to study in India through scholarships and streamlined admission processes.
  • Foreign Institutions in India
    • Regulations allowing foreign universities to establish branch campuses in India, enhancing international collaboration.
  • SHE under INSPIRE
    • Offers scholarships to attract students to pursue basic and natural sciences at undergraduate and postgraduate levels.

Current Major Challenges in the Indian Higher Education System

  • Inequitable Access and Low GER
    • Persistent disparities in access based on socio-economic background, gender, and geography.
    • GER, while improving, remains below the global average.
  • Politicization and Lack of Autonomy
    • Concerns about political interference in institutions' affairs, hindering autonomy and innovation.
  • Limited Funding
    • Reduced budget allocations and low investment in research and development compared to global standards.
  • Shortage of Faculty and Brain Drain
    • Vacant teaching positions and talent migration to other countries or sectors due to better opportunities.
  • Inadequate Industry-Academia Collaboration
    • Lack of effective partnerships leading to a skill gap and unmet industry demands.
  • Uneven Regional Development
    • Disparities in the quality and accessibility of higher education across different states and regions.

Measures to Revamp Higher Education System in India

  • Redefining the Role of Universities
    • Shifting focus to practical skill development, social responsibility, and civic engagement.
    • Transforming institutions into skill generators rather than degree issuers.
  • Open Education Resources (OER) Initiatives
    • Enhancing access to educational resources through platforms like the National Digital Library of India.
  • Entrepreneurship and Innovation Centers
    • Establishing centers to foster innovation and support student entrepreneurship.
  • Transnational Education Partnerships
    • Promoting collaborations with international universities to enhance global exposure and competitiveness.
  • Dual Study Programs
    • Implementing programs combining theoretical learning with practical training.
  • Competency-based Credentialing and Blockchain Certificates
    • Adopting systems to recognize and validate skills acquired through diverse learning pathways, leveraging blockchain technology for transparency and trust.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2012)

Q. Which of the following provisions of the Constitution does India have a bearing on Education? 

  1. Directive Principles of State Policy
  2. Rural and Urban Local Bodies
  3. Fifth Schedule
  4. Sixth Schedule
  5. Seventh Schedule

Select the correct answer using the codes given below:

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 3, 4 and 5 only

(c) 1, 2 and 5 only

(d) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5

Ans- (d)

Mains (2020)

Q1. How have digital initiatives in India contributed to the functioning of the education system in the country? Elaborate on your answer.

Mains (2021)

Q2. Discuss the main objectives of Population Education and point out the measures to achieve them in India in detail. 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS – 2 Education, Welfare Schemes, Issues Related to Children, Human Resource, Skill Development, Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Current Affairs

Undertrials' Disenfranchisement in India


In News: With the 18th Lok Sabha elections currently in progress, over four lakh undertrials across the country find themselves unable to participate in the voting process due to a broad legal prohibition.

Why Undertrials Are Barred from Voting

  • Legal Provisions: Section 62(5) of the Representation of the People Act prohibits individuals confined in prison, under a sentence of imprisonment or transportation, or in police custody, from voting in elections.
  • Continued Electoral Status: Despite the prohibition on voting, individuals whose names are on the electoral roll remain electors.
  • Exclusion of Preventive Detainees: Notably, the ban on voting does not apply to individuals subjected to preventive detention under prevailing laws.
  • Supreme Court Rulings: The Supreme Court has upheld this provision, citing reasons such as resource constraints and the necessity to distance individuals with criminal backgrounds from the electoral process.
  • Legal Framework: While the Supreme Court recognizes free and fair elections as part of the Constitution's 'basic structure', it distinguishes the right to vote (Article 326) and be elected as statutory rights, subject to regulations in laws like the Representation of the People Act, 1951.
  • Constitutional Rights vs. Statutory Rights: Article 326 of the Indian Constitution enshrines adult suffrage, granting every citizen above 18 the right to vote unless disqualified due to factors like non-residence, unsoundness of mind, criminal convictions, or corrupt practices.
  • Disqualification for Contesting Elections: Section 8 of the RPA, 1951 disqualifies individuals from contesting elections only upon conviction for specific criminal offenses, not merely upon being charged.
  • Court's Stance on Criminal Charges: The Supreme Court has rejected pleas to disqualify individuals based on criminal charges or false affidavits, asserting that such alterations to the RPA, 1951 can only be made by the legislature.
  • Exceptions to Disqualification: The Election Commission of India holds the authority to remove or reduce the period of disqualification under certain circumstances.
  • Appeal Provisions: A disqualified Member of Parliament (MP) or Member of the Legislative Assembly (MLA) can still contest if their conviction is stayed pending appeal to a higher court.

Undertrials' Voting Rights: Should They Have the Right to Vote?

  • Arguments in Favor
    • Presumption of Innocence: Undertrials are presumed innocent until proven guilty, so denying them the right to vote may be seen as punitive.
    • Representation and Political Participation: Allowing undertrials to vote ensures their interests are represented, including those related to prison conditions and the justice system.
    • Disenfranchisement Concerns: Denying undertrials the vote could disenfranchise marginalized groups who may be overrepresented in pre-trial detention.
    • Equality and Discrimination: Critics argue that denying undertrials the right to vote is discriminatory and violates principles of equality, unlike other countries with more nuanced laws.
  • Arguments Against
    • Public Safety Concerns: Allowing undertrials to vote may raise concerns about voter intimidation or interference, particularly in serious crime cases.
    • Logistical Challenges: Facilitating voting within prisons poses administrative challenges, including ensuring ballot secrecy and preventing coercion.
    • Temporary Nature of Detention: Undertrials' voting rights could be restored upon acquittal or completion of sentence.
    • Punishment and Deterrence: Loss of certain rights, including voting, may serve as a deterrent against criminal behavior.

Legal Precedents Regarding Voting Rights in India

  • Indira Gandhi v Raj Narain Case, 1975: Free and fair elections are part of India's constitutional 'basic structure', ensuring laws violating this can be struck down.
  • Praveen Kumar Chaudhary V. Election Commission and Ors Case: The Delhi High Court clarified that voting is a statutory, not a fundamental, right.
  • People’s Union of Civil Liberties (PUCL) vs Union of India Case, 2003: The Supreme Court clarified that voting is a constitutional but not a fundamental right.
  • Anukul Chandra Pradhan, Advocate v. Union Of India & Ors Case, 1997: The Court upheld Section 62(5) of the RPA, citing prisoners forfeiting freedoms, logistical challenges, and excluding individuals with criminal backgrounds from elections.

Way Forward

  • Inclusivity in Electoral Systems: Evolve electoral systems to include incarcerated individuals through methods like mobile voting units or absentee ballots.
  • Focus on Rehabilitation: Provide opportunities for meaningful participation in decision-making processes to avoid further marginalization.
  • Differentiation Between Convicts and Undertrials: Consider differing electoral rights based on legal status.
  • Recognition of Voting as a Fundamental Duty: Incorporate the recommendation to make voting a fundamental right in the Indian Constitution, as suggested by the Swaran Singh Committee (1976).

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2021)

Q. With reference to India, consider the following statements: 

  1. When a prisoner makes out a sufficient case, parole cannot be denied to such prisoner because it becomes a matter of his/her right.
  2. State Governments have their own Prisoners Release on Parole Rules.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only
(b) 2 only
(c) Both 1 and 2
(d) Neither I nor 2

Ans: (b)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 Polity
Monthly Current Affairs

SC to Reevaluate 1995 Ruling on Protection


In News: SC Exempts Lawyers from Consumer Court Proceedings, Reconsiders Ruling for Medical Professionals

Understanding the Consumer Protection Act (CPA)

  • Overview of the CPA
    • The Consumer Protection Act (CPA) aims to safeguard consumers' interests concerning products or services they acquire.
    • Initially enacted in 1986, the act underwent revision in 2019 to adapt to evolving circumstances.
  • Provisions of the Act
    • Consumers dissatisfied with a product or service can address grievances regarding deficiency through the consumer commission.
    • Deficiency in service, as defined by the act, encompasses faults, imperfections, or inadequacies in quality, nature, or manner of performance mandated by law.
  • Scope of Service Defined
    • The 2019 CPA outlines service as offerings accessible to potential users, including banking, insurance, transport, housing construction, and entertainment, among others.
    • However, services provided free of charge or under a contract of personal service are excluded from the act's purview.
  • Legal Precedents and Interpretations
    • In the Indian Medical Association vs. V P Shantha case (1995), the Supreme Court ruled that doctors fall under the consumer protection law, allowing suits for medical negligence.
    • The recent case before the Supreme Court dealt with lawyers' inclusion under the CPA, where the court clarified that the law doesn't encompass professions or services rendered by professionals.

Arguments for Exemption of Medical Profession

  • Advocates representing the Indian Medical Association contended that medical practitioners cannot be judged by fixed norms and thus shouldn't be covered by the CPA.
  • Commission members lack specialized knowledge in medical matters, making it challenging to adjudicate complex medical issues.

Apex Court's Rationale

  • The court emphasized that doctors owe certain duties to their patients and can be held liable for deficiency in service if these duties are breached.
  • Commission members need not possess specific medical expertise; instead, the burden lies on parties to provide necessary evidence for informed decisions.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 Judiciary
Monthly Current Affairs

Critical times call for strong judicial adjudication


In News: Judicial review must be robust, prompt, and unequivocal when addressing cases involving statutes that are evidently unconstitutional or contentious.

Overview of Supreme Court's Role in Assessing Legislation

  • Reflection on Past Decisions: The top court should have the capacity to reflect on its past decisions and understand the political implications of its actions, especially during crucial moments.
  • Assessment of Citizenship (Amendment) Act (CAA): The Supreme Court of India will evaluate the constitutionality of the Citizenship (Amendment) Act (CAA) and its accompanying regulations.

Challenges Arising from Recent Legislative Ambiguity

  • Ambiguity in CAA Rules: Recent ambiguity in the CAA Rules regarding the status of individuals denied citizenship has raised concerns, particularly regarding the potential detention of those whose citizenship requests are rejected.
  • Worries about Dual Citizenship: Some petitioners have expressed worries about foreign applicants retaining dual citizenship, which contradicts the essence of the original Act and creates uncertainty.

Traditional Judicial Approach vs. Contemporary Challenges

  • Presumption of Law Validity: Traditional legal doctrine presumes legislative actions to be valid unless they clearly violate constitutional principles, as reiterated in the case of Manish Kumar vs Union Of India (2021).
  • Challenges of Populist Legislation: However, this approach may fall short in addressing contemporary challenges posed by populist regimes worldwide, which often introduce legislation with specific motives and manipulate electoral processes.

Impact on Democratic Foundations & Judicial Authority

  • Diminished Counter-Majoritarian Role: Persisting with an outdated presumption of law validity may diminish the counter-majoritarian role that constitutional courts are expected to fulfill in critical times.
  • Erosion of Judicial Authority: Failure to intervene in legislation that disregards constitutional principles can erode the judiciary's authority, impacting the foundation of democracy.

Instances of Judicial Intervention and Non-Intervention

  • Examples of Intervention: Instances such as Vivek Narayan Sharma vs Union of India (2023) and judgments on Article 370 demonstrate the consequences of failure to intervene in legislation.
  • Anoop Baranwal vs Union of India (2023): This case marked a significant judgment advocating for an independent body to select the Election Commission of India (ECI), but subsequent legislation reinstated executive dominance.
  • Jaya Thakur vs Union of India (2024): Despite challenges, the Court declined to halt the operation of a statute, potentially undermining democracy.

Cases of Targeted Legislation and Their Implications

  • CAA and Triple Talaaq Cases: The CAA and the Muslim Women (Protection of Rights on Marriage) Act (2019) exemplify targeted legislation, impacting specific groups and inadvertently exacerbating social issues.

Comparative Perspective: U.S. Legal Precedents

  • Evolution of Judicial Scrutiny: In the U.S., there's a growing need for more thorough judicial scrutiny in the face of legislative actions driven by malice, as argued by scholars like Susannah W. Pollvogt.
  • United States Dept. of Agriculture vs Moreno (1973): Legislative actions targeting specific groups reflect discriminatory intent, requiring judicial scrutiny.

Indian Legal Precedents for Judicial Intervention

  • Ashoka Kumar Thakur vs Union of India (2007): The Supreme Court effectively halted the implementation of parliamentary legislation concerning quota allocations.
  • Rakesh Vaishnav vs Union of India (2021): Judicial intervention led to the stay order on controversial farm laws, eventually leading to their withdrawal.

Conclusion and Recommendations

  • Robust Judicial Review: In cases involving unconstitutional or divisive statutes, the process of judicial review should be robust, immediate, and unequivocal.
  • Heeding Lessons from Past Decisions: The Supreme Court should comprehend the political ramifications of its actions, especially during critical junctures, to uphold democratic principles effectively.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

Self Help Groups (SHGs)


In News: The 26th anniversary of the Kudumbashree mission, which is an SHG, was recently celebrated in Kerala.

What are Self Help Groups (SHGs)?

  • Definition and Composition: SHGs are self-governed groups comprising individuals with similar socio-economic backgrounds and objectives. Typically, each SHG consists of five to twenty members sharing common economic outlooks and social statuses. 
  • Origins of SHGs in India
    • Early Efforts: Informal SHGs, particularly among women, existed for mutual support and collective action before the 1970s.
    • SEWA (1972): The establishment of SEWA by Ela Bhatt marked a significant milestone, organizing poor and self-employed women workers.
    • MYRADA and Pilot Programs (Mid-1980s): MYRADA pioneered SHGs as a microfinance strategy, focusing on providing credit to rural women.
    • NABARD and SHG-Bank Linkage (1992): NABARD launched the SHG-Bank Linkage Programme, connecting SHGs with formal banking institutions.
  • Government Initiatives and Policies Supporting SHGs
    • Deen Dayal Antyodaya Yojana – National Rural Livelihoods Mission (DAY-NRLM)
    • SHG-Bank Linkage Programme (SBLP)
    • Mission for Financial Inclusion (MFI)

Impact of SHGs on Women

  • Economic Empowerment
    • Improved access to microfinance and credit.
    • Facilitated income generation activities and entrepreneurship.
    • Contributed to poverty alleviation and financial inclusion.
  • Women's Agency and Empowerment
    • Provided leadership and assertiveness training.
    • Enabled women to challenge traditional gender norms and assume leadership roles.
  • Impact on Family and Society
    • Fostered more equitable family relationships.
    • Increased women’s representation in local governance.
    • Mitigated social issues like domestic violence.

Challenges and Limitations Faced by SHGs

  • Sustainability: Dependence on external support and effective internal management.
  • Dependency: Overreliance on external aid hindering self-sustainability.
  • Intersectional Challenges: Caste, class, and regional disparities impacting inclusivity.
  • Agricultural Focus: Limited engagement in non-agricultural businesses.
  • Lack of Technology: Rudimentary or no technology adoption.
  • Market Access: Limited access to larger marketplaces.
  • Poor Infrastructure: Located in areas with poor connectivity and infrastructure.
  • Politicisation: Political interference leading to conflicts.

Way Forward

  • Technology Integration: Utilize technology for efficiency and scalability, aiding in record-keeping and communication.
  • Linkages with Financial Institutions: Strengthen connections with formal financial institutions to enhance sustainability.
  • Environmental Sustainability: Integrate environmental concerns for resilience and sustainable development.
  • Inclusivity Awareness: Encourage an inclusive approach to address socio-economic disparities within SHGs.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Mains (2013)

Q. The legitimacy and accountability of Self Help Groups (SHGs) and their patrons, the micro-finance outfits, need systematic assessment and scrutiny for the sustained success of the concept. Discuss. 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS – 2 GS – 1 Social Empowerment, Welfare Schemes, Government Policies & Interventions, Self Help Groups (SHGs)
Monthly Current Affairs

Inter-Services Organisations Act


In News: The recent enactment of the Inter-Services Organisations (ISOs) (Command, Control, and Discipline) Act empowers commanders in charge of ISOs to oversee personnel from all military branches, aiming to streamline operations and enhance collaboration.

Key Features of the Inter-Services Organisations (ISOs) Act

  • Background
    • The Armed Forces currently operate under separate Service Acts, leading to challenges in maintaining uniform discipline and coordination across inter-service establishments.
    • The ISO Act doesn't propose changes to existing service acts but aims to address coordination issues.
  • Features of the Act
    • Empowering ISO Leadership
      • Commanders-in-Chief and Officers-in-Command of ISOs gain authority over service personnel under their command, irrespective of branch.
      • This simplifies command structure and enhances decision-making efficiency.
    • Constituting and Classifying ISOs
      • Existing ISOs like the Andaman and Nicobar Command will be formally recognized.
      • New ISOs may be constituted, requiring personnel from at least two of the three services.
      • A Joint Services Command (tri-service) can be formed, led by a Commander-in-Chief.
    • Applicability and Qualifications
      • The Act may extend to other centrally controlled forces beyond the Army, Navy, and Air Force.
      • Eligibility criteria for Commanders-in-Chief and Officers-in-Command are specified.
    • Control and Commanding Officer
      • The central government retains authority over ISOs and can issue directives related to national security.
      • The Commanding Officer position is established within ISOs, responsible for specific units and personnel.

Significance of Integration of Armed Forces

  • Enhanced Operational Effectiveness: Joint planning and training improve coordination crucial for modern warfare.
  • Faster Decision-Making: Streamlined command structures enable quicker decisions on the battlefield.
  • Optimum Resource Utilization: Integration reduces duplication and optimizes resource allocation.  

Conclusion

The integration of Indian armed forces, as facilitated by the ISO Act, enhances operational efficiency and decision-making. It's a step toward modernizing defense capabilities to match contemporary warfare requirements, aligning with long-term strategic goals.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2014)

Q. In the Constitution of India, the promotion of international peace and security is included in the 

(a) Preamble to the Constitution

(b) Directive Principles of State Policy

(c) Fundamental Duties

(d) Ninth Schedule

Ans: (b)

Mains (2014)

Q. “The diverse nature of India as a multi-religious and multi-ethnic society is not immune to the impact of radicalism which is seen in her neighbourhood.” Discuss along with strategies to be adopted to counter this environment. 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS – 2 GS – 3 Parliament, Various Security Forces & Agencies & Their Mandate
Monthly Current Affairs

Section 436A


In News: The Supreme Court (SC) has reaffirmed that the provisions of Section 436A of the Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPC) extend to individuals accused of money laundering as well.

Overview of Section 436A of the Criminal Procedure Code (CrPC)

  • Introduction
    • Section 436A was incorporated into the CrPC in 2005 through an amendment.
    • It was added to address concerns regarding the prolonged detention of undertrials.
  • Bail Provision
    • According to Section 436A CrPC, an individual who has spent half of the maximum period of the prescribed sentence as an undertrial is eligible for release on bail.
    • This provision applies to offenses where the death penalty is not specified as one of the punishments.
  • Release Conditions
    • The court is mandated to release the individual on their personal bond, with or without sureties, if they have undergone detention for up to half of the maximum imprisonment period specified for the offense.
    • However, the court, after hearing the Public Prosecutor, may extend the detention beyond the half period or release the individual on bail, based on recorded reasons.
  • Maximum Detention Period
    • An individual cannot be detained during investigation, inquiry, or trial for more than the maximum period of imprisonment provided for the offense under the law.
  • Exclusion of Delay Period
    • The calculation of detention period under Section 436A for bail excludes any delay caused by the accused in the proceedings.
  • Applicability to Special Acts
    • The Supreme Court clarified that Section 436A applies to Special Acts as well, even in the absence of specific provisions to that effect.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

Concerns Raised Over ECI's Voter Turnout Data


In News: The Supreme Court of India (SC) is scheduled to review a petition filed by the Association for Democratic Reforms (ADR), an NGO, challenging the accuracy of the voter turnout data provided by the Election Commission of India (ECI).

Petitions Alleging Discrepancies in Voter Turnout Data

  • Overview of Allegations
    • The Association for Democratic Reforms (ADR) has highlighted a notable variance of over 5% between initial voter turnout figures released by the Election Commission of India (ECI) post-polling and the final published percentages.
    • Concerns have been raised by the Opposition regarding potential manipulation during the counting phase.
  • Significance of Form 17C
    • Form 17C, as mandated by the Conduct of Election Rules 1961, is essential for maintaining data on electors and votes polled.
    • Part I of the form includes critical details such as EVM identification numbers, total electors assigned, votes recorded, and other pertinent information.
    • Part II contains the outcome of the counting process, facilitating candidates to verify results and address any discrepancies.
  • ADR's Petition to the Supreme Court
    • ADR is urging the Supreme Court to direct the ECI to promptly upload polling station-wise voter turnout data on its website within 48 hours of each Lok Sabha election phase.
    • This initiative aims to ensure transparency, especially when polling agents are unavailable to obtain Form 17C data.
  • Response of the Election Commission of India
    • The ECI clarified that there is no legal obligation to provide Form 17C to anyone except candidates or their agents.
    • However, the ECI voluntarily disseminates voter turnout details through its app, website, and press releases, enhancing transparency.
    • The ECI asserts that allegations against it are part of a consistent malicious campaign to discredit the commission.

Expert Opinion on Voter Turnout Disparities

  • Experts note that while the ECI traditionally discloses absolute voter turnout numbers, this time, only percentages are being revealed.
  • The delay in releasing turnout figures and the significant increase in final turnout percentages are unusual.
  • To enhance transparency, experts suggest uploading scanned copies of Form 17C immediately upon submission by the Presiding Officer, particularly benefiting smaller political parties with limited resources for polling agents.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 Polity
Monthly Current Affairs

Foreigners Tribunals


In News: Recently, the Supreme Court (SC) put a stop to the deportation of a woman who had been deemed a foreigner by a Foreigners' Tribunal in Assam.

Functioning and Significance of Foreigners Tribunals (FTs)

  • Established through the Foreigners (Tribunals) Order, 1964, FTs allow state administrations, represented by District Collectors or District Magistrates, to refer individuals suspected of being foreigners to these tribunals.
  • Enacted by the Central government under Section 3 of the Foreigners Act, 1946, the Foreigners (Tribunals) Order, 1964, applies nationwide, but currently, FTs are operational only in Assam.
  • In states other than Assam, illegal immigrants are typically produced before local courts and dealt with according to the provisions of the Foreigners Act, 1946.
  • Following the 2019 amendment to the Foreigners (Tribunals) Order, 1964, both the Centre and states are empowered to establish FTs.

Purpose of FT

  • FTs play a crucial role in the detection of suspected foreigners, with superintendents of police (SPs) and district commissioners authorized to make references to these tribunals.
  • The Election Commission of India (ECI) can refer cases of Doubtful voters (D-voters) to the local SP, who then forwards them to FTs for citizenship verification.
  • Individuals excluded from the final draft of the National Register of Citizens (NRC) released in August 2019 have the right to appeal before FTs to prove their citizenship.

Functions of FTs

  • Upon receiving a reference against an individual, the FT serves them with a copy of the grounds for suspicion and a show-cause notice within 10 days.
  • The notice specifies that the burden of proof lies with the individual to demonstrate their non-foreigner status.
  • FTs afford the individual a reasonable opportunity to present their case, either in person or through legal representation, and submit supporting evidence.
  • Failure to provide evidence or arrange for bail may result in detention and transfer to a detention centre as directed by the FT.
  • The Supreme Court has ruled that FT decisions on an individual's nationality hold binding authority, surpassing the decisions of the government or NRC verification authorities.

Source: BB

Keywords: GS-2 Polity
Monthly Current Affairs

Protectors of the Forest: Tribal Guardians


In News: The article underscores the Indian President's call for Indian Forest Service officers to merge traditional tribal knowledge with modern conservation methods, recognizing its significance in forest preservation and climate change mitigation.

Roles of Tribal Population in Forest Conservation

  • Sustainable Resource Utilization
    • Tribal communities have developed sustainable methods of resource extraction from forests. 
    • For instance, every resource collection practice done by Kadars tribes of South India, whether honey, firewood, resin, or herbs, is designed to allow for regeneration. 
    • Similarly, the Bhotias of Central Himalayas inspect the maturity of leaves before harvesting medicinal plants to prevent overharvesting.
  • Preservation of Sacred Groves
    • Many tribes consider certain forest areas as sacred groves dedicated to folk deities. 
    • For example, the Garasia tribes in Sirohi district, Rajasthan have preserved patches of forests termed sacred groves, protecting threatened plant species listed in the IUCN Red List.
  • Rotational Farming and Grazing
    • Tribes like the Gond, Pradhan, and Baiga of Madhya Pradesh practice Utera farming, where the next crop is sown before harvesting the primary one, utilizing existing soil moisture. 
    • They also follow the Badi cropping system, planting fruit trees along the periphery to prevent soil erosion.
  • Sustainable Fishing Practices
    • Unlike harmful methods like dynamiting, tribes employ sustainable fishing techniques. 
    • For instance, the Wancho and Nocte tribes of Tirap district, Arunachal Pradesh create obstructions in streams using bamboo and stones to trap fish, distributing the catch among the community (Bheta method).
  • Wildlife Protection through Beliefs and Totems
    • Tribal beliefs and totems restrict the culling of certain animals and plants. 
    • For example, for the Adi tribes of Arunachal Pradesh, tigers, sparrows, and pangolins are well-wishers of humankind and are not hunted.
  • Community-based Conservation Efforts
    • Some tribes have declared parts of their forest land as "Community Conserved Areas" governed by locals. 
    • For instance, the Idu Mishmis have taken this step, while the Bishnoi Tiger Force, an environmental campaign group, actively fights against poaching and rescues injured animals in Rajasthan. 

Key Challenges Encountered by Tribals in India

  • Land Alienation and Displacement
    • Tribal communities have faced widespread displacement due to various development projects, such as mining, dams, and infrastructure projects, leading to the loss of their traditional lands and disruption of their way of life.
  • Lack of Implementation of Forest Rights Act
    • The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006, aimed to recognize the rights of forest-dwelling communities over land and resources. 
    • However, its implementation has been slow and ineffective, with many tribes facing delays, harassment, and illegal evictions.
  • Threats to Traditional Livelihood Practices
    • Traditional livelihood practices of tribal communities, such as shifting cultivation, hunting, and gathering, are increasingly under threat due to conservation policies and restrictions imposed by forest departments.
  • Loss of Traditional Knowledge and Cultural Erosion
    • With the younger generation of tribals migrating to urban areas in search of better opportunities, there is a risk of losing the traditional knowledge and practices passed down through generations.
  • Impact of Climate Change
    • Tribal communities, heavily dependent on natural resources, are among the most vulnerable to the impacts of climate change. 
    • For instance, the Khasi tribe in Meghalaya has witnessed a decline in their traditional agricultural practices due to changing rainfall patterns and temperature increases.

Measures to Integrate Tribal Empowerment with Forest Conservation

  • Eco-tourism Initiatives
    • Promoting eco-tourism initiatives led by tribal communities can provide them with alternative livelihood opportunities while preserving their cultural heritage and traditional knowledge.
  • Tribal Forest Guardians Program
    • Implementing a "Tribal Forest Guardians" program, where members of tribal communities are trained and employed as forest guards or eco-guides.
  • Tribal Knowledge Banks
    • Documenting and integrating traditional ecological knowledge of tribal communities into modern conservation strategies.
  • Forest Product Value Addition and Marketing
    • Establishing value-addition and marketing initiatives for forest products collected by tribal communities.
  • Participatory Forest Management
    • Promoting participatory forest management models, where tribal communities are actively involved in decision-making processes related to forest conservation and management. 

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2019)

Q. Consider the following statements about Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs) in India: 

  1. PVTGs reside in 18 States and one Union Territory.
  2. A stagnant or declining population is one of the criteria for determining PVTG status.
  3. There are 95 PVTGs officially notified in the country so far.
  4. Irular and Konda Reddi tribes are included in the list of PVTGs.

Which of the statements given above are correct?

(a) 1, 2 and 3

(b) 2, 3 and 4

(c) 1, 2 and 4

(d) 1, 3 and 4

Ans: (c)

Prelims (2013)

Q.2 Under the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006, who shall be the authority to initiate the process for determining the nature and extent of individual or community forest rights or both? 

(a) State Forest Department

(b) District Collector/Deputy Commissioner

(c) Tahsildar/Block Development Officer/Mandal Revenue Officer

(d) Gram Sabha

Ans: (d)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS Paper - 2Issues Related to SCs & STsGovernment Policies & Interventions
Monthly Current Affairs

Authority of the ECI to Deregister Political Parties


In News: The Election Commission of India (ECI) recently issued a report regarding the enforcement of the Model Code of Conduct (MCC), highlighting the role of star campaigners in maintaining societal harmony without disruption.

Understanding the Derecognition of Political Parties

  • Definition of Derecognition
    • Derecognition entails the withdrawal of recognition granted to a political party by the Election Commission of India (ECI). 
    • Such parties are then categorized as registered-unrecognized parties, retaining the eligibility to contest elections but losing the privileges associated with recognized parties.
  • Recognition of Political Parties
    • Registered parties not recognized as national or state parties are termed as Registered Unrecognized Political Parties (RUPP).
    • Recognition as a national or state party is conferred under the Election Symbols (Reservation and Allotment) Order, 1968, based on specific criteria such as winning requisite seats or obtaining a certain percentage of votes in general elections.
    • Presently, there are six national parties and sixty-one state parties recognized by the ECI, enjoying various privileges like reserved symbols and star campaigners during elections.
  • Criteria for Derecognition of National Parties
    • Derecognition of a national party may occur if it fails to meet certain criteria
      • Failure to secure a minimum percentage of votes or seats in general elections.
      • Non-submission of audited accounts to the ECI on time.
      • Failure to conduct organizational elections within the party promptly.

Explaining Deregistration of Political Parties

  • Definition of Deregistration
    • Deregistration refers to the cancellation of a political party's registration, thereby barring it from contesting elections. However, the ECI lacks the authority to deregister parties.
  • Registration of Political Parties
    • Section 29A of the Representation of the People Act, 1951 outlines the requirements for political party registration, including submission of a constitution pledging allegiance to the Indian Constitution and its principles.
    • Registered parties enjoy benefits such as tax exemption and a common symbol for elections.
  • Grounds for Deregistration
    • A political party can only be deregistered under specific circumstances:
    • Obtaining registration through fraud.
    • Declaration of illegality by the Central Government.
    • Refusal to comply with the Indian Constitution after revising its internal constitution.

Challenges and Proposed Solutions

  • Need for Deregistration
    • Many registered but unrecognized parties do not actively participate in elections, raising concerns about potential misuse of tax exemptions and donations.
    • While recognized parties may breach Model Code of Conduct (MCC) norms, the ECI's authority to penalize them is limited.
  • Proposed Solutions
    • The ECI and the Law Commission have recommended amendments empowering the ECI to deregister inactive parties.
    • Periodic reviews could identify and discourage inactive parties from solely seeking tax benefits.
    • The National Electoral Fund and penalties for defaulting parties have been suggested to enhance transparency and accountability.
    • Granting the ECI the authority to audit political party accounts would further ensure transparency.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Mains (2020)

Q. There is a need for simplification of procedure for disqualification of persons found guilty of corrupt practices under the Representation of Peoples Act”. Comment 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 Polity
Monthly Current Affairs

National Council for Cement and Building Materials


In News: Recently, the National Council for Cement and Building Materials-Incubation Centre (NCB-IC) was inaugurated by the Joint Secretary of the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT), Ministry of Commerce and Industry.

Support for Startups in the Cement and Building Materials Industry

  • At NCB-IC, startups and entrepreneurs undergoing incubation will receive mentoring from NCB scientists and experts from the cement and building materials sector to enhance and refine their products for commercialization.
  • The number of startups officially recognized by the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT) has risen to 136,584.

National Council for Cement and Building Materials (NCB)

  • NCB serves as the premier research and development organization operating under the administrative jurisdiction of DPIIT.
  • Dedicated to research, technology development, and transfer, as well as providing education and industrial services, NCB focuses on cement, allied building materials, and the construction industries.

Source: PIB

Keywords: GS-2 Governance
Monthly Current Affairs

Joint Parliamentary Committees


In News: The main opposition party in India has proposed the establishment of a Joint Parliamentary Committee (JPC) to probe allegations that the Adani Group sold substandard coal to a state-owned company in Tamil Nadu, misrepresenting its quality.

Understanding Joint Parliamentary Committees (JPCs)

  • JPCs are ad-hoc Committees established by Parliament to conduct thorough examinations of specific subjects or Bills.
  • They comprise members from both Houses and from ruling and opposition parties, chaired by a Lok Sabha member appointed by the Speaker.
  • The composition of JPCs is determined by Parliament without a set limit on the number of members.
  • Upon completing their term or task, JPCs are dissolved.
  • While the committee's recommendations are advisory and not binding on the government, suggestions from committees with a majority of MPs and heads from the ruling party are often accepted.
  • JPCs have the authority to gather evidence from experts, public bodies, associations, individuals, or interested parties either proactively or in response to requests.
  • Examples of cases in which JPCs were formed include the Bofors scandal (1987), the Harshad Mehta stock market scam (1992), the Ketan Parekh share market scam (2001), the National Register of Citizens (NRC, 2016), and the Personal Data Protection Bill (2019).

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

Advertising Standards Council of India


In News: In a recent development, the Advertising Standards Council of India (ASCI) has addressed complaints concerning 101 advertisements that feature celebrities.

Overview of the Advertising Standards Council of India (ASCI)

  • The ASCI is a voluntary self-regulatory organization within India's advertising industry.
  • Established in 1985, it operates as a non-profit company registered under Section 25 of the Company Act.
  • Its membership comprises professionals from marketing, creative, media, and related sectors in India.
  • The ASCI is dedicated to promoting self-regulation in advertising to safeguard consumer interests.

Purpose and Functions

  • The ASCI code aims to regulate advertising content, ensuring it does not unduly offend certain segments of the population while still promoting products effectively.
  • It enforces its Code for Self-Regulation, requiring advertisements to be legal, decent, honest, truthful, and not hazardous or harmful, while also promoting fair competition.
  • The ASCI investigates complaints across various media platforms, including print, TV, radio, hoardings, SMS, emailers, internet/website, product packaging, brochures, promotional material, and point-of-sale materials.

International Affiliation

  • The ASCI holds a position on the Executive Committee of the International Council on Ad Self-Regulation (ICAS), reflecting its involvement in global advertising self-regulation initiatives.

Source: TP

Keywords: GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

Article 329(b)


In News: Recently, the Election Commission (EC) invoked Article 329(b) of the Constitution, which bars judicial interference in the functioning of the commission during ongoing electoral processes.

  • Article 329(b) in the Indian Constitution
    • Part XV of the Constitution, encompassing articles 324-329, is dedicated to elections.
    • Article 324 grants the Election Commission powers to direct and regulate elections.
    • Article 329, comprising two clauses, addresses the judiciary's role in electoral affairs.
  • Article 329(a)
    • States that the judiciary cannot challenge the constitutionality of laws concerning electoral district boundaries or seat allocations.
  • Article 329(b)
    • Amended by the Constitution (19th Amendment) Act, 1966.
    • Specifies that no election to either House of Parliament or State Legislature can be disputed except through an election petition presented as per laws enacted by the appropriate Legislature.
  • Legal Provisions
    • Election-related disputes are exclusively handled through election petitions presented according to laws enacted by the Legislature.
    • The Representation of the People Act, 1951, authorizes high courts to hear and decide election petitions.
    • Decisions from these petitions can be appealed to the Supreme Court.
  • Supreme Court Interpretations
    • In the 1952 Ponnuswamy judgment (Ponnuswamy v. Returning Officer Namakkal), the SC defined "election" in Article 329(b) as the entire electoral process from notification to result declaration, barring court interference.
    • The SC, in K. Venkatachalam vs. A. Swamickan (1999), ruled that Article 329(b) does not apply to matters under Articles 191 and 193, which address disqualifications and penalties related to parliamentary and legislative assembly memberships.

Source: TP

Keywords: GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

The Time is Ripe for Electoral Bond Reform


In News: The recent ruling by the Supreme Court, which invalidated the electoral bonds scheme, has provided opposition parties with a significant opportunity to elevate it as a critical issue during the ongoing parliamentary election campaign.

Addressing the Imperative for Transparency and Reform

  • The imperative for transparency and reform has been underscored both by the Supreme Court's rulings and by the prevailing public sentiment, emphasizing the urgent need to curtail the prevalence of untraceable funds within political circles. 
  • As awareness among the public regarding the operational methods and financial resourcing of political entities continues to burgeon, it presents a ripe occasion for the government to enact substantive reforms. 
  • The ensuing proposals are geared towards mitigating the concerns surrounding the operational and monetary aspects of political parties.

Reforms in Political Party Functioning

  • Recognition as Public Bodies: It is proposed that political parties should be recognized as public bodies under the Constitution. Consequently, they should be brought under the purview of the Right to Information Act to ensure transparency.
  • Institutional Regulation: The establishment of a National Commission for Political Parties, akin to the Election Commission of India (ECI), is advocated. This commission would regulate all aspects of political parties, allowing the ECI to focus solely on conducting elections.
  • Non-secular nature: A prerequisite for registration should be that political parties must not indicate a non-secular nature in their names.
  • Secular and Democratic Principles: Political parties should be mandated to operate on secular and democratic principles. Additionally, there should be limited tenures for elected office-bearers to foster inclusivity and prevent the consolidation of power.
  • Annual Audits: It is suggested that the accounts of political parties undergo annual audits, with the results being made public for transparency purposes.

Funding Reforms

  • Transparency in Donations: Complete transparency regarding donors and recipients is deemed essential. To achieve this, all donations should be made through banking channels, and details of each transaction should be reported to the National Commission for Political Parties.
  • Tax Incentives and Liabilities: Political parties should not incur tax liabilities on donations received. Conversely, donors should receive a 100% tax rebate on their contributions. However, to deter the use of cash donations, such contributions should be subject to heavy taxation.
  • Income Tax Returns: Irrespective of tax liability, political parties should be obligated to file income tax returns.
  • Donation Limits: A donation cap should be imposed to prevent any single donor from contributing more than 20% of their average net profits over the previous three years to political parties. Additionally, donors must report all their contributions to the National Commission for Political Parties.
  • Sector-Specific Norms: Donors from tax-exempt sectors, such as agriculture, should channel their donations through banking channels. Norms for such donations should be set by the government based on the respective sector's holdings.
  • Auditing Powers: The National Commission should possess the authority to audit the accounts of any political party, if deemed necessary, utilizing the services of the Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG).

Public Consultation and Implementation

  • The central government should engage in soliciting public comments on the proposed policy for funding political parties before finalizing it. 
  • This approach aims to minimize legal challenges and ensure that the policy resonates with public expectations and interests.

Conclusion

The implementation of these reforms holds the potential to enhance the transparency and accountability of political parties, thereby fortifying the democratic process in India. Public support for these measures is imperative, and it is anticipated that many enlightened politicians would endorse these suggestions as they ultimately serve to bolster public trust in their respective parties.

Source: DH

Keywords: GS-2 Polity
Monthly Current Affairs

The Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India


In News: Recently, the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (IRDAI) instructed general insurers to engage with transport authorities across 28 states and eight union territories to ensure the provision of mandatory covers for uninsured vehicles.

About IRDAI: India's Insurance Regulatory Authority

  • Introduction
    • The Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (IRDAI) is a statutory body established under the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 1999, for comprehensive oversight and advancement of the insurance sector in the country.
  • Objectives
    • To safeguard the interests and ensure fair treatment of policyholders.
    • To regulate the insurance industry impartially and uphold its financial stability.
    • To formulate regulations regularly to maintain clarity and transparency in the industry's operations.
  • Headquarters
    • IRDAI is headquartered in Hyderabad.
  • Responsibilities
    • It is responsible for registering and licensing insurance and reinsurance companies, as well as intermediaries, in accordance with regulations.
    • IRDAI sets eligibility criteria, qualifications, and capital requirements for obtaining licenses in the insurance business.
  • Entities Regulated
    • Life Insurance Companies (both public and private sector)
    • General Insurance Companies (both public and private sector, including standalone Health Insurance Companies)
    • Reinsurance Companies
    • Agency Channel
    • Intermediaries such as Corporate Agents, Brokers, Third-party Administrators, Surveyors, and Loss Assessors.
  • Composition
    • IRDAI is composed of a 10-member body, including a chairman, five full-time members, and four part-time members appointed by the Government of India.
  • Significant Responsibilities
    • Ensuring efficient conduct of insurance business and protection of policyholders' interests.
    • Approving product terms and conditions offered by insurers.
    • Regulating investment of funds by insurance companies and maintaining solvency margins.
    • Specifying financial reporting norms for insurance companies.
    • Setting codes of conduct, qualifications, and training for intermediaries or insurance agents.
    • Conducting inspections, inquiries, and audits of insurance entities.
    • Ensuring insurance coverage in rural areas and for vulnerable sections of society.

Source: BT

Keywords: GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

Iran-Israel Conflict


In News: The ongoing conflict between Israel and Iran has generated a state of unrest, impacting the security of the significant Indian diaspora residing in the Gulf region.

Reasons for the Iran-Israel Conflict:

  • Historical Context
    • The relationship between Iran and Israel has been tumultuous since the Iranian Revolution of 1979.
    • Iran's transformation into an Islamic Republic led to open hostility towards Israel, unlike the previous alliance under the Shah.
  • Religious and Ideological Differences 
    • Iran is an Islamic republic governed by Shia Islam, while Israel is predominantly Jewish.
    • These differences contribute to mutual suspicion and animosity between the two nations.
  • Israeli-Palestinian Conflict
    • Iran supports Palestinian causes and militant groups like Hamas and Hezbollah, considered terrorist organizations by Israel.
    • Iran's backing of these groups and calls for Israel's destruction heighten tensions.
  • Geopolitical Rivalry
    • Iran and Israel compete for influence in the Middle East, leading to conflicting interests in regional conflicts.
    • Their support for opposing factions in conflicts like Syria and Yemen exacerbates tensions.
  • Nuclear Program
    • Israel views Iran's nuclear program with concern, fearing it could pose an existential threat.
    • Israel opposes the Iran nuclear deal and has taken actions to disrupt Iran's nuclear activities.
  • Proxy Conflicts
    • Both countries engage in proxy conflicts through support for opposing factions in neighboring countries.
    • Iran's support for Hezbollah in Lebanon and Shia militias in Iraq is perceived as a threat by Israel.
  • Regional Power Dynamics 
    • The competition between Iran and Israel shapes the balance of power in the Middle East.
    • This competition contributes to a cycle of tensions and conflicts in the region.

Implications of the Iran-Israel Conflict on India

  • Economic Implications
    • Conflict could disrupt oil supply from the region, impacting global oil prices and India's energy costs.
    • India's oil imports through the strategic Strait of Hormuz may face supply shortages, affecting economic growth.
  • Diaspora
    • The safety of the Indian diaspora in West Asia, particularly the Persian Gulf, could be jeopardized by regional tensions.
    • Evacuation efforts may be necessary to ensure their safety during periods of heightened conflict.
  • Connectivity
    • Tensions could affect India's strategic connectivity interests, including projects like the Chabahar port in Iran.
    • Shipping disruptions in the region could lead to delays and increased costs in global trade.
  • Diplomatic Challenges
    • India's relations with both Iran and Israel pose diplomatic challenges during conflicts between the two nations.
    • Maintaining neutrality while safeguarding national interests becomes more challenging in such situations.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2015)

Q. Which one of the following countries of South-West Asia does not open out to the Mediterranean Sea? 

(a) Syria

(b) Jordan

(c) Lebanon

(d) Israel

Ans: (b)

Prelims (2018)

Q. The term “two-state solution” is sometimes mentioned in the news in the context of the affairs of 

(a) China

(b) Israel

(c) Iraq

(d) Yemen

Ans: (b)

Mains (2018)

Q. “India’s relations with Israel have, of late, acquired a depth and diversity, which cannot be rolled back.” Discuss. 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

IMF's Stand-By Arrangement


In News: As part of the bailout package backed by the IMF's Stand-By Arrangement (SBA), the International Monetary Fund has authorized an immediate disbursement of USD 1.1 billion to Pakistan.

The IMF's Stand-By Arrangement: Key Aspects and IMF Overview

  • The Stand-By Arrangement (SBA) is designed to offer short-term financial aid to countries grappling with balance of payments challenges. It has historically been the preferred lending mechanism for both advanced and emerging market economies.
  • Eligibility for the SBA extends to all member nations facing actual or potential external financing difficulties. While it is predominantly utilized by advanced and emerging market economies, low-income countries occasionally access the SBA alongside the Standby Credit Facility (SCF).
  • Conditionality is a central feature of the SBA, requiring recipient countries to address the underlying issues that prompted their request for financial support. Disbursements are contingent upon meeting specified quantitative performance criteria. Additionally, progress in implementing essential structural reforms is evaluated comprehensively, including through predefined benchmarks.
  • The duration of assistance under the SBA is flexible, typically spanning a period of 12 to 24 months, with a maximum extension of 36 months.
  • Key aspects of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) include its role in fostering economic growth and employment through temporary financial aid to facilitate balance of payments adjustments and technical assistance.
  • Established in 1944 at the Bretton Woods Conference, the IMF's primary objective was to reconstruct the international monetary system.
  • Noteworthy publications issued by the IMF include the World Economic Outlook and the Global Financial Stability Report.
  • The IMF's headquarters are located in Washington, DC, USA.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

Japan’s Diplomatic Posture


In News: In the evolving landscape of geopolitics, there's a notable shift occurring as Japan, historically synonymous with post-war pacifism, enhances its military prowess. This transition holds the potential to fundamentally reshape the power dynamics not only in Asia but also on a global scale.

Key Facts About Japan’s Diplomatic Posture

Japan's Diplomatic Journey Before World War II

  • Seclusion (1600s-1850s):
    • For over 200 years, Japan remained largely closed off from the world to preserve social order and prevent foreign influence.
  • Catching Up (1850s-1900s):
    • The arrival of Portuguese Commodore Perry's "Black Ships" in 1853 forced Japan out of its self-imposed seclusion. Japan modernised its military, adopted Western technology, and renegotiated treaties to regain control of its trade and foreign policy.
  • Aggressive Stance (1900s-1930s):
    • Despite victories, Japan wasn't treated as a full equal by Western powers, leading to frustration and a shift towards aggressive expansionism, culminating in World War II.

Japan's Diplomatic Journey After World War II

  • Following World War II, Japan embraced pacifism under US-led occupation, focusing on economic rebuilding.
  • Over recent decades, Japan has shifted towards a more assertive role on the world stage.

Factors Leading to Japan's Diplomatic Posture Change

External Factors

  • China's Rise: China's growing military power and assertive claims in the East China Sea have prompted Japan to strengthen its defences.
  • North Korean Threat: North Korea's nuclear weapons development is a major security concern for Japan.
  • Uncertain US Commitment: Japan perceives a decline in US commitment to Asian security, leading to a more self-reliant defence approach.

Internal Factors:

  • Conservative Resurgence: Conservative voices in Japan advocate for a more active security role.
  • Pacifist Fatigue: Some question the sustainability of relying solely on the US for security.

How Japan is Changing its Diplomatic Posture:

  • Manifestations of Change:
    • Increased Defence Spending: Japan has raised its defence budget and plans to reach 2% of GDP by 2027.
    • Military Buildup: Japan is acquiring new military capabilities and easing restrictions on arms exports.
    • Deeper Security Cooperation: Japan is enhancing cooperation with allies like the US through joint military exercises and technology sharing.
    • Active Regional Diplomacy: Japan is strengthening relationships with regional powers and engaging in security dialogues like the QUAD.
    • Support for Ukraine: Japan supports Ukraine against Russian aggression, signaling its commitment to international norms.
    • Shifting Stance on Historical Issues: Japan seeks reconciliation with historical adversaries like South Korea.

How Japan’s Changing Posture will Affect Indian Interest:

  • Potential Benefits:
    • Countering China: Japan's increased military capabilities could strengthen regional deterrence against Chinese aggression.
    • Enhanced Security Cooperation: Japan's emphasis on cooperation with India could lead to joint military exercises and technology sharing.
    • Infrastructure Development: Japanese ODA loans could fund infrastructure projects in India's border areas, improving defence preparedness and connectivity.

Economic Cooperation: Stronger Japan-India ties could boost trade and investment.

  • Potential Challenges:
    • Competition: Arms race potential between India and Japan could strain resources.
    • Diplomatic Challenges: Balancing assertive powers in competing blocs may pose diplomatic challenges for India.
    • Ideological Conflicts: Differences in stance on issues like human rights could create ideological conflicts.

Conclusion

Japan's diplomatic shift has significant implications for Asia. Effective management of the relationship between Japan and India is crucial for maximizing potential benefits and addressing challenges.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2020)

Q. In which one of the following groups are all four countries members of G20? 

(a) Argentina, Mexico, South Africa and Turkey

(b) Australia, Canada, Malaysia and New Zealand

(c) Brazil, Iran, Saudi Arabia and Vietnam

(d) Indonesia, Japan, Singapore and South Korea

Ans: (a)

Exp:

  • The G20 comprises Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, EU, France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Russia, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, South Korea, Turkey, UK and USA. Hence Option(a) is correct

Mains (2020)

Q. Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (Quad) is transforming itself into a trade bloc from a military alliance, in present times Discuss. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

International Labour Day


In News: Recently, International Labour Day was observed worldwide to recognize and honor the invaluable contributions made by workers across the globe.

International Labour Day Overview

  • International Labour Day, also known as Workers Day or May Day, is celebrated globally on May 1st each year.
  • It's dedicated to honoring the efforts and achievements of workers and the labour movement.
  • More than 80 countries, including India, Cuba, and China, observe International Labour Day.
  • On this day, people worldwide participate in marches to advocate for working-class rights and to protect them from exploitation.

History of International Labour Day

  • The origins of International Labour Day trace back to the late 19th-century labour movement in the United States.
  • In 1886, a significant demonstration took place where workers demanded an eight-hour workday.
  • The demonstration escalated, resulting in the Haymarket Affair in Chicago, causing injuries to many people.
  • The Haymarket Affair incident marked the inception of International Labour Day.
  • In 1889, various socialist parties in Europe collectively decided to celebrate May 1st as International Labour Day.
  • Since then, the day has been observed annually on May 1st.

International Labour Organization (ILO) Key Facts

  • The ILO is a specialized agency of the United Nations (UN) dedicated to improving labour conditions and living standards globally.
  • Established in 1919 by the Treaty of Versailles, it became the first affiliated specialized agency of the UN in 1946.
  • The organization is committed to advancing opportunities for both women and men to obtain decent and productive work in conditions of freedom, equity, security, and human dignity.
  • Its main objectives include promoting rights at work, encouraging decent employment opportunities, enhancing social protection, and strengthening dialogue on work-related issues.
  • The ILO provides technical assistance in social policy and administration, workforce training, and fosters cooperative organizations and rural industries.
  • Additionally, it compiles labour statistics, conducts research on various social problems, and helps protect the rights of international migrants and organized labour.
  • In recognition of its activities, the ILO was awarded the Nobel Prize for Peace in 1969.

Source: NDTV

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

India-Nepal Bilateral Ties


In News: The Government of Nepal has decided to issue a Rs-100 currency note featuring the country's map, including territories claimed by India.

Historical Background

  • Under the Treaty of Sagauli (1816), signed between the British East India Company and Nepal, the Kali River was designated as Nepal's western boundary with India. 
  • However, the treaty did not specify the ridgeline, leading to discrepancies in subsequent British survey maps regarding the source of the Kali River. 
  • This ambiguity has resulted in boundary disputes between India and Nepal.

Recent Dispute Between the Two Countries

  • In 2020, Indian Defence Minister Shri Rajnath Singh inaugurated a new link road from India to China via the Lipulekh pass to facilitate travel for pilgrims to Kailash Mansarovar. 
  • Nepal strongly protested this action, claiming it violated a 2014 agreement between the Prime Ministers of India and Nepal to address outstanding boundary issues in Kalapani and Susta. 
  • In response, Nepal's parliament passed a Constitutional Amendment Bill to incorporate Kalapani, Lipulekh, and Limpiyadhura into its map, leading to a breakdown in communication between the two countries. 
  • India rejected Nepal's updated map, calling it "artificial," "unilateral," and "unacceptable," and urged Nepal to return to dialogue.

News Summary

  • The Government of Nepal has decided to issue a new Rs-100 currency note depicting areas like Lipulekh, Kalapani, and Limpiyadhura, which are under Indian control. 
  • This decision, made at a cabinet meeting chaired by Prime Minister Pushpa Kamal Dahal 'Prachanda,' drew a sharp response from India. 
  • External Affairs Minister S Jaishankar stated that Nepal's move would not alter the situation or the ground reality. 
  • The decision will be forwarded to Rastra Bank, Nepal's central bank, which may take up to a year to print the new note. 
  • The central bank will issue tenders for printing quality notes. 
  • However, the decision has not garnered full support from local political stakeholders, with some former diplomats and central bank governors deeming it "unwise" and "provocative."

Way Forward

  • Given the historical and cultural ties between India and Nepal, India should prioritize resolving this matter. 
  • With ongoing border disputes with China in Ladakh, India must engage in dialogue with Nepal promptly to end the dispute. 
  • Since free movement of people is allowed between the two countries, Nepal holds strategic significance for India. 
  • India's sizable Nepali diaspora significantly contributes to Nepal's economy.
  • Therefore, it is in the best interest of both countries to resolve the boundary dispute diplomatically.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

The paradox of India’s global rise, its regional decline


In News: A recent article highlights that while India's global influence is on the rise, its sway in South Asia is diminishing, posing a considerable challenge to its ambitions as a central player in international politics.

Factors Leading to India’s Global Rise

  • Economic Boom
    • The World Bank projects India's output growth to reach 7.5% in FY24, driven by robust activity in services and industry.
    • This economic strength enhances India's global influence, exemplified by companies like Tata Consultancy Services with significant global presence.
    • A strong economy attracts higher investments as well.
  • Strategic Partnerships and Alliances
    • India has actively cultivated strategic partnerships, including the Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (Quad), countering China's influence in the Indo-Pacific.
    • Participation in multilateral forums like BRICS and the Shanghai Cooperation Organization has bolstered India's global standing.
  • Rising Military Capabilities
    • India's continuous modernization and strengthening of its military, exemplified by projects like INS Sahyadri and LCA Tejas, bolster its regional and global influence.
    • Defense diplomacy efforts, such as delivering BrahMos Missiles to the Philippines, enhance India's military outreach.
  • Strategic Autonomy
    • India's strategy of non-alignment and reformed multilateralism reflects its commitment to strategic autonomy, illustrated by diplomatic stances on global issues.
    • The "India First Policy" prioritizes strategic interests, as seen in purchasing Russian crude oil despite Western concerns.
  • Technological Prowess
    • Advancements in technology, particularly in IT, space exploration, and renewable energy, contribute significantly to India's global ascent.
    • Achievements like Chandrayaan-3 and leadership in the International Solar Alliance demonstrate India's technological capabilities.
  • Soft Power and Cultural Influence
    • India's rich cultural heritage, democratic values, and diaspora contribute to its soft power globally.
    • Indian cinema, cuisine, yoga, and spirituality have found widespread appeal, enhancing India's cultural influence.

Main Challenges India faces with its Neighboring Countries

  • Pakistan
    • Tensions persist over the Kashmir dispute and cross-border terrorism.
    • Disagreements over the Indus Water Treaty and water-sharing remain unresolved.
  • China
    • Long-standing border disputes, including recent tensions over the Line of Actual Control (LAC), impact India-China relations.
    • China's growing influence, demonstrated through initiatives like the Belt and Road Initiative, poses challenges to India.
  • Maldives
    • Concerns arise over "India Out" campaigns and growing Chinese influence in the Maldives, straining bilateral relations.
  • Bangladesh
    • Disputes over river treaties and illegal migration issues strain India-Bangladesh relations.
  • Sri Lanka
    • Tensions exist over issues like ownership of Katchatheevu Island and concerns about Chinese influence.
  • Nepal
    • Boundary disputes and recent contentious actions, like printing new currency notes depicting Indian territories, impact India-Nepal relations.

Steps India can Take to Enhance its Regional Relationships

  • Development-Centric Diplomacy
    • India should prioritize collaborative development projects addressing specific needs in neighboring countries.
  • Cooperative Security
    • Promoting cooperative security measures, such as joint counter-terrorism exercises and disaster response teams, can enhance regional stability.
  • Focusing on Regional Blocs
    • India can strengthen relationships with sub-regional blocs like BIMSTEC or SAARC to foster wider regional influence.
  • Revitalizing Neighbourhood First Policy
    • India must reinvigorate its Neighbourhood First policy, prioritizing inclusive development projects and transparent communication.
  • South Asia at Heart of Global South
    • Showcasing South Asia as pivotal in global summits can enhance India's influence and cooperation within the region.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2020)

Q. Consider the following statements: 

  1. The value of Indo-Sri Lanka trade has consistently increased in the last decade.
  2. “Textile and textile articles” constitute an important item of trade between India and Bangladesh.
  3. In the last five years, Nepal has been the largest trading partner of India in South Asia.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 2 only

(c) 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (b)

Prelims (2009)

Q. Which one among the following South Asian countries has the highest population density? 

(a) India

(b) Nepal

(c) Pakistan

(d) Sri Lanka

Ans: (a)

Mains (2017)

Q. ‘China is using its economic relations and positive trade surplus as tools to develop potential military power status in Asia’. In the light of this statement, discuss its impact on India as her neighbour. 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

WTO’s Agreement on Agriculture (AoA)


In News: The US and Australia have argued that India has exceeded the permissible limits for sugarcane subsidies outlined in the WTO’s Agreement on Agriculture (AoA), potentially distorting global trade.

Understanding WTO’s Agreement on Agriculture (AoA)

  • Overview of AoA
    • The Agreement on Agriculture (AoA) is an international treaty within the World Trade Organisation (WTO), established during the Uruguay Round of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. 
    • It came into effect on January 1, 1995.
  • Classification of Subsidies
    • The AoA categorizes subsidies into three "boxes" based on their impact on production and trade: Amber, Blue, and Green.
    • Amber subsidies, directly linked to production levels, are subject to reduction, while Green subsidies are exempt from reduction commitments but must adhere to certain criteria.
  • Pillars of AoA
    • Domestic Support: Divided into trade-distorting and non-trade-distorting categories, allowing significant spending by developed countries, leading to concerns about market distortion.
    • Market Access: Involves tariff reductions for developed and developing countries, with exemptions for least developed countries (LDCs) and conditions for others to bind tariffs.
    • Export Subsidies: Requires reduction targets for developed and developing countries over specified timeframes.

Criticism of AoA

  • Civil society groups criticize AoA for reducing tariff protections for small farmers in developing countries while permitting continued subsidies by developed nations.
  • NGOs argue that categorizing subsidies into trade-distorting and non-trade-distorting boxes allows developed countries to increase non-trade-distorting subsidies while pressuring others to reduce trade-distorting support.

Concerns about India’s Sugarcane Subsidies

  • A US-Australia report alleges that India's sugar subsidies exceeded permissible levels, citing the WTO's methodology.
  • India contests this, stating that its Fair and Remunerative Price (FRP) and State-Advised Prices (SAPs) do not constitute market price support under AoA.
  • India's appeal against the WTO panel report of 2021 has prevented its adoption due to the non-functionality of the Appellate Body.

India’s Stand on Sugarcane Subsidies

  • India sets the FRP for sugarcane each season, supplemented by premiums for efficiency and State-Advised Prices.
  • India disputes the characterization of these measures as market price support under the AoA.

Impact of Non-Functional Appellate Body

The non-functionality of the WTO's Appellate Body has stalled decisions on appeals, including India's appeal against the WTO panel report.

Source: BL

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting


In News: India will officially communicate to the Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting (ATCM) its intentions to construct a new research station in Antarctica.

Understanding the Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting and India's Engagement

  • The Role of the Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting (ATCM)
    • The Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting plays a pivotal role in global efforts to safeguard Antarctica's delicate ecosystem and advance scientific research in the region. 
    • Held annually under the Antarctic Treaty System, these meetings provide a platform for Antarctic Treaty Consultative Parties and other stakeholders to address environmental, scientific, and governance challenges in Antarctica.
  • The Committee for Environmental Protection (CEP)
    • Established in 1991 under the Protocol on Environmental Protection to the Antarctic Treaty (the Madrid Protocol), the Committee for Environmental Protection (CEP) advises the ATCM on matters related to environmental protection and conservation in Antarctica.
  • Key Facts about the Antarctic Treaty
    • Signed in 1959 and enforced in 1961, the Antarctic Treaty designates Antarctica as a region devoted to peaceful purposes, scientific collaboration, and environmental preservation. Currently, 56 countries are party to the Treaty.
    • The Treaty enshrines principles such as the peaceful use of Antarctica, freedom of scientific inquiry, and the exchange of scientific findings from the region.
  • India's Engagement with the Antarctic Treaty
    • India became a Consultative Party to the Antarctic Treaty in 1983, participating in decision-making alongside 28 other Consultative Parties.
    • India's involvement in Antarctic research dates back to the establishment of its first research station, Dakshin Gangotri, in 1983. 
    • Presently, India operates two year-round research stations: Maitri (established in 1989) and Bharati (established in 2012).
    • Indian Scientific Expeditions to Antarctica have been conducted annually since 1981, facilitated by the country's permanent research stations.
    • In 2022, India reaffirmed its commitment to the Antarctic Treaty by enacting the Antarctic Act.
  • The Role of the Antarctic Treaty Secretariat (ATS)
    • Established in 2004, the Antarctic Treaty Secretariat (ATS) serves as the administrative center for the Antarctic Treaty System.
    • The ATS coordinates ATCM and CEP meetings, manages information repositories, and facilitates diplomatic exchanges and negotiations related to Antarctic governance and management.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

The United Nations Counter-Terrorism Trust Fund


In News: Recently, India reaffirmed its unwavering commitment to the global fight against terrorism by contributing $500,000 to the UN Counter-Terrorism Trust Fund.

About The United Nations Counter-Terrorism Trust Fund

  • The United Nations Counter-Terrorism Trust Fund was established in 2009 and transferred to the UN Office of Counter-Terrorism (UNOCT) in 2017.
  • It accepts contributions from Governments, inter-governmental and non-governmental organizations, private institutions, and individuals.
  • Contributions may be unearmarked or earmarked for specific initiatives.
  • India's contribution primarily supports UNOCT's global programmes.
  • These programmes focus on Countering Financing of Terrorism (CFT) and the Countering Terrorist Travel Programme (CTTP).
  • The aim is to strengthen the capacities of member states in eastern and southern Africa.
  • The focus is on combating terrorism financing and preventing terrorist movement.

Functions

  • Providing leadership on counter-terrorism mandates entrusted to the Secretary-General by the UN General Assembly.
  • Enhancing coordination and coherence across Global Counter-Terrorism Coordination Compact entities to ensure balanced implementation of the four pillars of the UN Global Counter-Terrorism Strategy.
  • Strengthening the delivery of UN counter-terrorism capacity-building assistance to Member States.
  • Improving visibility, advocacy, and resource mobilization for UN counter-terrorism efforts.
  • Ensuring due priority is given to counterterrorism across the UN system and that efforts on preventing violent extremism are firmly rooted in the Strategy.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 IR GS-3 Terrorism
Monthly Current Affairs

Panama Canal


In News: Panama stands on the brink of a significant shift in its immigration policy, a change that has the potential to echo from the dense Darien jungle to the United States border.

Exploring Panama: A Land of Diversity and the Panama Canal

  • Introduction:
    • Panama, situated in Central America on the Isthmus of Panama, serves as a pivotal link connecting North and South America. Bordered by Costa Rica and Colombia, it boasts a strategic location between the Caribbean Sea and the North Pacific Ocean.
  • Geographical Features:
    • Encompassing the isthmus and over 1,600 islands off its Atlantic and Pacific shores, Panama is famed for housing the Panama Canal, a vital waterway slicing through its midsection.
    • The country hosts the largest rainforest in the Western Hemisphere outside the Amazon Basin.
  • Cultural Diversity:
    • The population of Panama comprises descendants of indigenous peoples, Europeans, Afro-Caribbeans, and immigrants from various corners of the globe.
  • Key Information about the Panama Canal:
    • The Panama Canal is an engineered marvel, facilitating maritime passage between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans across the Isthmus of Panama.
    • Among the world's most strategic artificial waterways, it spans approximately 80 kilometers in length.
    • Constructed by the United States between 1904 and 1914, the canal officially opened on August 15, 1914.
    • Since 1999, the Republic of Panama has owned and administered the canal, following its transfer from the United States.
    • The canal features a series of locks that regulate water levels, enabling ships to traverse the continental divide with ease.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

Allegations of Child Labour in Trade Negotiations


In News: The recent report by Australia's Joint Standing Committee on Trade and Investment Growth alleging child labor has been strongly denied by the Indian Ministry of Commerce and Industry.

Allegations Made by the Australian Panel:

  • The Australian committee's report, based on claims by the Community and Public Sector Union (CPSU) and the State Public Services Federation (SPSF Group), expressed concerns about child and forced labor practices in India.
  • The report recommended that the Australian Government incorporate human rights, labor, and environmental chapters in its trade agreements, aligning with conventions and declarations signed by Australia.

Facts Supporting Australia’s Claim:

  • According to the 2023 Global Slavery Index estimates by Walk Free, an international human rights group, there were 11 million people living in modern slavery in India in 2021, the highest globally.
  • Census 2011 data indicates that out of the total child population (5-14 years) of 259.6 million in India, 10.1 million (3.9%) are engaged in work, while over 42.7 million children are out of school.

India’s Response:

  • Child Labour Prohibition: The Indian government refuted the allegations, emphasizing that existing regulations prohibit child and bonded labor.
  • Constitutional Protections: India's Constitution safeguards labor rights and authorizes both central and state governments to enact laws such as the Bonded Labour System (Abolition) Act, 1976, to protect workers' rights.
  • Strict Licensing and Compliance: All businesses in India must adhere to labor welfare laws prescribed by both union and state governments and are licensed by local governing bodies.
  • Comprehensive Records: Processing units maintain detailed records regarding processing, quality checks, employee training, and compliance with regulations.

India’s Legal Framework on Child Labour and Forced Labour:

  • Constitutional Rights:
    • Article 23 prohibits trafficking in human beings and forced labor, ensuring protection against exploitation and degrading work conditions.
    • Article 24 prohibits the employment of children under 14 in factories, mines, or hazardous occupations, aiming to safeguard children's health, development, and access to education.
    • Article 39 outlines principles for ensuring equal livelihood rights, protection of workers' health, and children's well-being.
  • Legislations Against Child Labour:
    • Child Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Act, 1986, bans employing children under 14 in all work, with exceptions for family businesses and non-hazardous work.
    • Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act, 2015, considers working children as "in need of care and protection."
  • Legislations Against Forced Labour:
    • Bonded Labour System (Abolition) Act, 1976, criminalizes bonded labor and provides for the release and rehabilitation of bonded laborers.
    • Central Sector Scheme for Rehabilitation of Bonded Labourer, 2021, offers financial assistance for the rehabilitation of freed bonded laborers.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2018)

Q. International Labour Organization’s Conventions 138 and 182 are related to 

(a) Child Labour
(b) Adaptation of agricultural practices to global climate change
(c) Regulation of food prices and food security
(d) Gender parity at the workplace

Ans: (a)

Q. Consider the following countries: 

  1. Australia
  2. Canada
  3. China
  4. India
  5. Japan
  6. USA

Which of the above are among the ‘free-trade partners’ of ASEAN?

(a) 1, 2, 4 and 5
(b) 3, 4, 5 and 6
(c) 1, 3, 4 and 5
(d) 2, 3, 4 and 6

Ans: (c)

Mains (2016)

Q. Examine the main provisions of the National Child Policy and throw light on the status of its implementation. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS -2 GS – 1 Issues Related to Children, social empowerment, Welfare Schemes, Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Current Affairs

India International Bullion Exchange


In News: SBI has declared its status as the inaugural trading-cum-clearing member of the India International Bullion Exchange (IIBX).

Introduction to India International Bullion Exchange (IIBX) and IFSCA

About India International Bullion Exchange (IIBX):

  • Positioned as India's inaugural International Bullion Exchange, the IIBX operates from GIFT City (Gujarat International Finance Tech City) IFSC in Gandhinagar, Gujarat.
  • Its vision is to serve as a conduit for importing bullion into India and fostering a world-class bullion exchange ecosystem, promoting trading, investment in bullion financial products, and offering vaulting facilities within IFSCs.
  • Aims to facilitate Transparent Price Discovery, Responsible sourcing, and supply chain integrity, alongside Quality Assurance and Standardization.
  • Regulated by the International Financial Services Centers Authority (IFSCA), which is responsible for developing and regulating financial products, services, and institutions within IFSCs.
  • Offers diversified products and technology at competitive costs compared to Indian exchanges and global counterparts in Hong Kong, Singapore, Dubai, London, and New York.

What is Bullion?

  • Bullion denotes physical gold and silver of high purity, typically stored in the form of bars, ingots, or coins.
  • Often recognized as legal tender and held as reserves by central banks or institutional investors.

Key Facts about International Financial Services Centers Authority (IFSCA):

  • Established as a statutory authority under the International Financial Services Centres Authority Act, 2019 (“IFSCA Act”).
  • Mandated to develop and regulate financial products, services, and institutions within International Financial Services Centres (IFSCs).
  • Aims to foster global connections, address Indian economy needs, and serve as an international financial platform for the region.
  • Predecessors to IFSCA included domestic financial regulators such as RBI, SEBI, PFRDA, and IRDAI, which regulated IFSC businesses.
  • GIFT-IFSC stands as India's premier IFSC, marking the inception of IFSCA's regulatory authority.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-2 IR GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC)


In News: The 2024 World Wildlife Crime Report by UNODC revealed that the rhinoceros and cedar were the animal and plant species most impacted by illegal wildlife trade globally between 2015 and 2021.

Functions and Overview of the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC)

  • Overview of the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC):
    • The UNODC is globally recognized for its efforts in combating illicit drugs, international crime, and terrorism, with origins dating back to 1997 when it was formed through the amalgamation of the United Nations Drug Control Programme and the Centre for International Crime Prevention.
  • Functions of UNODC:
    • Education on Drug Abuse: UNODC plays a crucial role in raising awareness worldwide about the dangers associated with drug abuse.
    • Strengthening Action Against Illicit Drugs: It works to enhance international efforts to combat the production, trafficking, and crime related to illicit drugs.
    • Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice Reform: UNODC focuses on improving crime prevention strategies and supporting reforms in criminal justice systems to bolster the rule of law, foster stable criminal justice structures, and counter the escalating threats posed by transnational organized crime and corruption.
    • Terrorism Prevention: With an expanded mandate since 2002, the Terrorism Prevention Branch of UNODC assists member states in ratifying and implementing eighteen universal legal instruments against terrorism, upon request.
    • Funding Mechanism: The UNODC primarily relies on voluntary contributions, predominantly from governments, to carry out its diverse range of activities.
  • World Wildlife Crime Report:
    • The World Wildlife Crime Report, now in its third edition published in 2024, investigates patterns in the illegal trafficking of protected wildlife species.
    • It conducts systematic analyses of the harms and impacts of wildlife crime, identifies the driving factors behind wildlife trafficking trends, and assesses the effectiveness of various intervention methods employed to address this issue.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-2 IR GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Chabahar Port Project


In News: India and Iran have recently inked a significant 10-year agreement aimed at the development and management of the Chabahar port. This milestone represents a crucial advancement in the bilateral relationship between the two countries.

Overview of Chabahar Port Project

  • Chabahar Port is situated in Iran’s Sistan-Baluchistan province, positioned at the Gulf of Oman's mouth within the Strait of Hormuz.
  • It serves as Iran's sole port directly connected to the Indian Ocean and comprises two sections known as Shahid Beheshti and Shahid Kalantari.
  • Geographically proximate to nations like Afghanistan, Pakistan, and India, the port stands as a pivotal transit center on the emerging International North-South Transport Corridor (INSTC).
  • The INSTC is a multimodal route linking the Indian Ocean and the Persian Gulf to the Caspian Sea through Iran, further extending to northern Europe via Saint Petersburg, Russia.
  • Chabahar Port's strategic location positions it to evolve into a significant commercial center in the region.
  • Distances from Chabahar to Kandla port in Gujarat stand at 550 Nautical Miles, while the distance to Mumbai is 786 Nautical Miles.
  • In May 2016, India entered a trilateral agreement with Iran and Afghanistan to develop the Shahid Beheshti Terminal at Chabahar, marking India's inaugural foreign port venture.
  • The agreement aims to establish an international transport and transit corridor centered around Chabahar.
  • Key components of the project include the construction of Chabahar Port and a rail line extending from the port to Zahedan.
  • The project's vision is to provide India with a route bypassing Pakistan to access Afghanistan and, ultimately, Central Asia.
  • Additionally, the port is envisioned to facilitate transit trade between India, Iran, and Afghanistan, offering an alternative route to the traditional Silk Road through China.

Source: IT

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

Chabahar Port Agreement


In News: India and Iran have recently entered into a decade-long agreement for the operation of the Chabahar port in Iran.

Importance of Chabahar Port for India

  • Overview
    • Chabahar Port stands as Iran's sole oceanic port, situated in the Sistan and Baluchistan Province along the Makran coast, within the Gulf of Oman.
    • Comprising two primary ports, namely Shahid Kalantari and Shahid Beheshti, it offers strategic maritime access.
  • Progress and Updates
    • In May 2015, India signed a memorandum of understanding (MoU) for Chabahar Port development.
    • A trilateral agreement between India, Iran, and Afghanistan in May 2016 established the International Transport and Transit Corridor, enhancing regional connectivity.
    • However, finalizing a long-term agreement faced delays, primarily due to disputes over arbitration venues.

Significance of Chabahar Port

  • Alternative Trade Route
    • It provides India with an alternate route bypassing Pakistan, enhancing trade connections with Afghanistan and beyond.
    • Facilitates access to the International North-South Transport Corridor (INSTC), linking India, Iran, Russia, and Europe.
  • Economic Benefits
    • Enhances India's trade opportunities with resource-rich Central Asian nations and Afghanistan.
    • Expected cost and time savings of 30% and 40%, respectively, through the INSTC route.
    • Interest from Central Asian countries like Kazakhstan and Uzbekistan in leveraging Chabahar for market access.
  • Humanitarian Assistance
    • Serves as a critical entry point for humanitarian aid, notably during crises like the COVID-19 pandemic.
    • Facilitated the trans-shipment of essential goods from India to Afghanistan.
  • Strategic Influence and Regional Stability
    • Strengthens India's strategic position in the Indian Ocean region, countering China's Gwadar port development in Pakistan.
    • Enhances maritime security and serves as a deterrent against sea piracy.

Challenges in Realizing Chabahar Port's Potential

  • US-Iran Relations
    • US sanctions pose risks to India's involvement in Chabahar development.
  • Regional Security Concerns
    • Instability in Afghanistan and tensions with neighboring countries affect trade relations.
  • Competition and Infrastructure Needs
    • Competition from other transport corridors and infrastructure development requirements pose challenges.

Status of India-Iran Economic Ties

  • Bilateral trade during FY 2022-23 stood at USD 2.33 billion, with a focus on agricultural and petroleum-related products.
  • FDI inflows from Iran to India remain modest, and Indian oil imports from Iran ceased due to US sanctions.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2017)

Q. What is the importance of developing Chabahar Port by India? 

(a) India’s trade with African countries will enormously increase.

(b) India’s relations with oil-producing Arab countries will be strengthened.

(c) India will not depend on Pakistan for access to Afghanistan and Central Asia.

(d) Pakistan will facilitate and protect the installation of a gas pipeline between Iraq and India.

Ans: (c)

Mains (2018)

Q. In what ways would the ongoing U.S-Iran Nuclear Pact Controversy affect the national interest of India? How should India respond to this situation?

Mains (2017)

Q. The question of India’s Energy Security constitutes the most important part of India’s economic progress. Analyse India’s energy policy cooperation with West Asian countries. 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEEC)


In News: For the first time, an Indian delegation recently visited the UAE to engage in discussions with key entities regarding the India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEEC).

Overview of India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEEC)

  • Formation and Significance
    • Announced during the G20 meeting in New Delhi, the India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEEC) was established through a memorandum of understanding signed by the European Union and seven countries, including India, the US, Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates (UAE), France, Germany, and Italy.
  • Objectives and Benefits
    • IMEEC aims to create a reliable and cost-effective cross-border ship-to-rail transit network, complementing existing maritime routes.
    • Its goals include enhancing efficiency, reducing costs, securing regional supply chains, increasing trade accessibility, fostering economic cooperation, generating employment opportunities, and mitigating greenhouse gas emissions.
  • Corridor Structure
    • The corridor is structured into two distinct corridors: the east corridor linking India to the Gulf region, and the northern corridor connecting the Gulf to Europe.
    • Key components include a shipping route connecting Mumbai and Mundra in Gujarat to the UAE, alongside a rail network linking the UAE, Saudi Arabia, and Jordan to the Israeli port of Haifa, facilitating access to the Mediterranean Sea.
  • Connectivity and Expansion
    • Haifa will serve as a pivotal point, connected by sea to the port of Piraeus in Greece, enabling further linkage to Europe.
    • Additionally, the corridor will incorporate undersea cables to facilitate data exchange and long-distance hydrogen pipelines to advance climate and decarbonization objectives for all participating nations.

Source: News18

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

UK's Graduate Route Visa (GRV) Initiative


In News: British Prime Minister Rishi Sunak is contemplating alterations to the Graduate Route visa (GRV) scheme, with a proposal to restrict visas exclusively to high-achieving students. The proposed change is intended to diminish the influx of international students to the UK.

Popularity of the UK as a Study Destination Among Indians

  • Overview of Indian Student Presence in the UK
    • Indians represent the largest community of international students in the UK.
    • Recent data indicates a substantial surge in student visas granted to Indians.
  • Statistics on Student Visas
    • According to the UK Home Office, student visas issued to Indians surged by 54% between June 2022 and June 2023.
    • Since June 2019, the number of visas granted to Indian nationals has escalated seven-fold.
  • Understanding the Graduate Route Visa (GRV) Scheme
    • Introduced by the UK government in July 2021, the GRV scheme is tailored for international students.
    • It permits graduates who have completed a degree at a UK higher education provider to stay in the UK for work or job hunting for up to two years post their studies.
    • Those completing a PhD can extend their stay for up to three years.
    • Notably, this visa does not mandate a job offer, offering graduates a chance to garner work experience in the UK.
  • Eligibility Criteria for GRV
    • The GRV is accessible to international students who have accomplished a degree at the undergraduate level or above at a Higher Education Provider with a compliant track record.
    • Applicants must hold a valid Tier 4 or Student visa at the time of application.
  • Motivations for Indian Students Seeking GRVs
    • GRVs extend the stay in the UK post-education, facilitating employment opportunities and earning prospects.
    • It serves as a pathway for settlement, particularly appealing to students from regions like Punjab.
    • The GRV's allowance for family accompaniment under certain conditions adds to its popularity.
  • Potential Impact of Restricting the GRV Scheme
    • Experts foresee a decline in international student interest in studying in the UK if GRVs are restricted, owing to uncertainties regarding post-graduation prospects.
    • Limiting GRVs to the best-performing students could impede the prospects of average students.
    • The continuation of the GRV scheme is advocated as it aids UK universities in compensating for financial losses on the domestic front, as per an independent Migration Advisory Committee (MAC) study.
    • Any curtailment of post-study opportunities could diminish the UK's appeal to overseas students, including Indians, positioning other countries like Canada and Australia as more stable options post-education.
    • Considering Indians constitute a substantial portion of GRV holders, any alterations to the UK's GRV scheme would notably affect them.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

Iranian President Ebrahim Raisi Died in a Helicopter Crash


In News: Following a helicopter crash in Iran's northwest, President Ebrahim Raisi, the country's foreign minister, and multiple officials were discovered deceased. 

Authority of the President in Iran

  • Role of the President
    • The President of Iran operates under the authority of the Supreme Leader but holds significant power within the country's political system.
    • They play a crucial role in the functioning of the nation, acting as a mediator between the legislature and the executive branches.
    • The President appoints ministers and vice presidents and makes important decisions regarding foreign policy, as demonstrated during negotiations such as the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA).
  • Major Achievements of President Ibrahim Raisi
    • Notable accomplishments of President Raisi include brokering the Iran-Saudi deal facilitated by China and advocating for the 'Axis of Resistance', an informal coalition of various regional groups.

Ramifications of Raisi’s Death in Iran

  • Raisi's passing is anticipated to intensify the ongoing struggle between conservative and reformist factions within Iranian politics.
  • Given Raisi's status as a hardline cleric and potential successor to the Supreme Leader, his death creates a significant leadership vacuum.

On Succession

  • As per Iran's Constitution, the First Vice President assumes office in the event of the President's death or incapacitation.
  • Mohammad Mokhber, appointed by President Raisi, currently holds this position and will serve as Acting President until a new election is conducted within 50 days.

India’s Concerns

  • India, considering Iran as part of its extended neighborhood, closely monitors developments in the region, particularly concerning Iran's relationship with Israel and its involvement with regional groups like Hezbollah, Houthis, and Hamas.

Iran’s Response after Raisi’s Death

  • Iran's reaction following President Raisi's death, including its stance on international matters and support for regional groups, will be of interest to India, given its proximity to Israel and its engagement with Iran on various fronts.

India-Iran Relations

  • Despite challenges such as India's proximity to the US and Iran's nuclear program, both countries have historically maintained diplomatic ties and engaged in significant agreements, including those related to the Chabahar Port and mutual cooperation in various sectors.

India’s Response to President’s Death

  • Prime Minister Narendra Modi expressed condolences over President Raisi's demise, and India observed a one-day state mourning on May 21 as a mark of respect.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

Arrest Warrants for Hamas Leaders and Israeli Prime Minister


In News: The Prosecutor of the International Criminal Court (ICC) requested arrest warrants against leaders of Hamas and Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu of Israel regarding the October 7, 2023 attacks on Israel and the subsequent war in Palestine.

What is the International Criminal Court (ICC)?

  • Background
    • The ICC is a permanent court established to prosecute serious international crimes committed by individuals, including genocide, war crimes, crimes against humanity, and aggression.
    • It aims to combat global impunity and ensure accountability under international law, regardless of the perpetrator's rank or status.
  • HQ
    • The ICC is headquartered in The Hague, The Netherlands.
  • Statute
    • Before becoming functional in 2002, the ICC's founding treaty, the Rome Statute, was adopted by the UN General Assembly in 1998 in Rome, Italy.
  • Membership
    • To become a member of the ICC, countries must sign and ratify the Rome Statute under their respective legislatures.
    • Currently, 124 countries are members of the ICC, with African countries comprising the largest bloc. Armenia joined the ICC in February 2024.
    • Some notable countries, such as India, China, Iraq, North Korea, and Turkey, have never signed the Rome Statute, while others, including the US, Russia, Israel, and Syria, signed but never ratified it.

Functioning of the ICC

  • Judges & Prosecutors
    • The ICC conducts investigations through the Office of the Prosecutor and has 18 judges, each serving non-renewable nine-year terms.
  • Process
    • The ICC operates through pre-trial, trial, and appellate benches.
    • The prosecutor conducts preliminary examinations before seeking permission from pre-trial judges to open a full investigation, ensuring the crimes meet a certain gravity threshold.
  • Ways to Open Investigations
    • Investigations can be initiated when a case is referred by a member country, by the UN Security Council, or by the prosecutor proprio motu.
    • Non-member states can also be investigated under certain conditions, such as alleged crimes committed on member states' territory or with their consent
  • Jurisdiction over Israel
    • Despite not being a party to the Rome Statute, the ICC has jurisdiction over crimes committed by nationals of both State Parties and non-state Parties, such as Israel, on the territory of a State Party, such as Palestine.
    • Palestine's membership in the Rome Treaty and the ICC's decision in February 2021 extended its jurisdiction over Palestine, including Gaza and the West Bank, thereby extending to Israel.

Demand of Arrest Warrants by the Office of the Prosecutor

  • The Office of the Prosecutor has sought arrest warrants for senior leaders of Hamas and Israeli officials, charging them with crimes against humanity and war crimes.

Accusations on These Leaders

  • The charges include crimes such as murder, extermination, torture, rape, persecution, and other inhumane acts as crimes against humanity, and serious violations of the Geneva Conventions as war crimes.

Next Steps

  • ICC decisions are binding, but the court relies on state cooperation for enforcement, including making arrests, transferring individuals to the ICC, freezing assets, and enforcing sentences.
  • If arrest warrants are issued, all 124 State Parties are obligated to cooperate with the court, making international travel difficult for the accused leaders.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

Ireland, Spain, and Norway Set to Recognize Palestine


In News: Norway, Ireland, and Spain have declared their intention to officially recognize the state of Palestine, with the recognition expected to occur on May 28th.

Early Phase

  • During the 19th century, Palestine was home to a diverse population, including Muslims, Christians, and Jews, coexisting peacefully.
  • Zionists, aiming to establish a Jewish homeland, chose Palestine after considering other locations.
  • Hitler's rise prompted increased Jewish immigration to Palestine, leading to growing tensions.

UN Partition Plan

  • In 1947, the United Nations proposed partitioning Palestine, allocating 55% of the land to a Jewish state.
  • Despite resistance, the plan was recommended under Zionist pressure.
  • The ensuing 1948 Arab–Israeli War resulted in territorial changes, with Israel gaining control of 78% of Palestine.

Oslo Peace Process

  • In 1993, Israeli and Palestinian leaders reached a breakthrough agreement in Oslo, Norway, outlining a two-state solution.
  • Implementation challenges hindered progress despite initial optimism.

Issue of Statehood for Palestine

  • Control over Palestinian territories remains divided despite the envisioned neighboring Palestinian state by the 1948 UN decision.
  • While some nations recognize Palestine, UN membership bids have been denied.
  • India advocates direct negotiations for a sovereign and viable State of Palestine living in peace with Israel.

Increasing Support for Palestine

  • Recent UN General Assembly votes reflect growing international support for Palestine's full membership.
  • The International Criminal Court's pursuit of Israeli leaders underscores legal ramifications.

Stand of Western Countries

  • Western nations support an independent Palestinian state alongside Israel but emphasize negotiated settlements.
  • Substantive negotiations have stalled since 2009.

Palestinian Statehood and India's Position

  • India has maintained diplomatic relations with Palestine since 1974, supporting its statehood aspirations.
  • India advocates for direct negotiations to establish a sovereign and viable Palestinian state.

Formal Recognition by Ireland, Spain, and Norway

  • Ireland, Spain, and Norway announced plans to recognize Palestine, marking a significant development.
  • While not immediate recognition, their support enhances Palestinian legitimacy and pressures Israel for peace talks.

Israel's Response

  • Israel reacted swiftly to the recognition announcements, recalling ambassadors from Ireland, Norway, and Spain.
  • The Israeli government opposes international recognition of Palestine, citing security concerns and recent conflicts.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

The BIMSTEC charter has been enforced


In News: After the inaugural charter of BIMSTEC became effective on May 20, the Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Technical and Economic Cooperation (BIMSTEC) is now able to admit new members and observers.

  • About BIMSTEC
    • BIMSTEC, established in June 1997 through the Bangkok Declaration, is an economic bloc initially comprising Bangladesh, India, Sri Lanka, and Thailand.
    • Nepal joined as an observer state in 1998 and became a full-time member in February 2004, followed by Bhutan.
    • The member countries include Bangladesh, India, Myanmar, Sri Lanka, Thailand, Nepal, and Bhutan, with its Permanent Secretariat located in Dhaka, Bangladesh.
  • Aim of BIMSTEC
    • BIMSTEC aims to counter the impacts of globalization by fostering regional growth through mutual cooperation, leveraging regional resources and geographical advantages.
  • Areas of Cooperation
    • Initially, BIMSTEC focused on six sectors: Trade, Technology, Energy, Transport, Tourism, and Fisheries, later expanding to 14 priority areas including Climate Change.
    • Member countries take lead in specific priority areas, with India leading sectors such as Transport & Communication, Tourism, Environment & Disaster Management, and Counter-Terrorism & Transnational Crime.
  • Importance of BIMSTEC
    • With approximately 22% of the world's population and a combined GDP nearing $2.7 trillion, BIMSTEC countries play a significant role in global trade.
    • The region has sustained notable economic growth rates, and a substantial portion of global trade passes through the Bay of Bengal annually.
  • Growth of BIMSTEC as a Regional Forum
    • India's renewed push for BIMSTEC following the Uri terrorist attack in 2016 revitalized the grouping, with an outreach summit hosted alongside the BRICS summit.
    • BIMSTEC gained momentum as countries rallied behind India's call to boycott the SAARC summit, scheduled in Islamabad, after the Uri attack.
  • Significance for Member Countries
    • Member countries view BIMSTEC as an opportunity to enhance regional connectivity, access emerging markets, and balance geopolitical influences.
    • For India, BIMSTEC aligns with its foreign policy priorities, facilitating closer ties with neighboring nations and advancing the Act East policy.
  • Challenges
    • Discord between Bangladesh and Myanmar over Rohingya refugees and China's infrastructure initiatives pose challenges.
    • BIMSTEC has emerged as a battleground for influence between India and China, with China's Belt and Road Initiative excluding India and Bhutan.

BIMSTEC Charter Comes into Force

  • Background
    • In March 2022, BIMSTEC leaders, under Sri Lanka's chairmanship, adopted the charter during the 5th Summit.
  • Charter Comes into Force
    • Nepal's parliament ratified the BIMSTEC charter in April 2024, leading to its enforcement on May 20, 2024.
    • With the charter in force, BIMSTEC gains legal personality, enabling structured diplomatic dialogue and facilitating deeper regional integration.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

Transnational Organised Crime


In News: The leaders of the Financial Action Task Force (FATF), Interpol, and the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) have underscored the immediate necessity to escalate endeavours aimed at combating the substantial illicit proceeds produced by transnational organized crime (TOC).

Understanding Transnational Organized Crime

  • Definition and Scope
    • Transnational organized crime (TOC) refers to illegal activities orchestrated by groups or networks operating across multiple countries, often involving violence, corruption, and financial gain.
  • Various Forms
    • Money Laundering: Criminals conceal illicit funds, estimated globally at 2% to 5% of GDP, to appear legitimate.
    • Drug Trafficking: Valued at USD 650 billion globally, drug trade remains a significant criminal enterprise.
    • Human Trafficking: Involves exploitation for profit, victimizing millions with annual profits estimated at USD 150 billion.
    • Migrant Smuggling: Generated USD 6.6 billion in 2009, facilitating illegal movement across borders.
    • Illicit Firearms Trafficking: Annual revenue estimated between USD 170 to 320 million, fueling violent crime.
    • Natural Resource Trafficking: Encompasses illegal trade in minerals, wildlife, forestry, and fishery products, with significant environmental impacts.
    • Fraudulent Medicines: Counterfeit medicines endanger lives and contribute to an estimated 1 million deaths annually.
    • Cybercrime and Identity Theft: Exploitation of the internet for illegal gains, including data theft and financial fraud.

Impacts of Transnational Organized Crime

  • Public Health: Counterfeit medicines contribute to over 1 million deaths annually, with a significant impact in Africa.
  • Economic Resilience: Illicit financial flows undermine financial integrity and economic stability, draining foreign exchange reserves.
  • Environmental Degradation: Organized environmental crime drives deforestation, biodiversity loss, and contributes to climate change.
  • Peace and Security: Illicit arms trade fuels armed conflicts and violence, particularly in regions like Central and South America.
  • Local Effects: Destabilizes countries, increases corruption and violence, and strains public resources.

Significance of Targeting Illicit Profits

  • Alignment with Development Goals: Targeting illicit profits supports sustainable development goals, promoting financial stability and inclusive growth.
  • Disruption of Criminal Activities: By cutting off funds, it becomes harder for criminals to sustain their networks and fund other illegal activities.
  • Rule of Law Promotion: Confiscating illicit profits reinforces the rule of law and discourages criminal behavior.
  • Economic Development: Redirecting illicit funds towards legitimate purposes can stimulate economic growth.
  • Enhanced Security: Targeting illicit profits helps combat money laundering and terrorism financing, contributing to global security.
  • Protection of Vulnerable Populations: Many criminal activities financed by illicit profits exploit vulnerable populations, making it crucial to target these funds.
  • Encouragement of International Cooperation: Targeting illicit profits fosters collaboration among nations in combating transnational organized crime.

Challenges in Controlling TOC

  • Legal Complexity: Diverse legal systems complicate international efforts to combat TOC.
  • Lack of Consensus: Varying national interests hinder global consensus on strategies to address TOC.
  • Corruption: TOC often involves corruption, undermining law enforcement efforts.
  • Technological Advancements: Criminals exploit technology for illicit activities, staying ahead of law enforcement.
  • Armed Conflict: TOC fuels violence and instability in conflict regions, complicating control efforts.

Strategies for Progress:

  • Blockchain Forensics: Utilize blockchain technology to track illicit cryptocurrency flows.
  • Dark Web Infiltration: Develop units to navigate the dark web and gather intelligence on TOC operations.
  • Transparency Initiatives: Promote transparency measures in government institutions to reduce opportunities for corruption.
  • Political Will: Foster international cooperation through multilateral instruments and political commitment.
  • Real-Time Fusion Centers: Establish centers for immediate collaboration between law enforcement and intelligence agencies for coordinated responses to organized crime. 

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2021)

Q. Consider the following statements:

  1. The United Nations Convention against Corruption (UNCAC) has a ‘Protocol against the Smuggling of Migrants by Land, Sea and Air’.
  2. The UNCAC is the ever-first legally binding global anti-corruption instrument.
  3. A highlight of the United Nations Convention against Transnational Organized Crime (UNTOC) is the inclusion of a specific chapter aimed at returning assets to their rightful owners from whom they had been taken illicitly.
  4. The United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) is mandated by its member States to assist in the implementation of both UNCAC and UNTOC.

Which of the statements given above are correct?

(a) 1 and 3 only
(b) 2, 3 and 4 only
(c) 2 and 4 only
(d) 1, 2, 3 and 4

Ans: (c)

Mains (2018)

Q. India’s proximity to two of the world’s biggest illicit opium-growing states has enhanced her internal security concerns. Explain the linkages between drug trafficking and other illicit activities such as gunrunning, money laundering and human trafficking. What counter-measures should be taken to prevent the same? 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS – 2 GS – 3 Linkages of Organized Crime with Terrorism, Money Laundering, Challenges to Internal Security Through Communication Networks, Important International Institutions
Monthly Current Affairs

India's Foreign Trade Relations with Key Partners


In News: As per the most recent data from the Ministry of Commerce & Industry, India has reported a trade deficit (the variance between imports and exports) with nine out of its top ten trading partners in the fiscal year (FY) 2023-24.

India's Foreign Trade Overview

  • Foreign trade in India, encompassing both merchandise and services, accounted for 48.8% of India's GDP in 2018.
  • The Ministry of Commerce and Industry administers trade at the Central Government level.
  • In 2022, India ranked 15th in total exports and 8th in total imports globally.
  • China was India's primary trading partner until recent years, followed by the UAE and subsequently the US.
  • According to the Commerce Ministry, India's top exports include Refined Petroleum, Diamonds, Packaged Medicaments, Jewellery, and Rice.
  • Major export destinations for India are the United States, United Arab Emirates, Netherlands, China, and Bangladesh.
  • India was the world's largest exporter of Diamonds and Rice in 2022.
  • India's top imports consist of Crude Petroleum, Coal Briquettes, Gold, Petroleum Gas, and Diamonds.
  • Key import sources for India are China, UAE, the US, Saudi Arabia, and Russia.
  • In 2022, India was the world's biggest importer of Coal Briquettes, Diamonds, Palm Oil, Mixed Mineral or Chemical Fertilizers, and Nitrogenous Fertilizers.

Latest Trends of India’s Foreign Trade

  • China has overtaken the US as India's largest trading partner, with a total two-way commerce of $118.4 billion in FY 2023-24.
  • India's exports to China increased by 8.7% to $16.67 billion, while imports rose by 3.24% to $101.7 billion.
  • Conversely, exports to the US slightly decreased to $77.5 billion, with imports dropping by about 20% to $40.8 billion.
  • The UAE ranked as India's third-largest trading partner with $83.6 billion, followed by Russia, Saudi Arabia, and Singapore.
  • India's trade deficit with China, Russia, Korea, and Hong Kong increased in 2023-24 compared to the previous fiscal year.
  • However, India maintains a trade surplus with the US and several other countries, with the total trade deficit narrowing to $238.3 billion in FY 2023-24 from $264.9 billion in the previous fiscal year.

Analysis and Recommendations

  • Imports can be beneficial for manufacturing and exports, but they may lead to currency depreciation and increased debt.
  • To address the trade deficit, measures such as boosting exports, reducing unnecessary imports, developing domestic industries, and managing currency and debt levels effectively are essential.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

FTA Strategy Meet


In News: A meeting convened to strategize for negotiating free trade agreements (FTAs) aligns with ongoing discussions within the Commerce and Industry Ministry on multiple trade agreements.

Status of India’s Free Trade Agreements (FTAs)

  • Trade and Economic Partnership Agreement (TEPA)
    • India signed TEPA with a non-EU European Bloc consisting of Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein, and Switzerland.
    • The agreement encompasses investment promotion, with EFTA countries pledging $100 billion investment over 15 years, contingent upon high GDPs and other economic factors.
  • FTAs with UAE, Mauritius, and Australia
    • Negotiations were completed with UAE, Mauritius, and a mini trade deal with Australia in recent years.
  • India-UK FTA
    • Progress has been made, but uncertainties arise due to elections in both countries.
  • India-EU Bilateral Trade and Investment Agreement (BTIA)
    • Negotiations commenced in 2007 but stalled in 2013 over unresolved issues.
    • Prospects dimmed further in 2017 when India terminated BITs with several EU Member States.
  • Reviewing Trade Deal with ASEAN
    • The Commerce Ministry is reassessing the trade deal with ASEAN countries to address the trade gap.
  • Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP)
    • India withdrew from RCEP, a 15-nation Asian and Australian FTA, in 2019.
  • Talks with Eurasian Economic Union (EEU)
    • The government has indicated intentions to resume talks with EEU post-general elections, led by Russia.

Stumbling Blocks for India’s FTA Negotiations

  • "Make in India" Policy: India's push for self-reliance contradicts discussions on free trade.
  • Agriculture Sector Protection: India protects its agriculture sector, often disregarded in most FTAs.
  • Rules of Origin Concerns: India advocates for strict Rules of Origin provisions to prevent flooding of Chinese goods.
  • Intellectual Property Rights: Growing concern over intellectual property rights compels India to accept more foreign patents.
  • Human Rights and Democratic Freedoms: Issues such as human rights and democratic freedoms permeate discussions with EU, EFTA, and Canada.
  • FTA vs. WTO: FTAs bypass global mechanisms for free trade, contrary to the purpose of the WTO.

Discussions at the FTA Strategy Meet

  • Stakeholder Consultations
    • Relevant stakeholder consultations are crucial for inclusive outcomes.
  • Interdisciplinary Expertise
    • Expertise in law, economics, data analytics, and industry-specific knowledge enhances negotiation processes.
  • Utilizing Embassy Resources
    • Leveraging India's embassies or missions abroad aids in understanding partner countries' regulatory regimes.
  • Global Trade Trends
    • Partial de-globalization trends and industrial policy as protectionism influences trade policies.

Suggestions for India at the FTA Strategy Meet

  • Utilize FTAs for Resilient Supply Chains
    • Focus on building resilient supply chains through FTAs.
  • Capacity Building and Interdisciplinary Expertise
    • Emphasize capacity building and interdisciplinary expertise.
  • Adapt to Global Trends
    • Adapt to partial de-globalization and geopolitical influences in trade policies.
  • Negotiate Critical Minerals Chapter
    • Negotiate a dedicated chapter on Critical Minerals to safeguard against supply chain disruptions.
  • SOP and Institutional Memory
    • Establish Standard Operating Procedures and institutional memory before commencing future negotiations.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 IR GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Solar Radiation Decline in India


In News: As worries regarding climate change intensify, the significance of renewable energy sources such as solar power becomes more apparent.

Key Highlights of the Study

  • Aerosol Load
    • Increased aerosol load from various sources like carbon emissions and dust contributes to reduced solar radiation.
    • Aerosols can absorb and deflect sunlight away from the ground, affecting solar panel efficiency.
  • Decline in Solar Photovoltaic (SPV) Potential
    • Analysis indicates a widespread decline in SPV potential across monitored stations in cities like Ahmedabad, Chennai, and Mumbai.
    • This decline is observed even in regions with large solar parks like Gujarat and Rajasthan.
  • Global Solar Radiation (GR) over India
    • GR varies across India, with maximum in northwest and inland peninsular India and minimum in extreme north and northeast.
    • Reduction in GR attributed to increased atmospheric turbidity and cloudiness, particularly during the monsoon season.
  • Diffuse Radiation (DR)
    • Diffuse radiation, scattered by atmospheric particles, has significantly increased in more than 50% of stations, especially in northwest and some parts of peninsular India.

Implications for India's Solar Power Goals

  • Current Scenario
    • India aims to source 500 GW of electricity from non-fossil fuel sources by 2030, with solar power contributing a significant portion.
    • Despite ambitious targets, annual solar power additions have struggled to meet expectations.
  • Challenges
    • Hindrances to solar power development include land acquisition, grid integration issues, slow growth of rooftop solar, and limited storage technology.
  • Government Initiatives Related to Solar Energy
    • Production Linked Incentive Scheme (PLI)
    • Solar Park Scheme
    • PM-KUSUM
    • Rooftop Solar Programme
    • International Solar Alliance (ISA)

Way Forward

  • Analyse Aerosol Types
    • Identify aerosol sources contributing to solar radiation decline, such as black carbon from vehicles and industrial dust.
  • Enact Targeted Policies
    • Implement policies to address specific aerosol sources and partner with local authorities to tackle pollution hotspots.
  • Promote Bifacial Solar Panels
    • Focus on promoting bifacial solar panels to capture sunlight from both sides and incentivize domestic manufacturing to reduce reliance on imports.
  • Partner with International Organizations
    • Collaborate with international organizations like IRENA to share data and best practices for mitigating air pollution's impact on solar radiation.
  • Deploy AI-powered Cleaning Systems
    • Develop AI-powered robotic systems for automated cleaning of solar panels to optimize efficiency, particularly in arid regions.
  • Mandate Rooftop Solar Panels
    • Enact building codes mandating pre-installation of rooftop solar panels on all new commercial and government buildings to increase adoption and reduce reliance on traditional grid power.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2019)

Q.  In the context of which of the following do some scientists suggest the use of cirrus cloud thinning technique and the injection of sulphate aerosol into stratosphere? 

(a) Creating the artificial rains in some regions

(b) Reducing the frequency and intensity of tropical cyclones

(c) Reducing the adverse effects of solar wind on the Earth

(d) Reducing the global warming

Ans: (d)

Prelims (2016)

Q. Consider the following statements: 

  1. The International Solar Alliance was launched at the United Nations Climate Change Conference in 2015.
  2. The Alliance includes all the member countries of the United Nations.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither 1 nor 2

Ans: (a)

Mains (2020)

Q. India has immense potential of solar energy though there are regional variations in its developments. Elaborate. 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS -2 Government Policies & Interventions, Important International Institutions GS – 3 Solar Energy, Renewable Energy
Monthly Current Affairs

Unclassed Forests


In News: In response to a PIL challenging the Forest (Conservation) Act Amendment (FCAA) 2023, the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEFCC) uploaded State Expert Committee (SEC) reports on its website as per a Supreme Court order. The petition raised concerns about the status of unclassed forests, which were to be identified by these reports.

Understanding Unclassed Forests

  • Definition and Legal Protection
    • Unclassed or deemed forests encompass areas that may belong to various entities, including government bodies, communities, or private owners, but lack official notification as forests. They received legal safeguarding following the T.N. Godavarman Thirumalpad case of 1996.
  • Forest (Conservation) Act 1980
    • The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 (FCAA) stipulates regulations concerning unclassed forests, requiring Central Government approval for any diversion of such lands for non-forest purposes. This Act broadens the scope of protected areas but excludes specific land categories from its purview.
  • FCAA Stipulations
    • The FCAA mandates prior permission from the Central Government for activities like dereservation of reserved forests, non-forest land use, and tree clearance for reafforestation. However, it excludes certain land categories, potentially conflicting with the 1996 SC judgment on preventing deforestation.

Challenges in Identifying Unclassed Forests

  • Despite the requirement for State Expert Committees (SECs) to identify unclassed forests, several states have not constituted SECs or provided reliable data on such forests. 
  • Inconsistencies in data sources and lack of geographic location specifics pose challenges in accurately identifying and protecting these forests.

Consequences and Recommendations

  • The absence of proper identification and protection of unclassed forests raises concerns about potential ecological damage and non-compliance with forest policies. 
  • There is a need for accountability among responsible parties and proactive measures by the national government to rectify this issue in line with the 1996 judgment and forest conservation goals.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and conservation
Monthly Current Affairs

G7 eyes possible end date for coal-fired power plants


In News: G7 energy ministers recently discussed phasing out coal-fired power plants during their meeting in Turin, Italy. 

About G7

  • Origin
    • The G7 originated in response to the oil shocks and financial crisis of 1973. 
    • In 1975, the heads of the world's six leading industrial nations held a meeting to address the situation.
    • Initially, the group consisted of the US, UK, France, Germany (West), Japan, and Italy.
    • Canada joined the group in 1976, leading to the formation of the G7.
  • Current Members
    • The current members of the G7 are the US, UK, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, and Japan.
    • These countries represent the most developed and advanced economies globally.
    • The European Union is also represented within the G7 framework.
  • Purpose of G7
    • The G7 serves as a platform for determining the course of multilateral discourse.
    • It aims to shape political responses to global challenges, providing a forum for discussing and coordinating solutions to major issues.
    • Areas of focus include trade, security, economics, and climate change. 

Coal-fired Power Plants

  • About
    • Coal-fired power plants generate electricity by burning coal to produce steam.
    • The steam drives a turbine, which spins a generator to create electricity.
    • Afterward, the steam is cooled, condensed back into water, and recycled in the process.
  • Emissions
    • Emissions from coal-fired power plants include sulphur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen oxides (NOx), particulates, carbon dioxide (CO2), mercury, and other heavy metals.
    • These emissions contribute to environmental pollution and health issues.
  • Coal-fired Plants in India
    • Currently, thermal power from coal accounts for almost 60% of India's total installed power generation capacity.
    • Coal-fired power generation supplies over 75% of the electricity to the grid.
    • India heavily relies on coal due to its abundance and affordability.
  • Potential
    • India's coal reserves are expected to last around 100 years.
    • Projections suggest an increase in coal-based power generation capacity to 250 gigawatts by 2030.
    • However, there are plans to decrease coal's share in the electricity generation mix to 50% by 2030.
  • Reasons Against Coal-fired Plants
    • Coal-fired power plants contribute to climate change and environmental pollution.
    • Phasing out coal-fired plants is crucial for limiting global warming and reducing pollutants.
  • Phasing out Coal-fired Plants and G7
    • Ministers from the G7 are considering a common target to shut down coal-fired power plants.
    • This discussion occurred during a meeting in Turin, Italy, led by Italy, the current G7 presidency.
    • The G7's commitment is significant given its economic influence and greenhouse gas emissions.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Environment
Monthly Current Affairs

Great Rift Valley


In News: Heavy rains and floods wreaked havoc in Kenya's Rift Valley region, resulting in a tragic incident where a dam burst its banks near a town, claiming the lives of at least 42 individuals.

Exploring the Great Rift Valley: Features, Formation, and Significance

  • The Great Rift Valley stands as one of the most expansive rifts on Earth's surface, spanning a distance of approximately 4,000 miles (6,400 kilometers) across East Africa.
  • Stretching from Jordan in southwestern Asia to the central coast of Mozambique in the Indian Ocean, it traverses numerous countries including Eritrea, Djibouti, Ethiopia, Kenya, Tanzania, Uganda, Rwanda, Burundi, the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC), Malawi, Zambia, and Mozambique.
  • This geological wonder is part of the broader East African Rift System (EARS).

Formation

  • The Great Rift Valley owes its existence to the convergence of three tectonic plates, originating approximately 40 million years ago when these plates split, initiating the formation of the East African Rift.
  • With an average width ranging from 30 to 40 miles (48 to 64 kilometers), the valley widens significantly to nearly 300 miles (480 kilometers) in the Danakil Desert of northeastern Africa.
  • Its steep walls tower above the valley floor, reaching heights of about 3,000 feet (900 meters) and cliffs soaring up to 9,000 feet (2,700 meters) in some regions.
  • Characterized by geological activity, the area boasts features such as volcanoes, hot springs, geysers, and frequent seismic events.
  • Along its expanse, a chain of approximately thirty lakes is found, including the renowned Great Lakes of Africa, such as Lake Tanganyika, the world's second-deepest lake, and Lake Victoria, the second-largest freshwater lake by surface area globally.
  • The Great Rift Valley is home to several of Africa's highest peaks, including Mount Kilimanjaro, Mount Kenya, and Mount Margherita, situated in ranges that flank the valley.

Understanding Rift Valleys

  • A rift valley is a lowland region formed by the movement of Earth's tectonic plates, where they diverge or rift apart.
  • These valleys can be found both on land and beneath the ocean, where they originate from the process of seafloor spreading.
  • Rift valleys are distinct from river valleys and glacial valleys as they are shaped primarily by tectonic forces rather than erosion processes.

Source: News18

Keywords: GS-1 Geography
Monthly Current Affairs

Acceleration of Indian Ocean Warming


In News: A recent study conducted by the Indian Institute of Tropical Meteorology (IITM) in Pune suggests a tenfold surge in marine heatwaves, which could lead to the escalation of cyclones. The study indicates an increase from 20 days to 220–250 days per year.

Key Findings of the Report:

  • Increase in Ocean Temperature
    • Rapid Warming: The Indian Ocean has experienced a temperature rise of 1.2°C from 1950 to 2020, with projections indicating a further increase by 1.7°C to 3.8°C from 2020 to 2100.
    • Marine Heatwaves: Predictions suggest a surge in marine heatwave occurrences, potentially escalating from an average of 20 days per year to 220–250 days annually. These heatwaves can expedite cyclone formation and lead to prolonged heatwave conditions in the tropical Indian Ocean, posing risks to coral reefs, seagrass, and kelp forests vital to fisheries.
  • Changes in Heat Content of the Ocean
    • Deep Ocean Warming: The warming trend extends beyond surface waters, penetrating depths of up to 2,000 meters, elevating the overall heat content of the ocean.
    • Energy Comparison: The projected increase in ocean heat content is likened to the energy output of one Hiroshima atomic bomb detonation every second, persisting for a decade.
  • Sea-Level Rise and Thermal Expansion
    • Thermal Expansion: The escalating heat content contributes significantly to sea-level rise, primarily through thermal expansion, surpassing the effects of glacier and sea-ice melting.
  • Changes in Indian Ocean Dipole (IOD) and Monsoon Patterns
    • IOD Alterations: The rise in ocean heat content is expected to affect the Indian Ocean Dipole, with projections indicating a 66% increase in extreme events and a 52% decrease in moderate events by the end of the century, impacting monsoon dynamics crucial for agriculture.

Future Outlook

Despite ongoing heatwaves, an "above-normal" monsoon is anticipated for June-September 2024, partially attributed to a positive phase of the IOD.

Impact of Rising Sea Levels on India

  • Rate of Sea Level Rise: The Ministry of Earth Sciences reports an average rise of about 1.7 mm/year along the Indian coast during the last century (1900-2000), with implications for coastal inundation.
  • India's Vulnerability: India faces heightened susceptibility to sea-level rise due to rapid ocean warming, with thermal expansion accounting for a significant portion of sea-level increase in the Indian Ocean.
  • Implications: Compound extreme events, including intensified cyclones and exacerbated flooding, threaten India's coastal regions. Intrusion of saline water from rising sea levels affects river deltas, potentially rendering vast areas uninhabitable.

Ways to Tackle the Threat of Marine Heatwaves and Intensifying Cyclones

  • Mitigation Strategies
    • Emission Reduction: Advocate for emission reduction policies akin to the European Union's Emissions Trading System (ETS) to mitigate greenhouse gas emissions, addressing the root cause of marine heatwaves.
    • Renewable Energy Integration: Promote renewable energy sources to reduce reliance on fossil fuels and mitigate long-term impacts on ocean temperatures.
  • Early Warning Systems and Preparedness
    • Advanced Monitoring: Implement advanced ocean monitoring systems like Australia's Integrated Marine Observing System (IMOS) to gather real-time data on marine heatwaves and cyclone development.
    • Predictive Modeling: Utilize predictive modeling tools such as the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's (NOAA) hurricane seasonal outlooks to enhance preparedness and response efforts.
  • Coastal Resilience Measures
    • Mangrove Restoration: Restore mangrove forests to serve as natural barriers against storm surges and protect coastal communities from cyclones, drawing inspiration from initiatives in Bangladesh.
    • Infrastructure Improvements: Enhance coastal infrastructure resilience through investments in seawalls and levees, following the example of the Netherlands' robust coastal defense system.
  • International Collaboration
    • Data Sharing and Research: Foster international collaboration in ocean observations and research through platforms like the Global Ocean Observing System (GOOS) to deepen understanding of marine phenomena.
    • Capacity Building: Provide technical and financial assistance to vulnerable nations through initiatives like the World Meteorological Organization's (WMO) Tropical Cyclone Programme, aiding in cyclone preparedness and response.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2010)

Q.  Stiglitz Commission established by the President of the United Nations General Assembly was in the international news. The commission was supposed to deal with 

(a) The challenges posed by the impending global climate change and prepare a road map

(b) The workings of the global financial systems and to explore ways and means to secure a more sustainable global order

(c) Global terrorism and prepare a global action plan for the mitigation of terrorism

(d) Expansion of the United Nations Security Council in the present global scenario

Ans: (b)

Mains (2017)

Q. ‘Climate change’ is a global problem. How India will be affected by climate change? How Himalayan and coastal states of India will be affected by climate change? 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and Ecology
Monthly Current Affairs

De-globalised Food Inflation in India


In News: While global food prices experienced a significant drop from their highs in 2022, India's food inflation remained elevated at 9.5% in December 2023, contrasting with the global deflation rate of -10.1%.

Factors Contributing to the Drop in Global Food Prices

  • Abundant Supply of Key Crops: Bumper harvests of major crops like wheat in 2023 led to a surplus in the global market. This abundance contrasts with concerns in 2022 when worries about supply disruptions due to the war in Ukraine, a major grain exporter, caused prices to spike.
  • Improved Supply from Russia and Ukraine: Despite the disruption of the Black Sea Grain Initiative in July 2023, both Russia and Ukraine have managed to maintain wheat exports. This continued flow of grain from the region has helped to alleviate some of the supply anxieties.
  • Lower Demand for Vegetable Oils: The UN's Food and Agriculture Organization Vegetable Price Index saw the biggest drop in 2023, falling by 32.7%. This decline is due to a combination of factors, including improved vegetable oil supplies and a decrease in its use for biofuel production. As more oil becomes available for food purposes, and less is diverted for biofuels, the overall demand for vegetable oil goes down, leading to lower prices.
  • Slowing Demand: High inflation and fears of an economic recession have dampened consumer demand in many parts of the world, including in major food-importing regions, leading to a decline in import demand for certain food commodities and putting downward pressure on global prices.

Reasons for India Experiencing High Food Inflation Despite Falling Global Food Prices

  • Limited Transmission of Global Prices: While global food prices fell, India's food prices stayed elevated due to limited transmission of international prices to domestic markets. India's import dependence is significant only for edible oils (60% of consumption) and pulses. For most other agri-commodities, including cereals, sugar, dairy, and fruits and vegetables, India is self-sufficient or an exporter.
  • Export Bans and Import Duties: The Indian government imposed bans on exports of certain food items like wheat, non-basmati white rice, sugar, and onions and provided import duty waivers on others, effectively reducing global market influences on domestic prices.
  • Domestic Production Challenges: Issues like weather conditions affecting crop yields, particularly for cereals, pulses, and sugar, contributed to supply shortages and higher prices domestically. Cereal and pulse inflation stood at 9.9% and 20.7% year-on-year, respectively, in December 2023.
  • Low Stock Levels: Low stock levels for commodities like wheat and sugar further exacerbated price pressures.

How Food Inflation is Calculated in India

  • Food inflation in India is primarily measured by the Consumer Price Index (CPI) for Food and Beverages. 
  • CPI is a key measure of inflation in India that tracks the changes in the prices paid by typical consumers for a basket of goods and services over time.

Recent Trends

  • Food has a weight of 45.9% in the consumer price index, but its contribution to overall inflation has increased from 48% in April 2022 to 67% in November 2023.
  • The government's first Household Consumption Survey released recently showed that food's share of the rural consumption basket fell below 50% for the first time to 46% and to 39% for urban consumers.
  • According to the RBI, about 90% of food inflation is determined by non-cyclical factors like the weather, supply conditions, international prices, and availability. On average, however, 10% of food inflation is driven by demand factors with significant time variation.

How India can Address Food Inflation Effectively

  • Increase Agricultural Productivity: Investing in agricultural infrastructure, technology, and research to improve crop yields and reduce production costs can boost supply and stabilize prices.
  • Efficient Supply Chain Management: Enhancing logistics, storage facilities, and distribution networks can reduce wastage and ensure a steady supply of food items to the market, mitigating price fluctuations.
  • Diversification of Agriculture: Promoting diversification by encouraging the cultivation of a variety of crops and supporting alternative farming practices can reduce reliance on a few commodities and balance market dynamics.
  • Price Monitoring and Regulation: Monitoring food prices regularly and implementing effective price regulation mechanisms can prevent price manipulation and ensure fair pricing for consumers and producers alike.
  • Climate Resilience: Addressing climate change challenges through sustainable farming practices, water management strategies, and crop diversification can reduce production risks and enhance food security in the long term.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2020)

Q. Consider the following statements: 

  1. The weightage of food in Consumer Price Index (CPI) is higher than that in Wholesale Price Index (WPI).
  2. The WPI does not capture changes in the prices of services, which CPI does.
  3. The Reserve Bank of India has now adopted WPI as its key measure of inflation and to decide on changing the key policy rates.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 and 2 only
(b) 2 only 
(c) 3 only
(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (a)

Mains (2014)

Q. There is also a point of view that Agricultural Produce Market Committees (APMCs) set up under the State Acts have not only impeded the development of agriculture but also have been the cause of food inflation in India. Critically examine. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Environment
Monthly Current Affairs

La Cumbre Volcano and Galápagos Land Iguanas


In News: Recent volcanic activity from La Cumbre volcano on the Galápagos Islands has led to the destruction of habitat for rare land iguanas.

La Cumbre Volcano and Galápagos Land Iguanas

About La Cumbre Volcano:

  • Location: Situated on Fernandina Island, the third largest island in the Galápagos archipelago.
  • Geological Significance: Positioned directly atop the mantle plume or hotspot responsible for the formation of all Galápagos Islands.
  • Distance: Located approximately 1,125 kilometers off the coast of mainland Ecuador and experienced its first eruption since 2020.
  • Crater Features: Boasts a sizable crater or caldera at its summit, housing a permanent crater lake.
  • Ecological Importance: The caldera lake serves as a habitat for various wildlife, including tens of thousands of Galápagos land iguanas that lay their eggs within it.

Key Facts about Galápagos Land Iguanas:

  • Endemic Species: One of three land iguana species exclusive to the Galápagos Islands, alongside the Santa Fe land iguana and the Galapagos pink land iguana.
  • Physical Characteristics: A large lizard belonging to the family Iguanidae, primarily herbivorous in nature.
  • Mutualistic Relationship: Often seen hosting finches on their backs, which aid in removing ticks from between their scales.
  • Behavior: Diurnal in nature, spending daylight hours foraging or basking on rocks, while resting in burrows at night.
  • Conservation Status: Classified as Vulnerable by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN).

Source: WION

Keywords: GS-1 Physical Geography
Monthly Current Affairs

Regenerative Blue Economy


In News: The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) has published a report presenting a roadmap for the development of a Regenerative Blue Economy (RBE).

Key Highlights of the Report

  • Proposal of a Hierarchy
    • The report suggests a hierarchical structure for categorizing interpretations and levels of sustainability within the Blue Economy concept. 
    • It delineates three main tiers: Ocean/Brown Economy, Sustainable Blue Economy, and Regenerative Blue Economy.
  • Ocean/Brown Economy
    • This tier encompasses economic activities related to the ocean, including traditional maritime sectors like shipping, ports, fisheries, and offshore oil/gas. 
    • It primarily focuses on economic contributions without significant considerations for sustainability.
  • Sustainable Blue Economy
    • The Sustainable Blue Economy incorporates principles of environmental sustainability and ecosystem protection. 
    • It extends beyond economic activities to include conservation and restoration of marine/coastal ecosystems and the valuation of ecosystem services. 
    • This tier aligns with UN Sustainable Development Goals, particularly SDG 14.
  • Regenerative Blue Economy
    • The Regenerative Blue Economy aims to actively restore and revitalize marine ecosystems while promoting sustainable, low or no carbon economic activities. 
    • Its founding principles emphasize protection and restoration, inclusive economic systems, inclusive and participatory governance, and prioritizing low or no carbon activities.
  • Spectrum of Sustainability
    • The report acknowledges various sustainability levels within the Blue Economy concept, with the Regenerative Blue Economy representing the most ambitious and restorative approach.
  • Principles of Blue Economy
    • It states that various organizations propose sets of principles for the Blue Economy concept, emphasizing common themes such as ecosystem health, sustainability, inclusivity, and good governance.
  • Blue Carbon and Nature-based Solutions
    • The report underscores the importance of valuing coastal/marine ecosystem services like carbon sequestration. 
    • It highlights Blue Carbon as an emerging market opportunity and component of sustainable economies, aligning with broader Nature-based Solutions for climate change and biodiversity.
  • Key Sectors and Considerations
    • The report outlines considerations for key sectors within the Blue Economy, including fishing and aquaculture, maritime transport, and the establishment of Marine Protected Areas (MPAs) to offset extractive activities.
  • Connections to Other Approaches
    • It emphasizes the need to integrate Blue Economy principles with those of the circular economy, Bioeconomy, and Social and Solidarity Economy (SSE) for holistic and sustainable development.

Initiatives Promoting Regenerative Blue Economy

  • Global Initiatives
    • IUCN Nature 2030
    • Great Blue Wall Initiative
    • Clean Seas Campaign
    • Moroni Declaration and Cape Town Manifesto
  • India
    • Maritime India Vision 2030
    • Deep Ocean Mission
    • Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana
    • Integrated Coastal Zone Management (ICZM)
    • Blue Economy 2.0

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2019)

Q. What is blue carbon?

(a) Carbon captured by oceans and coastal ecosystems
(b) Carbon sequestered in forest biomass and agricultural soils
(c) Carbon contained in petroleum and natural gas
(d) Carbon present in atmosphere

Ans: (a)

Prelims (2023)

Q. ‘Invasive Species Specialist Group’ (that develops Global Invasive Species Database) belongs to which one of the following organizations?

(a) The International Union for Conservation of Nature

(b) The United Nations Environment Programme

(c) The United Nations World Commission for Environment and Development

(d) The World Wide Fund for Nature

Ans: (a)

Mains (2018)

Q. Defining blue revolution, explain the problems and strategies for pisciculture development in India. 

Source: IUCN

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and conservation
Monthly Current Affairs

Red Colobus


In News: A recent study conducted by an international team of scientists has suggested that conserving red colobus monkeys could play a crucial role in safeguarding tropical forests.

  • About Red Colobus
    • Red colobus monkeys, a rare and endangered group of primates found across Africa, serve as important indicators of biodiversity.
    • They belong to one of the two major simian groups globally, with colobines primarily being leaf-eaters, distinguishing them from the omnivorous cercopithecines.
    • In addition to Africa's red colobus monkeys, colobines also include langurs found in South and Southeast Asia.
  • Distribution
    • Red colobus monkeys are distributed across forests from Senegal to the Zanzibar Archipelago, encompassing diverse habitats.
  • Threats
    • Most red colobus populations face extinction due to threats such as hunting for trade and local subsistence, as well as habitat loss, degradation, and fragmentation caused by various human activities.
  • Initiative to Conserve Red Colobus
    • The Red Colobus Conservation Action Plan, spearheaded by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Species Survival Commission Primate Specialist Group and the African Primatological Society, aims to prioritize red colobus conservation efforts.
    • The action plan seeks to secure Africa's tropical forests and mitigate unsustainable hunting for wild meat.
  • Conservation Efforts
    • A Red Colobus Working Group (RCWG) has been established to oversee the implementation of the action plan.
    • Additionally, a Red Colobus Conservation Network (RCCN) has been formed to facilitate communication, capacity-building, and monitoring of red colobus conservation initiatives.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and conservation
Monthly Current Affairs

Batillipes Chandrayaani


In News: Researchers at Cochin University of Science and Technology (CUSAT) have named a newly discovered species of marine tardigrade found off the southeast coast of Tamil Nadu as Batillipes chandrayaani, in honor of the Chandrayaan-3 moon mission.

About Batillipes Chandrayaani

Batillipes Chandrayaani was discovered in the intertidal beach sediments at Mandapam in Tamil Nadu, India.

Features

  • This newly discovered species shares a similar size to other tardigrades, measuring approximately 0.15 millimeters in length and 0.04 millimeters in width.
  • It possesses a trapezoid-shaped head and is characterized by four pairs of legs equipped with sharp-tipped sensory spines.
  • Both male and female individuals exhibit similar morphology and size characteristics.
  • Batillipes Chandrayaani represents the 39th species described within the genus Batillipes.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and conservation
Monthly Current Affairs

Shaksgam Valley


In News: India has strongly objected to China's construction activities in the Shaksgam Valley, denouncing them as an unlawful endeavor to change the ground situation.

Overview of the Shaksgam Valley

  • The Shaksgam Valley, also known as the Trans Karakoram Tract, is situated within the Hunza-Gilgit region of Pakistan-Occupied Kashmir (POK) and remains a disputed territory.
  • India lays claim to this area, although it is currently under the control of Pakistan.

Geographical Features

  • The valley shares borders with Xinjiang Province of the People’s Republic of China (PRC) to the north, the Northern Areas of POK to the south and west, and the Siachen Glacier region to the east.

Historical Background

  • In 1963, Pakistan ceded the Shaksgam Valley to China as part of a boundary agreement between the two countries aimed at resolving border disputes.
  • This agreement was instrumental in the establishment of the Karakoram Highway, constructed collaboratively by Chinese and Pakistani engineers during the 1970s.

Provisions of the Boundary Agreement

  • Article 6 of the 1963 agreement outlined that negotiations concerning the Shaksgam Valley would be reopened between the concerned sovereign authority and the Government of the People's Republic of China following the resolution of the Kashmir dispute between Pakistan and India.
  • The agreement set the groundwork for the construction of the Karakoram Highway, a significant infrastructure project connecting Pakistan and China.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-1 Physical Geography
Monthly Current Affairs

Garo Hills


In News: Explorers from the Geological Survey of India (GSI) achieved a significant discovery by unearthing ancient fossils in Tolegre, located in the South Garo Hills of Meghalaya. These fossils are estimated to date back approximately 35-40 million years.

Introduction to Garo Hills

  • The Garo Hills constitute the western part of Meghalaya State and span an area of approximately 8,000 square kilometers.
  • This region is part of the Meghalaya subtropical forests eco-region and is known for its lush greenery.

Geographical Features

  • Positioned near the Indo-Bangladesh border, the Garo Hills are a segment of the Patkai hill range, which extends across the Indo-Myanmar border.
  • It is recognized as one of the wettest places globally and is characterized by numerous tributaries of the Brahmaputra River.

Administrative Division

  • Garo Hills is divided into five districts: North Garo Hills, East Garo Hills, West Garo Hills, South Garo Hills, and South-West Garo Hills.

Ethnicity and Culture

  • The Garo Hills are predominantly inhabited by the Garo tribe, who refer to themselves as Achik-mande.
  • The Garos constitute the second largest tribe in Meghalaya and are renowned for being one of the few remaining matrilineal tribes globally.

Cultural Festivals and Beliefs

  • The primary festival celebrated by the Garo community is the Wangala festival, a harvest festival predominantly observed by adherents of the traditional animistic religion.
  • The region is traversed by two mountain ranges, namely the Arabella range and the Tura range, which create the expansive Balpakram valley in between.
  • Balpakram is revered by the Garo community as a sacred site where they believe the spirits of the deceased reside.

Natural Features and Conservation Efforts

  • Nokrek Peak, standing at an elevation of 1412 meters, is the highest point in the Garo Hills and is enveloped by dense forests.
  • The region is home to the esteemed Nokrek National Park, which safeguards a rich variety of flora and fauna. In recognition of its ecological significance, UNESCO designated the park as a biosphere reserve in 2009.

Source: IT

Keywords: GS-1 Physical Geography
Monthly Current Affairs

Balanced Fertilisation


In News: Following the Lok Sabha elections of 2024, achieving balanced fertilization is expected to emerge as a primary policy objective for the incoming government.

Understanding Balanced Fertilization

  • Definition and Essentials
    • Balanced fertilization involves providing plants with optimal nutrient levels for healthy growth. 
    • It ensures that plants receive the right combination of primary nutrients like Nitrogen (N), Phosphorus (P), and Potassium (K), alongside secondary nutrients (S, Ca, Mg) and micronutrients (Fe, Zn, Cu, Mn, B, Mo). 
    • These nutrients play crucial roles in various aspects of plant development, from structural integrity to energy production and enzyme activation.
  • Factors Influencing Ratios
    • Soil type and crop requirements dictate the correct nutrient ratios. Soil tests reveal nutrient profiles, guiding fertilization strategies. 
    • Different crops demand specific nutrients at varying growth stages. 
    • For instance, legumes might require more nitrogen during the vegetative stage for nitrogen fixation, while fruiting crops might benefit from higher potassium levels during the fruiting stage for improved fruit quality and yield.

Benefits of Balanced Fertilization

  • Enhanced Yields: Optimal nutrient mix supports maximum plant growth by ensuring that plants have access to all the nutrients they need in the right proportions.
  • Improved Quality: Stronger plants resist diseases and pests better, leading to higher-quality harvests with better taste, texture, and appearance.
  • Soil Health Promotion: Balanced fertilization sustains soil ecosystems by preventing nutrient imbalances and soil degradation, ensuring the long-term fertility and productivity of agricultural land.
  • Environmental Protection: Minimized fertilizer use reduces the risk of nutrient runoff, which can contaminate water bodies and harm aquatic ecosystems. By applying only the necessary nutrients, farmers can minimize environmental impact.
  • Cost Efficiency: Preventing overuse of fertilizers saves resources and lowers costs for farmers while maximizing the effectiveness of fertilization practices, leading to improved profitability and sustainability.

Challenges and Hindrances

  • Price Disparities: Subsidized urea distorts fertilization practices, leading to overuse of nitrogen and neglect of other essential nutrients like phosphorus and potassium.
  • MOP Pricing Issues: High Muriate of Potash (MOP) prices deter farmers from using potassium fertilizers, leading to widespread potassium deficiencies in soils and reduced crop yields.
  • Soil Testing Gaps: Limited availability of soil testing facilities in rural areas makes it challenging for farmers to access accurate soil nutrient information, hindering informed decision-making regarding fertilizer application.
  • Farmer Awareness: Many farmers lack awareness about the importance of balanced fertilization and the specific nutrient needs of their crops, leading to suboptimal fertilization practices.
  • Past Scheme Failures: Previous initiatives like the Nutrient-Based Subsidy (NBS) scheme failed to effectively promote balanced fertilization due to inadequate implementation and lack of consideration for urea pricing distortions.

Strategies for Implementation

  • Integrated Nutrient Management (INM): INM combines chemical fertilizers, organic matter, and crop rotations to ensure holistic soil health and balanced nutrient availability for crops.
  • Customized Fertilizers: Tailored fertilizer blends meet the specific nutrient requirements of different crops and soil conditions, optimizing nutrient use efficiency and crop yields.
  • Advanced Approaches: Technologies like Soil Test Crop Response (STCR) and Diagnosis and Recommendation Integration System (DRIS) provide precise recommendations based on soil and crop-specific data, improving the accuracy and effectiveness of fertilization practices.
  • Education and Training: Farmer education programs and training initiatives can help increase awareness about the benefits of balanced fertilization and provide farmers with the knowledge and skills needed to implement these practices effectively.
  • Market Access and Policy Reforms: Ensuring the availability of balanced fertilizers at reasonable prices through policy reforms and targeted subsidies can incentivize farmers to adopt balanced fertilization practices and promote sustainable agriculture.

Conclusion

Balanced fertilization holds immense promise for Indian agriculture, offering increased yields, improved quality, and environmental sustainability. However, overcoming challenges like pricing policies, limited soil testing infrastructure, and farmer awareness gaps is crucial for widespread adoption and success. By implementing strategies such as INM, customized fertilizers, advanced technologies, and farmer education programs, India can harness the benefits of balanced fertilization and ensure the long-term health and productivity of its agricultural sector.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2020)

Q. With reference to chemical fertilizers in India, consider the following statements: 

  1. At present, the retail price of chemical fertilizers is market-driven and not administered by the Government.
  2. Ammonia, which is an input of urea, is produced from natural gas.
  3. Sulphur, which is a raw material for phosphoric acid fertilizer, is a by-product of oil refineries.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 and 3 only

(c) 2 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (b)

Prelims (2019)

Q. With reference to the cultivation of Kharif crops in India in the last five years, consider the following statements: 

  1. Area under rice cultivation is the highest.
  2. Area under the cultivation of jowar is more than that of oilseeds.
  3. Area of cotton cultivation is more than that of sugarcane.
  4. Area under sugarcane cultivation has steadily decreased.

Which of the statements given above are correct?

(a) 1 and 3 only

(b) 2, 3 and 4 only

(c) 2 and 4 only

(d) 1, 2, 3 and 4

Ans: (a)

Mains (2017)

Q1. How do subsidies affect the cropping pattern, crop diversity and the economy of farmers? What is the significance of crop insurance, minimum support price and food processing for small and marginal farmers?

Mains (2015)

Q2. In what way could replacement of price subsidy with direct benefit Transfer (DBT) change the scenario of subsidies in India? Discuss. 

Mains (2013)

Q3. What are the different types of agriculture subsidies given to farmers at the national and at state levels? Critically, analyse the agricultural subsidy regime with reference to the distortions created by it. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS – 3 Direct & Indirect Farm Subsidies, Cropping Patterns, Environmental Pollution & Degradation
Monthly Current Affairs

Unprecedented Environmental Transformation


In News: According to the Food and Agricultural Organisation (FAO) of the United Nations, human activities have led to the unprecedented loss of one-third of Earth's forests, marking a historic event without parallel in the planet's 4. 54-billion-year history.

Unprecedented Climatic Extremes

  • Record-breaking Warmth and Wetness: According to the US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), January 2024 marked the warmest month in India since 1850, with global surface temperatures surpassing the 20th-century average by 1.27°C. Additionally, it was the second wettest month on record. Antarctica's sea ice extent also reached the fourth-lowest level.
  • Continuation of Trends: The warming trends observed in January 2024 are consistent with patterns observed since June 2023, possibly influenced by El Niño phenomena.
  • Global Environmental Challenges: A multitude of environmental milestones, including record-high atmospheric CO2 levels, increased methane density, heightened plastic pollution, and unprecedented biodiversity loss, underscore the severity of the current environmental crisis.

Environmental Degradation

  • Deforestation and Wildlife Decline: Human activities have led to the depletion of one-third of the world's forests, significantly impacting biodiversity. Wildlife populations have plummeted by 69% in the last five decades due to habitat loss.
  • Land and Ocean Degradation: Approximately 75% of Earth's land surfaces have been degraded, while ocean pollution, including plastics and chemicals, has made oceans 30% more acidic.
  • Extreme Weather Events: Recent occurrences, such as heatwaves in Europe, floods in China, landslides in India, and wildfires in Hawaii, highlight the intensification of extreme weather events globally.

Agricultural Challenges

  • Soil Erosion and Desertification: Unsustainable rates of soil erosion threaten fertile land, contributing to desertification, particularly in grasslands.
  • Reduction in Plant Genetic Diversity: Loss of plant genetic diversity compromises resilience against pests and diseases, impacting agricultural productivity.
  • Impacts on Crop Yields: Erratic weather patterns and extreme heat disrupt crop growth, leading to decreased agricultural productivity.

Health Implications

  • Increase in Vector-borne Diseases: Warmer temperatures expand the habitat range for disease vectors like mosquitoes and ticks, facilitating the spread of diseases such as Zika and Lyme disease.
  • Direct Health Risks: Heat stress and poor air quality weaken the immune system, increasing susceptibility to illnesses and reducing vaccine effectiveness.

Social and Economic Impacts

  • Food Insecurity: Extreme weather events can devastate farmlands, leading to significant drops in food production, particularly for staple crops like corn and wheat.
  • Migration of Pests: Warmer conditions contribute to the proliferation of pests that harm food crops, potentially causing agricultural crises.

Conclusion

Global warming and climate change present a multifaceted crisis that affects every aspect of life on Earth. Urgent and comprehensive global action is imperative to mitigate and adapt to these challenges.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Mains (2022)

Q. Discuss global warming and mention its effects on the global climate. Explain the control measures to bring down the level of greenhouse gases which cause global warming, in the light of the Kyoto Protocol, 1997.

Mains (2017)

Q. 'Climate change' is a global problem. How India will be affected by climate change? How Himalayan and coastal states of India will be affected by climate change? 

Source: TS

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Climate Migration


In News: In recent times, climate migration has become a prominent concern, but there remains a notable absence of a comprehensive legal structure to safeguard individuals compelled to leave their residences because of progressively intense weather-related catastrophes.

Understanding Climate Refugees

Definition and Scope

  • According to the International Organization for Migration (IOM), "climate migration" refers to the movement of individuals or groups primarily compelled to leave their homes due to environmental changes induced by climate change. 
  • This movement can be temporary or permanent and may occur within a country's borders or across international boundaries.

Causes of Climate Migration

  • Sudden-Onset Disasters and Displacement
    • Internally displaced people often flee to safer areas within their countries following sudden-onset disasters like floods, hurricanes, and earthquakes, yet returning home becomes challenging due to infrastructure destruction and loss of livelihoods.
  • Disasters and Vulnerability
    • Vulnerable populations, lacking resources and residing in high-risk areas, are disproportionately affected by disasters, leading to displacement and difficulties in recovery.
  • Slow-Onset Disasters and Migration
    • Slow-onset disasters such as droughts and desertification degrade land and water resources, making it hard for people to sustain livelihoods and prompting migration in search of better opportunities.
  • Sea Level Rise and Coastal Communities
    • Rising sea levels pose a threat to coastal communities, resulting in permanent displacement as homes and farmland become submerged.

Challenges Faced by Climate Migrants

  • Precarious Livelihoods
    • Climate migrants often experience loss of skills and assets, hindering their ability to find new jobs and rebuild livelihoods. They may also end up in informal work sectors with low wages and poor conditions.
  • Integration and Social Challenges
    • Access to basic services like healthcare, education, and housing can be limited for climate migrants, leading to social exclusion. Cultural and linguistic barriers further complicate their integration into new communities.
  • Legal Status and Protection
    • Climate migrants face challenges as there's no clear legal framework to protect them, and they do not qualify for refugee status under current international law. Displacement can also increase the risk of statelessness.
  • Psychological and Health Impacts
    • Displacement and loss due to climate change can cause psychological distress and trauma among migrants, often with limited access to mental health services. They may also be exposed to new health risks in their new locations.

Limitations of Policies

  • Global Compact for Migration
    • While acknowledging climate change as a factor for human mobility, the Global Compact for Migration does not explicitly address climate refugees, reflecting challenges in reaching consensus on this issue at the international level.
  • Identification of Climate Refugees
    • Identifying and categorizing individuals or communities affected by climate change as refugees is a key challenge due to the complex nature of climate-induced displacement.

Steps Taken to Address Climate Migration

  • Investment in Infrastructure
    • Countries like Bangladesh are investing in coastal embankments and flood-resistant infrastructure to protect communities from rising sea levels and storm surges.
  • Planned Relocation and Resettlement
    • Island nations like Kiribati are exploring planned relocation options for their populations at risk due to rising sea levels, involving careful considerations of land acquisition, cultural preservation, and livelihood opportunities.
  • Disaster Preparedness
    • Implementation of early warning systems for floods and cyclones in countries like India and Vietnam allows for timely evacuation of vulnerable areas and minimizes casualties and displacement.
  • Regional Cooperation
    • Regional frameworks like the Kampala Declaration on Protracted Displacement provide models for regional cooperation in addressing climate migration challenges.

Way Forward

  • Mitigation Strategies
    • Aggressive mitigation strategies to reduce greenhouse gas emissions are crucial in slowing climate change impacts.
  • Legal Frameworks and Protection
    • Developing legal frameworks to protect climate migrants, such as extending refugee status or creating new protection categories, is essential.
  • Investment in Sustainable Development
    • Investing in sustainable development and climate-smart agriculture can create opportunities for adaptation and reduce the need for migration.
  • Labour Migration Schemes
    • Encouraging labour migration among countries as an adaptation measure can mitigate the impacts of climate change on vulnerable communities.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Mains (2021)

Q. Refugees should not be turned back to the country where they would face persecution or human right violation”. Examine the statement with reference to ethical dimension being violated by the nation claiming to be democratic with open society. 

Mains (2016)

Q. Rehabilitation of human settlements is one of the important environmental impacts which always attracts controversy while planning major projects. Discuss the measures suggested for mitigation of this impact while proposing major developmental projects. 

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS – 3 GS Paper – 2 Government Policies & Interventions, Issues Arising Out of Design & Implementation of Policies
Monthly Current Affairs

Rat-Hole Mining


In News: The National Green Tribunal (NGT) has granted authorities a period of four weeks to provide a response in a case concerning the death of six workers in a fire at a rat-hole coal mine in Nagaland's Wokha district.

Understanding Rat-Hole Mining

  • Overview
    • Rat-hole mining, named for its resemblance to rodent burrows, is an illegal and perilous method of coal extraction found mainly in Meghalaya, India. 
    • This technique involves digging narrow, horizontal tunnels underground, often extending tens of meters.
  • Types of Rat-Hole Mining
    • Side-Cutting Procedure
      • In this method, narrow tunnels are dug into hill slopes to locate thin coal seams.
    • Box-Cutting
      • A rectangular opening is made, followed by vertical pit digging, and then horizontal rat-hole-sized tunnels are created for coal extraction.
  • Geographical Spread
    • While primarily practiced in Meghalaya, rat-hole mining has been reported in other northeastern Indian states, especially in regions with thin coal seams.

Causes of Rat-Hole Mining

  • Poverty
    • Local tribal populations resort to rat-hole mining due to limited livelihood options, enticed by quick cash despite the associated risks.
  • Land Ownership Issues
    • Ambiguous land titles make it difficult to establish regulated mines, allowing illegal operators to exploit loopholes.
  • Coal Demand
    • The demand for coal, both legal and illegal, drives rat-hole mining, facilitated by middlemen and illegal traders.

Issues Associated with Rat-Hole Mining

  • Safety Hazards
    • Narrow tunnels are prone to collapses, leading to accidents and suffocation due to poor ventilation.
  • Environmental Damage
    • Deforestation, soil erosion, water contamination, and Acid Mine Drainage (AMD) are environmental consequences of rat-hole mining.

Regulation Efforts

  • Regulation in Nagaland
    • Rat-hole mining is permitted under Nagaland's coal mining policy for small, scattered coal reserves, with licenses granted to individual landowners under specific conditions.
  • Challenges under Article 371A
    • Article 371A complicates government regulation in Nagaland, hindering oversight of small-scale mining.

Remedies Proposed

  • Livelihood Alternatives
    • Developing sustainable income sources through skill development programs and promoting alternative industries can incentivize communities to abandon rat-hole mining.
  • Sustainable Mining Practices
    • Exploring safer mining techniques suitable for thin seams, like bord and pillar mining, is crucial.
  • Stricter Enforcement
    • Strengthening law enforcement and imposing harsh penalties on illegal miners can serve as a deterrent.

Legal Landscape

  • Internationally, there's no specific law addressing rat-hole mining, but regulations promoting sustainable mining and worker safety indirectly influence member states.
  • In India, the National Green Tribunal (NGT) banned rat-hole mining in 2014, though enforcement remains a challenge.

Government Initiatives

The NGT ban and schemes like MGNREGA aim to provide alternative livelihoods for those dependent on rat-hole mining.

Conclusion

A multi-pronged approach, including a ban on rat-hole mining where feasible, investment in safe alternatives, and strict enforcement of regulations, is necessary to address this hazardous practice.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Mains (2017)

Q. In spite of adverse environmental impact, coal mining is still inevitable for development. Discuss

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS – 3 Mineral & Energy Resources, Distribution of Key Natural Resources GS – 2 Government Policies & Interventions, Issues Arising Out of Design & Implementation of Policies
Monthly Current Affairs

Carbon Farming


In News: Carbon farming is the practice of implementing regenerative agricultural techniques to restore ecosystem health, improve soil fertility, and mitigate climate change by increasing carbon storage in agricultural landscapes and reducing greenhouse gas emissions.

Understanding Carbon Farming

Definition

  • Carbon farming encompasses a range of agricultural practices aimed at storing carbon in various natural reservoirs such as soil, plant material, wood, and leaves. 
  • Its primary objective is to mitigate climate change by reducing atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2) and other greenhouse gas emissions.

Implementation

  • Rotational Grazing
    • One of the simple methods of carbon farming involves rotational grazing practices.
  • Other Practices
    • Agroforestry, conservation agriculture, integrated nutrient management, agro-ecology, livestock management, and land restoration are among the other methods utilized in carbon farming.
  • Agroforestry
    • Agroforestry not only sequesters carbon in trees and shrubs but also offers diversified income opportunities for farmers.
  • Conservation Agriculture
    • Techniques like zero tillage, crop rotation, cover cropping, and crop residue management minimize soil disturbance and enhance organic content, aiding in carbon sequestration.
  • Integrated Nutrient Management
    • Practices promoting soil fertility and emission reduction, such as using organic fertilizers and compost, are part of integrated nutrient management.
  • Agro-ecological Approaches
    • Crop diversification and intercropping, typical of agro-ecological approaches, contribute to ecosystem resilience.
  • Livestock Management
    • Strategies like rotational grazing, feed optimization, and efficient animal waste management reduce methane emissions and increase carbon storage in pasture lands.

Process of Carbon Farming

Carbon farming involves implementing these practices to sequester carbon in agricultural systems.

Carbon Farming Schemes Worldwide

  • Voluntary carbon markets have emerged in countries like the U.S., Australia, New Zealand, and Canada to incentivize carbon mitigation activities in agriculture.
  • Initiatives like the Chicago Climate Exchange and the Carbon Farming Initiative in Australia demonstrate efforts to promote carbon mitigation.
  • The '4 per 1000' initiative, launched during the COP21 climate talks, emphasizes the role of sinks in mitigating greenhouse gas emissions.

Challenges to Carbon Farming

  • Dependence on Multiple Factors
    • The effectiveness and usefulness of carbon farming depend on geographical location, soil type, crop selection, water availability, biodiversity, and farm size and scale.
  • Challenges in Hot and Dry Areas
    • Hot and dry regions may face difficulties in carbon farming due to limited water availability, hindering plant growth and carbon sequestration potential.
  • Plant Selection
    • The choice of plants becomes crucial as not all species trap and store carbon equally effectively.
  • Financial Resources
    • Financial assistance may be necessary for farmers, particularly small-scale ones, to adopt carbon farming practices.

Opportunities for Carbon Farming in India

  • Financial Benefits
    • Agro-ecological practices could yield substantial economic benefits in India, potentially generating significant value from arable land.
  • Extensive Agricultural Land
    • Regions like the Indo-Gangetic plains and the Deccan Plateau are well-suited for carbon farming due to their extensive agricultural land.
  • Carbon Credit System
    • Carbon credit systems can incentivize farmers by providing additional income through environmental services.

India's Journey Towards Carbon Neutrality

Studies suggest that agricultural soils in India have the capacity to absorb substantial amounts of CO2-equivalent annually, which could significantly contribute to climate stabilization and food security enhancement.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Environment
Monthly Current Affairs

Orangutans


In News: In a recent observation, scientists witnessed a wild male orangutan in an Indonesian forest reserve engaging in the repetitive action of applying chewed-up leaves from a medicinal plant onto a facial wound.

Orangutans: The Arboreal Giants

  • Introduction:
    • Orangutans are renowned for their distinctive red fur and are recognized as the largest arboreal mammals, spending over 90 percent of their waking hours in trees.
  • Distribution and Habitat:
    • Orangutans inhabit the Indonesian island of Sumatra and both the Malaysian and Indonesian regions of Borneo.
    • Their habitats range from low-lying peat swamp forests to mountainous forests nearly a mile above sea level.
  • Species:
    • There are three species of Orangutans: Bornean, Sumatran, and Tapanuli.
    • They are closely related to humans, sharing 96.4% of our genetic makeup and displaying high levels of intelligence.
  • Physical Features:
    • Adult males are approximately twice the size of females, reaching heights of 1.3 meters (4.3 feet) and weights of 130 kg (285 pounds) in the wild.
    • They possess long, sparse orange or reddish hair covering their bodies.
    • Orangutans have long arms, well-suited for tree life, along with grasping hands and feet equipped with long curved fingers and toes.
    • Older males develop wide cheek pads, a unique characteristic among primates.
  • Lifespan and Diet:
    • Orangutans can live up to 50 years in the wild.
    • Their diet primarily consists of fruits and leaves, supplemented by nuts, bark, insects, and occasionally bird eggs.
  • Social Structure:
    • Orangutans lead semi-solitary lives, although they exhibit social tolerance during periods of abundant fruit, forming gatherings known as parties.
  • Conservation Status:
    • All three species of Orangutans are categorized as 'Critically Endangered' on the IUCN Red List, highlighting the urgent need for conservation efforts.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and Ecology
Monthly Current Affairs

Shinkun La Tunnel


In News: The Border Roads Organisation (BRO) is gearing up to initiate the construction of the Shinkun La Tunnel.

Overview of Shinkun La Tunnel and Border Roads Organisation (BRO)

  • The Shinkun La Tunnel is an upcoming motorable passage situated beneath the 16,580 feet high Shinku-La pass, linking Himachal’s Lahaul valley and Ladakh’s Zanskar valley.
  • Positioned on the Nimu-Padam-Darcha Road link, the tunnel spans a length of 4.1 kilometers.
  • Upon completion, it will emerge as the longest high altitude highway tunnel worldwide.
  • The Border Roads Organization (BRO) has undertaken the construction of the tunnel at an estimated cost of Rs. 1,681.5 crores.
  • Once operational, the Shinku-la tunnel will furnish all-weather road connectivity to Ladakh, serving as the shortest route to Ladakh's border areas.
  • Its construction is anticipated to facilitate the transportation of heavy machinery to strategic locations like Kargil, Siachen, and the Line of Control (LOC), effectively shortening travel distances by approximately 100 kilometers.
  • Notably, traffic movement within the tunnel will be immune to long-range artillery shelling or missile firings from adversaries like China or Pakistan.

Border Roads Organisation (BRO)

  • The Border Roads Organisation (BRO) is a dedicated road construction executive force in India, offering support to the Indian Armed Forces.
  • Established on May 7, 1960, its primary objectives include securing India's borders and developing infrastructure in remote regions of the northern and northeastern states.
  • The BRO undertakes the development and maintenance of road networks in India's border areas as well as in friendly neighboring countries.
  • Its operational scope spans across 19 states, three union territories, and neighboring countries such as Afghanistan, Bhutan, Myanmar, Tajikistan, and Sri Lanka.
  • Personnel from the General Reserve Engineer Force (GREF) constitute the parent cadre of the BRO, complemented by officers and troops from the Indian Army's Corps of Engineers on deputation.
  • The BRO is incorporated into the Order of Battle of the Armed Forces, ensuring its availability for support whenever required.
  • The organization's motto, "Shramena Sarvam Sadhyam" translates to "everything is achievable through hard work."

Source: HT

Keywords: GS-1 Physical Geography
Monthly Current Affairs

Glyptothorax punyabratai


In News: The newly discovered catfish species, Glyptothorax punyabratai, was recently identified by the ICAR-NBFGR in the untouched waters of Arunachal Pradesh, India.

Introduction to Glyptothorax punyabratai and Key Facts about Catfish

Glyptothorax punyabratai

  • Glyptothorax punyabratai is a newly discovered catfish species.
  • It was discovered in the Tung Stream, a tributary of the Tissa River, situated within the Brahmaputra River basin.

Key Facts about Catfish

  • Catfish comprise one of the largest groups of freshwater fishes, boasting a diversity of over 2000 species.
  • While the majority of catfish species inhabit freshwater environments, a select few are found in marine habitats.
  • Most catfish are nocturnal, displaying activity primarily during the night.
  • Catfish are predominantly benthic, meaning they dwell near or at the bottom of water bodies.
  • Physically, catfish typically feature a cylindrical body with a flattened ventral area, facilitating their benthic feeding habits.
  • They derive their name from the long barbels, or feelers, located around their mouths, resembling the whiskers of cats.
  • Many catfish species possess prominent spines in their dorsal and pectoral fins.
  • A distinctive characteristic of catfish is their lack of scales, setting them apart from other fish species.

Source: KC

Keywords: GS-3 Environment
Monthly Current Affairs

Pyrenees Mountains


In News: The President of France recently welcomed President Xi Jinping of China to the Tourmalet Pass in the Pyrenees for confidential discussions.

Overview of the Pyrenees Mountains

  • The Pyrenees Mountains form a natural boundary between Spain and France in southwestern Europe, characterized by a chain of mountains.
  • These mountains are the result of fold mountain formation, caused by the collision of the microcontinent of Iberia with the larger Eurasian plate.
  • In comparison to the Alps, the Pyrenees are relatively older mountains.
  • Stretching approximately 500 km from the Mediterranean Sea's coastline in the east to the Bay of Biscay in the west, the Pyrenees encompass a significant geographic span.
  • At its easternmost point, the Pyrenees measure six miles in width, expanding to 80 miles in the central region.
  • Politically, the Pyrenees are divided into the Spanish and French regions, with the small nation of Andorra nestled between them in the eastern section of the mountain range.
  • Geographically, the Pyrenees separate continental Europe from the Iberian Peninsula.
  • The western terminus of the Pyrenees Mountains merges with the Cantabrian Mountains, situated in the northern part of the Iberian Peninsula.
  • Aneto Peak, located in Spain, stands as the highest summit in the Pyrenees Mountains, reaching an elevation of 3,404 meters.

Source: OI

Keywords: GS-1 Physical Geography
Monthly Current Affairs

Constructed Wetlands


In News: In recent times, there has been a notable transition towards constructed wetlands as a holistic and nature-centric approach for industrial wastewater treatment, contrasting with traditional methods that have shown limitations in handling the diverse range of pollutants present.

Constructed Wetlands: Overview

  • Description: Constructed wetlands are human-made systems designed to mimic natural wetland processes for wastewater treatment, utilizing vegetation, soil, and water interactions.
  • Types of Constructed Wetlands
    • Subsurface Flow (SSF): Wastewater is passed through gravel beds or porous media underground, where microbial activity breaks down organic matter.
    • Surface Flow (SF): Water flows above the surface, supporting diverse vegetation and creating visually appealing landscapes.

Benefits of Constructed Wetlands

  • Environmental Benefits: They provide habitat for various plant and animal species, contribute to biodiversity, and offer ecosystem services like flood control and carbon sequestration.
  • Cost-Effectiveness: Constructed wetlands are less expensive to build, operate, and maintain compared to traditional treatment methods.
  • Nutrient Removal: They efficiently remove pollutants such as nitrogen, phosphorus, and organic matter from wastewater.
  • Land Reclamation: These systems can reclaim land degraded by activities like mining by restoring natural wetland functions.

Applications of Constructed Wetlands

  • Municipal Wastewater Treatment: Used as secondary or tertiary treatment stages to improve water quality before discharge or reuse.
  • Stormwater Management: Effectively filters stormwater runoff, removing pollutants before entering natural waterways.
  • Industrial Wastewater Treatment: Adapted to treat specific industrial wastewater types, depending on contaminants present.
  • Agriculture: Treats agricultural runoff, reducing pollution and enhancing water quality for irrigation.

Challenges Associated with Constructed Wetlands

  • Plant Selection: Critical for nutrient absorption and pollutant removal, requiring careful selection of species.
  • Land Requirement: Construction needs significant land, posing limitations in urban areas.
  • Treatment Efficiency: May not achieve the same purification level as conventional plants for heavily polluted water.
  • Maintenance Needs: Regular upkeep essential to prevent clogging or mosquito breeding.

Way Forward

  • Leveraging Global Best Practices: Learning from countries like Germany and the Netherlands in design optimization and performance monitoring.
  • Implementing Constructed Wetlands in India: Establishing clear policy frameworks, exploring financing mechanisms, demonstrating success through pilot projects, and involving local communities in planning and operation.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2014)

Q. If a wetland of international importance is brought under the ‘Montreux Record’, what does it imply? 

(a) Changes in ecological character have occurred, are occurring or are likely to occur in the wetland as a result of human interference.
(b) The country in which the wetland is located should enact a law to prohibit any human activity within five kilometers from the edge of the wetland.
(c) The survival of the wetland depends on the cultural practices and traditions of certain communities living in its vicinity and therefore the cultural diversity therein should not be destroyed.
(d) It is given the status of ‘World Heritage Site.’

Ans: (a)

Mains (2018)

Q. What is wetland? Explain the Ramsar concept of ‘wise use’ in the context of wetland conservation. Cite two examples of Ramsar sites from India. 

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS – 2 Government Policies & Interventions GS – 3 Environmental Pollution & Degradation
Monthly Current Affairs

Dice Snake


In News: A recent study has revealed that dice snakes have the remarkable ability to simulate their own death when confronted by predators, employing a dramatic display that involves the expulsion of "mouthfuls" of blood.

Exploring the Dice Snake: A Nonvenomous Colubrid

  • Introduction to the Dice Snake
    • The Dice Snake, also known as a water snake, is a nonvenomous species belonging to the family Colubridae and the subfamily Natricinae. 
    • It exhibits distinctive characteristics and behaviors that make it unique within its habitat.
  • Physical Characteristics
    • Females of the Dice Snake species typically exhibit larger body sizes compared to males.
  • Distribution and Habitat
    • Dice Snakes are primarily distributed across much of Eurasia, with populations also present in Egypt.
    • Their preferred habitats include areas near rivers, lakes, streams, ponds, and adjacent grasslands. Additionally, they can be found in coastal regions, plantations, and urban areas.
  • Unique Behavioral Traits
    • One notable behavior of the Dice Snake is its ability to feign death when threatened by predators. This tactic serves as a distraction, enabling the snake to evade predation.
    • The effectiveness of this behavior depends on various factors such as the individual's sex, injuries, body temperature, size, age, presence of food in the stomach, presence of eggs in females, and previous encounters with predators.
    • When feeling threatened, Dice Snakes can emit a foul-smelling secretion from their cloaca or simulate death to deter predators.
  • Threats to the Dice Snake
    • Despite being a nonvenomous species, Dice Snakes face several threats to their survival, including habitat loss due to wetland destruction, pollution, roadkill incidents, persecution by humans, and collection for the pet trade.
  • Conservation Status
    • According to the IUCN Red List, the Dice Snake is classified as Least Concern, indicating that it does not currently face significant threats to its overall population. 
    • However, conservation efforts are still essential to mitigate potential risks in the future.

Source: WION

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Market-Based Approaches to Forest Conservation


In News: A recent review by IUFRO found that market-based forest conservation methods like carbon offsets and deforestation-free certifications have largely failed to protect trees or reduce poverty.

Key Findings of the Recent Study

  • Global Study Conclusions
    • A global study conducted across 120 countries found that trade and finance-driven initiatives had made "limited" progress in halting deforestation and sometimes exacerbated economic inequality.
    • The report suggests a need for a "radical rethink" of market-based approaches due to persisting poverty and forest loss in regions where such mechanisms have been dominant for decades.
    • Examples from countries like the Democratic Republic of Congo, Malaysia, and Ghana demonstrate instances where market-based projects failed to benefit local communities or halt deforestation.
    • Complex and overlapping market-based schemes are on the rise, with financial actors prioritizing short-term profits over sustainable forest governance.
  • Concerns Raised by the Study
    • The study raises concerns about the potential negative consequences of wealthy nations' green trade policies on developing countries if not properly implemented.
    • It highlights the significance of the findings and recommendations for policymakers and stakeholders in the field of forest conservation, with plans to present the report at a high-level UN forum.

Market-Based Approaches to Forest Conservation

  • Overview
    • Traditionally, forest conservation relied on regulations and government intervention.
    • Market-based approaches assign value to the environmental benefits of forests and create mechanisms for individuals to profit from protecting them.
  • Examples of Market-Based Approaches
    • Carbon Offsets: Companies invest in projects that protect forests to offset their carbon emissions.
    • Payments for Ecosystem Services (PES): Landowners receive payments for the environmental services their forests provide, such as clean water or biodiversity habitat.
    • Deforestation-Free Certification: Independent verification ensures products come from sustainably managed forests, allowing consumers to choose forest-friendly options.

Impacts of Market-Based Approaches (MBAs) to Forest Conservation

  • Positives
    • Incentivize Conservation: Economic value motivates landowners to preserve forests.
    • Market Efficiency: Allows the market to find cost-effective conservation methods.
    • Promote Sustainable Practices: Rewards sustainable practices over deforestation.
  • Negatives
    • Unequal Benefits: Can exacerbate existing inequalities.
    • Monitoring Challenges: Weak monitoring can lead to greenwashing.
    • Uncertain Long-Term Impact: Long-term effectiveness is still being evaluated.

Way Forward

  • Empower local communities through land tenure rights and participation in decision-making.
  • Implement clear regulations and robust enforcement alongside market-based approaches.
  • Design equitable benefit-sharing mechanisms prioritizing local communities.
  • Invest in effective monitoring systems to prevent greenwashing and ensure genuine conservation outcomes.

Conclusion

Market-based approaches are valuable tools in forest conservation but must be implemented cautiously alongside other strategies. The study emphasizes the need to prioritize community-driven solutions, strengthen regulations, and promote equity for the long-term protection of vital forests and the well-being of dependent communities.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2011)

Q. Regarding “carbon credits”, which one of the following statements is not correct? 

(a) The carbon credit system was ratified in conjunction with the Kyoto Protocol

(b) Carbon credits are awarded to countries or groups that have reduced greenhouse gases below their emission quota

(c) The goal of the carbon credit system is to limit the increase of carbon dioxide emission

(d) Carbon credits are traded at a price fixed from time to time by the United Nations Environment Programme.

Ans: (d)

Mains (2014)

Q. Should the pursuit of carbon credits and clean development mechanisms set up under UNFCCC be maintained even though there has been a massive slide in the value of a carbon credit? Discuss with respect to India’s energy needs for economic growth. 

Source: BT

Keywords: GS-3 Conservation, Environmental Pollution & Degradation, Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
Monthly Current Affairs

Land Subsidence in Chenab Valley


In News: In recent times, incidents of land subsidence have been reported in various areas of the Chenab Valley, notably in the districts of Ramban, Kishtwar, and Doda. These occurrences have resulted in the destruction of numerous houses and structures.

Understanding Land Subsidence

  • Definition and Causes
    • Land subsidence refers to the sinking of the ground due to movement of underground materials, caused by various factors, both natural and human-induced.
    • Factors contributing to land subsidence include the extraction of underground resources, such as water, oil, and natural gas, as well as mining activities, earthquakes, soil erosion, and soil compaction.
  • Major Causes of Land Subsidence
    • Overexploitation of Underground Resources: Extraction of resources like water, natural gas, and oil reduces pore pressure and increases effective stress, leading to ground subsidence. Notably, irrigation and agricultural practices contribute to over 80% of extracted water globally.
    • Extraction of Solid Minerals: Mining activities, particularly coal mining, create empty spaces underground (goaf), contributing to ground subsidence.
    • Load Exerted on Ground: The construction of tall buildings and heavy infrastructure can exert pressure on the ground, causing soil deformation and subsidence. Additionally, continuous soil creep, a gradual downhill movement of soil due to gravity, can also lead to subsidence over time.
  • Examples of Land Subsidence
    • Jakarta, Indonesia: Excessive groundwater extraction has led to severe land subsidence, with the city sinking at a rate of 25 cm per year.
    • Netherlands: Land subsidence is a significant issue due to natural gas extraction from underground reservoirs.
  • Reasons for Land Subsidence in the Chenab Region
    • Geological Factors: Soft sedimentary deposits and alluvial soils in the region are prone to compaction under the weight of overlying structures and external forces like groundwater extraction.
    • Unplanned Constructions and Urbanization: Rapid urbanization and unplanned construction activities in hilly regions exert immense pressure on the land, contributing to subsidence.
    • Hydroelectric Projects: Construction of hydroelectric stations can alter water flow patterns and impact land stability.
    • Poor Drainage Systems: Inadequate drainage worsens subsidence by causing waterlogging, increased groundwater levels, soil erosion, and infrastructure damage.
    • Geological Vulnerability: The presence of scattered rocks covered with old landslide debris, with low bearing capacity, exacerbates subsidence risks.

Strategies for Mitigation and Prevention

  • Sustainable and Regional Development Plan
    • Prioritize environmental preservation while developing the Himalayan region, focusing on responsible utilization of natural resources.
    • Implement efficient water management practices like rainwater harvesting to reduce groundwater extraction.
  • Continuous Seismic Monitoring and Early Warning Systems
    • Establish monitoring networks to track ground movements and seismic activity, enabling early detection of subsidence and earthquake-related hazards.
    • Utilize satellite technology and ground-level scientific studies for continuous monitoring.
  • Regulating Mining and Resource Extraction
    • Enforce strict regulations on mining activities to prevent the creation of underground voids, thereby mitigating subsidence risks.
  • Climate Change Mitigation
    • Address climate change by reducing greenhouse gas emissions and promoting sustainable practices to slow down glacial melting and associated subsidence.

These measures are crucial for safeguarding the environment and communities in the Chenab region against the adverse impacts of land subsidence.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2021)

Q. Which one of the following ancient towns is well known for its elaborate system of water harvesting and management by building a series of dams and channelizing water into connected reservoirs? 

(a) Dholavira
(b) Kalibangan
(c) Rakhigarhi
(d) Ropar

Ans: (a)

Prelims (2021)

Q.2 With reference to ‘Water Credit’, consider the following statements: 

  1. It puts microfinance tools to work in the water and sanitation sector.
  2. It is a global initiative launched under the aegis of the World Health Organization and the World Bank.
  3. It aims to enable the poor people to meet their water needs without depending on subsidies.

Which of the statements given above are correct?

(a) 1 and 2 only
(b) 2 and 3 only
(c) 1 and 3 only
(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (c)

Mains (2013)

Q. Bring out the causes for more frequent landslides in the Himalayas than in Western Ghats. 

Mains (2021)

Q. Describe the various causes and the effects of landslides. Mention the important components of the National Landslide Risk Management Strategy. 

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3 Environment, Disaster Management
Monthly Current Affairs

Batagay Crater


In News: A recent study reveals that a massive crater within Siberia's permafrost is expanding at a rate of 35 million cubic feet annually due to the thawing of the frozen ground.

Unveiling the Mysteries of Batagay Crater

  • Known as the "gateway to the underworld," Batagay Crater is situated in Russia's Sakha Republic and is renowned for being the world's largest permafrost crater.
  • Initially identified in 1991 through satellite imagery, the crater, also referred to as a megaslump, features a distinctive rounded cliff face.
  • Its formation is attributed to the thawing of permafrost, which had been frozen since the Quaternary Ice Age approximately 2.58 million years ago, according to scientific consensus.
  • Permafrost, defined as ground that remains frozen at or below 32°F (0°C) for a minimum of two consecutive years, is widespread across Earth's high-latitude regions, particularly near the poles and in mountainous areas.
  • It covers a significant portion of the planet's surface, with nearly one-quarter of the Northern Hemisphere's land area containing permafrost beneath the surface.

Source: WION

Keywords: GS-1 GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

The Hindon River


In News: NGT directed UPPCB to submit a report on Hindon River pollution within two weeks, focusing on actions against offending municipal bodies.

The Hindon River: Overview and Pollution Concerns

  • The Hindon River serves as a tributary of the Yamuna River and predominantly relies on rainfall for its water source.
  • Originating from the lower Shivalik ranges in Saharanpur District of Uttar Pradesh, it traverses approximately 400 kilometers through the industrial belt of Western Uttar Pradesh before merging with the Yamuna River in Noida.
  • Noteworthy tributaries of the Hindon include the Kali (West) River and Krishni River.
  • Despite its natural significance, the Hindon River faces severe pollution due to the discharge of untreated urban, agricultural, and industrial waste into its waters.
  • This pollution has rendered the Hindon one of the most contaminated stretches within the Ganga basin.
  • In 2015, the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) classified the Hindon as a 'dead river' and deemed it 'unfit' even for bathing in several sections.

Understanding the National Green Tribunal (NGT)

  • Established under the National Green Tribunal Act 2010, the NGT is entrusted with the responsibility of ensuring effective and expedited resolution of cases pertaining to environmental protection and conservation of forests and natural resources.
  • Its mandate dictates the swift disposal of applications or appeals within six months of filing.
  • Comprising the Chairperson, Judicial Members, and Expert Members, the NGT primarily operates from New Delhi, with additional sitting locations in Bhopal, Pune, Kolkata, and Chennai.
  • While the NGT is not bound by the procedural regulations outlined in the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, it is guided by principles of natural justice.
  • Additionally, the NGT holds appellate jurisdiction to adjudicate appeals akin to a Court.

Source: TP

Keywords: GS-3 Environment GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

Carbon Farming: A Pathway to Sustainable Agriculture


In News: A recent article discusses various methods under carbon farming aimed at mitigating greenhouse gas emissions and highlights the challenges associated with implementing these techniques, particularly in developing nations like India.

Introduction to Carbon Farming

  • Carbon farming aims to maximize carbon sequestration through agricultural practices.
  • It involves enhancing carbon absorption in plant biomass and soil organic matter.
  • Careful planning, monitoring, and adaptation are essential for effectiveness.

Significance of Carbon Farming

  • Climate Change Mitigation: Crucial for reducing greenhouse gas emissions.
  • Soil Health Enhancement: Improves soil quality, water retention, and crop yields.
  • Biodiversity Enrichment: Fosters diverse ecosystems and reduces pesticide use.
  • Economic Opportunities: Opens avenues for income diversification for farmers.

Techniques in Carbon Farming

  • Forest Management: Avoiding deforestation, reforestation, and improved forest practices.
  • Agroforestry: Combining trees with agriculture for carbon sequestration.
  • Grasslands Conservation: Protecting native vegetation to absorb greenhouse gases.
  • Renewable Energy Production: Generating carbon offsets through renewable energy.
  • Conservation Agriculture Techniques: Practices like zero tillage and cover cropping.
  • Rotational Grazing: Managing livestock to promote vegetation regrowth.

Potential Opportunities for Carbon Farming in India

  • Economic Opportunity: Significant potential for income generation in agriculture.
  • Carbon Credit Systems: Farmers can benefit from carbon trading markets.
  • Regional Suitability: Different regions offer varying potential for carbon farming.

Challenges Associated with Carbon Farming

  • Soil Composition: Some soils may have limited carbon storage capacity.
  • Geographic Location: Factors like elevation and proximity to water impact farming.
  • Varieties of Crops: Selection of suitable crop varieties is crucial.
  • Water Scarcity: Limited water availability can hinder carbon sequestration.
  • Financial Constraints: Small-scale farmers may struggle with initial costs.
  • Limited Policy Support: Lack of supportive policies hampers adoption.

Strategies to Encourage Carbon Farming

  • Legal Framework: Enactment of comprehensive carbon farming legislation.
  • Incentives for Farmers: Direct support for adopting climate-friendly practices.
  • Utilizing Carbon Credits: Rewarding farmers with tradable carbon credits.
  • Collective Engagement: Collaboration between stakeholders for scalability.
  • Unlocking Soil Potential: Harnessing soil's capacity as a carbon sink for decarbonization.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2018)

Q.  Which of the following statements best describes "carbon fertilisation"? 

(a) Increased plant growth due to increased concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.

(b) Increased temperature of Earth due to increased concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.

(c) Increased acidity of oceans as a result of increased concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.

(d) Adaptation of all living beings on Earth to the climate change brought about by the increased concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.

Ans: (a)

Prelims (2020)

Q.2 Which one of the following statements best the term ‘Social Cost of Carbon’? 

It is a measure, in monetary value, of the -

(a) long-term damage done by a tonne of CO2 emissions in a given year.

(b) requirement of fossil fuels for a country to provide goods and services to its citizens, based on the burning of those fuels.

(c) efforts put in by a climate refugee to adapt to live in a new place.

(d) contribution of an individual person to the carbon footprint on the planet Earth.

Ans: (a)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

World Bank's Report on Creating a Sustainable Planet


In News: The recent Recipe for a Livable Planet Report from the World Bank indicates that annual investments totaling USD 260 billion are required to halve agrifood emissions by 2030 and ultimately achieve net zero emissions by 2050.

Key Highlights of the Reports

  • Potential and Benefits of Agrifood System Reform
    • The global agrifood system can reduce nearly a third of the world’s GHG emissions through accessible measures, enhancing food security and climate resilience.
    • Agrifood contributes roughly one-third of global GHG emissions, with about three-quarters originating from developing countries, emphasizing the need for targeted mitigation actions.
  • Big Opportunities Highlighted
    • The agrifood sector offers significant, cost-effective opportunities for climate action, including drawing carbon from the atmosphere through enhanced land management.
    • Halving agrifood emissions by 2030 would yield substantial returns, outweighing costs with beneficial impacts on health, the economy, and the environment.
    • High-income countries should reduce agrifood energy demands and support lower-income countries, while middle-income countries can achieve emissions reductions through better land use management.
    • Low-income countries can focus on sustainable growth strategies like agroforestry, leveraging innovations and investments for inclusive stakeholder participation.
  • Key Highlights Related to India
    • India ranks among the top three countries in terms of total annual agrifood system emissions, offering significant cost-effective mitigation potential through adopting measures like better livestock feeding and breeding.
    • The adoption of interventions such as intermittent irrigation and promoting methane-reducing crop varieties can substantially cut agrifood emissions by 2030.
    • India's high rates of food loss and waste present another avenue for impactful mitigation efforts.
    • International financial and technical support will be crucial for India to realize its agrifood mitigation potential.
  • Way Forward
    • Governments and businesses should de-risk private climate investments in agrifood through blended finance and corporate accountability.
    • Policymakers should implement measures to accelerate agrifood system transformation, including repurposing harmful subsidies and ensuring policy coherence.
    • Improving GHG monitoring systems using digital technologies can unlock climate finance for the sector.
    • Expanding cost-effective mitigation technologies and increasing R&D investments are essential for driving the future transformation of agrifood systems.
    • International frameworks and national policies must facilitate agrifood mitigation opportunities in a coordinated manner, ensuring a just transition by protecting vulnerable groups like smallholder farmers through stakeholder engagement and benefit sharing.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2016)

Q. Gadgil Committee Report’ and ‘Kasturirangan Committee Report’, sometimes seen in the news, are related to 

(a) constitutional reforms
(b) Ganga Action Plan
(c) linking of rivers
(d) protection of Western Ghat

Ans: (d)

Prelims (2021)

Q. Consider the following statements: 

  1. ‘Right to the City’ is an agreed human right and the UN-Habitat monitors the commitments made by each country in this regard.
  2. ‘Right to the City’ gives every occupant of the city the right to reclaim public spaces and public participation in the city.
  3. Right to the City’ means that the State cannot deny any public service or facility to the unauthorized colonies in the city.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 3 only

(c) 1 and 2

(d) 2 and 3

Ans: (d)

Source: WB

Keywords: GS-3 Environment
Monthly Current Affairs

Sperm Whale


In News: For the first time, researchers investigating sperm whales have outlined the fundamental components of their potential communication methods.

The Enigmatic Sperm Whale and its Precious Byproduct, Ambergris

  • Introduction:
    • The sperm whale, scientifically known as Physeter macrocephalus, stands as the largest of the toothed whales. 
    • Recognizable by its massive square head and narrow lower jaw, it holds the distinction of having the largest head and brain of any animal on Earth. 
  • Distribution:
    • Sperm whales boast one of the most expansive global distributions among marine mammals, inhabiting all deep oceans from the equator to the edges of the Arctic and Antarctic pack ice.
  • Physical Features:
    • These magnificent creatures typically exhibit a dark blue-gray or brownish hue, accented by white patches on their bellies. 
    • Notably, they possess small paddle-like flippers and a series of rounded humps along their backs.
  • Lifespan:
    • Sperm whales can live up to 60 years, making them some of the longest-living cetaceans.
  • Social Behavior and Communication:
    • Highly social mammals, sperm whales communicate with each other using a complex system of clicks known as codas. 
    • Each coda serves a distinct purpose, aiding in their social interactions and coordination.
  • Ambergris:
    • Ambergris, often dubbed "Floating Gold," is a rare substance extracted from the bile ducts in the intestines of sperm whales. 
    • While initially light yellowish in color, it transforms into a waxy, solid, and inflammable material.
  • Chemical Composition:
    • This enigmatic substance contains alkaloids, acids, and a compound called ambrein, akin to cholesterol. 
    • Its unique composition contributes to its highly sought-after status in the international market.
  • Utilization:
    • Ambergris finds its predominant use in the creation of perfumes and fragrances. 
    • Possession and trade of this substance are banned in countries like the USA, Australia, and India due to conservation concerns, despite its high demand and value in certain industries.

Source: HT

Keywords: GS-3 Environment, Biodiversity and Conservation
Monthly Current Affairs

Scrutiny of India's Sugarcane Subsidy under WTO


In News: The US and Australia claim that India's sugarcane subsidies surpass WTO's Agreement on Agriculture limits, potentially distorting global trade.

Understanding the WTO’s Agreement on Agriculture (AoA)

  • Definition: The Agreement on Agriculture (AoA) is an international treaty established by the World Trade Organization (WTO) during the Uruguay Round of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT), coming into force on January 1, 1995.
  • Objective: AoA aims to eliminate trade barriers, promote transparent market access, and foster the integration of global markets, seeking to establish a fair and market-oriented agricultural trading system with rules applicable to all WTO members.

Key Components of AoA

  • Domestic Support:
    • Requires reduction in domestic subsidies to mitigate distortion of free trade and fair pricing.
    • Developed countries are mandated to reduce the Aggregate Measurement of Support (AMS) by 20% over 6 years, while developing countries must reduce it by 13% over 10 years.
    • Subsidies are categorized into Blue Box, Green Box, and Amber Box subsidies.
  • Market Access:
    • Entails conditions, tariffs, and non-tariff measures agreed upon by WTO members for the entry of specific goods into their markets.
    • Requires progressive tariff cuts and the removal of non-tariff barriers to facilitate free trade.
  • Export Subsidy:
    • Includes subsidies on agricultural inputs, making exports cheaper, or offering other export incentives.
    • Such subsidies can lead to dumping of highly subsidized products in other countries, damaging their domestic agriculture sectors.

Allegations against India Regarding Violating AoA

  • Background: In response to previous allegations from Brazil, Australia, and Guatemala in 2019 regarding India's sugar subsidies, a WTO panel confirmed the claims in 2021. However, India appealed the findings, delaying adoption by the WTO's Dispute Settlement Body.
  • Complaint: The US and Australia allege that India’s domestic support measures violate various articles of the WTO’s Agreement on Agriculture, with India's Market Price Support for sugar exceeding the permitted level of 10% from 2018-2022. They also highlight India's failure to include sugarcane or its derivatives in domestic support notifications since 1995-96, hindering the assessment of India's compliance with global trade regulations.
  • India’s Stand: India appealed against the WTO panel's ruling, arguing that its support measures for sugar and sugarcane do not constitute market price support under the AoA. India pointed out flaws in the US-Australia analysis, emphasizing discrepancies related to the utilization of sugarcane production data irrespective of actual delivery to sugar mills under the Sugarcane (Control) Order, 1966.

Conclusion

The allegations against India's sugarcane subsidies have significant implications for international trade dynamics. Moreover, the prolonged dispute resolution process underscores the complexities and challenges associated with enforcing compliance with WTO regulations.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2020)

Q. With reference to the current trends in the cultivation of sugarcane in India, consider the following statements: 

  1. A substantial saving in seed material is made when ‘bud chip settlings’ are raised in a nurse, and transplanted in the main field.
  2. When direct planting of setts is done, the germination percentage is better with single budded setts as compared to setts with many buds.
  3. If bad weather conditions prevail when setts are directly planted, single-budded setts have better survival as compared to large setts
  4. Sugarcane can be cultivated using settlings prepared from tissue culture.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 and 2 only
(b) 3 only
(c) 1 and 4 only
(d) 2, 3 and 4 only

Ans: (c)

Prelims (2017)

Q. Consider the following statements: 

  1. India has ratified the Trade Facilitation Agreement (TFA) of WTO.
  2. TFA is a part of WTO’s Bali Ministerial Package of 2013.
  3. TFA came into force in January 2016.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 and 2 only
(b) 1 and 3 only
(c) 2 and 3 only
(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (a)

Prelims (2016)

Q. In the context of which of the following do you sometimes find the terms ‘amber box, blue box and green box’ in the news? 

(a) WTO affairs

(b) SAARC affairs

(c) UNFCCC affairs

(d) India-EU negotiations on FTA

Ans: (a)

Prelims (2015)

Q. The Fair and Remunerative Price (FRP) of sugarcane is approved by the 

(a) Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs
(b) Commission for Agricultural Costs and Prices
(c) Directorate of Marketing and Inspection, Ministry of Agriculture
(d) Agricultural Produce Market Committee

Ans: (a)

Mains (2018)

Q1. What are the key areas of reform if the WTO has to survive in the present context of ‘Trade War’, especially keeping in mind the interest of India?

Mains (2016)

Q2. “The broader aims and objectives of WTO are to manage and promote international trade in the era of globalisation. But the Doha round of negotiations seem doomed due to differences between the developed and the developing countries.” Discuss in the Indian perspective.

Mains (2014)

Q3. WTO is an important international institution where decisions taken affect countries in a profound manner. What is the mandate of WTO and how binding are their decisions? Critically analyse India’s stand on the latest round of talks on Food security. 

Source: ET

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and Ecology GS – 2 Important International Institutions, Growth & Development
Monthly Current Affairs

Leopard Cat


In News: A senior forest official recently confirmed the first-ever sighting of a leopard cat in Maharashtra's Pench Tiger Reserve.

Leopard Cat: A Forest-Dwelling Felid

  • The Leopard Cat, scientifically known as Prionailurus bengalensis, belongs to the family Felidae and is recognized for its leopard-like coloring.
  • Distribution: These cats have the broadest distribution among Asian small cats, ranging from the Russian Far East's Amur region to the Sunda Islands of Indonesia. They inhabit regions across the Korean Peninsula, China, Indochina, the Indian Subcontinent, northern Pakistan, the Philippines, and Indonesia.
  • Habitat: While they can be found in agriculturally used areas, Leopard Cats prefer forested habitats, including tropical evergreen rainforests, plantations at sea level, and subtropical deciduous and coniferous forests in the Himalayan foothills.
  • Features: Exhibiting variations in size and appearance, Leopard Cats typically have pale tawny, yellow, red, or grey fur above, with white underparts and spotted patterns. They often have four black stripes running down from the forehead to the nape, breaking into short bands and elongate spots on the shoulders. Their body length ranges from 45 to 75 cm (18 to 30 inches), excluding the 23–35-cm (9–13.8-inch) tail. They are solitary, nocturnal carnivores.
  • Conservation Status: The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) categorizes Leopard Cats as Least Concern on the Red List, indicating a relatively stable population.

Source: TP

Keywords: GS-3 Environment
Monthly Current Affairs

Indian Ocean Basin-wide (IOBW) Index


In News: The study reveals a strong correlation between dengue outbreaks and the Indian Ocean basin-wide (IOBW) index in both the Northern and Southern hemispheres.

Understanding the Indian Ocean Basin-wide (IOBW) Index and its Impact on Dengue Epidemics:

  • Definition and Purpose
    • The IOBW Index measures the average sea-surface temperature variations across the tropical Indian Ocean.
    • It serves as a crucial indicator for predicting the scale and timing of dengue outbreaks in affected countries.
  • Geographical Associations
    • The index exhibits a stronger correlation with the Southern Hemisphere compared to the Northern Hemisphere.
    • Its influence on temperatures is particularly notable in tropical regions, affecting countries like Brazil, which experiences a higher incidence of dengue in the Southern Hemisphere.
  • Seasonal Patterns
    • Dengue epidemics peak at different times in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres: July to October in the Northern Hemisphere and February to April in the Southern Hemisphere.
    • The amplitude of dengue outbreaks tends to be higher during periods when the IOBW Index is positive and lower when it is negative.
  • Explanation
    • The relationship between Indian Ocean temperatures and dengue outbreaks is likely due to teleconnections, which are large-scale atmospheric patterns facilitating the transfer of heat and moisture over vast distances.

Key Facts about Dengue

  • Dengue is caused by the dengue virus (DENV) and primarily transmitted to humans through infected female mosquitoes, particularly the Aedes aegypti species.
  • Severe cases of dengue fever, known as dengue hemorrhagic fever, can lead to complications such as serious bleeding, sudden drop in blood pressure, and even death.
  • The disease is more prevalent in tropical and subtropical climates, with common symptoms including high fever, headache, body aches, nausea, and rash.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-1 Physical Geography GS-3 Science and Tech., Environment
Monthly Current Affairs

Charting India's Journey Towards Sustainability


In News: PwC India, a professional services network, has recently released a report titled 'Navigating India's Shift towards Sustainability'.

Key Findings of the Report on Business Responsibility and Sustainability Reporting (BRSR):

  • Analysis Scope: The report evaluates how companies are adapting to the Business Responsibility and Sustainability Reporting (BRSR) disclosures mandated by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), focusing on the BRSR reports of the top 100 companies for the financial year ending on 31st March 2023.
  • Significance of Business Sector: The business sector is recognized as a crucial facilitator in achieving India's net zero vision by 2070, also known as carbon neutrality, aiming to attain an overall balance between greenhouse gas emissions produced and those removed from the atmosphere.
  • Key Findings:
    • Disclosure Rate: Despite BRSR being a voluntary disclosure, 51% of India’s top 100 listed companies by market capitalization disclosed their data for FY23.
    • Emission Reduction Efforts: 34% of companies reduced their Scope 1 emissions, and 29% reduced their Scope 2 emissions.
    • Life-cycle Assessment: 44% of top listed companies conducted life-cycle assessments of their products or services.
    • Renewable Energy Usage: 49% of companies increased their energy consumption from renewable sources, while 31% disclosed net-zero targets.
  • Emission Reduction Initiatives: Key initiatives leading to emission reduction include transitioning to energy-efficient technologies such as LEDs, adopting efficient air-conditioning, ventilation, and heating systems, shifting to renewable energy sources, purchasing carbon offsets, and entering into off-site power purchase agreements.

Significance of the Report for India:

  • Sustainability Journey: The report illuminates India’s progress towards sustainability, underlining Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) considerations.
  • Accountability Encouragement: It encourages companies to be accountable for their sustainability efforts, aligning with the BRSR framework introduced by SEBI.
  • Investor Confidence: Transparent disclosure enhances investor confidence, showcasing India's commitment to sustainability and positioning it favorably on the global stage.
  • Policy Insights: Policymakers can derive insights from the report to formulate regulations and policies promoting sustainable practices.
  • Balanced Growth: Emphasizing the need to balance economic development with environmental and social well-being, the report underscores responsible growth.

Initiatives to Ensure ESG Compliance in India:

  • National Voluntary Guidelines (NVGs): In 2011, the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) released NVGs, setting early standards for ESG disclosure.
  • Business Responsibility Reports (BRR): SEBI introduced BRR in 2012 for the top 100 listed entities, later extending it to the top 500 entities in 2015.
  • Business Responsibility and Sustainability Report (BRSR): In 2021, SEBI replaced BRR with BRSR, seeking disclosures on performance against the National Guidelines on Responsible Business Conduct.
  • Reporting Frameworks: Companies can utilize various reporting frameworks like Global Reporting Initiative (GRI), Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP), and Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) to demonstrate their commitment to ESG practices.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2019)

Q. Which of the following is issued by registered foreign portfolio investors to overseas investors who want to be part of the Indian stock market without registering themselves directly?

(a) Certificate of Deposit
(b) Commercial Paper
(c) Promissory Note
(d) Participatory Note

Ans: (d)

Mains (2016)

Q. Economic growth in the recent past has been led by an increase in labour activity.” Explain this statement. Suggest the growth pattern that will lead to creation of more jobs without compromising labour productivity.

Source: PWC

Keywords: GS – 3 Environmental Pollution & Degradation, Industrial Policy
Monthly Current Affairs

Mahi River


In News: Recently, two young individuals lost their lives due to drowning in the Mahi River, near Kotna village situated on the outskirts of Vadodara city.

Overview of Mahi River

  • Significance and Flow
    • The Mahi River is recognized as one of the prominent west-flowing interstate rivers in India.
    • It traverses through the states of Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, and Gujarat, covering a substantial drainage area of 34,842 square kilometers.
  • Course
    • Originating from the northern slopes of the Vindhyas near Bhopawar village in the Dhar district of Madhya Pradesh, the river commences its journey at an altitude of 500 meters.
    • Initially flowing southwards, it courses through Madhya Pradesh for approximately 120 kilometers.
    • Subsequently, it enters the Vagad region in the southeastern part of Rajasthan, traversing through the Banswara district before its entry into Gujarat.
    • Prior to reaching Gujarat, the river forms a distinctive 'U'-shaped loop within the terrain of Rajasthan.
  • Outflow and Length
    • The Mahi River culminates its journey by draining into the Arabian Sea via the Gulf of Khambhat.
    • With a total length of 583 kilometers, it serves as a vital waterway for the regions it traverses.
  • Geographical Boundaries
    • The river is flanked by natural features such as the Aravalli Hills to the north and northwest, the Malwa Plateau to the east, the Vindhyas to the south, and the Gulf of Khambhat to the west.
  • Tributaries
    • Several tributaries contribute to the flow of the Mahi River, including Eru, Nori, Chap, Som, Jakham, Moran, Anas, Panam, and Bhadar.
  • Infrastructure
    • Notably, the Mahi River hosts the Mahi Bajaj Sagar Dam, which serves as a critical source of water supply and electricity generation for the entirety of Gujarat.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-1 Physical Geography
Monthly Current Affairs

About Sariska Tiger Reserve


In News: Even after 46 years since its designation as a Tiger Reserve, Sariska, one of the initial 12 reserves in the country, still awaits proper land ownership acknowledgment in the state's revenue records.

Exploring Sariska Tiger Reserve

  • Location: Situated in the Alwar district of Rajasthan, Sariska Tiger Reserve spans across 800 square kilometers and is nestled within the Aravali Hills.
  • Historical Background: Originally a hunting ground for the Maharaja of Alwar, Sariska was designated as a natural reserve in 1955 and later declared a national park in 1979.
  • Conservation Milestone: Renowned as the first reserve globally to successfully relocate tigers, Sariska has played a pivotal role in tiger conservation efforts.
  • Tourist Attractions: Besides its wildlife, Sariska is renowned for its historical and cultural landmarks, including Pandu Pol, Bhangarh Fort, Ajabgarh, Pratapgarh, Siliserh Lake, and Jai Samand Lake.
  • Topography: The reserve boasts a diverse terrain comprising rocky landscapes, scrub thorn arid forests, grasslands, hilly cliffs, and semi-deciduous woodlands.
  • Vegetation: Sariska's vegetation primarily consists of Northern Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests and Northern Tropical Thorn Forests, dominated by dhok trees covering approximately 90% of the sanctuary. Other species such as salar, kadaya, gol, ber, Banyan, gugal, bamboo, kair, and adusta are also found here.
  • Fauna Diversity: In addition to tigers, Sariska Tiger Reserve is home to a rich variety of wildlife, including leopards, sambhar, chital, nilgai, four-horned antelope, wild boar, rhesus macaque, langur, hyena, and jungle cats.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and conservation
Monthly Current Affairs

Strait of Gibraltar


In News: In Moroccan waters within the Strait of Gibraltar, a sailing yacht was sunk by a group of orcas after being rammed, with the exact number of orcas involved remaining unknown.

Exploring the Strait of Gibraltar

  • Location: The Strait of Gibraltar is situated as a narrow waterway separating Europe from Africa, connecting the Mediterranean Sea to the Atlantic Ocean. Its narrowest point lies between Morocco’s Point Cires and Spain’s Point Marroquí.
  • Geographical Features: With depths ranging from 300 to 900 meters, the strait forms a significant gap between the high plateau of Spain and the Atlas Mountains of Northern Africa.
  • Formation: Geological studies have unveiled that the Strait was formed due to the northward movement of the African Plate towards the European Plate.
  • Water Flow Dynamics: Due to varying salinity levels, the highly saline waters from the Mediterranean Sea flow outward and underneath the currents from the Atlantic Ocean, while the less saline Atlantic waters flow inward and on top of the Mediterranean Sea current.
  • Role as a Chokepoint: Serving as a chokepoint for ships entering or leaving the Mediterranean Sea, the Strait of Gibraltar is also a crucial shipping route for countries across northern Africa, southern Europe, and western Asia.
  • Significant Port: A key port located along the Strait of Gibraltar is the Moroccan port of Tanger-Med, situated near Tangier.

Source: Reuters

Keywords: GS-1 Physical Geography GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

Kanwar Lake


In News: Kanwar Lake, formerly a haven for migratory birds, is now facing a battle for survival.

Overview of Kanwar Lake and Oxbow Lakes

  • About Kanwar Lake:
    • Location: Kanwar Lake, also known as Kabartal jheel, is Asia’s largest freshwater oxbow lake situated in Bihar.
    • Formation: It is a rainfed lake formed as a residual oxbow lake due to the meandering of the Gandak river, a tributary of the Ganga.
    • Geographic Coverage: Kanwar Lake covers a significant portion of the Indo-Gangetic plains in northern Bihar.
    • Ecological Importance:
      • Migratory Stopover: It serves as a crucial stopover along the Central Asian Flyway, hosting 58 migratory waterbirds for resting and refueling.
      • Biodiversity: The lake supports a diverse fish biodiversity, documented to have over 50 species.
      • Endangered Species: Five critically endangered species, including three vulture species and two waterbirds, inhabit the site.
    • Threats: Major threats to Kanwar Lake include water management activities such as drainage, water abstraction, damming, and canalization.

What is an Oxbow Lake?

  • Definition: An oxbow lake is a curved lake formed alongside a winding river as a result of erosion and sediment deposition over time.
  • Characteristics: These lakes typically have a crescent shape and are commonly found in floodplains and low-lying areas near rivers.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and Ecology
Monthly Current Affairs

Ligdus Garvale


In News: A recent discovery by a team of naturalists unveiled a new spider species named 'Ligdus Garvale' in Garvale village, situated within the Somwarpet taluk of Karnataka's Kodagu district.

Ligdus Garvale: A New Species of Jumping Spider

Discovery and Habitat

  • Ligdus Garvale is a newly discovered species of jumping spider.
  • It was found in Garvale village of the Kodagu district, Karnataka, surrounded by agroforestry, including coffee, pepper, and paddy fields.
  • This species marks only the second recorded instance of the Ligdus genus in 129 years, the first being Ligdus Chelifer reported from Myanmar in 1895.
  • Ligdus Garvale was discovered under the leaf of a torch ginger plant and bears a resemblance to Pseudoscorpions.
  • Due to its nature as a high canopy jumper, it often goes unnoticed and constructs a double-layered web for retreat.

What are Jumping Spiders?

  • Jumping spiders belong to the largest family of spiders, known as Salticidae, comprising more than 6,380 species.
  • They are characterized by their ability to jump and pounce upon their prey.
  • These spiders are prevalent in tropical regions, but some also inhabit northern and even Arctic areas.

Features

  • Jumping spiders range in size from 2 to 22 mm, with most being small to medium-sized.
  • The largest species, such as Hyllus giganteus, can reach up to 0.98 inches (2.5 centimeters) in length.
  • While some species have hairy bodies, most have few hairs (setae).
  • They often exhibit bright colors or striking patterns on their bodies.
  • Jumping spiders possess impressive eyesight, with four pairs of eyes, including a large, forward-facing principal pair.
  • They are diurnal creatures, and most species are solitary in nature.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-3 Environment
Monthly Current Affairs

Apple Cultivation


In News: Over the past few decades, a gradual warming of temperatures has been observed, enabling the viability of apple cultivation in lower regions of Spiti, extending up to an elevation of 3,400 meters above sea level.

About Apple Cultivation

  • Apple (Malus pumila) is a significant temperate fruit, although in India, the regions where it is grown do not naturally fall within the temperate zone. 
  • However, the prevailing temperate climate in these areas is attributed to the presence of the Himalayan ranges and high altitudes.

The climatic conditions necessary for apple cultivation include specific temperature, rainfall, and soil characteristics:

  • Temperature: The ideal average summer temperature during the active growth period ranges from 21 to 24 degrees Celsius. Apple trees thrive at altitudes ranging from 1500 to 2700 meters above sea level.
  • Rainfall: Optimal apple growth and fruitfulness require well-distributed rainfall of 1000 to 1250 millimeters throughout the growing season.
  • Soil: Apple trees prefer well-drained loamy soils for optimal growth.

Apple cultivation in India is primarily concentrated in several regions:

  • Jammu & Kashmir
  • Himachal Pradesh
  • The hills of Uttar Pradesh and Uttarakhand

Additionally, apple cultivation occurs to a lesser extent in other regions such as:

  • Arunachal Pradesh
  • Nagaland
  • Punjab
  • Sikkim

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS – 3 Environment, agriculture
Monthly Current Affairs

The Deda Method


In News: A Muria tribal farmer, who relocated from Chhattisgarh and established residence in the dense forests of the Godavari Valley, is employing the 'deda' method for seed preservation.

The Deda Method: Traditional Seed Preservation Technique of the Muria Tribe

  • Description
    • The Deda method is a traditional seed preservation technique passed down through generations among the Muria tribe.
  • Preservation Process
    • Seeds are carefully stored in leaves and tightly packed to resemble boulders from a distance.
    • Siali leaves, locally known as 'addakulu,' are woven around the packaged seeds to create the deda.
    • Each deda comprises three layers: wood ash spread inside Siali leaves, lemon leaves forming a casing over the ash, and seeds sealed within the casing. Each deda can support up to 5kg of seeds.
  • Advantages
    • The Deda method ensures protection of seeds from pests and worms.
    • Seeds preserved using this method remain viable for cultivation for up to five years.
    • It is particularly effective for preserving pulses like green gram, red gram, black gram, and beans.
  • Key Facts about the Muria Tribe
    • Location: The Muria tribe resides in Telangana, Andhra Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, and Odisha, and they speak the Koya language, which is Dravidian.
    • Muria settlements are known as habitations of Internally Displaced People (IDPs), with approximately 6,600 residing in Andhra Pradesh, referred to as 'Gutti Koyas' by native tribes.
    • The Muria tribe has progressive views on marriage and life, exemplified by the Ghotul, a communal dormitory that fosters understanding of sexuality among Muria youth.
    • While the Gutti Koyas hold Scheduled Tribe (ST) status in Chhattisgarh, they have not been granted the same status in migrated states like Telangana.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Agriculture
Monthly Current Affairs

Ambaji White Marble


In News: The Central Government recently granted the Geographical Indication (GI) tag to marble mined in Gujarat's Ambaji.

Exploring Ambaji White Marble: A Marvel of Nature's Beauty

  • About Ambaji White Marble
    • Ambaji White Marble, renowned for its stunning white appearance and distinctive natural patterns, derives its name from the town of Ambaji in Gujarat, where it is primarily quarried.
    • Also referred to as Amba White Marble and Ambe White Marble, it exhibits a pristine white color with subtle gray or beige veining, ranging from delicate to bold, resulting in each slab possessing a unique character.
    • These natural variations arise from mineral presence and impurities during the marble's formation process, enhancing its individualistic appeal.
    • Known for its enduring shine and durability, the marble's smooth, polished surface adds to its allure and sophistication.
    • Widely favored for luxury architectural endeavors, sculptures, and monuments, Ambaji White Marble remains a sought-after material for various prestigious projects.
  • Key Facts about Marble
    • Marble, a metamorphic rock, forms through the metamorphism of limestone under heat and pressure.
    • Primarily composed of calcite (CaCO3), marble may contain other minerals like clay, micas, quartz, pyrite, iron oxides, and graphite.
    • During metamorphism, calcite recrystallizes to form interlocking crystals, resulting in the marble's characteristic texture.
    • Dolomitic marble, produced from dolostone under similar conditions, is another variant of marble.
    • Marble transformation typically occurs at convergent plate boundaries, where large areas of Earth's crust experience regional metamorphism.
    • Contact metamorphism, induced by hot magma bodies heating adjacent limestone or dolostone, also leads to marble formation, often at convergent plate boundaries.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

National Endangered Species Day


In News: The global observance of National Endangered Species Day took place recently.

Understanding National Endangered Species Day

  • Overview
    • National Endangered Species Day aims to raise awareness about the impacts of human activities on endangered species and emphasizes collective efforts to safeguard them.
  • Annual Observance
    • Each year, National Endangered Species Day is commemorated on the third Friday of May, highlighting the importance of conservation.
  • Historical Background
    • In 2006, David Robinson and the Endangered Species Coalition established National Endangered Species Day as an annual event to rally individuals to contribute to the protection of endangered species.
  • Statistics on Endangered Species
    • According to the International Union for Conservation of Nature, forty percent of animals, insects, and plants worldwide are currently facing the risk of extinction.
  • Theme for 2024
    • The theme for the year 2024 is "Celebrate Saving Species," emphasizing the importance of celebrating successful conservation efforts.
  • Significance
    • National Endangered Species Day serves to promote conservation initiatives and encourages individuals and organizations to engage in activities that support the protection of endangered species.
    • This includes activities such as habitat restoration, advocating for conservation laws, and supporting stronger environmental policies.

Source: HT

Keywords: GS-3 Environment
Monthly Current Affairs

Iberian Lynx


In News: The Spanish government recently announced that the population of endangered Iberian lynx in the wild in Spain and Portugal has almost doubled since 2020.

Overview of the Iberian Lynx

  • Endemic Carnivore Species
    • The Iberian lynx is one of only two carnivore species native to Europe, the other being the European mink, Mustela lutreola.
  • Endangered Status and Distinctive Features
    • Renowned as the world's most endangered feline, the Iberian lynx is characterized by its distinctive pointed ears, long legs, and leopard-like spotted fur.
  • Sexual Dimorphism and Nocturnal Behavior
    • Similar to other cat species, the Iberian lynx displays sexual dimorphism, with males typically being heavier and longer than females.
    • Generally nocturnal, its activity patterns closely mirror those of its primary prey, the rabbit.
  • Habitat Requirements
    • The Iberian lynx thrives in variable terrain below 1300 meters, favoring habitats consisting of a blend of closed Mediterranean scrubland and open grassland patches, often with marsh ecotones.
  • Distribution and Decline
    • Once widespread throughout the Iberian Peninsula, the species now experiences sparse distribution mainly in Spain and Portugal.
  • Threats from Human Activities
    • The survival of the Iberian lynx is imperiled by various human-induced threats, including poaching, habitat destruction, illegal hunting, and a dwindling food base.
  • Conservation Status
    • Classified as Endangered on the IUCN Red List, the Iberian lynx is also listed under Appendix II of CITES, highlighting the urgency of conservation efforts to safeguard its future.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and conservation
Monthly Current Affairs

Phtheirospermum lushaiorum


In News: In Phawngpui National Park of Mizoram, a rare hemi-parasitic terrestrial plant known as Phtheirospermum lushaiorum has been discovered.

Exploring Phtheirospermum lushaiorum

  • Introduction
    • Phtheirospermum lushaiorum is a recently discovered species of hemi-parasitic terrestrial plant.
  • Characteristics of Hemi-parasitic Plants
    • Hemi-parasitic plants, like Phtheirospermum lushaiorum, lack a fully developed root system and establish connections with another plant to acquire water and minerals.
    • Despite their parasitic nature, these plants possess chlorophyll and conduct photosynthesis to produce their own food, albeit often relying partially on their host for sustenance.
    • They utilize specialized structures called haustoria to tap into the sap-conducting tissue of the host plant.
  • Discovery and Habitat
    • The new species was identified within the confines of Phawngpui National Park in Mizoram.
    • Phtheirospermum lushaiorum attaches itself to the roots of its host, resembling typical plants growing in soil.
  • Life Cycle
    • Flowering of Phtheirospermum lushaiorum occurs exclusively from July to September, with fruit production observed between August and October.
  • Cultural Significance
    • The specific epithet "lushaiorum" is derived from the "Lushai" tribe of Mizoram, paying homage to the indigenous community associated with the region.

Source: EM

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and conservation
Monthly Current Affairs

India’s Climate Policy


In News: In the context of sustaining rapid economic growth amidst the global challenge of climate change, this article seeks to examine the development and fundamental aspects of India's Climate Policy.

Understanding the Evolution of India’s Climate Policy

Over-exploitation by the Developed World

  • The excessive and unsustainable production and consumption patterns of developed countries have brought climate change to a crisis stage.
  • Despite comprising only 16% of the global population, high-income nations like the US and EU account for 74% of excess resource use between 1970 and 2017.
  • China has also exceeded its sustainability limit by 15% in resource overuse.
  • In contrast, 58 countries, including India, Indonesia, Pakistan, Nigeria, and Bangladesh, have stayed within their sustainability limits over the same period.

Key Determinants of India’s Climate Policy

  • Disturbance in the Seasonal Cycle
    • India's civilization and economy have traditionally aligned with the seasonal cycle, but climate change has disrupted this harmony.
    • Increasing unpredictability and negative consequences for nature and society have resulted from blurring distinctions between seasons.
  • Limited Land Resources
    • With a low human to land ratio of 0.0021 sq km in India, the nation must manage land and water resources effectively to cope with this limitation.
  • Extreme Weather Events
    • India ranks as the fifth most affected country by extreme weather events, according to the Germanwatch's Global Climate Risk Index 2020.
    • Rising temperatures and shifting monsoon patterns could cost India 2.8% of its GDP by 2050, impacting the living conditions of half its population.
  • India’s Resolution
    • Despite historical cumulative emissions of less than 4% and low per capita emissions, India is committed to taking resolute domestic and international actions for environmental benefit.

The Essentials of India’s Climate Policy

  • Vision
    • India’s climate policy focuses on inclusive growth, poverty eradication, declining carbon budget, adherence to UNFCCC principles, and promoting climate-friendly lifestyles.
  • Domestic Initiatives
    • The National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC) of 2008 and State Action Plans on Climate Change (SAPCCs) lay the groundwork for climate action across Indian states.
    • Additional emphasis on confidence and convenient action is evident through initiatives like the Leadership Group for Industry Transition and the 'Lifestyle for Environment' movement.
  • Global Engagement
    • India supports a multilateral approach towards achieving net zero emissions by 2070, as reflected in its long-term low emissions development strategy.
    • Despite having no binding mitigation obligations, India has successfully reduced the emission intensity of its GDP by 33% between 2005 and 2019.
    • The country has made significant strides in renewable energy, with substantial increases in solar and wind energy capacities, achieving its target of 40% installed electric capacity from non-fossil fuels ahead of schedule.
    • At the global level, India has played a crucial role in developing principles like CBDR-RC and established institutions such as the International Solar Alliance, the Coalition for Disaster Resilient Infrastructure, and the Global Biofuels Alliance.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and Ecology
Monthly Current Affairs

India's Solid Waste Management


In News: The recent scrutiny by the Supreme Court regarding solid waste management in New Delhi highlights the urgent issue. With more than 3,800 tonnes of untreated waste accumulating in landfills, there are significant concerns for public health and environmental degradation in the national capital.

Challenges in India's Solid Waste Management

  • Overview:
    • Solid waste encompasses various types of waste generated from households, institutions, commercial establishments, and other sources.
    • India contributes to a significant portion of global municipal waste generation.
    • According to TERI, India generates 62 million tonnes of waste annually, with a large portion remaining untreated and ending up in landfills.
  • Issues
    • Ineffective Implementation of Regulations
      • Many major cities struggle with inadequate waste bins and a lack of waste segregation at the source, leading to mixed waste entering landfills.
      • Some areas lack regular waste collection services, resulting in waste buildup and littering.
    • Challenges with Dumping Sites
      • Waste processing plants in metro cities face land scarcity issues, exacerbating the problem of untreated waste.
      • Illegal dumping and inadequate stakeholder coordination further complicate municipal waste management efforts.
    • Insufficient Data Collection Mechanisms
      • The absence of historical or regional data poses challenges for private entities in assessing the feasibility of waste management projects.
    • Formal and Informal Waste Management Systems
      • Municipal waste collection services often fall short in low-income communities, leading to reliance on the informal sector.
      • Informal waste pickers face health risks and child labor concerns due to unhygienic conditions.
    • Lack of Public Awareness
      • There is a general lack of awareness among the public regarding proper waste management practices, resulting in littering and improper disposal habits.

Solid Waste Management Rules 2016

  • These rules aim to improve waste management practices by focusing on waste segregation at the source and holding generators responsible for waste disposal.
  • Key features include waste segregation into three streams, user fees for waste collection, and the responsibility of manufacturers to assist in establishing waste management systems.

Way Forward

  • Role of Municipalities
    • Cities should enhance waste processing capacities through composting and biogas generation, with stakeholder consultation.
  • Waste-to-Energy Justification
    • Refuse-derived fuel (RDF) can be used for power generation in waste-to-energy projects, utilizing non-recyclable dry waste.
  • Decentralized Waste Processing
    • Implementing micro-composting centers and dry waste collection centers in each ward can help manage wet and dry waste effectively.
  • Integrated Approach
    • Combining decentralized options with large-scale processing facilities ensures comprehensive waste treatment.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2019)

Q. As per the Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016 in India, which one of the following statements is correct? 

(a) Waste generator has to segregate waste into five categories.

(b) The Rules are applicable to notified urban local bodies, notified towns and all industrial townships only

(c) The Rules provide for exact and elaborate criteria for the identification of sites for landfills and waste processing facilities.

(d) It is mandatory on the part of the waste generator that the waste generated in one district cannot be moved to another district.

Ans: (c)

Manis (2018)

Q. What are the impediments in disposing of the huge quantities of discarded solid waste which are continuously being generated? How do we safely remove the toxic wastes that have been accumulating in our habitable environment?

Manis (2017)

Q. “To ensure effective implementation of policies addressing the water, sanitation and hygiene needs the identification of the beneficiary segments is to be synchronised with anticipated outcomes.” Examine the statement in the context of the WASH scheme.

Manis (2016)

Q. How could social influence and persuasion contribute to the success of Swachh Bharat Abhiyan? 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS – 2 Government Policies & Interventions GS – 3 Environmental Pollution & Degradation, Conservation of Resources
Monthly Current Affairs

Sea Anemone Bleaching


In News: For the first time, researchers investigating Sea Anemones (Actiniaria) in the Lakshadweep group of islands have documented a significant bleaching event affecting the anemones near Agatti Island. This marks the initial observation of sea anemone bleaching in the Lakshadweep islands.

Understanding Sea Anemone Bleaching

  • Sea anemone bleaching occurs when these creatures lose their vibrant colors and become white or pale due to the expulsion of symbiotic photosynthetic algae.
  • Environmental stressors such as increasing water temperatures, pollution, or shifts in ocean chemistry can trigger this phenomenon.
  • Bleaching deprives sea anemones of their primary energy source, making them more vulnerable to diseases and resulting in higher mortality rates.

Characteristics and Habitat of Sea Anemones

  • Sea anemones are aquatic animals characterized by soft bodies and the ability to sting.
  • They belong to the Cnidaria phylum family and are commonly found in ocean waters, particularly in coastal tropical regions.
  • Sea anemones often form close associations with corals and live rocks, and they establish symbiotic relationships with clownfish, offering protection in exchange for food from the clownfish's meals.

Ecological Importance of Sea Anemones

  • Sea anemones play crucial biogeochemical roles in benthic ecosystems, which represent the lowest ecological zone in a water body and typically involve sediments at the seafloor.

Geographical Information

  • Agatti Island is situated approximately 459 km (248 nautical miles) away from Kochi, Kerala.
  • It is positioned to the west of Kavaratti Island.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and conservation
Monthly Current Affairs

Red Panda


In News: A red panda was recently spotted on camera in the Eaglenest Wildlife Sanctuary (EWS), situated within the Singchung subdivision of the West Kameng district, Arunachal Pradesh.

About Red Panda

  • Overview of the Red Panda
    • Red pandas are primarily herbivorous animals.
    • They utilize their long, bushy tails for balance and insulation during winter months, likely for warmth.
    • This shy, solitary, and arboreal species is considered an indicator of ecological change.
    • Renowned for their cute appearance and adorable defense stance, red pandas are roughly the size of a house cat.
  • Distribution
    • Red pandas inhabit mountainous forests in Bhutan, China, India, Myanmar, and Nepal.
    • Nearly 50% of their habitat is concentrated in the Eastern Himalayas.
  • Threats
    • Red panda habitat faces decline due to the loss of nesting trees and bamboo, particularly in the Eastern Himalayas.
    • This habitat loss contributes to a decline in red panda populations across much of their range.
  • Conservation Status
    • Red pandas are classified as Endangered on the IUCN Red List.
    • They are listed under Appendix I of CITES and are categorized as Schedule I under the Wildlife Protection Act 1972.

Key Facts about Eaglenest Wildlife Sanctuary

  • Eaglenest Wildlife Sanctuary is a protected area located in the Himalayan foothills of the West Kameng District, Arunachal Pradesh, India.
  • It shares borders with the Sessa Orchid Sanctuary to the northeast and the Pakhui Tiger Reserve across the Kameng River to the east.
  • Situated within the biodiversity hotspot of the Eastern Himalayas, the sanctuary boasts a rich avian diversity, with over 500 bird species.
  • The altitude within the sanctuary varies significantly, ranging from 500 meters (1,640 feet) to 3,250 meters (10,663 feet).
  • Additionally, Eaglenest Wildlife Sanctuary is part of the Kameng Elephant Reserve.

Source: NET

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and Ecology
Monthly Current Affairs

New Caledonia


In News: Amid ongoing and deadly unrest, French security forces are intensifying their efforts to restore order in New Caledonia.

About New Caledonia

  • Overview of New Caledonia
    • New Caledonia is a French overseas collectivity enjoying significant autonomy as per the terms of the 1998 Nouméa Accord.
    • Situated in the southwestern Pacific Ocean, it lies approximately 900 miles (1,500 km) east of Australia.
    • Unlike many Pacific islands formed by recent volcanic activity, New Caledonia is an ancient fragment of the Gondwana supercontinent.
    • The territory encompasses several islands, including Grande Terre (the main island), the Loyalty Islands, the Belep archipelago, the Isle of Pines, and other remote islands.
    • The capital city is Nouméa, located on Grande Terre.
  • Population
    • New Caledonia has a population of just over 270,000 people as of 2019.
    • Around 39 percent of the population identifies as indigenous ('Kanak').
    • The rest of the population consists of Caledonians of European, Polynesian, and other origins, including Vietnamese, Indonesian, and Algerian.
    • New Caledonians hold French and European citizenship, allowing them to reside anywhere in France and participate in territorial and French national elections.
    • The Head of State is the President of the French Republic, represented in New Caledonia by a High Commissioner.
  • Political Status and Governance
    • As one of the European Union’s Overseas Countries and Territories (OCTs), New Caledonia is not part of the EU, the Eurozone, or the Schengen area.
    • The Nouméa Accord (1998) and subsequent Organic Law (March 1999) provide the constitutional framework for governance in New Caledonia.
    • The Accord outlines the territory's relations with France and establishes a timetable for assuming responsibility for most areas of government.
  • International Engagement
    • New Caledonia hosts the Secretariat of the Pacific Community, founded in 1947 by Australia, France, the Netherlands, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States to promote economic and social stability in the South Pacific countries.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-1 Physical Geography
Monthly Current Affairs

19th Session of United Nations Forum on Forest


In News: India recently took part in the 19th Session of the United Nations Forum on Forests (UNFF) held at the UN Headquarters in New York.

Key Takeaways from UNFF19

  • India's Revised National Forest Policy: India emphasized forest fire prevention and management through recommendations and technological solutions in its revised National Forest Policy presented at UNFF19.
  • Global Impact of Forest Fires: UNFF highlighted that approximately 100 million hectares of forest, equivalent to 3% of the world's total forest area, are affected by fires annually.
  • Operationalizing the Global Fire Management Hub: India proposed the operationalization of the Global Fire Management Hub, a collaborative effort by UNEP and FAO, to share knowledge and experiences in mitigating forest fires.
  • Universally Accepted Standards: India suggested establishing universally accepted standards, such as the Model Forests Act, for forest certification programs to ensure consistent and responsible forest management practices worldwide.
  • Review of UN's Strategic Plan for Forests: The forum reviewed the UN's strategic plan for forests (2017-2030) and progress made in achieving global forest goals, including enhancing economic, social, and environmental benefits of forests and securing finances.
  • Concerns about "Climatisation" of Forests: A UN report highlighted concerns about the "Climatisation" of forests, driven by market-oriented approaches for carbon sequestration, potentially reducing forests' ecological and social values.
  • National Strategies: Indonesia presented its Forest and Other Land Use Net Sink 2030 strategy, while Malaysia committed to maintaining at least 50% of its territory under tree cover.

India's Highlighted Initiatives in Forest Management at UNFF19

  • Success in Utilizing Technology: India showcased its success in using technology to manage forest fires, including real-time fire monitoring via remote sensing, online fire reporting through web portals, and ecological methods for restoration.
  • Forest Fire Exposure: Based on forest inventory records, India revealed that 54.40% of its forests are exposed to occasional fires, 7.49% to moderately frequent fires, and 2.40% to high incidence levels.
  • Global Ranking in Forest Area Gain: Globally, India ranks third in the net gain of average annual forest area between 2010 and 2020.
  • Commitment to Conservation: India celebrated the completion of 50 years of Project Tiger and 30 years of Project Elephant, demonstrating its commitment to species conservation and habitat protection.
  • Introduction of the 'Green Credit Program': India introduced the 'Green Credit Program' to incentivize tree plantation and restoration of degraded forest lands, strengthening climate action initiatives.
  • Hosting of Country-Led Initiative: In 2023, India hosted a country-led Initiative under UNFF in Dehradun, focusing on forest fire management and forest certification, attended by representatives from 40 countries and 20 international organizations.

Key Facts About the Indian Forest Policy

  • National Forest Policy, 1894: The policy prioritized timber production and custodial management, introducing forest classification with emphasis on protecting commercially valuable areas.
  • National Forest Policy, 1952: This policy focused on national priorities like land-use management and environmental protection, securing resources like timber, pasture, and fuelwood for national development.
  • National Forest Policy, 1988: Prioritized environmental stability, biodiversity conservation, and soil and water security, advocating for large-scale afforestation and social forestry programs.
  • Draft National Forest Policy, 2018: Proposed revisions to address modern challenges like climate change and human-wildlife conflict, focusing on mitigating climate change and promoting public-private partnerships for forest restoration.

Conclusion

India's participation at UNFF19 highlighted its success in forest conservation and sustainable management, proposing comprehensive national forest policies with technological solutions and calling for international collaboration. While the High-Level Declaration remains under discussion, UNFF19 emphasized crucial steps towards achieving global forest goals.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2016)

Q. The FAO accords the status of ‘Globally Important Agricultural Heritage System (GIAHS)’ to traditional agricultural systems. What is the overall goal of this initiative? 

  1. To provide modern technology, training in modern farming methods and financial support to local communities of identified GIAHS so as to greatly enhance their agricultural productivity.
  2. To identify and safeguard eco-friendly traditional farm practices and their associated landscapes, agricultural biodiversity and knowledge systems of the local communities.
  3. To provide Geographical Indication status to all the varieties of agricultural produce in such identified GIAHS.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 and 3 only

(b) 2 only

(c) 2 and 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (b)

Prelims (2021)

Q2. At the national level, which ministry is the nodal agency to ensure effective implementation of the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006? 

(a) Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

(b) Ministry of Panchayati Raj

(c) Ministry of Rural Development

(d) Ministry of Tribal Affairs

Ans-(d)

Prelims (2012)

Q3. A particular State in India has the following characteristics: 

  1. It is located on the same latitude which passes through northern Rajasthan.
  2. It has over 80% of its area under forest cover.
  3. Over 12% of forest cover constitutes the Protected Area Network in this State.

Which one among the following States has all the above characteristics?

(a) Arunachal Pradesh

(b) Assam

(c) Himachal Pradesh

(d) Uttarakhand

Ans: (a)

Mains (2022)

Q. “The most significant achievement of modern law in India is the constitutionalization of environmental problems by the Supreme Court.” Discuss this statement with the help of relevant case laws. 

Source: PIB

Keywords: GS-3 Environment
Monthly Current Affairs

Scarborough Shoal


In News: Recently, the Philippines issued a challenge to China, urging it to subject Scarborough Shoal to international scrutiny following allegations that Beijing had caused destruction to the marine environment of the shoal.

Overview of Scarborough Shoal

  • Scarborough Shoal, also known as Scarborough Reef, is a collection of small rocks and islands forming a triangular shape in the South China Sea, situated approximately 220 kilometers from the Philippines.
  • The largest island within the shoal encompasses a lagoon and spans approximately sixty square miles, while many smaller rocks barely protrude from the sea's surface, becoming fully submerged during high tide.
  • Due to the deep waters surrounding the shoal, it serves as a thriving fishing area abundant with marine life, including commercially valuable shellfish and sea cucumbers.
  • The territory is at the center of an ongoing dispute between the People’s Republic of China and the Philippines, with both nations claiming sovereignty over the area and exclusive rights to its waters.
  • Despite the absence of constructed structures, China effectively controls Scarborough Shoal, maintaining a continuous presence with its coast guard since 2012.
  • China asserts a historical claim to the shoal, referring to it as Huangyan Island and tracing ownership back to the Yuan Dynasty in the 1200s.
  • Conversely, the Philippines base their claim on geographical proximity, as Scarborough Shoal is much closer to their main island of Luzon, housing the capital city, Manila, compared to its distance from China, which exceeds 500 miles.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-1 Physical Geography GS-2 IR GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Critical Tiger Habitat


In News: Recently, the Supreme Court mandated the Rajasthan government to close down 68 mines operating within a 1-kilometre radius of the critical tiger habitat (CTH) surrounding the Sariska reserve.

Overview of Critical Tiger Habitat

  • Critical Tiger Habitat, also known as core areas of tiger reserves, are designated under the Wild Life Protection Act (WLPA), 1972.
  • These areas are identified based on scientific evidence indicating the need to preserve them inviolate for tiger conservation while respecting the rights of Scheduled Tribes and other forest dwellers.
  • The notification of Critical Tiger Habitat is carried out by the state government in consultation with an expert committee formed for this purpose.

Key Facts about Sariska Tiger Reserve

  • The Sariska Tiger Reserve is situated in the Alwar district of Rajasthan, nestled amidst the Aravali Hills.
  • It holds the distinction of being the world's first reserve to successfully relocate tigers.
  • Besides tiger conservation, Sariska is renowned for its ancient temples, palaces, and lakes such as Pandu Pol, Bhangarh Fort, Ajabgarh, Pratapgarh, Siliserh Lake, and Jai Samand Lake.
  • The topography of Sariska features a rocky landscape, scrub thorn arid forests, grasslands, hilly cliffs, and semi-deciduous woodlands.
  • Its vegetation corresponds to Northern Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests and Northern Tropical Thorn Forests, characterized by Dhok trees, salar, kadaya, gol, ber, Banyan, gugal, bamboo, kair, adusta, among others.
  • Sariska Tiger Reserve is home to a diverse range of wildlife, including leopards, sambars, chitals, nilgais, and various other species.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and Ecology
Monthly Current Affairs

Rangelands


In News: The United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification's recently released report, titled "Global Land Outlook Thematic Report on Rangelands and Pastoralists," underscores that rangelands are experiencing a 'silent demise'.

Understanding Rangelands: Importance, Degradation, and Significance

  • About Rangelands
    • Rangelands, a significant category of Earth's land cover, primarily comprise natural grasslands utilized by both livestock and wild animals for grazing and foraging purposes.
    • The vegetation on rangelands varies, encompassing tallgrass prairies, steppes, desert shrublands, shrub woodlands, savannas, chaparrals, and tundras.
    • Covering roughly half of the Earth's land surface, rangelands are prominent features, particularly in western North America.
  • Reasons for Degradation
    • Degradation of rangelands is largely attributed to land use changes driven by factors like population growth, urban expansion, and conversion of pastures to cropland.
    • Additional pressures include rapidly increasing demands for food, fiber, and fuel, excessive grazing, abandonment of land, and policies that encourage overexploitation.
  • Significance of Rangelands
    • Rangelands serve multiple purposes, including livestock forage, wildlife habitat, water and mineral resources, wood products, wildland recreation, and open space preservation.
    • Economically vital, rangelands contribute significantly to many countries' economies and are integral to various cultures worldwide.
    • These regions, home to a quarter of the world's languages and numerous World Heritage Sites, have shaped the traditions, customs, and identities of pastoralist communities for millennia.
    • Approximately two billion people, including small-scale herders, ranchers, and farmers, rely on healthy rangelands for their livelihoods, highlighting their global importance.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3 Environment
Monthly Current Affairs

Utilizing Biomass Cultivation on Degraded Land


In News: Recently, the Principal Scientific Adviser (PSA) to the Government of India convened the inaugural meeting to explore biomass cultivation on degraded land, focusing on green biohydrogen production and bioenergy generation.

Key Highlights of the Meeting

  • Biomass Cultivation Prospects
    • Seaweed Cultivation: Discussion on the potential of seaweed cultivation for biomass as a source of bioenergy and the promotion of marine biomanufacturing start-ups.
    • Plant-Based Biomass: Deliberation on biomass production using various plants, including algae, molasses, and sugarcane.
  • Government Programs and Data Utilisation
    • National Green Hydrogen Mission Objective: Highlighted the aim to initiate focused pilots for biomass-based green biohydrogen production.
    • Ministry of New & Renewable Energy (MNRE) Programs: Overview of various MNRE programs for Bioenergy and the National Biomass Atlas for agri-residue surplus data.
  • Economic and Strategic Frameworks
    • Data on Biomass: Presentation of the Bhuvan portal by the National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC) and Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) for biomass availability from agri-residue and degraded Land Mapping, stressing the importance of biomass characterization data.

Biomass Cultivation on Degraded Land

  • About Biomass Cultivation on Degraded Land
    • Definition: Biomass cultivation on degraded land involves growing organic matter, such as crops or trees, on land rendered unsuitable for conventional agriculture due to factors like soil erosion or deforestation.
    • Benefits: Soil restoration, erosion prevention, carbon sequestration, sustainable biohydrogen production, bioenergy generation, and enhanced food security.
  • Challenges in Biomass Cultivation on Degraded Land
    • Soil Quality: Rehabilitating soil quality is crucial for successful biomass cultivation on degraded land.
    • Species Selection and Adaptation: Identifying resilient biomass crops adapted to harsh conditions is challenging.
    • Water Availability and Management: Efficient irrigation methods are essential due to water scarcity on degraded land.
    • Economic Viability and Market Demand: Initial investments and market demand alignment pose economic challenges.
    • Biodiversity and Ecological Impact: Biomass cultivation may impact local ecosystems and biodiversity.

Way Forward

  • Cultivation Techniques: Implement strategies to improve soil fertility, such as incorporating organic matter and employing biofloculation techniques.
  • Biomass Cultivation with Agroforestry: Integrate fast-growing tree species with native grasses and legumes for multi-tiered cropping systems on degraded land.
  • Drones for Degraded Land Diagnostics: Utilize drones with multispectral sensors for quick assessment of degraded land, soil mapping, and biodiversity evaluation.
  • Market Development: Develop biomass markets and value chains to ensure economic viability and support rural livelihoods.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2013)

Q. With reference to the usefulness of the by-products of sugar industry, which of the following statements is/are correct? 

  1. Bagasse can be used as biomass fuel for the generation of energy.
  2. Molasses can be used as one of the feedstocks for the production of synthetic chemical fertilizers.
  3. Molasses can be used for the production of ethanol.

Select the correct answer using the codes given below:

(a) 1 only
(b) 2 and 3 only
(c) 1 and 3 only
(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (c)

Source: PIB

Keywords: GS – 3 Conservation, Environmental Pollution & Degradation GS – 2 Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Current Affairs

Bharal and Himalayan Ibex


In News: Wildlife authorities in the high-altitude, cold desert district of Lahaul & Spiti in Himachal Pradesh have initiated surveys as part of a census aimed at estimating the population of blue sheep or bharal and the Himalayan ibex. These species serve as the primary prey for the iconic snow leopard.

Overview of Bharal and Himalayan Ibex

Bharal

  • The bharal, also known as the blue sheep, is a caprine species native to the high Himalayas.
  • Scientifically known as Pseudois nayaur, it is the sole member of the genus Pseudois.
  • Distribution includes India, Bhutan, China (specifically in Gansu, Ningxia, Sichuan, Tibet, and Inner Mongolia), Myanmar, Nepal, and Pakistan.
  • Features include medium size (115 to 165 cm long along the head and body, with a tail of 10 to 20 cm), standing 69 to 91 cm high at the shoulder. Males are slightly larger than females.
  • Their short, dense coat is slate grey with a bluish shine, with white underparts and backs of legs, and black chests and fronts of legs.
  • Active throughout the day, they alternate between feeding and resting on grassy mountain slopes.
  • Conservation Status: Least Concern on the IUCN Red List, and listed under Schedule 1 of the Wildlife Protection Act 1972.

Himalayan Ibex

  • A subspecies of the Siberian ibex, native to the Himalayan region spanning India, Pakistan, Tibet, and Nepal.
  • Scientifically named Capra sibirica hemalayanus.
  • Inhabit high-altitude regions of the Himalayas, with elevations ranging from 3,000 to 5,800 meters.
  • Found in parts of India, predominantly in Jammu and Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, and Uttarakhand.
  • Features include an adult weight of about 90 kgs, standing around 40 inches tall, with huge curved horns. Males are larger than females.
  • Coat color varies from light brown to reddish-brown, with a white belly and black and white markings on legs. Their coat is thick and woolly in winter, shedding in early summer.
  • Usually found in small herds, running at speeds of up to 50 km/h.
  • Conservation Status: Near Threatened on the IUCN Red List.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Emblica chakrabartyi


In News: Recently, researchers announced the identification of a novel plant species, Emblica chakrabartyi, found in Adichilthotti within the Edamalayar forest range of Kerala.

Introducing Emblica chakrabartyi: A New Species of Gooseberry

  • Emblica chakrabartyi, a newly discovered species within the gooseberry (Phyllanthaceae) family, is named after Tapas Chakrabarty, a former scientist at the Botanical Survey of India, in recognition of his contributions to the study of Phyllanthaceae.
  • This plant typically grows to a height of about 2 meters and features large, shiny, elongated oval leaves measuring up to 13 cm in length.
  • Flowering and fruiting of Emblica chakrabartyi occur from December to June, with male flowers arranged in inflorescence and female flowers solitary in the leaf axils.
  • Each flower of this species has six yellowish-green petals, while its fruits turn brown to black upon ripening, with black seeds measuring about 8-9 mm in diameter.
  • Emblica chakrabartyi is primarily found growing as shrubs in tropical rainforests, with a total of 55 species of the genus Emblica recorded worldwide, and it marks the eleventh species discovered in India.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Color-Coded Alerts by the India Meteorological Department


In News: The India Meteorological Department (IMD) has issued color-coded alerts for several districts in Kerala, warning of potential isolated heavy to very heavy rainfall in the state.

The Role and Functioning of the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD)

  • The IMD issues color-coded weather warnings to notify individuals about severe or hazardous weather conditions that could lead to damage, disruption, or pose a threat to life.
  • These warnings are categorized into four color codes: Green, Yellow, Orange/Amber, and Red, based on the severity of the weather phenomena.
  • Established in 1875, the IMD operates as an agency under the Ministry of Earth Sciences of the Government of India.
  • Its primary responsibilities include conducting meteorological observations, providing weather forecasts, and monitoring seismological activities.
  • The IMD's headquarters are located in New Delhi, India.
  • Additionally, the IMD functions as one of the six Regional Specialized Meteorological Centres recognized by the World Meteorological Organization.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Environment, Disaster Management
Monthly Current Affairs

Tislelizumab and Zanubrutinib


In News: India is poised to gain access to two recently developed cancer medications named Tislelizumab and Zanubrutinib.

Advancements in Cancer Treatment and the Rising Cancer Burden in India

  • Tislelizumab, a novel immunotherapy drug, demonstrates efficacy in treating advanced esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, a type of cancer that forms in the thin, flat cells lining the inside of the esophagus.
  • Zanubrutinib, a medication inhibiting Bruton's tyrosine kinase (BTK), a protein vital for the growth and survival of certain cancerous blood cells, has received approval for treating specific types of blood cancers.
  • Cancer encompasses a group of diseases characterized by the uncontrolled proliferation and spread of abnormal cells in the body, which can infiltrate and damage healthy tissues and organs.
  • In 2019, India witnessed 1.2 million new cancer cases and 930,000 deaths, positioning it as the second-highest contributor to the disease burden in Asia during that year.
  • According to projections by the Indian Council of Medical Research, cancer cases in the country are expected to rise from 14.6 lakh in 2022 to 15.7 lakh in 2025.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Impact of Wind Shear on Hurricanes


In News: Recently, there has been a growing focus on the concept of wind shear due to its pivotal role in determining whether a storm intensifies into a destructive hurricane.

Understanding Wind Shear

  • Definition: Wind shear is a meteorological phenomenon characterized by a sudden change in wind speed and/or direction over a relatively short distance.
  • Types
    • Vertical Wind Shear: This occurs when there is a rapid change in wind speed and/or direction with increasing altitude. Examples include low-level jet streams and wind shear associated with thunderstorms.
    • Horizontal Wind Shear: This phenomenon involves rapid changes in wind speed and/or direction over a horizontal distance. For instance, the wind may shift from west to north within a short distance. Common examples include frontal systems and sea breezes.
  • Major Causes
    • Temperature Inversion: During calm nights, warm air near the ground traps cooler air above, creating strong vertical wind shear that poses a hazard for aircraft.
    • Thunderstorms: Updrafts and downdrafts within thunderstorms cause both horizontal and vertical wind shear, making flying near them perilous.
    • Frontal Systems: Boundaries between warm and cold air masses create rapid changes in wind speed and direction, resulting in horizontal wind shear challenging for aircraft navigation.
  • Detection Methods
    • Low-Level Wind Shear Alert System (LLWAS): Utilizes ground-based towers with anemometers and wind direction sensors to measure wind conditions around airports.
    • Doppler Radar: Tracks wind speed and direction on the ground to identify wind shear zones.
    • LIDAR: Uses light to detect wind shear, particularly beneficial for detecting clear air turbulence.

Effects of Wind Shear on Hurricanes

  • Understanding Hurricanes: Hurricanes, or tropical cyclones, are violent storms originating over oceans in tropical regions and causing widespread destruction through strong winds, heavy rainfall, and storm surges.
  • Impact of Wind Shear
    • Hurricanes thrive in environments with minimal vertical wind shear, as it allows for a symmetrical structure and efficient rotation.
    • Strong vertical wind shear disrupts the hurricane's vertical structure, weakening wind circulation, heat transport, and moisture supply essential for fueling the storm.
    • Excessive wind shear can potentially tear a hurricane apart.
  • Other Factors Affecting Hurricane Intensity
    • While vertical wind shear is significant, factors such as sea surface temperatures, atmospheric moisture content, and pressure systems also influence hurricane development and strengthening.
    • Exceptionally warm sea surface temperatures can sometimes offset the effects of increased wind shear, as observed during the 2023 hurricane season.

Influence of El Nino and La Nina on Wind Shear

  • El Nino's Influence
    • During El Nino years, stronger-than-usual vertical wind shear is typically observed over the Atlantic Ocean during hurricane season.
    • El Nino events are characterized by warmer sea surface temperatures in the eastern Pacific and cooler temperatures in the western Pacific, leading to stronger upper-level winds over the Atlantic and increased wind shear.
    • This increased wind shear makes it more challenging for hurricanes to develop and intensify in the Atlantic basin.
  • La Nina's Influence
    • Conversely, La Nina conditions are more favorable for hurricane development in the Atlantic.
    • During La Nina years, vertical wind shear is generally weaker over the Atlantic, leading to more active hurricane seasons.
    • The record-breaking 2020 Atlantic hurricane season occurred during a La Nina event.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2015)

Q. In the South Atlantic and South-Eastern Pacific regions in tropical latitudes, cyclones do not originate. What is the reason? 

(a) Sea surface temperatures are low

(b) Inter-Tropical Convergence Zone seldom occurs

(c) Coriolis force is too weak

(d) Absence of land in those regions

Ans: (b)

Prelims (2019)

Q. In the context of which of the following do some scientists suggest the use of cirrus cloud thinning technique and the injection of sulfate aerosol into the stratosphere? 

(a) Creating the artificial rains in some regions

(b) Reducing the frequency and intensity of tropical cyclones

(c) Reducing the adverse effects of solar wind on the Earth

(d) Reducing the global warming

Ans: (d)

Prelims (2020)

Q. Consider the following statements: 

  1. Jet streams occur in the Northern Hemisphere only.
  2. Only some cyclones develop an eye.
  3. The temperature inside the eye of a cyclone is nearly 10ºC lesser than that of the surroundings.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 and 3 only

(c) 2 only

(d) 1 and 3 only

Ans: (c)

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS – 1 Important Geophysical Phenomena, Physical Geography, Water Resources
Monthly Current Affairs

Mount Ibu


In News: In a recent event, Mount Ibu experienced another eruption, propelling ash up to a height of 4 kilometers, while streaks of purple lightning illuminated the area around its crater.

Overview of Mount Ibu

  • Mount Ibu is an active stratovolcano situated along the northwest coast of Halmahera Island in Indonesia.
  • Its volcanic activities are part of a series of eruptions occurring in Indonesia, a country known for its 127 active volcanoes, situated within the Pacific "Ring of Fire."

Understanding Stratovolcanoes

  • A stratovolcano, also known as a composite volcano, is a volcanic landform characterized by its conical shape, formed by layers of volcanic material deposited during successive eruptions.
  • These volcanoes typically have a gentle slope at the base but rise steeply near the summit, forming tall mountain peaks.
  • They are commonly found above subduction zones and are often part of large volcanic regions, such as the Ring of Fire encircling much of the Pacific Ocean.
  • Stratovolcanoes are built up in height through the layering of lava, ash, and tephra, featuring alternating layers of pyroclastic material and lava.
  • Examples of stratovolcanoes include the Nevado del Ruiz Volcano and the Ubinas Volcano, both located in the Andes Mountains of Colombia.

Source: HT

Keywords: GS-1 Physical Geography GS-3 Environment and Ecology
Monthly Current Affairs

The Economic Impact of Climate Change


In News: A recent article discusses the increasing economic consequences of climate change and emphasizes the necessity for both mitigation and adaptation efforts.

Major Impacts of Climate Change on the Indian Economy

  • Reduced Agricultural Productivity and Yield
    •  Climate change disrupts crop cycles and lowers agricultural yield, affecting the livelihoods of around 55% of India’s population. 
    • This leads to economic repercussions, including inflation in urban areas.
  • Setback to Industrial and Service Sector
    • Increased operational costs and reduced profits in industries result from climate-friendly regulations, diversion of investments to greener infrastructure, and relocation of production due to climate-related losses. 
    • The service sector faces threats like increased insurance claims and disruptions in travel and hospitality.
  • Infrastructure Damage 
    • Extreme weather events like floods and heatwaves cause significant damage to infrastructure, resulting in economic losses. 
    • India has already experienced considerable economic damage, with USD 3 billion spent on flood-related damages in the last decade.
  • Labor Market Impacts
    • Climate-induced health hazards decrease productivity and prompt migration from climate-vulnerable areas. 
    • The Reserve Bank of India predicts a potential 4.5% loss in GDP by 2030 due to lost labor hours from extreme heat and humidity, with India possibly accounting for a substantial portion of global job losses from heat stress.
  • Risks for Banks and Financial Institutions
    • Climate change poses risks classified into physical risks (extreme weather events) and transition risks (credit, market, liquidity, operational, and reputational risks) for banks and financial institutions. 
    • These risks can have direct and indirect effects on the economy.
  • Impacts on High-Emission Industries
    • Industries such as electricity production, transportation, and mining emit significant greenhouse gases. 
    • Around 40% of India's current annual carbon emissions could be addressed by transitioning to renewables and electric vehicles. 
    • However, hard-to-abate sectors like heavy industries pose challenges.

Measures to Mitigate the Impacts of Climate Change on the Indian Economy:

  • Exploring Industrial Symbiosis
    • India should promote circular economy models, incentivizing companies to minimize waste and reuse materials. 
    • Industrial symbiosis, where waste from one industry becomes another's raw material, can be encouraged.
  • Fostering Public-Private Partnerships for Green Innovation
    • Public-private partnerships can accelerate the development and deployment of green technologies. 
    • Establishing funds or incubators to support startups working on climate-friendly technologies is crucial.
  • Promoting Climate-Conscious Urban Planning
    • Prioritizing climate-conscious urban planning can create sustainable and resilient cities. 
    • Integrating climate change adaptation and mitigation measures into initiatives like the Smart Cities Mission is essential.
  • Developing Climate-Resilient Special Economic Zones (SEZs)
    • Creating SEZs that prioritize sustainability and green infrastructure can attract businesses committed to reducing their carbon footprint.
  • Establishing a National Green Taxonomy
    • A national green taxonomy can guide investments and policy interventions toward environmentally sustainable economic activities.
  • Utilizing Green Bond Financing for Infrastructure
    • Issuing sovereign green bonds can attract capital for building climate-resilient infrastructure, such as flood-resistant embankments and renewable energy projects.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2021)

Q. In the context of India’s preparation for Climate-Smart Agriculture, consider the following statements:

  1. The ‘Climate-Smart Village’ approach in India is a part of a project led by the Climate Change, Agriculture and Food Security (CCAFS), an international research programme.
  2. The project of CCAFS is carried out under Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research (CGIAR) headquartered in France.
  3. The International Crops Research Institute for the Semi-Arid Tropics (ICRISAT) in India is one of the CGIAR’s research centres.

Which of the statements given above are correct?

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 2 and 3 only

(c) 1 and 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (d)

Prelims (2016)

Q.2 Which of the following best describes/describe the aim of ‘Green India Mission’ of the Government of India? 

  1. Incorporating environmental benefits and costs into the Union and State Budgets thereby implementing the ‘green accounting’.
  2. Launching the second green revolution to enhance agricultural output so as to ensure food security to one and all in the future.
  3. Restoring and enhancing forest cover and responding to climate change by a combination of adaptation and mitigation measures.

Select the correct answer using the code given below.

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 and 3 only

(c) 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (c)

Prelims (2017)

Q.3 With reference to ‘Global Climate Change Alliance’, which of the following statements is/are correct? 

  1. It is an initiative of the European Union.
  2. It provides technical and financial support to targeted developing countries to integrate climate change into their development policies and budgets.
  3. It is coordinated by World Resources Institute (WRI) and World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD).

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 3 only

(c) 2 and 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (a)

Mains (2021)

Q.1 Describe the major outcomes of the 26th session of the Conference of the Parties (COP) to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). What are the commitments made by India in this conference? 

Mains (2017)

Q.2 ‘Climate Change’ is a global problem. How will India be affected by climate change? How Himalayan and coastal states of India be affected by climate change? 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS – 3 Environmental Pollution & Degradation, Conservation
Monthly Current Affairs

New Export-Import Policy in Indian Agriculture


In News: According to recent data from the Department of Commerce, India witnessed a decrease of 8.2% in agricultural exports during the fiscal year 2023-24, largely attributed to government restrictions on various commodities. 

Current Status of Indian Agricultural Exports and Imports

  • Agricultural Exports Decline
    • India's agricultural exports witnessed a significant decline of 8.2% in the fiscal year 2023-24, amounting to USD 48.82 billion.
    • This decline followed a record-breaking performance of USD 53.15 billion in the previous fiscal year 2022-23.
  • Impact on Specific Commodities
    • Sugar Exports: Export restrictions led to a decrease from USD 5.77 billion in the previous year to USD 2.82 billion in 2023-24.
    • Non-Basmati Rice Exports: A ban on white non-basmati rice exports reduced overall exports from USD 6.36 billion to USD 4.57 billion.
    • Wheat Exports: Exports dropped from USD 2.12 billion to USD 56.74 million due to halted exports since May 2022.
    • Onion Exports: Despite lifting the ban, exports decreased to USD 467.83 million from USD 561.38 million in the previous year.
  • Growth in Some Commodities
    • Basmati rice and spices exports witnessed growth, reaching USD 5.84 billion and crossing the USD 4 billion mark, respectively.
    • Marine products, castor oil, and other cereals also contributed to the overall export basket.
  • Agricultural Imports Dip
    • India's agricultural imports decreased by 7.9% in 2023-24, mainly attributed to lower global prices of edible oils.
  • Reduced Edible Oil Imports
    • Lower global prices resulted in a decline in vegetable oil imports from USD 20 billion to below USD 15 billion.
    • However, pulse imports nearly doubled, reaching USD 3.75 billion, reflecting continued dependence on foreign sources.

Factors Influencing Agricultural Exports and Imports

  • Export Restrictions
    • Government-imposed curbs on commodities like rice, wheat, sugar, and onions to manage domestic availability and food inflation.
  • Global Price Movements
    • Fluctuations in global prices significantly impact India's agricultural trade, with recent spikes followed by a decline influencing export and import volumes.
  • Government Policies
    • Policy measures such as reduced import duties on pulses and edible oils contradict efforts to boost domestic production, affecting long-term agricultural development.

Agricultural Export Policy

  • Objectives and Implementation
    • India's Agricultural Export Policy, launched in 2018, aims to double agricultural exports by 2022 and promote various agricultural products globally.
  • Strategic and Operational Elements
    • The policy focuses on strategic measures like infrastructure development and operational aspects like value-added exports and marketing strategies.

Challenges and Recommendations

  • Policy Instability
    • Frequent changes in export policies disrupt market stability and trade relationships, necessitating more predictable and rules-based policies.
  • Conflicting Goals
    • Balancing consumer affordability with promoting domestic production requires careful policy planning to avoid undermining agricultural self-sufficiency.
  • Subsidy Centric Schemes
    • Populist measures during elections can strain fiscal resources and hinder agricultural sector growth, highlighting the need for sustainable policies.
  • Inadequate R&D Investment
    • Increased investment in agricultural research and development is essential to enhance productivity and competitiveness in global markets.
  • Quality and Standards
    • Ensuring compliance with international standards is crucial for sustaining export growth and market access for Indian agricultural products.

Steps Ahead for Stable Agri-Export Policy

  • Balancing Interests
    • Policies should balance short-term interests with long-term agricultural development goals to ensure stability and sustainability.
  • Strategic Interventions
    • Buffer stocks and market interventions can mitigate price volatility, providing stability to farmers and traders.
  • Supporting Farmers
    • Policies should prioritize farmers' welfare and ensure fair prices for their produce, aligning export benefits with farming communities.
  • Infrastructure Development
    • Investments in modern infrastructure can reduce post-harvest losses and enhance export competitiveness in global markets.
  • International Collaboration
    • Diplomatic efforts and learning from successful export policies of other countries can enhance India's global agricultural trade presence.
  • Promoting Best Practices
    • Emulating successful strategies from countries like the Netherlands and the United States can guide India towards a more stable and prosperous agricultural export sector.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims ()

Q. With reference to the circumstances in Indian agriculture, the concept of “Conservation Agriculture” assumes significance. Which of the following fall under the Conservation Agriculture? (2018)

1. Avoiding the monoculture practices

2. Adopting minimum tillage.

3. Avoiding the cultivation of plantation crops

4. Using crop residues to cover soil surface

5. Adopting spatial and temporal crop sequencing/crop rotations

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1, 3 and 4

(b) 2, 3, 4 and 5

(c) 2, 4 and 5

(d) 1, 2, 3 and 5

Ans: (c)

Mains (2021)

Q. What are the present challenges before crop diversification? How do emerging technologies provide an opportunity for crop diversification?

Mains (2020)

Q. What are the main constraints in transport and marketing of agricultural produce in India? 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS – 3 Planning, Agricultural Marketing, Buffer Stocks & Food Security
Monthly Current Affairs

India's Strategic Mineral Procurement Strategy in Africa


In News: India is intensifying its efforts to acquire critical minerals in Africa, aiming to rival China's dominant position in the region.

India's Motivation for Acquiring Critical Minerals in Africa

  • Resource Securitisation
    • India aims to ensure a stable supply of critical minerals for domestic industries, particularly in the electric vehicle (EV) and renewable energy sectors, to reduce dependence on imports and mitigate potential supply chain disruptions.
    • This initiative supports India's push towards self-reliance and strategic autonomy in crucial sectors.
  • Countering China's Dominance
    • India seeks to establish a stronger presence in the African mining sector to counterbalance China's influence, particularly in controlling cobalt processing facilities and lithium resources. 
  • Access to High-Quality Reserves
    • Africa holds significant reserves of critical minerals, presenting an opportunity for India to acquire access to high-quality and economically viable mineral deposits to meet its growing demand.
  • Strengthening Bilateral Ties
    • India is leveraging government-to-government (G2G) negotiations to secure mining collaborations and access agreements with African nations, aiming to build stronger diplomatic and economic ties with countries in the region.

Other Overseas Critical Mineral Acquisition Plans by India

  • Khanij Bidesh India Ltd (KABIL)
    • A joint venture of National Aluminium Company Ltd (NALCO), Hindustan Copper Ltd (HCL), and Mineral Exploration and Consultancy Ltd (MECL), KABIL focuses on sourcing and processing strategic minerals from foreign sources, especially battery minerals.
  • Coal India Limited (CIL)
    • CIL is targeting the acquisition of lithium, cobalt, and nickel assets abroad to diversify its operations beyond coal.
  • Minerals Security Partnership (MSP)
    • India joined the MSP to aid Indian public sector undertakings (PSUs) in acquiring critical mineral assets abroad and building reliable supply chains through collaboration between governments and industry.
  • Supply Chain Resilience Initiative (SCRI)
    • Collaboration with Australia and Japan aimed at ensuring supply chain resilience for critical minerals, including the Critical Minerals Investment Partnership with Australia.
  • Global Collaborations
    • India is collaborating with countries like Chile, Argentina, and Bolivia for lithium resources and in talks with Sri Lanka for a graphite mine block, crucial for battery manufacturing.

Initiatives Prompting India's Secure Critical Minerals

  • Panchamrit Vision
    • India's commitment to climate change mitigation includes growing non-fossil fuel energy capacity and achieving Net Zero emissions by 2070.
  • Strategic Initiatives
    • Various government initiatives, including planning commissions, expert committees, and amendments to mining laws, focus on sourcing strategic mineral resources and strengthening exploration and extraction efforts.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2012)

Q. Recently, there has been a concern over the short supply of a group of elements called rare earth metals. Why? 

  1. China, which is the largest producer of these elements, has imposed some restrictions on their export.
  2. Other than China, Australia, Canada and Chile, these elements are not found in any country.
  3. Rare earth metals are essential for the manufacture of various kinds of electronic items and there is a growing demand for these elements.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only
(b) 2 and 3 only
(c) 1 and 3 only
(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (c)

Mains (2021)

Q. Despite India being one of the countries of Gondwanaland, its mining industry contributes much less to its Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in percentage. Discuss. 

Mains (2017)

Q. “In spite of adverse environmental impact, coal mining is still inevitable for development”. Discuss. 

Source: BL

Keywords: GS – 1 Mineral & Energy Resources GS – 2 Government Policies & Interventions GS Paper - 3
Monthly Current Affairs

Microplastics


In News: A recent study uncovered the extensive presence of microplastics in the testicles of both humans and dogs, potentially linked to a decline in sperm count. Polyethylene emerged as the most prevalent microplastic, followed by PVC.

Understanding Microplastics

  • Definition and Classification 
    • Microplastics refer to plastic particles smaller than five millimeters in diameter, posing threats to oceans and aquatic life.
    • These are categorized into primary microplastics, originating from commercial use and textile fibers, and secondary microplastics, formed from larger plastic breakdown due to environmental factors.
  • Applications and Developments
    • Microplastics find applications in medical, industrial, and cosmetic sectors due to their effective chemical properties.
    • Recent studies reveal alarming levels of microplastics in testicular tissues of both humans and dogs, raising concerns about reproductive health.
    • Global Plastic Overshoot Day, projected for September 5th, 2024, highlights the exceeding capacity to manage plastic waste.

Environmental and Health Challenges

  • Microplastics persist in the environment, threatening wildlife through ingestion and bioaccumulation of toxic chemicals.
  • Humans face health risks from exposure to microplastics, including oxidative stress, DNA damage, and metabolic disorders.

Regulatory and Detection Challenges

  • Inconsistent regulations globally hinder mitigation efforts against microplastic pollution.
  • Detecting and quantifying microplastics pose challenges due to their diverse properties.

Proposed Solutions

  • Promoting biodegradable plastics and enhancing wastewater filtration systems can mitigate microplastic pollution.
  • Regulatory measures like bans on single-use plastics and Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes can reduce plastic waste.
  • Innovative alternatives like biodegradable silk, plant-based filters, and natural fiber textiles offer sustainable solutions.

Public Awareness and Education

  • Incorporating microplastics education into school curricula can foster awareness and promote sustainable practices.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Mains (2019)

Q. How can the mountain ecosystem be restored from the negative impact of development initiatives and tourism?

Mains (2018)

Q. What are the impediments in disposing the huge quantities of discarded solid waste which are continuously being generated? How do we remove safely the toxic wastes that have been accumulating in our habitable environment? 

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3 Environment
Monthly Current Affairs

Stellaria mcclintockiae


In News: A newly discovered plant species, named Stellaria mcclintockiae, was recently identified on the steep, muddy slopes of the Nelliyampathy hills in Kerala's Palakkad district.

Discovery and Characteristics of Stellaria mcclintockiae

  • Stellaria mcclintockiae is a newly discovered species within the genus Stellaria, belonging to the family Caryophyllaceae.
  • It is characterized as an annual herb, reaching heights of up to 15 cm.
  • Currently, it is exclusively known to inhabit the Nelliyampathy hills, specifically at elevations ranging from 1,250 to 1,400 meters.
  • Distinguishing features of this species include unique traits in its petals, pollen morphology, bracts, sepals, and seed architecture.
  • Notably, this marks the first reported species of the Stellaria genus found in south India.
  • Based on its rarity and limited habitat, researchers have proposed that Stellaria mcclintockiae should be categorized as critically endangered according to the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) criteria.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Environment, Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Nyishi Tribe


In News: Mountaineer and cricketer Kabak Yano recently made history by becoming the fifth woman from Arunachal Pradesh and the first woman from the Nyishi tribe to successfully scale Mt. Everest.

Overview of the Nyishi Tribe

  • The Nyishi tribe constitutes the largest ethnic group in Arunachal Pradesh, India.
  • In their traditional language Nishi, "Nyi" refers to "a man" and "shi" denotes "a being", collectively signifying a civilized human being.
  • Although the Nyishi language belongs to the Sino-Tibetan family, its origin remains disputed.
  • Geographically, the Nyishi people are primarily concentrated in eight districts of Arunachal Pradesh, along with presence in Sonitpur and the North Lakhimpur district of Assam.
  • With a population of approximately 300,000, they are the most populous tribe in Arunachal Pradesh.
  • The Nyishi tribe sustains itself through slash-and-burn agriculture, hunting, and fishing, supplemented by expertise in handicrafts such as weaving, cane and bamboo works, pottery, blacksmithing, wood carving, and carpentry.
  • Religious practices among the Nyishi people vary, with a significant portion adhering to Christianity, Hinduism, and indigenous Donyi Polo beliefs, where the Sun and Moon are revered.
  • Major festivals observed by the Nyishi include Boori-Boot (February), Nyokum (February), and Longte (April), focusing on ensuring good harvests, health, wealth, and prosperity.
  • Polygyny is prevalent within the Nyishi community, and descent is traced patrilineally, with the tribe organized into several clans.
  • Nyishi society lacks a caste system and class stratification, with only loose social distinctions, emphasizing the importance of women as the source of peace, progress, and prosperity. They uphold the significance of women through a reciprocal marital exchange system.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting


In News: A recent article discusses the 46th Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting held in Kochi, during which delegates emphasized the need to regulate the increasing tourism in Antarctica to safeguard its environment and tackle territorial issues.

Significance of Exploring Antarctica for India

  • Advancing India's Space Program
    • Antarctica's unique location and conditions provide an ideal environment for testing India's space technologies, including landers, rockets, and remote sensing systems. 
    • Conducting experiments in this harsh environment could aid in refining India's space technologies for future missions.
  • Securing Energy and Mineral Resources
    • Given India's status as the third-largest consumer of energy globally and its need for critical minerals, exploring Antarctica's potential for responsible and sustainable resource extraction could help address the country's long-term energy and mineral security needs, within the regulations of the Antarctic Treaty System.
  • Advancing Climate Change Research and Adaptation
    • India's geographical vulnerability to climate change makes it crucial to understand Antarctic climate systems. 
    • Exploring Antarctica could provide valuable insights into climate change impacts, aiding in the development of adaptation strategies.
  • Strengthening India's Maritime Capabilities
    • Involvement in Antarctic logistics and operations presents opportunities for India to enhance its maritime capabilities, including navigation in icy waters, ship-building for polar environments, and developing advanced icebreaker vessels. 
    • This would bolster India's strategic interests in the Indian Ocean region and beyond.
  • Exploring Bioprospecting Opportunities
    • Antarctica's unique ecosystems offer potential for discovering novel microorganisms, enzymes, and bioactive compounds with applications in pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, and agriculture. 
    • Indian researchers could explore bioprospecting opportunities, contributing to the country's bioeconomy.

Ways India Can Enhance its Role and Contributions in Antarctica

  • Developing Advanced Autonomous Systems for Polar Exploration
    • India could lead in developing advanced autonomous systems like UAVs and AUVs tailored for polar exploration, enhancing scientific diplomacy through collaboration with other nations.
  • Collaborating on Rare Earth Element (REE) Exploration
    • India could collaborate with other countries to conduct geological surveys and assessments of potential REE deposits in Antarctica, positioning itself as a key player in responsible and sustainable REE exploration efforts.
  • Investing in Sustainable Infrastructure Development
    • India could invest in sustainable infrastructure in Antarctica, including renewable energy systems, waste management facilities, and eco-friendly transportation solutions, demonstrating its commitment to minimizing environmental impacts in the region.
  • Promoting Responsible and Sustainable Antarctic Tourism
    • Collaboration with international partners to develop guidelines and best practices for responsible tourism in Antarctica could help minimize environmental impacts. 
    • Training Indian tour operators and guides to adhere to regulations and offer educational experiences would raise awareness about the region's unique ecosystems and conservation importance.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Mains (2021)

Q. How do the melting of the Arctic ice and glaciers of the Antarctic differently affect the weather patterns and human activities on the Earth? Explain.

Mains (2018)

Q. Why is India taking keen interest in resources of Arctic region?

Source: TH

Keywords: GS – 1 Geographical Features and their Location GS – 3 Achievements of Indians in Science & Technology GS – 2 International Treaties & Agreements
Monthly Current Affairs

Rising Heat Stress in Six Major Indian Cities


In News: A study by the Delhi-based Centre for Science and Environment reveals that India's megacities—Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Bengaluru, Kolkata, and Hyderabad—are facing increasing heat stress due to rising relative humidity over the past two decades. Additionally, these cities are experiencing warmer nights attributed to the urban heat island effect.

What is Heat Stress?

  • About
    • Heat stress occurs when the body cannot effectively dissipate excess heat, leading to a rise in core body temperature and increased heart rate.
    • It refers to the physiological strain experienced in high-temperature environments.
  • Causes
    • High ambient temperatures
    • High humidity levels, which hinder the body’s ability to cool through sweating
    • Physical exertion in hot conditions
    • Inadequate hydration
    • Poor ventilation in workspaces or living environments
  • Symptoms
    • Initial symptoms include loss of concentration, irritability, sickness, and decreased desire to drink.
    • If untreated, it can progress to fainting and even death as the body continues to store heat.

What is the Urban Heat Island (UHI) Effect?

  • About
    • The UHI effect is a phenomenon where urban areas are significantly warmer than their rural surroundings due to human activities and urban characteristics.

  • Causes
    • Surface Characteristics: Urban areas have more heat-absorbing materials like asphalt and concrete.
    • Heat Generated by Human Activities: Industrial processes, vehicles, and air conditioning units contribute to increased heat.
    • Reduced Vegetation: Less green space leads to less natural cooling through evapotranspiration.
    • Building Density: Tall buildings and narrow streets trap heat and reduce airflow.
    • Waste Heat: Energy consumption for lighting, heating, and cooling releases additional heat.
  • Mitigation Strategies
    • Increased Vegetation: Planting trees and creating green spaces to provide shade and cooling.
    • Cool Roofs and Pavements: Using materials that reflect more sunlight and absorb less heat.
    • Green Roofs: Installing vegetation on rooftops to provide insulation and reduce heat absorption.
    • Urban Planning: Designing cities with more parks, green belts, and open spaces to improve airflow.
    • Energy Efficiency: Enhancing the energy efficiency of buildings to reduce heat generation.

Key Highlights of the Study

  • Megacities Experiencing Worsening Heat Stress
    • India's megacities like Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Bengaluru, Kolkata, and Hyderabad are facing increasing heat stress due to rising relative humidity over the past two decades.
    • Except for Bengaluru, all other cities have seen a 5-10% rise in average relative humidity during summer.
  • Impact of High Heat and Humidity on the Human Body
    • High heat and humidity compromise the body's cooling mechanism (sweating). Higher humidity limits sweat evaporation, leading to sickness and potentially fatal conditions even at lower temperatures.
  • Urban Heat Island Effect Impacting Night Temperature
    • Cities are experiencing warmer nights as land surface temperatures do not drop as they did a decade ago. This is attributed to the UHI effect.
    • Warmer nights are as dangerous as peak daytime temperatures, providing little relief from daytime heat.
  • Factors Leading to Increase in Heat Index and Heat Stress
    • Rising air and land surface temperatures combined with high relative humidity increase the heat index and heat stress in these cities.
    • The heat index measures discomfort due to high heat and humidity.
  • Monsoon Period Has Become Hotter
    • The monsoon period is hotter in Delhi, Mumbai, and Kolkata, while Chennai has lost its marginal cooling effect. Bengaluru and Hyderabad still experience slightly cooler monsoons than the pre-monsoon period.

Importance of This Study

  • To Develop a Comprehensive Heat Management Plan for Urban Centres
    • Assessing heat trends is necessary to create effective heat management plans for urban areas.
  • To Protect Public Health
    • This study will help implement emergency measures during heatwaves to safeguard public health.
  • To Develop Longer Term Strategies to Mitigate Heat
    • Strategies include increasing green areas and water bodies, improving thermal comfort in buildings, and reducing waste heat from vehicles, air conditioners, and industries.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and Ecology
Monthly Current Affairs

Eucalyptus


In News: In 2024-2025, the Kerala government has issued an order permitting the Kerala Forest Development Corporation (KFDC) to cultivate eucalyptus trees as a means of ensuring its financial sustainability.

Overview and Uses of Eucalyptus

  • Eucalyptus is a large genus comprising more than 660 species of shrubs and tall trees belonging to the myrtle family (Myrtaceae).
  • Some of the tallest trees globally are eucalypti.
  • Native to Australia, Tasmania, and nearby islands, eucalypti are commonly referred to as gum trees or stringybark trees in Australia.
  • Many species are extensively cultivated worldwide as shade trees or in forestry plantations.

Features

  • Eucalyptus trees are characterized by gum-infused bark, long stems, and circular leaves that can be difficult to digest if eaten whole.
  • They bear small flowers in various colors, including white, yellow, and shades of red, along with small woody capsules containing seeds.

Uses

  • Widely recognized for its medicinal properties, some eucalyptus leaves contain oil with a potent aroma.
  • Eucalyptus oil, primarily composed of cineole or eucalyptol, along with flavonoids and tannins, acts as anti-inflammatory and antioxidants, making it useful in treating various ailments.
  • It is particularly effective in relieving congestion and aiding breathing during colds, and as a pain reliever for sore muscles, aching joints, and rheumatism, improving blood circulation.
  • Eucalyptus wood is tough and durable, often utilized in the construction of furniture and fences.

Eucalyptus Plantations in India

  • In India, Eucalyptus tereticornis and Eucalyptus hybrid are the most commonly planted species.
  • These plantations are widespread in regions such as Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Haryana, Mysore, Kerala, and the Nilgiri Hills.
  • Eucalyptus thrives in deep, fertile, well-drained loamy soil with sufficient moisture.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and Ecology
Monthly Current Affairs

Fire Safety Regulations in India


In News: The recent fire tragedies in Rajkot and Delhi, claiming at least 40 lives within 24 hours, underscore the urgent need for stricter enforcement of fire safety regulations, especially in vulnerable buildings.

Fire Safety Regulations in India: An Overview

National Building Code (NBC)

  • Established in 1970, the NBC serves as India's primary standard for fire safety in buildings, with its latest update in 2016.
  • It offers comprehensive guidelines covering general construction, maintenance, and fire safety measures.

Incorporation into Local Building Bylaws

  • State governments are mandated to integrate NBC recommendations into local building bylaws, as fire services fall under state jurisdiction.
  • The 'Model Building Bye Laws 2016' assists states and urban areas in formulating building regulations.

Role of National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA)

  • NDMA provides additional guidelines for fire safety in various settings such as homes, schools, and hospitals.

Key Provisions of the National Building Code

  • Defines fire zones to prevent hazardous structures from coexisting with residential and institutional buildings.
  • Categorizes buildings into occupancy groups and emphasizes the use of non-combustible materials.
  • Specifies requirements for internal walls, height, floor area ratio, open spaces, and fire-resistant openings.
  • Stresses the importance of flame-retardant electrical installations and emergency power supply systems.
  • Recommends technologies for fire protection, including automatic detection systems, sprinklers, fire barriers, and escape routes.

Challenges in Fire Safety Compliance

  • Lack of uniform safety legislation and enforcement of NBC guidelines.
  • Non-compliance with mandatory certifications and underutilization of fire safety audits.
  • Shortage of staff for regular checks and enforcement exacerbates safety issues.
  • Tragic incidents like the Rajkot game zone and Delhi hospital fires highlight the need for community resilience and adherence to safety norms as emphasized by the National Institute of Disaster Management (NIDM).

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Minor Forest Produce


In News: Tribal communities in Odisha are facing difficulties in obtaining approvals from the forest department to sell Kendu leaf, which is classified as minor forest produce.

Understanding Minor Forest Produce and Kendu Leaf

  • Definition of Minor Forest Produce
    • The Scheduled Tribe and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006, also known as the Forest Rights Act (FRA), defines 'minor forest produce' as any non-timber forest product of plant origin.
    • This includes items such as bamboo, brushwood, stumps, cane, tussar, cocoons, honey, wax, lac, kendu leaves, medicinal plants, herbs, roots, tubers, and similar products.
    • In essence, it encompasses all forest products excluding timber.
  • Kendu Leaf
    • Kendu Leaf, often referred to as the green gold of Odisha, is a nationalized product similar to bamboo and sal seed.
    • It is one of the most important non-wood forest products in Odisha.
    • Known as tendu leaf in some parts of India, it is primarily used to roll tobacco into bidis (local cigarettes).
  • Production of Kendu Leaf
    • Kendu leaves are predominantly produced in the states of Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Odisha, Andhra Pradesh, Jharkhand, Gujarat, and Maharashtra.
    • Odisha ranks as the third-largest producer of kendu leaves in India, following Madhya Pradesh and Chhattisgarh.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3 Environment
Monthly Current Affairs

Himalayan Serow


In News: A Himalayan serow was recently sighted within the central region of the Nameri National Park and Tiger Reserve.

About Himalayan Serow

  • The Himalayan serow exhibits physical characteristics resembling a blend of a goat, a donkey, a cow, and a pig.
  • Types: Serows encompass several species, all native to Asia. The Himalayan serow, scientifically termed Capricornis sumatraensis thar, is specifically confined to the Himalayan region and taxonomically classified as a subspecies of the mainland serow (Capricornis sumatraensis).
  • Diet: These creatures are herbivores, primarily feeding on plant matter.
  • Distribution: Himalayan serows typically inhabit altitudes ranging from 2,000 meters to 4,000 meters (6,500 to 13,000 feet). While they are known to populate the eastern, central, and western Himalayas, they are absent from the Trans-Himalayan region.
  • Conservation Status: According to the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List, Himalayan serows are categorized as Vulnerable. They are also listed under Appendix I of the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) and are protected under Schedule I of the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972.

Key Facts about Nameri Tiger Reserve

  • Location: Nameri Tiger Reserve is situated in the northern part of the Sonitpur district of Assam, bordering the foothills of Arunachal Pradesh.
  • Park Composition: The Nameri National Park forms the core of the Nameri Tiger Reserve, encompassed by rivers such as Jia-Bhoreli in the west and Bor-Dikorai in the east. The reserve shares contiguous habitat with the Pakke Tiger Reserve in Arunachal Pradesh to the north.
  • Flora: The reserve comprises tropical evergreen, semi-evergreen, and moist deciduous forests, interspersed with cane brakes and narrow strips of open grassland along riverbanks.
  • Fauna: Nameri Tiger Reserve boasts rich biodiversity, featuring species such as the white-winged wood duck, leopard cat, common otter, black giant squirrel, Indian mongoose, large-clawed shrew, Indian flying fox, slow loris, Assamese macaque, and Rhesus macaque among its inhabitants.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and Ecology
Monthly Current Affairs

Delhi Sizzles at 52 degrees


In News: The Mungeshpur weather station in Delhi registered a maximum temperature of 52.9 degrees Celsius, setting an all-time record for any location in India.

Temperature Anomaly in Delhi

  • Anomaly Explanation
    • Maximum temperatures across Delhi NCR ranged from 45.2 to 49.1 degrees Celsius in various parts of the city.
    • The Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) operates 20 weather stations in Delhi, 15 of which are automatic weather stations (AWS), including Mungeshpur.
    • AWSs record and transmit weather parameters automatically, without human intervention.
    • Mungeshpur reported an outlier temperature of 52.9 degrees Celsius compared to other stations.
    • IMD attributed this discrepancy to a possible sensor error or specific local factors.
  • Factors Leading to High Temperatures in Delhi
    • The deficit in rainfall contributed to heat accumulation.
    • Clear skies and westerly winds from Rajasthan, where temperatures reached 50 degrees, added to the heat in Delhi-NCR.
    • This time of the year witnesses intense heating across northwest India, including Delhi-NCR climatologically.

Expected Reduction in Heatwave Conditions

  • IMD forecasts a reduction in heatwave conditions over the next 2-3 days due to:
    • A gradual temperature decrease with an approaching western disturbance.
    • Rainfall/thunderstorm activity.
    • Southwesterly winds blowing from the Arabian Sea to northwest India.

Variation in Temperatures Within the Same City

  • Local temperatures are influenced by both weather patterns and anthropogenic factors, especially in large urban centers like Delhi.
  • Anthropogenic factors include the concentration of pavements, buildings, roads, and parking lots.
  • Hard, dry surfaces provide less shade and moisture, resulting in higher temperatures.
  • The material composition of infrastructure, such as concrete, affects temperature retention.
  • Dense urban layouts and tall buildings obstruct natural wind flow, contributing to higher temperatures.
  • Heavy use of air conditioners in commercial and residential areas further elevates local temperatures.
  • Urban heat islands, areas with higher temperatures compared to surrounding regions, can form due to these factors.

Global Temperature Records

  • Various regions worldwide have witnessed record-breaking temperatures in recent years:
    • The United Kingdom surpassed 40 degrees Celsius for the first time in July 2022.
    • A town in China's northwest recorded 52 degrees Celsius, the country's highest ever.
    • Sicily, Italy, registered 48.8 degrees Celsius, the highest temperature recorded in Europe.
    • Death Valley, California, holds the record for the highest temperature on Earth at 56.7 degrees Celsius, recorded in 1913.
  • A study by Carbon Brief revealed that nearly 40% of the Earth experienced its highest-ever daily temperature between 2013 and 2023, including parts of Antarctica.

Global Warming Trends

  • The year 2024 was projected to be exceptionally warm, following the trend of global warming.
  • While India's warming trend is less pronounced compared to global averages, heatwaves in the country are more severe.
  • Annual mean temperatures in India have risen by about 0.7 degrees Celsius compared to 1900 levels.
  • Global temperatures, including oceans, have increased by at least 1.1 degrees Celsius compared to pre-industrial levels.
  • Heatwave conditions in India are becoming more severe, with instances even in traditionally cooler months like February, as observed in 2023.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Environment
Monthly Current Affairs

The Eurasian Whimbrel


In News: For the first time, a long-distance migratory Eurasian (or common) whimbrel tagged with a Global Positioning System (GPS) transmitter has been captured on camera in the state of Chhattisgarh.

The Eurasian Whimbrel is a wading bird belonging to the large family Scolopacidae.

  • Scientific Name
    • Numenius phaeopus
  • Distribution
    • The Eurasian Whimbrel has an extensive range spanning five continents: North America, South America, Asia, Africa, and Europe.
    • They breed in the subarctic regions of Siberia and Alaska during the summer.
    • During the winter, they migrate south to the southern USA, Central America, South America, Africa, and South Asia, including Nepal.
  • Habitat
    • In winter, they primarily inhabit coastlines, coastal wetlands, mangroves, marshes, and larger rivers.
  • Features
    • The Eurasian Whimbrel is a fairly large greyish-brown bird with a long, decurved bill that has a kink.
    • It has a distinctive head pattern with dark eye-stripes and crown-sides.
    • Its upper parts are mottled dark brown, while the lower parts are pale with extensive brown streaking on the throat and breast.
    • Generally solitary during nesting, the Whimbrel becomes gregarious outside the breeding season.
    • Whimbrels are known for their high-pitched call, which consists of a repetitive series of seven notes.
  • Conservation Status
    • According to the IUCN Red List, the Eurasian Whimbrel is classified as Least Concern.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Environment and Ecology
Monthly Current Affairs

Building Resilience Against Disasters in India


In News: A recent editorial talks about the aftermath of Cyclone Remal, highlighting the importance of constructing disaster-resilient infrastructure.

Disaster Management Framework in India: Strategies and Challenges

  • Disaster Management Act of 2005
    • The Disaster Management Act of 2005 established a legal and institutional framework for disaster management at national, state, and district levels in India.
    • While states bear primary responsibility, the central government supports them logistically and financially.
  • Institutional Framework
    • National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA): Headed by the Prime Minister, formulates policies and guidelines for disaster management.
    • National Executive Committee (NEC): Assists NDMA in preparing and monitoring national disaster management plans.
    • State Disaster Management Authority (SDMA): Headed by the Chief Minister, responsible for state-level policies and plans.
    • District Disaster Management Authority (DDMA): Led by the District Collector, implements district-level plans.

Key Institutions

  • National Institute of Disaster Management (NIDM): Focuses on capacity development, training, and research.
  • National Disaster Response Force (NDRF): Specialized force for disaster response.

Committees and International Commitments

  • Cabinet Committee on Management of Natural Calamities (CCMNC): Oversees disaster management and public awareness.
  • India is a signatory to the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction and the Hyogo Framework for Action.

Current Major Disaster Threats

  • Floods, cyclones, earthquakes, droughts, landslides, heatwaves, forest fires, and industrial accidents pose significant threats.

Exacerbating Factors

  • Urbanization, climate change, aging infrastructure, environmental degradation, and industrial hazards worsen disaster risks.

Measures for Risk Reduction and Preparedness

  • Establish dedicated disaster response corridors.
  • Promote disaster-resilient infrastructure and agricultural practices.
  • Implement ecosystem-based disaster risk reduction.
  • Strengthen multi-hazard early warning systems.
  • Develop micronet grids for critical infrastructure.
  • Integrate mental health response teams.
  • Enhance institutional capacity by hiring permanent workforce and allocating substantial disaster readiness reserves to local bodies.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Mains (2020)

Q. Discuss the recent measures initiated in disaster management by the Government of India departing from the earlier reactive approach.

Mains (2019)

Q. Vulnerability is an essential element for defining disaster impacts and its threat to people. How and in what ways can vulnerability to disasters be characterized? Discuss different types of vulnerability with reference to disasters.

Mains (2018)

Q. Describe various measures taken in India for Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR) before and after signing ‘Sendai Framework for DRR (2015-30)’. How is this framework different from ‘Hyogo Framework for Action, 2005’? 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS – 2 Important International Institutions GS – 3 Disaster Management, Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), Environmental Pollution & Degradation
Monthly Current Affairs

Paradox of Savings


In News: The paradox of savings contends that an increase in individuals' savings can paradoxically lead to a notable decline in overall savings and investment.

Understanding the Paradox of Savings: Theory, Origins, and Criticisms

  • The paradox of savings, also referred to as the paradox of thrift, posits that an increase in individual savings rates may paradoxically lead to a decrease rather than an increase in overall savings within an economy.
  • Contrary to the conventional belief that higher individual savings rates translate into higher aggregate savings for the economy, this theory suggests that excessive saving at the individual level can have detrimental effects on the broader economic landscape.
  • While saving is generally viewed as beneficial for individual households, it is argued that it may not necessarily contribute positively to the wider economy.
  • This concept is rooted in the under-consumption theories of the business cycle, which attribute economic downturns to weak consumption and high levels of savings.
  • The theory gained prominence through the work of British economist John Maynard Keynes, notably outlined in his seminal 1936 book, "The General Theory of Employment, Interest, and Money."
  • Keynesian economists advocate against higher savings rates, contending that stimulating consumer spending is crucial for economic growth. They argue that savings are ultimately invested to produce goods and services for consumption, and a lack of consumer spending can dampen investment incentives.
  • Critics of the paradox of savings argue against the notion that increased saving is detrimental to the economy. They assert that a decrease in consumer spending does not necessarily result in reduced investment.
  • According to critics, unspent money typically channels into savings, which in turn fuels investment opportunities. This increased savings pool enables banks to lend more, driving down interest rates and stimulating borrowing and spending.
  • Thus, the criticism challenges the idea that higher savings rates hinder economic growth, suggesting instead that increased saving can facilitate investment and contribute positively to economic expansion.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Economics
Monthly Current Affairs

Front-running


In News: Recently, the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Sebi) sanctioned amendments to mutual fund regulations aimed at curbing front-running within asset management companies (AMCs).

Understanding Front-running

  • Definition: Front-running refers to a scenario where a broker or investor engages in a trade using pre-existing non-public information about a significant transaction, aiming to gain economic advantages from potential changes in asset prices, equities, or derivatives.
  • Also Known As: Front-running is alternatively termed as forward-trading or tailgating.
  • Legality: Front-running is deemed illegal in India.
  • Occurrence: This unethical practice can manifest in various markets, including stocks, commodities, and other financial sectors.

Common Strategies:

  • Buy-Buy-Sell (BBS) Pattern: 
    • Description: In this pattern, the alleged front-runner places a buy order based on undisclosed information about a significant purchase order from a large client.
    • Process: Upon the large client executing their buy order and causing a rise in the security's price, the front-runner sells the securities acquired earlier, profiting from the price increase.
  • Sell-Sell-Buy (SSB) Pattern:
    • Description: In this pattern, the alleged front-runner places sell orders in anticipation of a forthcoming sell order from a significant client.
    • Process: After the large client initiates their sell order, resulting in a price decrease, the front-runner repurchases the securities at the reduced price to meet their obligations, generating profit.

Differentiation from Insider Trading:

  • Insider Trading:
    • Nature: Insider trading involves trading securities based on material, non-public information about a company.
    • Participants: Insiders, such as company executives or individuals with access to confidential data, exploit privileged information for personal gain.
  • Front Running:
    • Nature: Front-running entails trading securities based on knowledge of pending orders or anticipated market movements.
    • Participants: Brokers or traders leverage their position or advanced expertise to prioritize their trades over clients or the general public, often resulting in unfair advantages.

Source: TT

Keywords: GS-3 Economics
Monthly Current Affairs

Indian Poultry Sector


In News: The recent H5N1 outbreak has underscored significant weaknesses in the industrial livestock sector, emphasizing the urgent need for a thorough reevaluation of animal welfare standards within India's environmental and legal frameworks.

Challenges Faced by the Indian Poultry Industry

  • Disease Outbreaks and Biosecurity
    • Avian Influenza and Newcastle Disease pose significant threats, leading to bird culling and market disruptions.
    • Inadequate biosecurity measures contribute to disease spread, especially in crowded farm and market environments.
  • Market Fluctuations and Price Volatility
    • Volatile feed prices and fluctuating consumer demand during disease outbreaks affect production costs and market stability.
  • Infrastructure and Supply Chain Challenges
    • Limited cold chain infrastructure results in spoilage and wastage, while a disorganised supply chain raises transaction costs and hampers product movement.
  • Policy and Regulatory Issues
    • Fragmented regulations and limited access to credit hinder industry growth and modernisation efforts.
    • Labour shortages and environmental concerns also pose challenges to sustainable development.

Provisions Related to the Poultry Sector in India

  • Status of Poultry Birds
    • India has a large poultry population, with significant contributions from small and marginal farmers.
  • Legal Status and Guidelines
    • New guidelines categorise poultry farmers based on flock size and require regulatory approvals for medium-sized farms.
    • Existing laws address animal welfare and pollution control but require better enforcement and implementation.

Initiatives for the Poultry Industry

  • Poultry Venture Capital Fund (PVCF) and National Livestock Mission (NLM) provide financial support and assistance for disease control and productivity enhancement.
  • Assistance to States for Control of Animal Diseases (ASCAD) Scheme focuses on disease control and containment efforts.

Steps Needed to Support the Poultry Industry

  • Focus on Biosecurity
    • Implement compartmentalisation and vaccination programs to minimise disease spread.
    • Encourage the adoption of advanced feeding and environmental monitoring technologies.
  • Strengthen Supply Chain and Regulations
    • Promote contract farming and invest in cold chain infrastructure to improve efficiency and reduce wastage.
    • Streamline regulations and provide better access to credit for industry players.

Conclusion

By addressing key challenges and implementing strategic initiatives, the Indian poultry industry can achieve sustainable growth, enhance biosecurity measures, and strengthen its competitiveness in the global market.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2015)

Q. H1N1 virus is sometimes mentioned in the news with reference to which one of the following diseases? 

(a) AIDS

(b) Bird flu

(c) Dengue

(d) Swine flu

Ans: (d)

Mains (2014)

Q. Can overuse and free availability of antibiotics without a Doctor prescription, be contributors to the emergence of drug-resistant diseases in India? What are the available mechanisms for monitoring and control? Critically discuss the various issues involved. 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Economics of Animal-Rearing
Monthly Current Affairs

Reasons Behind Scrutiny on Indian Spices


In News: The Indian spice export industry is facing a crisis of confidence as at least five countries, including Singapore, Hong Kong, and the U.S., have initiated investigations into potential contamination of spice blends from leading Indian brands such as MDH and Everest.

Countries Concerned About Safety of Indian Spices

  • Hong Kong's Action: On April 5th, the Centre for Food Safety in Hong Kong suspended the sale of certain MDH and Everest spice blends due to high levels of ethylene oxide, a prohibited pesticide.
  • Singapore's Recall: Following suit, Singapore ordered a recall of Everest spice mix, citing the presence of ethylene oxide, a pesticide unauthorized for use in food.
  • U.S. FDA's Response: The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), previously cautious of Indian food imports, is gathering information on the situation.
  • Global Concerns: Regulatory bodies in Maldives, Australia, and Bangladesh have announced similar measures, reflecting global apprehensions regarding Indian spices' safety.

Health Concerns Related to Ethylene Oxide Contamination

  • Prohibited Pesticide: Ethylene oxide (ETO) is a banned pesticide used in industrial settings and agriculture, posing health risks if residues are present in food products.
  • Potential Health Risks: Long-term exposure to ethylene oxide is linked to various health issues, including cancer, prompting regulatory action globally.
  • Previous Warnings: The European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) has previously flagged ETO contamination in Indian spices, citing concerns about consumer safety.

Responses and Measures Taken

  • MDH's Rebuttal: MDH denied allegations of ETO contamination, asserting that they do not use ethylene oxide in any stage of their spice processing.
  • Spices Board's Actions: The Spices Board announced mandatory testing of consignments to Singapore and Hong Kong, and collaborated with exporters to address concerns.
  • FSSAI's Initiatives: The Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI) directed state regulators to test major spice brands for ETO presence and planned nationwide surveillance.

Challenges in Ensuring Food Safety in India

  • Operational Challenges: India's diverse food landscape and inadequate recordkeeping hinder efficient tracing of ingredients and risk assessment, particularly for smaller businesses.
  • Logistical Barriers: Insufficient food testing labs across states and territories, coupled with resource constraints, impede effective enforcement of food safety regulations.
  • Transparency Issues: Lack of transparency in FSSAI operations and dissemination of testing results undermines accountability and fails to address rampant food adulteration practices.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Economy
Monthly Current Affairs

Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal


In News: The Centre has designated retired Justice Sanjaya Kumar Mishra as the President of the Goods & Services Tax Appellate Tribunal (GSTAT).

About Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal (GSTAT)

The Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal is a specialized authority established to resolve disputes related to GST at the appellate level.

Establishment and Jurisdiction

  • It is constituted under the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 (CGST Act) to hear appeals under this Act and the respective State/UT GST Acts.
  • The tribunal comprises one Principal Bench situated in Delhi and 31 State benches located across various States.

Composition

  • The tribunal is headed by a President and includes a Judicial Member and two Technical Members, one representing the state and the other the Centre.
  • State benches may consist of two Judicial Members and one Technical Member each from the Centre and the state.

Eligibility Criteria

  • The President must be either a retired Supreme Court judge or a former Chief Justice of a High Court.
  • Judicial Members must have served as High Court Judges or held positions as Additional District Judge or District Judge for at least 10 years.
  • Technical Members representing the Centre should be Indian Revenue Service members of Group A or members of All India Service with three years of experience in administering GST.
  • Technical Members from the state must be state government officers or All India Service officers ranked above Additional Commissioner of Value Added Tax, with 25 years of Group A Services or equivalent experience.

Age Limit and Tenure

The President and Judicial and Technical Members hold office for a maximum of four years or until they reach the age of 70 years (President) or 67 years (Judicial and Technical Members).

Functions and Powers

GSTAT functions akin to a Civil Court and possesses the authority to pass orders, hear cases, levy penalties, and revoke or cancel registrations related to GST disputes.

Source: BL

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Integrated Pensioners’ Portal (IPP)


In News: GS-2

About Integrated Pensioners’ Portal (IPP)

The Integrated Pensioners’ Portal is a specialized platform designed to facilitate the complete digitization of pension processing and payment services.

Key Features

  • The portal consolidates the pension processing and payment services offered by five major banks (Bank of India, State Bank of India, Bank of Baroda, Punjab National Bank, and Canara Bank) into a single window.
  • Its primary aim is to enhance transparency and efficiency in pension-related services.
  • Pensioners can provide their personal and service details online, enabling the seamless submission of pension forms.
  • Retirees receive notifications regarding the progress of their pension sanction through SMS or email, ensuring they remain informed throughout the process.
  • The portal allows retirees to access their monthly pension slips, check the status of life certificates, submit Form 16, and view statements of arrears paid.

Bhavishya Platform

  • The Bhavishya platform is an online Pension Sanction & Payment Tracking System initiated by the Department of Pension & Pensioners’ Welfare.
  • It facilitates the online tracking of pension sanction and payment processes by both individuals and administrative authorities.
  • The system captures pensioners' personal and service particulars and enables online submission of pension processing forms.
  • Retiring employees are kept informed of the progress of the pension sanction process via SMS/email, ensuring transparency and accountability.

Centralised Pension Grievances Redress and Monitoring System (CPENGRAMS)

  • CPENGRAMS is an online system designed for the swift redressal of pension-related grievances by various Central Government Ministries/Departments/Organizations.
  • It offers online registration of pension grievances, forwarding of reminders, and querying the status of registered grievances.
  • Pensioners have access to the system 24/7 for online submission of grievances and can appeal if they are dissatisfied with the redressal process.

These platforms aim to ensure prompt redressal, effective monitoring of grievances, and improved access to pension-related services for retirees.

Source: MT

Keywords: GS-3 Economy
Monthly Current Affairs

Challenges Encountered by MSMEs in India


In News: The Union Budget 2023-24 introduced a provision in the IT Act to ensure timely payments to MSMEs within 45 days. However, it has led to large companies canceling orders to registered MSMEs and favoring unregistered ones to avoid compliance.

Significance of MSMEs in India

  • MSMEs are often hailed as the powerhouse of the Indian economy due to their substantial contributions to employment generation, exports, and overall economic growth.
  • They account for more than 11 crore jobs and contribute approximately 27.0% to India's GDP.
  • With around 6.4 crore MSMEs, of which 1.5 crore are registered on the Udyam portal, they employ about 23.0% of the Indian labor force, making them the second-largest employer in India after agriculture.
  • MSMEs contribute 38.4% to the total manufacturing output and 45.03% to the country's total exports.

Challenges

  • Problem of dwarfism: Some MSMEs, termed as dwarfs, consume resources without significant contributions to job creation and economic growth compared to newer firms.
  • Lack of funding: A majority (90%) of MSME funding comes from informal sources.
  • Poor integration of digital technologies: Adoption of technologies like big data, AI, and virtual reality into manufacturing operations remains limited.
  • Environmental impact: The sector lacks cleantech innovation, hindering the transition to a circular and low-carbon economy.

Government Initiatives to Boost MSME Sector

  • The Government of India prioritizes MSME ecosystem development for achieving Atma Nirbhar Bharat (self-reliant India).
  • Initiatives like 'Make in India' aim to elevate India on the manufacturing value chain and position it as a global manufacturing hub.
  • Schemes like Production Linked Incentives (PLI) and Zero Effect Zero Defect (ZED) certification promote sectoral growth.
  • Programs like the Prime Minister's Employment Generation Programme (PMEGP) foster self-employment and microenterprises.
  • Digital Saksham initiatives and portal interlinking enhance digitalization for targeted schemes.

Latest Tax Compliance Guidelines for MSMEs

  • In India, businesses typically record expenses when they occur (accrual basis), but the MSMED Act 2006 and Section 43B(h) of the IT Act mandate timely payments to MSME Registered Enterprises.
  • Failure to comply leads to inability to deduct payments as expenses in the same year, potentially increasing taxable income and business taxes.
  • Late payments to MSMEs result in the payer being liable to pay interest on the overdue amount.

Concerns Raised by Big Companies and MSMEs

  • Big companies express concerns about increased tax liability, while MSMEs report order cancellations due to the new tax clause.
  • MSMEs note big companies shifting business to unregistered MSMEs to avoid compliance with mandatory payment timelines.
  • Some MSME associations have approached the Supreme Court against the new norm, while the Union MSME Ministry seeks industry input for solutions.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Government Schemes
Monthly Current Affairs

Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC)


In News: NBFCs are raising their fixed deposit (FD) rates to attract funds, compensating for reduced bank borrowings.

About Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC)

Definition and Legal Framework

  • A Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC) is a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956, primarily involved in various financial activities such as loans, investments, leasing, hire-purchase, insurance, and chit funds.
  • It excludes institutions primarily engaged in agricultural or industrial activities, sale/purchase/construction of immovable property, or providing non-financial services.
  • A subcategory of NBFCs, called Residuary non-banking companies, is constituted by companies primarily receiving deposits under any scheme.

Deposit-taking Activities

  • NBFCs are permitted to accept deposits but only in the form of time deposits, and they cannot provide demand deposit facilities like savings or current accounts.
  • They are restricted to accepting deposits for a period ranging from 12 to 60 months, with interest rates capped at 12.5% per annum.

Regulatory Oversight and Supervision

  • NBFCs are regulated by both the Ministry of Corporate Affairs and the Reserve Bank of India (RBI).
  • The RBI issues licenses to NBFCs, regulates their operations, and ensures compliance with established norms and regulations.

Classification and Categorization

  • NBFCs are categorized based on their liabilities into Deposit and Non-Deposit accepting NBFCs.
  • Non-deposit taking NBFCs are further classified based on their size into systemically important and other non-deposit holding companies.
  • Systemically important NBFCs are those with an asset size of ₹500 crore or more, as per the last audited balance sheet, and their activities significantly impact the financial stability of the economy.

Comparison with Banks

  • While NBFCs engage in lending and investment activities similar to banks, they do not hold a banking license, cannot accept demand deposits, and are not part of the payment and settlement system.
  • Unlike banks, NBFC depositors do not benefit from deposit insurance provided by institutions like the Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation.

Examples and Scope

NBFCs encompass a diverse range of financial institutions, including investment banks, mortgage lenders, insurance companies, equipment leasing companies, and peer-to-peer lenders.

Source: FE

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Capital Gains Tax (CGT)


In News: Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman has refuted claims suggesting that the Income Tax Department intends to implement alterations to the capital gains tax framework if the government secures re-election in the ongoing Lok Sabha 2024 elections.

Understanding Capital Gains Tax (CGT)

  • Definition of Capital Gains: Capital gains refer to the profits obtained from the sale of any capital asset, including land, buildings, vehicles, patents, trademarks, and machinery.
  • Inclusion of Assets: Capital assets also encompass rights in or in relation to an Indian company, as well as rights of management, control, or any other legal entitlement.
  • Short-term vs. Long-term Gains: Capital gains are categorized as short-term or long-term based on the duration for which the asset is held. 
  • Short-term Capital Gains
    • Assets held for less than 36 months, or 24 months in the case of immovable properties, are considered short-term.
    • Profits from the sale of short-term assets are taxed as short-term capital gains.
  • Long-term Capital Gains
    • Assets held for over 36 months, or for more than a year in the case of certain financial instruments like preference shares, equities, and mutual funds, are categorized as long-term.
    • Profits from the sale of long-term assets are taxed as long-term capital gains.
  • Taxation of Capital Gains
    • Capital gains are treated as income and are subject to taxation when an asset is transferred between owners.
    • Both individuals and businesses are liable to pay capital gains tax (CGT).
  • Tax-efficient Strategies
    • Taxpayers can employ tax-efficient financial strategies to mitigate the burden of CGT and optimize their tax liabilities.

Source: BS

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Participatory Notes


In News: Foreign portfolio investors (FPIs) based at the GIFT International Financial Services Centre (IFSC) and registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) have been granted permission to issue participatory notes.

Participatory Notes: An Overview

  • Definition and Alias
    • Participatory Notes, commonly known as PNs or P-Notes, serve as financial instruments utilized by investors and hedge funds for investing in Indian securities. 
    • Remarkably, they don't require registration with the Securities Exchange Board of India (SEBI).
  • Characteristics
    • Offshore Derivative Investments: Investments made through Participatory Notes are categorized as offshore derivative investments.
    • Issuance: Registered foreign Portfolio Investors (FPIs) issue P-Notes to overseas investors who seek exposure to the Indian stock market without undergoing direct registration.
    • Anonymity: While Foreign Institutional Investors (FIIs) must report all investments each quarter to SEBI, they are not obligated to disclose the identity of the actual investors.

Understanding Foreign Portfolio Investment

  • Definition
    • Foreign Portfolio Investment (FPI) refers to the acquisition and retention of a diverse range of foreign financial assets by investors aiming to invest outside their home country.
  • Investment Instruments
    • Variety: FPI encompasses investments in various instruments such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, derivatives, fixed deposits, etc.
    • Objective: Generally, FPI is pursued to inject funds into a foreign country's stock market with the aim of generating swift returns.
  • Regulation in India
    • In India, the regulation of foreign portfolio investment falls under the purview of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI).

Source: BS

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Rise in Tobacco Prices


In News: Tobacco farmers in Andhra Pradesh are poised to gain as a result of reduced crop yields in Brazil, Zimbabwe, and Indonesia caused by droughts and erratic rainfall patterns.

Benefits to Tobacco Farmers in Andhra Pradesh

  • Surge in Auction Prices: Tobacco farmers in Andhra Pradesh are experiencing a significant surge in auction prices, with rates reaching near-record levels. This increase marks a 30% rise from initial expectations, providing substantial financial gains to farmers.
  • Impact of Global Crop Yields: Trade analysts attribute the rise in tobacco prices to crop damage in Brazil and Zimbabwe. Additionally, drought conditions in Indonesia, another tobacco-producing country, have led to crop failures, further contributing to the price escalation.
  • Export Limitations by China: China, a significant tobacco producer, has imposed limitations on tobacco exports to safeguard its domestic cigarette industry amidst reports of global stock shortages. This restriction has fueled price increases in tobacco-producing nations, including India.
  • Expected Long-term Benefits: Tobacco exporters and the Indian Tobacco Board anticipate that the disparity between demand and production will sustain price escalations for another year. This situation is likely to benefit Indian growers by providing them with continued favorable pricing conditions.

Key Facts About Tobacco Production in India

  • Agro-Climatic Facts: Tobacco cultivation in India thrives under tropical, subtropical, and temperate climates, requiring specific conditions such as a frost-free period of 100 to 120 days, average temperature of 80°F, and well-distributed rainfall. Various tobacco types have specific soil and climatic preferences for optimal growth.
  • Economic Significance: Tobacco ranks among the most economically significant crops globally. India's tobacco cultivation covers approximately 0.27% of the net cultivated area, contributing significantly to the country’s agri-exports and excise revenue. India is among the top tobacco-producing nations alongside China and Brazil.
  • Diversity in Production: India produces various types of tobacco across 15 states, including Flue-cured Virginia (FCV), Bidi, Hookah, Cigar-wrapper, Cheroot, Burley, Oriental, and others. Gujarat, Andhra Pradesh, and Karnataka are the top three states in both area and production of tobacco.
  • Employment and Livelihood: Tobacco cultivation provides livelihood security to around 36 million people in India, including farmers, farm laborers, and workers in processing, manufacturing, and exports. Bidi rolling alone employs around 4.4 million people, contributing significantly to employment generation.
  • Export Market and Competition: India exports tobacco and tobacco products to various countries, with major importers including the UK, Germany, Belgium, South Korea, and South Africa. Despite being a major producer, India exports only 30% of its tobacco production, facing competition from countries like Brazil, Zimbabwe, Turkey, China, and Indonesia.
  • Competitive Advantage: Indian tobacco exhibits lower levels of contaminants compared to other tobacco-producing countries. India's varied agro-climatic conditions allow for the production of different styles of tobacco, meeting diverse customer preferences globally. Additionally, India enjoys a competitive edge in terms of low production costs and export prices, making its tobacco products considered 'value for money.'

Initiatives Related to Tobacco

Global Initiatives

  • WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (WHO FCTC): Adopted in 2003, this treaty has been ratified by 182 countries, including India. It aims to address the tobacco epidemic through various measures.
  • MPOWER Measures: Aligned with the WHO FCTC, the MPOWER measures have been effective in saving lives and reducing healthcare costs. These measures focus on policy implementation and surveillance to control tobacco use.
  • Global Tobacco Surveillance System (GTSS): This system aims to strengthen countries' ability to implement tobacco control measures and monitor the WHO FCTC and MPOWER technical package through data collection via four surveys.

Initiatives in India

  • National Tobacco Control Programme (NTCP): Implemented to control tobacco consumption and its adverse effects on health in India.
  • Cigarettes and Other Tobacco Products Act (COTPA), 2003: This legislation regulates tobacco products by restricting advertisement, promotion, and sponsorship; prohibiting smoking in public places; and enforcing health warnings on tobacco product packs.
  • Prohibition of Electronic Cigarettes Ordinance, 2019: This ordinance prohibits the production, sale, storage, and distribution of electronic cigarettes in India to safeguard public health.

Source: BS

Keywords: GS – 3
Monthly Current Affairs

The Kotak Mahindra Bank Controversy


In News: The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has prohibited Kotak Mahindra Bank (KMB) from accepting new customers via its online and mobile banking platforms, as well as from issuing new credit cards.

Necessity of Actions on KMB as Per RBI Observations

Reasons for Necessitating Actions

  • Identified Deficiencies by RBI
    • RBI observed serious deficiencies and non-compliances in KMB's IT inventory, user access management, data leak prevention strategy, business continuity, and disaster recovery rigour.
    • These observations were made over a two-year examination period (2022 and 2023).
  • Lack of Timely Remediation
    • KMB continually failed to address concerns comprehensively and in a timely manner.
    • Non-compliance with RBI's Corrective Action Plans (CAPs) further exacerbated the situation.
  • Importance of CAPs
    • CAPs are integral to RBI's intervention scheme aimed at ensuring the robustness of regulated entities.
    • However, KMB's compliance submissions were deemed inadequate, incorrect, or unsubstantiated by the regulator.

Past Instances of Similar Actions by RBI

  • HDFC Cease on Digital Products
    • In December 2020, RBI barred HDFC from launching new digital products and sourcing credit card consumers due to recurrent outages in its digital banking platforms.
    • Restrictions were lifted in March 2022 after successful remediation.
  • Bank of Baroda's Suspension
    • In October 2023, RBI directed Bank of Baroda to suspend onboarding new customers onto its 'bob World' mobile application due to observed supervisory concerns.

Impact of RBI's Actions on KMB

  • Effect on Growth Trajectory
    • KMB's growth in retail products, facilitated by digital sourcing and emphasis on unsecured products, may be hindered.
    • Significant reliance on digital means for personal loans and credit cards sales.
  • Financial Implications
    • S&P Global Ratings suggest the regulatory action could impede credit growth and profitability.
    • Credit cards represent a lucrative growth segment, with a portfolio growth of 52% YoY.
  • Operational Adjustments
    • Potential shift towards physical branch network expansion to supplement growth, leading to higher operating costs.
  • Reputational Concerns
    • CEO expresses concerns about potential reputational impact.
  • Timeline for Resolution
    • Anticipated duration of about a year to fully address RBI's concerns.
    • Technological enhancements and implementation changes, along with the external audit, will require time.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Economics and Banking Sector GS-2 Governance
Monthly Current Affairs

Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC)


In News: GS – 2 Government Policies & Interventions GS – 3 Growth & Development, IT & Computers

Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) Overview

  • About
    • CBDC is a digital form of legal tender issued by a central bank.
    • Unlike private cryptocurrencies, CBDCs are backed by the central bank, ensuring stability and trust.
    • Exchangeable one-to-one with fiat currency, CBDC functions similarly to fiat currency.
    • Transacted using blockchain-backed wallets.
  • Objectives
    • Mitigate risks and reduce costs associated with physical currency handling, including soiled notes, transportation, insurance, and logistics.
    • Deter the use of cryptocurrencies for money transfer.
  • Global Trends
    • Bahamas introduced Sand Dollar as the first nationwide CBDC in 2020.
    • Nigeria rolled out eNaira in 2020.
    • China piloted e-CNY in April 2020.
  • Major Advantages of CBDC
    • Enhanced Security
      • Leveraging digital security measures to reduce counterfeiting and theft risks.
    • Improved Efficiency
      • Facilitating faster and more cost-effective digital transactions.
    • Financial Inclusion
      • Reaching unbanked and underbanked populations through secure digital payment options.
      • Encouraging formalization of the informal economy for better tax and regulatory compliance.
    • Enhanced Anonymity
      • Exploring permanent transaction deletion to provide anonymity comparable to cash transactions.
    • Offline Functionality
      • Enabling offline transferability to overcome rural internet connectivity limitations.
    • Programmability
      • Introducing programmable features for targeted government benefit disbursement and financial behaviour encouragement.
    • Cross-Border Transactions
      • Revolutionizing cross-border transactions with instant settlement, making payments cheaper, faster, and more secure.
    • Traditional and Innovative
      • Gradually shifting towards virtual currency to reduce currency handling costs.
    • Improved Monetary Policy
      • Providing central banks with greater control over money supply and interest rates for more effective interventions.
  • Challenges Associated with CBDC
    • Cybersecurity Concerns
      • Crucial need for robust security measures to protect against cyberattacks.
    • Privacy Issues
      • Balancing user privacy with anti-money laundering and terrorism financing measures.
    • UPI Preference and Interoperability
      • Continued retail user preference for UPI despite efforts to promote CBDC.
    • Non-Remunerative CBDC
      • Making CBDC non-interest-bearing to mitigate bank disintermediation risks.
    • Competition with Private Banks
      • Potential competition with private banks for deposits, impacting lending and investment.
    • Monetary Policy
      • Unclear impact of CBDCs on monetary policy tools like interest rates.
    • Conclusion
      • RBI's commitment to addressing privacy concerns reflects dedication to successful CBDC implementation.
      • Emphasis on anonymity, accessibility, and functionality indicates India's progressive stance in the evolving digital currency landscape.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2023)

Q.  With reference to Central Bank digital currencies, consider the following statements:

  1. It is possible to make payments in a digital currency without using US dollar or SWIFT system.
  2. A digital currency can be distributed with condition programmed into it such as a time-frame for spending it.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only
(b) 2 only
(c) Both 1 and 2
(d) Neither 1 nor 2

Ans: (c)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Banking
Monthly Current Affairs

Requirement for a Fresh Agricultural Export-Import Policy


In News: In the fiscal year ending March 31, 2024, India's agricultural exports experienced a notable decline of 8.2%. This decrease can be attributed to restrictions imposed on shipments of various commodities, ranging from cereals to sugar and onions.

Overview of India's Agricultural Scenario

  • Growth Rate and Contribution
    • According to the second advance estimates, India's agriculture and allied sector is projected to grow by 0.7% in FY24.
    • The agricultural sector is estimated to constitute 18 percent of India's Gross Value Added (GVA) in FY24.
  • Production
    • Total food grains production for FY23 reached 329.7 million tonnes, marking a rise of 14.1 million tonnes compared to the previous year.
    • Horticulture production reached a record high of 355.25 million tonnes, as per third advance estimates.
    • India holds global dominance in agricultural commodities, being the largest producer of milk, pulses, and spices worldwide.
    • Additionally, it ranks as the second-largest producer of various other agricultural products.

Analysis of Agricultural Export

  • Statistics
    • The total value of farm exports was $48.82 billion in 2023-24, a decline from the previous fiscal years.
  • Trends Over Years
    • Initial years of the present government saw a decline in agricultural exports due to falling global prices.
    • The UN Food and Agriculture Organization’s food price index dropped significantly during this period.
  • Impact of Global Events
    • Global price recovery post-Covid-19 pandemic and Russia’s invasion of Ukraine led to peaks and troughs in India's farm exports.
  • Agri Exports: Key Trends
    • Export restrictions on sugar and non-basmati rice led to declines in their export values.
    • Wheat and onion exports faced bans, affecting their trade values.
    • Basmati rice and spices exports witnessed growth.
  • Agri Imports: Key Trends
    • Overall agri imports decreased, mainly due to lower imports of edible oils.
    • However, imports of pulses nearly doubled in 2023-24.

Key Takeaways

  • Policy stability and predictability are crucial for farmers and agri-traders.
  • Overnight bans on exports can disrupt markets and hurt producers.
  • Building export markets requires time and effort, necessitating predictable policies.
  • Low import duties contradict objectives of crop diversification, particularly for pulses and oilseeds.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 GS-2 Governance
Monthly Current Affairs

Non-market Economy Status and Anti-Dumping Duties


In News: Vietnam has been urging the President of the United States of America to promptly transition its classification from "non-market economy" to "market economy" status.

Understanding Non-market Economy Status and Anti-Dumping Duties

  • The United States of America determines a country's non-market economy status based on various factors.
  • These factors include the convertibility of the country's currency, wage rate determination through free bargaining, allowance of joint ventures or foreign investment, state ownership of means of production, and state control over resource allocation, prices, and output decisions.
  • Other factors such as human rights may also be considered in this determination.
  • Designating a country as a non-market economy allows the US to impose "anti-dumping" duties on goods imported from these countries.
  • A market economy operates based on the interactions of consumers and businesses, with production decisions and prices determined by the law of supply and demand.
  • Entrepreneurs in a market economy have the freedom to pursue profits by creating new products and the freedom to fail if they misjudge market demand.
  • Anti-dumping duty is a tariff imposed on imports from foreign countries that are priced below the fair market value of similar goods in the domestic market.
  • Governments impose anti-dumping duties when they believe foreign goods are being "dumped" into the domestic market at low prices, aiming to protect local businesses and markets from unfair competition.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Appreciation of the Rupee


In News: Over the past decade, the Indian Rupee experienced a depreciation of approximately 27.6% relative to the US dollar.

Decadal Journey of the Indian Rupee

Exchange Rate Overview

  • An exchange rate is the rate at which one currency can be exchanged for another currency, representing the value of one currency in terms of another.
  • It can be either fixed, floating, or managed float, depending on how it's determined.
  • Various factors affect exchange rates, including interest rates, inflation, economic growth, political stability, and supply and demand dynamics.

Effective Exchange Rate (EER)

  • The Effective Exchange Rate (EER) is a weighted average of a currency's exchange rates against other currencies, adjusted for inflation and trade competitiveness.
  • It reflects the strength or weakness of a currency relative to a basket of other currencies, considering trade shares.
  • Types of EER include Nominal Effective Exchange Rate (NEER) and Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER).

Types of EER

  • Nominal Effective Exchange Rate (NEER)
    • It's a simple average of bilateral exchange rates between the domestic currency and the currencies of major trading partners, weighted by trade shares.
    • NEER indices are constructed by the Reserve Bank of India against different currency baskets.
  • Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER)
    • REER adjusts NEER for differences in inflation rates between the domestic economy and its trading partners.
    • It provides a more accurate measure of a currency's trade competitiveness by accounting for changes in price levels.

Implications of Currency Depreciation on the Indian Economy

  • Positive Impacts
    • Boosts Exports: Cheaper exports can increase demand and boost export earnings.
    • Inward Remittances: Weaker rupee can increase remittances from workers abroad, boosting disposable income in India.
  • Negative Impacts
    • Higher Import Costs: Imported goods become more expensive, leading to inflationary pressures.
    • Costlier Foreign Debt: Repayment of foreign debt becomes more expensive, straining government finances.
    • Discourages Foreign Investment: Depreciating rupee may signal economic instability, discouraging foreign investors.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2019)

Q. Which one of the following is not the most likely measure the Government/RBI takes to stop the slide of the Indian rupee? 

(a) Curbing imports of non-essential goods and promoting exports

(b) Encouraging Indian borrowers to issue rupee-denominated Masala Bonds

(c) Easing conditions relating to external commercial borrowing

(d) Following an expansionary monetary policy

Ans: (d)

Prelims (2019)

Q2. Consider the following statements:

  1. The effect of devaluation of a currency is that it necessarily
  2. improves the competitiveness of the domestic exports in the foreign markets
  3. increases the foreign value of domestic currency
  4. improves the trade balance

Which of the above statements is/are correct?

(a) 1 only
(b) 1 and 2
(c) 3 only
(d) 2 and 3

Ans: (a)

Mains (2018)

Q. How would the recent phenomena of protectionism and currency manipulations in world trade affect macroeconomic stability of India? 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Economics
Monthly Current Affairs

FEMA Regulations


In News: The Reserve Bank of India has recently relaxed Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA) regulations to simplify foreign investment in derivatives.

Recent FEMA Regulations

  • Amendments Objective
    • The recent amendments aim to simplify margin management for trading in permitted derivatives, both domestically and internationally.
  • Facilitating Foreign Investment
    • Foreign investors will find it more convenient to invest in derivative instruments following amendments to the FEMA regulations by the RBI.
  • Present Mechanism
    • RBI lists various permitted derivative contracts including interest rate derivatives and equity derivatives.
    • Interest-bearing accounts in Indian Rupees and/or foreign currency for collecting margin in India for permitted derivative contracts are allowed by RBI.
  • Recent Changes
    • Authorized Dealers (ADs) in India are now permitted to allow persons resident outside India to open, hold, and maintain interest-bearing accounts for margin purposes.
    • The permitted derivative contracts remain similar to the previous provisions under the present mechanism.
  • Benefits for Non-Residents
    • Non-residents can open and maintain interest-bearing accounts with ADs in India for margin-related purposes, earning interest on these funds.
    • Dedicated accounts for margin requirements facilitate easier management of margin obligations and funds related to permitted derivative contracts in India.

Understanding Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999

  • Framework Overview
    • The Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 provides the legal framework for administering foreign exchange transactions in India.
  • Classification of Transactions
    • Transactions involving foreign exchange are categorized under either capital or current account transactions.
  • Current Account Transactions
    • Current account transactions involve activities that do not alter a resident's assets or liabilities outside India.
    • Examples include payments related to foreign trade, expenses for foreign travel, and educational expenses.
  • Capital Account Transactions
    • Capital account transactions involve activities that alter a resident's assets or liabilities outside India.
    • Examples include investments in foreign securities and acquisition of immovable property outside India.
  • Definition of Resident Indians
    • A 'person resident in India' is defined in Section 2(v) of FEMA, 1999 as someone residing in India for more than 182 days during the preceding financial year or any person or body corporate registered or incorporated in India.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2013)

Q. Which one of the following groups of items is included in India’s foreign-exchange reserves? 

(a) Foreign-currency assets, Special Drawing Rights (SDRs) and loans from foreign countries 

(b) Foreign-currency assets, gold holdings of the RBI and SDRs 

(c) Foreign-currency assets, loans from the World Bank and SDRs 

(d) Foreign-currency assets, gold holdings of the RBI and loans from the World Bank

Ans: (b)

Mains (2021)

Q. Discuss how emerging technologies and globalisation contribute to money laundering. Elaborate measures to tackle the problem of money laundering both at national
and international levels.

Mains (2018)

Q. India’s proximity to the two of the world’s biggest illicit opium-growing states has enhanced her internal security concerns. Explain the linkages between drug trafficking and other illicit activities such as gunrunning, money laundering and human trafficking. What counter-measures should be taken to prevent the same? 

Source: BL

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

China Regains Title of India’s Leading Trading Partner


In News: According to data from the Global Trade Research Initiative (GTRI), China has become India's largest trading partner, with a two-way commerce totalling $118.4 billion in 2023-24, narrowly surpassing the India-US trade of $118.3 billion in the same period.

Bilateral Trade between India and China

  • Statistics
    • In FY24, India's bilateral trade with China amounted to $118.4 billion.
    • India's imports increased by 3.24% to $101.7 billion, while exports rose by 8.7% to $16.67 billion in FY24 compared to FY23.
  • Surge in Imports from China
    • Between FY19 and FY24, India's exports to China experienced a slight decline of 0.6%, falling from $16.75 billion to $16.66 billion.
    • In contrast, imports from China surged by 44.7%, rising from $70.32 billion to $101.75 billion during the same period.

  • Major Imports and Exports
    • India's major imports from China include electrical and electronic equipment, engineering goods, chemicals, plastics, and textiles.
    • Major exports from India to China comprise engineering goods, agricultural products, ores and minerals, chemicals, and petroleum products.
  • Existing Trade Deficit
    • The trade balance heavily favors China, with the trade deficit expanding from USD 53.57 billion in FY2019 to USD 85.09 billion in FY2024.
  • Reasons Behind High Trade Deficit
    • India imports goods to bridge the gap between domestic production and demand, contributing to the widening trade deficit.
    • The export of raw materials from India while importing finished goods from China exacerbates the trade imbalance.
    • India's pharmaceutical industry heavily relies on active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) imported from China.
  • Strategic Implications
    • India's dependence on critical products from China raises strategic concerns, impacting not only the economy but also national security.
    • Efforts have been made to reduce dependency through production-linked incentive schemes (PLI) and anti-dumping duties.

India-US Bilateral Trade

  • Statistics
    • India-US two-way trade amounted to $118.3 billion in FY24, with exports declining by 1.32% to $77.5 billion compared to the previous fiscal year.
    • Imports also decreased by 20% to $40.8 billion during this period.
  • Recent Trend
    • Over the last five years, trade with the US has shown positive growth, with exports increasing significantly by 47.9% from $52.41 billion to $77.52 billion.
    • Imports from the US grew by 14.7%, rising from $35.55 billion to $40.78 billion, resulting in an expanded trade surplus for India.

Trade Relations with Other Countries (2019–2024)

  • With Russia
    • Exports to Russia grew by 78.3% from $2.39 billion to $4.26 billion, while imports surged by 952% from $5.84 billion to $61.44 billion, widening the trade deficit.
  • With Saudi Arabia
    • Saudi Arabia's exports more than doubled, reaching $11.56 billion, while imports rose by 11.7% to $31.81 billion, reducing the trade deficit slightly.
  • With UAE
    • Exports to the UAE increased by 18.3% to $35.63 billion, and imports rose substantially to $48.02 billion, resulting in a deficit by FY24.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

Different Types of Investment Models


In News: CareEdge Ratings predicts a 7-10% decrease in the execution pace of Indian national highways, dropping from 12,350 km in FY24 to about 11,500 km in FY25. This dip is largely due to underperforming projects under the hybrid annuity model (HAM), a PPP combination of EPC and BOT models.

Need for Different Investment Models

  • Introduction
    • To achieve double-digit growth, infrastructure development is crucial, leading to increased government investment in the sector.
  • Public-Private Partnerships (PPP)
    • The government occasionally engages in contracts with private companies, known as PPP, to efficiently distribute funds and ensure uninterrupted implementation of infrastructure projects.
    • PPP contracts involve hiring private entities by public bodies, remunerated based on performance, aimed at combining public and private sector capabilities for optimal results.
  • Types of PPP Contracts
    • Various PPP models, including BOT, BOO, BOOT, and BBO, facilitate long-term arrangements to complete projects timely and cost-effectively.

Understanding Build-Operate-Transfer (BOT)

  • Definition
    • Under BOT, a private entity is granted a concession to finance, build, and operate a project for a set period.
    • The developer recovers investments through user fees or tolls, after which the facility is transferred to the government.
  • Pros and Cons
    • Advantages include improved operational efficiency, economic diversification, but drawbacks may involve private partners facing risks, lack of accountability, potential monopolies, and crony capitalism.

Engineering, Procurement, and Construction (EPC) Model

  • Definition
    • EPC contracts, primarily for complex industrial and infrastructure projects, entail a contract between the owner and a contractor responsible for design, construction, and associated activities.
  • Comparison with PPP
    • In contrast to PPP, EPC involves private entities solely, with the government bearing financial burdens and handling project delays.

Hybrid Annuity Model (HAM)

  • Definition
    • HAM combines elements of EPC and BOT, with the government contributing 40% of project costs and the developer arranging the rest, usually through debt.
  • Importance
    • HAM mitigates risks by spreading them between developers and the government, enhancing project returns.

Challenges in NH Construction

  • Challenges include declining execution pace, setbacks in HAM projects, and regulatory and financial concerns, requiring regulatory clarity and alternative funding avenues for smoother implementation.

Source: BL

Keywords: GS-3 Investment Models
Monthly Current Affairs

ASEAN-India Trade in Goods Agreement


In News: The 4th Joint Committee meeting to review the ASEAN-India Trade in Goods Agreement (AITIGA) took place in Putrajaya, Malaysia, from May 7th to 9th, 2024.

Overview of the ASEAN-India Trade in Goods Agreement

  • The ASEAN-India Trade in Goods Agreement is a trade pact between India and the ten member states of ASEAN.
  • It was officially signed during the 7th ASEAN Economic Ministers-India Consultations in Bangkok, Thailand, in 2009.
  • Taking effect in 2010, it is commonly referred to as the ASEAN-India Free Trade Agreement.
  • This agreement primarily focuses on facilitating trade in physical goods and products, excluding trade in services.
  • Notably, a separate ASEAN-India Trade in Services Agreement was signed in 2014 to address trade in services.

About ASEAN

  • ASEAN, or the Association of Southeast Asian Nations, was established in 1967 with the signing of the Bangkok Declaration.
  • Its founding members include Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand.
  • Presently, ASEAN consists of ten member states: Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Brunei, Laos, Myanmar, Cambodia, and Vietnam.
  • ASEAN aims to promote intergovernmental cooperation and foster integration across various domains, including economic, political, security, military, educational, and sociocultural aspects within its member states and with other Asian countries.

Source: PIB

Keywords: GS-3 GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

General Provident Fund (GPF) Scheme


In News: Recently, a single judge bench of the Madras High Court ruled that employees do not inherently qualify for pension benefits solely based on deductions made through the General Provident Fund (GPF) scheme.

Exploring the General Provident Fund (GPF) Scheme for Government Employees

  • Overview:
    • The General Provident Fund (GPF) functions as a specialized form of the Public Provident Fund (PPF), exclusively available for government employees across India.
    • It allows government employees to designate a portion of their salaries to their individual GPF accounts, accumulating funds over their service tenure for retirement benefits.
  • Eligibility:
    • Government employees eligible for GPF subscription include all permanent government servants, re-employed pensioners (excluding those eligible for the contributory provident fund), and temporary government servants with at least one year of continuous service.
  • Contribution:
    • Participation in the GPF scheme is mandatory for government employees, necessitating a predetermined percentage deduction from their monthly salaries.
    • Contributions are subject to interest accrual at a fixed rate, offering employees the option to increase their deductions voluntarily.
  • Withdrawal and Benefits:
    • Upon retirement or resignation, employees can withdraw their GPF savings, reflecting their cumulative contributions and accrued interest.
    • Flexibility in withdrawals permits employees to access funds for various purposes, including marriage, education, and medical emergencies.
    • Loan facilities against GPF accounts are available under specific conditions.
    • Transferring or withdrawing GPF balances upon changing government departments or leaving service is permissible.
    • In the event of the employee's demise, the GPF sum is disbursed to their nominee.
  • Interest Rate and Administration:
    • The GPF scheme offers a competitive interest rate, subject to quarterly revisions.
    • Administered by the Department of Pension and Pensioners’ Welfare under the Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances, and Pensions, it provides several advantages to government employees, including tax benefits, low-risk investments, and assured returns.

Source: LL

Keywords: GS-3 Economy
Monthly Current Affairs

India's Toy Industry


In News: The Global Trade Research Initiative report has recently recommended a thorough strategy aimed at fostering the growth of India's toy industry and boosting its exports.

Overview of India's Toy Industry

Status

  • India's position in the global toy trade remains marginal, accounting for only 0.3% of exports and 0.1% of imports, according to the Global Trade Research Initiative report.
  • Ranking 27th in global toy exports and 61st in toy imports, India shows diversity in manufacturing capabilities, particularly in electronic toys, plastic dolls, and non-electronic toys.

Potential

  • The Indian toy industry is witnessing rapid growth, projected to reach USD 3 billion by 2028, with a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 12% between 2022-2028.
  • There is an expansion in global presence, marked by increased high-value exports to Middle East and African countries.

Challenges Faced by India's Toy Industry

  • Lack of Technology 
    • Outdated technology and machinery hinder manufacturing quality and design of toys.
  • High GST Rates
    • Mechanical toys attract 12% GST, while electronic toys face an 18% tax, leading to classification complexities.
  • Lack of Infrastructure
    • Inadequate infrastructure, including testing labs, toy parks, clusters, and logistics support, poses challenges.
  • Unorganized and Fragmented
    • Approximately 90% of the market remains unorganized, making it difficult to harness maximum benefits.
  • Other Challenges 
    • Factors like cost-effectiveness, product diversity, quality standards, and trade agreements significantly influence the industry.

Way Forward:

  • Government Initiatives
    • Support the industry through schemes like SFURTI and promote exports to bolster global presence.
  • Encourage Global Brands
    • Invite international toy manufacturers, such as Hasbro and Mattel, to consider setting up production facilities in India.
  • Collaboration for Technology Transfer
    • Partner with international entities for technology transfer and skill development to enhance competitiveness.
  • Learning from China
    • Study China's success in becoming a major exporter and adapt strategies for market penetration.
  • Localize Production
    • Promote local manufacturing of key toy-making materials to reduce dependency on imports and enhance self-sufficiency.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2012)

Q. What is/are the recent policy initiative(s) of Government of India to promote the growth of manufacturing sector? 

1. Setting up of National Investment and Manufacturing Zones

2. Providing the benefit of ‘single window clearance’

3. Establishing the Technology Acquisition and Development Fund

Select the correct answer using the codes given below:

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 and 3 only

(c) 1 and 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (d)

Mains (2015)

Q. “Success of ‘Make in India’ program depends on the success of ‘Skill India’ programme and radical labour reforms.” Discuss with logical arguments. 

Source: GTRI

Keywords: GS – 2 Government Policies & Interventions GS -3 Industrial Growth
Monthly Current Affairs

Global Trade Update: UNCTAD


In News: The Global Trade Update 2024, released by the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD), indicates that international trade, following declines over multiple quarters, is set to rebound in 2024.

Key Highlights of the Global Trade Update

  • Challenging Year for Trade in 2023
    • Global trade experienced a 3% decline to USD 31 trillion in 2023 after reaching a peak in 2022, driven by reduced demand in developed economies and weaker trade in East Asia and Latin America.
    • Trade in goods fell by 5%, while trade in services grew by 8%, primarily fuelled by a nearly 40% surge in tourism and travel-related services.
  • Issues Faced by Developing Countries
    • Developing countries witnessed a sharper decline in trade, with imports and exports falling by 5% and 7%, respectively, compared to a 4% drop in imports and 3% in exports for developed nations.
    • Most regions experienced negative trade growth in 2023, except for a significant increase in intra-regional trade in Africa.
  • Trade in Environmental Goods
    • Despite the overall decline, trade in environmental products rose by 2% in 2023, driven primarily by soaring sales of electric cars, with trade in electric vehicles growing by 60%.
  • Signs of Stabilization by End of 2023
    • The final quarter of 2023 showed signs of stabilization, particularly in developing regions, with most sectors witnessing a rebound, although trade in apparel continued to contract, falling by 13%.
  • Outlook for 2024
    • The forecast for 2024 is generally positive, with GDP growth expected to continue at around 3%. 
    • However, logistical challenges and geopolitical tensions pose risks to the optimistic outlook, potentially disrupting supply chains and increasing costs.
  • Political Proximity of Trade
    • Over the last two years, there has been a noticeable rise in the political proximity of trade, indicating a preference for bilateral trade between countries with similar geopolitical stances. 
    • This trend has led to a concentration of global trade to favor major trade relationships.

Key Highlights Related to India

  • Observations on Trade Dependency
    • Despite efforts to reduce dependency on China through initiatives like the PLI scheme and QCOs, India saw an increase in imports from China.
    • The Russia-Ukraine conflict caused significant trade reorientation, with Russia's trade dependency on China increasing and decreasing with the EU.
  • Government's Response
    • The Ministry of Commerce and Industry stated that detailed analysis revealed favorable trade dynamics, with India's imports from the EU rising by 9.7% in 2023.
    • India's exports of smartphones surged by 98.42% in 2023, indicating significant improvement in trade performance with the EU and China.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2023)

Q. Consider the following statements: 

Statement-I: In the post-pandemic recent past, many Central Banks worldwide had carried out interest rate hikes.

Statement-II: Central Banks generally assume that they have the ability to counteract the rising consumer prices via monetary policy means.

Which one of the following is correct in respect of the above statements?

(a) Both Statement-I and Statement-II are correct and Statement-II is the correct explanation for Statement-1
(b) Both Statement-I and Statement-II are correct and Statement-II is not the correct explanation for Statement-1
(c) Statement-I is correct but Statement-II is incorrect
(d) Statement-I is incorrect but Statement-II is correct

Ans: A

Source: IE

Keywords: GS – 3 Growth & Development, mobilization of resources, Effect of Policies & Politics of Countries on India's Interests
Keywords: GS-2 GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

IMF's Asia-Pacific Economic Outlook Report


In News: In its April 2024 Regional Economic Outlook for Asia and the Pacific, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) highlighted India as consistently exceeding growth expectations, attributed to robust domestic demand. 

Key Highlights of the Report

  • Growth in Asia-Pacific
    • Late 2023 saw Asia-Pacific exceeding expectations with a growth rate of 5.0%, marked by varying inflation rates among economies.
    • Projections for 2024 anticipate a slight growth deceleration to 4.5%, with a balance of near-term risks.
    • Strong private demand primarily supported growth in emerging markets.
  • India’s Growth Forecasts
    • The report raised India's growth forecast for the financial year 2024-25 to 6.8% from the previous 6.5% and maintained the forecast for 2025-26 at 6.5%.
    • India and the Philippines have consistently shown positive growth surprises due to resilient domestic demand.
    • Public investment notably contributed to growth in India and China.
  • Forecast for China
    • China's economy is projected to grow at 4.6% in 2024, a decrease from 5.2% in 2023, with an expected continuation at 4.1% in 2025.
    • The IMF identifies China as both a source of upside and downside risks, particularly due to sectoral policies impacting industries like steel and aluminum.
    • Policies addressing stresses in the property sector and boosting domestic demand are recommended.
  • Inflation Forecast
    • Inflation is currently stable or close to desired levels in emerging markets, but future inflation may be influenced by various factors.
    • Core inflation is anticipated to remain low, while certain economies, like India, may see fluctuations due to food price increases.
    • The distinction between headline and core inflation is explained, with the former encompassing all goods and services, while the latter excludes volatile food and energy sectors.
  • Geoeconomic Fragmentation
    • The IMF underscores geoeconomic fragmentation as a significant risk, referring to escalating economic and trade tensions among countries.
    • Heightened trade risks, illustrated by maritime route diversions, highlight the need for policymakers to avoid exacerbating trade frictions.
  • Public Investment as Key to India’s Growth
    • Public investment is essential for critical sectors like infrastructure, education, healthcare, and technology, shaping the nation's economic trajectory.
    • It facilitates infrastructure development, job creation, poverty alleviation, human capital development, and balanced regional growth.
    • Additionally, public investment can stimulate private investment by enhancing the business environment and productivity.

Sunrise Sectors in India Seeking Substantial Public Investments

  • Carbon Capture, Utilization, and Storage (CCUS)
    • CCUS technologies can mitigate greenhouse gas emissions from industries like steel and cement.
    • However, public investment in research and deployment of CCUS projects in India is limited.
  • Cybersecurity and Data Protection
    • Given the rise in cyber threats, public investment is crucial to bolster India's cybersecurity infrastructure and develop robust data protection frameworks.
  • Biotechnology and Precision Medicine
    • Public investment in biotechnology research, especially in genomics and precision medicine, can position India as a leader in healthcare innovation.
  • Circular Economy and Waste Management
    • More public investment is needed to develop a comprehensive circular economy framework, including waste management infrastructure.
  • Blue Economy and Marine Research
    • Public investment in marine research and the development of a blue economy can unlock economic opportunities in sectors like offshore wind energy and marine biotechnology.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2022)

Q. "Rapid Financing Instrument" and "Rapid Credit Facility" are related to the provisions of lending by which one of the following? 

(a) Asian Development Bank
(b) International Monetary Fund
(c) United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative
(d) World Bank

Ans: (b)

Prelims (2020)

Q2. “Gold Tranche” (Reserve Tranche) refers to 

(a) a loan system of the World Bank
(b) one of the operations of a Central Bank
(c) a credit system granted by WTO to its members
(d) a credit system granted by IMF to its members

Ans: (d)

Prelims (2016)

Q3. ‘Global Financial Stability Report’ is prepared by the 

(a) European Central Bank
(b) International Monetary Fund
(c) International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
(d) Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development

Ans: (b)

Mains (2013)

Q. The World Bank and the IMF, collectively known as the Bretton Woods Institutions, are the two inter-governmental pillars supporting the structure of the world’s economic and financial order. Superficially, the World Bank and the IMF exhibit many common characteristics, yet their role, functions and mandate are distinctly different. Elucidate. 

Source: IMF

Keywords: GS – 3 Mobilization of Resources, Capital Market, Inclusive Growth
Monthly Current Affairs

Essential Collaboration


In News: The Indian biopharma industry grew to $92 billion in 2023, showing a 15% increase from the previous year. Despite this growth, the author emphasizes the need for collaborative efforts between industry and academia to drive further research and innovation in the biopharmaceutical sector.

The Crucial Role of Industry-Academia Collaboration in Advancing the Biopharmaceutical Sector

Introduction

  • The biopharmaceutical sector encompasses drugs and therapies derived from living organisms, including vaccines, biologics, biosimilars, and emerging treatments like cell and gene therapies. 
  • Its growth potential is substantial, with the global industry valued at $528 billion and projected double-digit annual growth.

Industry-Academia Collaboration

  • The development and commercialization of bio-therapeutic products necessitate extensive research, clinical trials, and adherence to regulatory norms, underscoring the need for collaboration between academia and industry.
  • Academia contributes research expertise, while industry plays a pivotal role in commercializing research through manufacturing, testing, approval, and marketing.
  • Such collaborations facilitate talent development aligned with industry demands, fostering innovation-driven progress.

Examples and Benefits

  • Collaborations during the COVID-19 pandemic led to rapid vaccine and therapy development, showcasing the efficacy of industry-academia partnerships.
  • India’s first indigenous gene therapy for cancer resulted from collaboration between IIT Bombay, Tata Memorial Centre, and ImmunoACT.
  • Initiatives like the Pfizer-IIT Delhi Innovation and IP Programme promote domestic innovation, yielding substantial intellectual property filings and healthcare innovations.

Academia's Contribution

  • Drugs like Paclitaxel and Vorinostat trace their origins to academia, demonstrating its significant role in drug discovery.
  • Academic drug discovery offers novel approaches to drug development, leveraging innovation to meet evolving healthcare needs.

Private Investment and R&D Support

  • Global pharmaceutical companies have established R&D centers in India, contributing to innovation and employing a sizable workforce.
  • These centers engage in diverse functions across the R&D value chain, enhancing India's biopharmaceutical capabilities.

Government Initiatives

  • The Biotechnology Industry Research Assistance Council (BIRAC) and National Biopharma Mission (NBM) bolster India’s biopharmaceutical capabilities, fostering global competitiveness and healthcare standards.

Future Directions

  • Encouraging further research and innovation in the biopharmaceutical sector is imperative.
  • Empowering academic institutions, establishing technology transfer offices, and enhancing funding for innovation schemes are crucial steps.
  • Recruitment programs, specialized training, and curriculum integration on legal and regulatory frameworks can nurture a skilled workforce.

Conclusion

  • Collaboration between academia and industry is pivotal for advancing the biopharmaceutical sector in India. 
  • A holistic approach involving multiple stakeholders is essential to address challenges and capitalize on opportunities for growth and development.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs)


In News: In a recent development, the RBI prohibited IIFL Finance from extending new gold loans following the discovery of the company's non-compliance with lending regulations.

Understanding Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs)

  • Definition and Functions
    • A Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC) is a company registered under the Companies Act, 1956, engaged in various financial activities such as loans, advances, and investments in securities issued by the government or local authorities.
  • Differences from Banks
    • NBFCs differ from banks in several aspects, including their inability to accept demand deposits, issue cheques, or provide deposit insurance facilities like banks.
  • Systemically Important NBFCs
    • NBFCs with asset sizes exceeding ₹500 crore are classified as systemically important, considering their potential impact on the economy's financial stability.
  • Financial Services Offered by NBFCs
    • NBFCs provide diverse financial services, including credit provision, investment in securities, specialized financing for niche markets, and managing portfolios of stocks and shares.
  • Regulatory Oversight
    • In India, NBFCs are regulated by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), which sets guidelines for their operations, ensuring compliance with capital adequacy, risk management, and governance standards.
  • Contribution to the Economy
    • NBFCs complement traditional banking by extending financial services to underserved segments, thereby deepening financial markets and promoting financial inclusion.

RBI's Scrutiny of NBFCs

  • Increased Scrutiny
    • The RBI has intensified its monitoring of NBFCs following instances of regulatory violations, such as those observed with IIFL Finance, which was barred from issuing fresh gold loans in March for non-compliance with lending norms.
  • RBI's Gold Loan Norms
    • The RBI mandates that lenders adhere to specific norms when offering gold loans, including restricting loan amounts to 75% of the gold's value, limiting cash disbursements to ₹20,000, and ensuring transparent auction processes for defaulted loans.
  • Need for Reinforcement
    • The exponential growth of NBFCs' gold loan portfolios, from ₹35,000 crore in FY 2020 to ₹1,31,000 crore by FY 2023, raises concerns about potential widespread violations of lending norms, prompting the need for stricter enforcement.
  • Impact on NBFCs
    • The RBI's stringent lending norms may impede NBFCs' growth and profitability by making gold loans less attractive and necessitating adjustments to lending practices to comply with regulations, potentially leading to increased borrowing costs for lenders.
  • RBI's Perspective
    • The RBI believes that enforcing lending norms will ensure the sustainability of the gold loan business, mitigating systemic risks and promoting long-term financial stability.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Economics
Monthly Current Affairs

Spices Board of India


In News: The Spices Board of India has addressed the matter of establishing limits for Ethylene Oxide (ETO) usage in spices with CODEX, the international food standards authority.

Overview of the Spices Board of India

  • The Spices Board of India was established on 26th February 1987 under the Spices Board Act, 1986 through the amalgamation of the erstwhile Cardamom Board (1968) and Spices Export Promotion Council (1960).
  • It is one of the five statutory Commodity Boards under the Department of Commerce.
  • These Boards are mandated with the responsibility for the production, development, and export of tea, coffee, rubber, spices, and tobacco.
  • The Spices Board specifically focuses on the export promotion of the 52 scheduled spices and the development of cardamom.
  • It serves as the primary organization for the development and global promotion of Indian spices.
  • Acting as an international intermediary, the Board facilitates communication between Indian exporters and importers worldwide.

Issue of Ethylene Oxide (ETO)

  • Ethylene Oxide (ETO) is a chemical utilized as a sterilizing agent in spices, but its excessive use is deemed carcinogenic.
  • Despite ongoing efforts to prevent ETO contamination, the sample failure rate for Indian spice exports remains below 1% in major markets.
  • Currently, CODEX has not established a specific limit for ETO usage, and there's a lack of standardized testing protocols for ETO.
  • India has engaged with the CODEX committee to advocate for the establishment of limits on ETO usage, recognizing that different countries have varying thresholds.
  • The Spices Board has issued guidelines for exporters aimed at preventing ETO contamination and ensuring market safety.
  • It recommends against the use of ETO as a sterilizing agent for spices and proposes alternatives such as steam sterilization and irradiation.
  • Concerns regarding the quality of certain Indian spices have been raised by other countries like the US, New Zealand, and Australia, prompting them to assess whether further action is necessary.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2018)

Q. The staple commodities of export by the English East India Company from Bengal in the middle of the 18th century were:

(a) Raw cotton, oil-seeds and opium

(b) Sugar, salt, zinc and lead

(c) Copper, silver, gold, spices and tea

(d) Cotton, silk, saltpetre and opium

Ans: (d)

Prelims (2009)

Q. In making the saffron spice, which one of the following parts of the plant is used? 

(a) Leaf

(b) Petal

(c) Sepal

(d) Stigma

Ans: (d)

Source: BL

Keywords: GS – 2 Statutory Bodies GS – 3
Monthly Current Affairs

Small Industries Development Bank of India


In News: Airbus Helicopters and the Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI) have recently entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) to facilitate financing for the acquisition of Airbus helicopters in India.

Overview of Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI)

  • SIDBI was established on April 2, 1990, through an Act of the Indian Parliament.
  • Its primary objective is to serve as the leading financial institution for the promotion, financing, and development of the Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprise (MSME) sector, as well as to coordinate the functions of institutions engaged in similar activities.
  • The bank operates under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Finance, Government of India (GoI).
  • Initially, it was incorporated as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Industrial Development Bank of India (IDBI).
  • Presently, the shares of SIDBI are held by the Government of India (GoI) and 22 other institutions, public sector banks (PSBs), and insurance companies owned or controlled by the Central Government.
  • Its headquarters is located in Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh.
  • SIDBI facilitates MSMEs in obtaining the necessary funds for their growth, marketing, development, and commercialization of their technologies and innovative products.
  • The bank offers various schemes and financial services tailored to meet the individual requirements of different businesses.
  • Financial support to MSMEs is provided through indirect/refinance to banks/financial institutions for onward lending to MSMEs, as well as direct finance in niche areas such as risk capital, sustainable finance, receivable financing, and service sector financing.
  • SIDBI is entrusted with administering the Small Industries Development Fund and the National Equity Fund, which were previously administered by IDBI.
  • To promote and develop the MSME sector, SIDBI adopts a 'Credit Plus' approach, which includes supporting enterprise development, skill upgrading, marketing support, cluster development, and technology modernization, among other initiatives.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

Transforming E-Commerce Terrain


In News: A recent article explores how Generative AI is reshaping the e-commerce sector, bringing about significant changes to its landscape.

How Generative AI is Revolutionizing the E-Commerce Sector?

  • Personalized Product Recommendations: Generative AI analyzes customer data and browsing patterns to offer highly personalized product recommendations. This personalization leads to an 80% increase in the likelihood of consumers making a purchase, as indicated by recent Epsilon research.
  • Automated Product Descriptions and Marketing Content: AI generates product descriptions, ads, and social media posts, saving time while maintaining quality. A study by the World Federation of Advertisers found that 55% of marketers using generative AI for content creation reported improved performance.
  • Demand Forecasting and Inventory Optimization: Generative AI models trained on historical data accurately forecast demand patterns, allowing businesses to optimize inventory levels and reduce costs while preventing stockouts.
  • Increased Conversion Rates and Revenue: Businesses investing in generative AI have experienced revenue increases ranging from 3% to 15%, along with a 10% to 20% improvement in sales return on investment, according to McKinsey.

What is the Status of the E-Commerce Sector in India?

  • Projected Growth: The Indian e-commerce industry is projected to reach USD 300 billion by 2030, experiencing significant growth.
  • Current Performance: In FY23, the Gross Merchandise Value (GMV) of e-commerce reached USD 60 billion, marking a 22% increase over the previous year.
  • Online Shopper Base: India had the third-largest online shopper base of 150 million in FY21, expected to grow to 350 million by FY26, following China and the US.

Factors Driving E-Commerce Growth in India

  • Increasing Internet Penetration: With over 821 million users, India is the second-largest internet market globally, driving e-commerce adoption.
  • Expansion into Tier 2 and Tier 3 Cities: E-commerce is gaining popularity in tier-2 and tier-3 cities, contributing significantly to overall sales and orders.
  • Rising Middle Class and Disposable Incomes: India's growing middle class with increasing disposable incomes favors online shopping for convenience and access to brands.
  • Favorable Demographics: India's young population, with a median age of 28 years, boosts e-commerce adoption.
  • Growth of D2C Brands and Social Commerce: Direct-to-consumer brands and social commerce platforms are disrupting traditional retail models.
  • Fintech Solutions: Digital payment solutions like UPI and mobile wallets have made online transactions more accessible and convenient.
  • Logistics and Supply Chain Improvements: Investments in logistics infrastructure support e-commerce growth across India.

What are the Major Issues Related to E-Commerce in India?

  • Logistics and Supply Chain Inefficiencies: India's logistics infrastructure lags, leading to higher costs and delivery delays.
  • Social and Environmental Impact Concerns: Issues like excessive packaging waste and unethical labor practices raise ecological and social concerns.
  • Antitrust and Anti-Competitive Practices: Allegations of anti-competitive practices threaten a level playing field in the e-commerce sector.
  • Counterfeiting and Piracy Concerns: Proliferation of counterfeit products impacts consumer trust and safety.
  • Human Resource Challenges: Rapid growth creates a demand-supply gap for skilled professionals in the e-commerce sector.

What Measures can be Adopted to Revamp the E-Commerce Landscape in India?

  • Develop Logistics Parks and Multimodal Hubs: Incentivize the creation of modern logistics facilities through public-private partnerships.
  • Foster Rural E-commerce Logistics Startups: Support rural startups to bridge the last-mile delivery gap.
  • Implement "Logistics Reverse" and Circular Economy Models: Promote sustainable packaging and circular economy principles.
  • Establish a Dedicated E-commerce Regulatory Authority: Monitor and address anti-competitive practices and unfair business practices.
  • Implement Advanced Authentication and Traceability Technologies: Combat counterfeiting with advanced product authentication technologies.
  • Encourage Gig Talent Pools: Develop gig talent pools to address human resource challenges.
  • Regulate Generative AI in E-commerce: Mandate transparency and ethical standards in AI usage.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2022)

Q. With reference to foreign-owned e-commerce firms operating in India, which of the following statements is/are correct? 

  1. They can sell their own goods in addition to offering their platforms as market-places.
  2. The degree to which they can own big sellers on their platforms is limited.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 only

(b)2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither 1 nor 2

Ans: (b)

Source: LM

Keywords: GS – 3 Capital Market, Industrial Growth, Industrial Policy
Monthly Current Affairs

Economic Capital Framework (ECF)


In News: The Central Board of the Reserve Bank of India approved a record-high surplus transfer of Rs 2.11 lakh crore to the Central government for the fiscal year 2023-24, determined in accordance with the Economic Capital Framework (ECF)

Meaning of Economic Capital Framework (ECF)

  • The ECF outlines the methodology for determining risk provisions and profit distribution under Section 47 of the RBI Act 1934.
  • It mandates the central bank to allocate profits to the government after setting aside provisions for bad debts, asset depreciation, and staff contributions.

Old and Revised ECF

  • The previous ECF was established in 2014-15 and implemented in 2015-16.
  • In 2018, the RBI formed an Expert Committee chaired by Dr. Bimal Jalan to review and propose revisions to the ECF.
  • The revised ECF, adopted on August 26, 2019, incorporates recommendations from the Bimal Jalan Committee and is subject to review every five years.

Surplus Distribution Policy of the Revised ECF

  • The revised policy broadens the surplus distribution target to include realized equity along with the total economic capital.
  • Realized equity encompasses the RBI's capital, reserve fund, and risk provisions.
  • The total economic capital should be maintained between 20.8% to 25.4% of the RBI’s balance sheet, with risk provisioning within 5.5-6.5%.
  • The Contingent Risk Buffer (CRB) serves as the nation's safeguard for financial stability, allowing the RBI to act as the Lender of Last Resort.
  • Surplus transfer to the government depends on realized equity levels: excess equity results in full income transfer, while deficits trigger risk provisioning before income transfer.

Surplus Transfer by the RBI

  • The RBI's Central Board of Directors approved a surplus transfer of Rs 2,10,874 crore to the Central Government for the fiscal year 2023-24, doubling from the previous year.
  • The CRB was increased to 6.50% for 2023-24, reflecting the economy's resilience.
  • The increased dividend aims to bolster the government's fiscal position amid challenges in disinvestment receipts and tax collections.

Factors Contributing to Higher Dividend Transfers

  • Increased revenue from variable repo rate auctions and revaluation gains on forex reserves contributed to higher dividend payouts.
  • The RBI's income from interest rates on domestic and foreign securities, along with higher forex sales, also contributed to the surplus transfer.
  • The rupee's depreciation against the dollar further bolstered surplus income and dividend transfers.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Travel & Tourism Development Index


In News: In the recently released Travel & Tourism Development Index, India has shown improvement in its ranking compared to the previous report.

Overview of the Travel & Tourism Development Index

  • The Travel & Tourism Development Index represents the second edition of an index that has evolved from the flagship index of the World Economic Forum, which has been produced since 2007.
  • Developed in collaboration with the University of Surrey and with contributions from leading Travel & Tourism (T&T) stakeholders, thought leaders, and data partners.
  • This index assesses the set of factors and policies facilitating the sustainable and resilient development of T&T.
  • India secured the 39th position, the highest in South Asia and among other lower-middle-income economies.
  • India's ranking marks a significant advancement from its 54th position in the 2021 index.
  • With an overall index score of 4.25 out of 7, where 1 signifies the worst and 7 the best, India's improved ranking underscores its growing competitiveness in the global tourism landscape.
  • The biennial index analyzed the travel and tourism sectors of 119 countries, evaluating them based on various factors and policies conducive to tourism development.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-2 GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Decline in Household Savings: Beyond a Simple Alteration


In News: The decline in the household net financial savings to GDP ratio in India can be attributed to increased borrowing and structural shifts, rather than being solely a result of a change in savings patterns.

Emergence of the Debate on India’s Declining Household Savings

  • Background
    • A news article highlighted a significant decrease in the household net financial savings to GDP ratio during 2022-23 in India, primarily due to a higher borrowing to GDP ratio.
  • Interpretation by the Chief Economic Advisor (CEA)
    • The CEA to the Government of India viewed this trend as merely a shift in the composition of household savings, where increased borrowing is utilized to finance higher physical savings (investment).

Critique of the CEA's Interpretation

  • Declining Household Savings Not Just a Change in Savings Pattern
    • The household savings to GDP ratio encompasses net financial savings, physical savings, and gold and ornaments.
    • A mere shift in savings composition would have maintained the overall savings ratio, which didn't occur.
    • The net financial savings to GDP ratio dropped significantly more than the increase in physical savings, leading to a decline in the household savings to GDP ratio.

Arguments Against the CEA's Position

  • Problems with CEA's Argument
    • The CEA's analysis of absolute nominal household total savings doesn't address the historic decline in net financial savings.
    • Although the nominal value of total savings increased, it doesn't negate the explanation for the higher borrowing to GDP ratio.
  • Higher Household Debt-to-Income Ratio as a Structural Change
    • The rise in the household debt-to-income ratio is influenced by factors like increased borrowing relative to income and rising interest rates.
    • The post-COVID period witnessed nominal income growth rates lower than lending rates, leading to increased debt servicing burdens.
  • Macroeconomic Challenges Highlighted by the Structural Change
    • Challenges include narrowing the gap between interest rates and income growth to prevent higher interest payment burdens.
    • Maintaining aggregate demand amidst rising household debt obligations and interest rates necessitates macroeconomic policies to support household income growth and stabilize the economy.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

US Federal Reserve Maintains Interest Rates Amid Ongoing


In News: The US Federal Reserve has opted to keep interest rates within a target range of 5.25% to 5.5% and signalled a probable continuation of elevated borrowing expenses. 

Reasons Behind the Recent US Federal Reserve Decision

  • Inflationary Pressures
    • The US Federal Reserve's decision stems from persistent inflation rates, which have remained above the target of 2%. 
    • Despite previous measures such as interest rate hikes, inflation remains stubbornly high at 3.5%.
  • The Wait-and-See Approach
    • Initially, the Fed anticipated a decline in inflation and projected rate cuts. However, the current situation has prompted a reconsideration. 
    • By maintaining rates, the Fed aims to gather more data, closely monitoring inflation metrics, employment figures, and consumer spending patterns to inform future decisions.

How do US Fed Rates Impact the Indian Economy?

  • Capital Outflows
    • Rate hikes by the US Fed make US dollar-denominated assets more attractive, leading to capital outflows from countries like India. 
    • This can slow economic growth and affect stock markets.
  • Inflation
    • Changes in US Fed rates influence capital flows and exchange rates, potentially leading to inflation. 
    • The Reserve Bank of India can adjust domestic interest rates and liquidity measures to mitigate inflationary impacts.
  • Weaker Rupee
    • Capital flight due to higher US returns weakens the Indian rupee, causing imported inflation but potentially boosting exports.
  • Higher Borrowing Costs
    • The RBI might raise interest rates to match the Fed's move, aiming to control inflation and stem capital flight.
  • Stock Market Fluctuations
    • Reduced foreign investment can decrease demand for Indian stocks, leading to price declines.
  • Increased Debt Burden
    • A weaker rupee can raise the cost of servicing external debt, impacting public finances.
  • Benefits for Banks
    • Banks benefit from interest rate hikes as they re-price their loan portfolios, increasing net interest margins.

How can India Reduce the Impact of the US Federal Reserve Decisions on its Economy?

  • Balancing Interest Rates
    • The RBI can raise rates to attract foreign investment and control inflation.
  • Diversifying the Reserve Basket
    • India can reduce dependence on the US dollar by increasing holdings of other major currencies.
  • Expanding Trade Horizons
    • Exploring new export markets and negotiating trade agreements can reduce reliance on the US market.
  • Stimulating Domestic Consumption
    • Tax cuts and subsidies for essential goods can boost domestic demand.
  • Reducing Reliance on Oil
    • Investing in renewables and exploring biofuels can reduce dependence on imported oil.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2021)

Q.  Indian Government Bond Yields are influenced by which of the following? 

  1. Actions of the United States Federal Reserve
  2. Actions of the Reserve Bank of India
  3. Inflation and short-term interest rates

Select the correct answer using the code given below.

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 2 only

(c) 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (d)

Prelims (2022)

Q. Consider the following statements: 

  1. Tight monetary policy of US Federal Reserve could lead to capital flight.
  2. Capital flight may increase cost of firms with existing External Commercial Borrowings (ECBs)
  3. Devaluation of domestic currency decreases the currency risk associated with ECBs

Which of the statements given above are correct?

(a) 1, 2 and 3

(b) 1 and 2 only

(c) 2 and 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (b)

Mains (2019)

Q. Do you agree with the view that steady GDP growth and low inflation have left the Indian economy in good shape? Give reasons in support of your arguments. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Economics
Monthly Current Affairs

Mundra Port


In News: Mundra Port, the flagship facility of Adani Ports and Special Economic Zone, recently celebrated its 25th anniversary, marking a quarter-century of operational excellence.

Mundra Port Overview

  • Mundra Port holds the distinction of being India's largest private and container port, situated on the northern shores of the Gulf of Kutch, near Mundra, Kutch district, Gujarat. 
  • It operates as a deep-draft, all-weather port and functions as a special economic zone (SEZ). Approximately 33% of India's container traffic traverses through this port.

Ownership and Handling Capacity

  • Operated by Adani Ports and Special Economic Zone Limited (APSEZ), India’s largest commercial ports operator, Mundra Port boasts a handling capacity of 260 million metric tons (MMT). 
  • In the fiscal year 2022-23, it managed over 155 MMT of cargo, constituting nearly 11% of India’s maritime cargo movement. 
  • Equipped with 26 berths and two single-point moorings, the port accommodates diverse vessels and manages various cargo types, including containers, dry bulk, break bulk, liquid cargo, and automobiles. 
  • Notably, it hosts the nation's largest coal import terminal, ensuring swift cargo evacuation with minimal turnaround time. 
  • The port's rail connectivity to the national rail network enables efficient cargo handling across India.

About MSC Anna

  • MSC Anna stands as the largest container ship ever to dock at an Indian port. 
  • This colossal vessel measures approximately 399.98 meters in length, equivalent to the span of four football fields. 
  • With a capacity to carry 19,200 TEUs (20-foot equivalent units), MSC Anna is one of the world's largest container ships. 
  • Notably, its arrival draft of 16.3 meters necessitates berthing at Adani Ports, Mundra, as it is the only port in India equipped to accommodate such deep-draft vessels.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Rising Debt Strains Household Savings


In News: Recently, there has been a debate regarding the significant decline in the Household Net Financial Savings to GDP ratio during 2022-23, attributed to a higher Borrowing to GDP ratio.

Current Changes in the Saving Pattern

Increased Borrowing and Asset Stagnation

  • There has been a significant rise in borrowing by 2.5 percentage points, leading to reduced net financial savings by 2.0 percentage points.
  • Physical savings and investment have seen only a marginal increase of 0.3 percentage points.
  • This contradicts the government’s view that increased borrowing has led to higher physical savings.
  • The household savings to GDP ratio has declined by 1.7 percentage points, while the gold savings to GDP ratio has remained largely unchanged.

Decline in Household Financial Wealth to GDP Ratio

  • Households are becoming poorer relative to the overall economy and are borrowing more money.
  • The ratio of household financial wealth to GDP has fallen sharply, and the debt-to-net-worth ratio has risen.

Rise in Interest Payment Burden

  • The interest payment burden is influenced by both the interest rate and the debt-to-income (DTI) ratio.
  • A higher DTI ratio indicates a higher risk of defaulting on loans.
  • There has been a sharp rise in both DTI and interest payment burdens recently.
  • The DTI ratio can increase due to higher net borrowing-income ratios or higher interest rates/reduced nominal income growth rates.
  • Fisher dynamics describe the phenomenon of a rising debt-to-income ratio due to changes in interest rates and nominal income growth rates.

Household Income Growth Lags Behind Lending Rate

  • From 2019-20 to 2022-23, the average growth rate of household disposable income (8% in 2019-20 to 2021-22 and 9.3% in 2019-20 to 2022-23) was lower than the weighted average lending rate (9.3% in 2019-22 and 9.4% in 2019-23).
  • The lending rate figures are derived from the Reserve Bank of India’s quarterly data.

Decline in Savings and Investment (2003-08 vs. 2019-22)

  • From 2003-04 to 2007-08, the average Gross National Income (GNI) growth rate (14.5%) was higher than the average lending rate (11.5%).
  • This indicated that incomes were growing faster than the cost of borrowing.

Fisher Dynamics Since 2019-20

  • The Indian economy has shown signs of Fisher dynamics since the economic slowdown in 2019-20.
  • Post-Covid-19, household debt has increased sharply compared to income, primarily due to lower nominal income growth rates.
  • Two main challenges arise from Fisher dynamics:
    • Increasing Income-Debt Gap: Leading to higher interest payments for households.
    • Reduced Consumption: Higher debt prompts households to cut back on spending, reflected in the drop in the consumption to GDP ratio in 2023-24.

Macroeconomic Implications of Rising Household Debt Burden

  • Debt Repayment: Rising interest rates faster than income growth can strain the financial sector, reducing credit availability for businesses.
  • Consumption Demand: High household debt can reduce consumption as households save more and spend less.
  • Higher Interest Rates to Combat Inflation: This can worsen household debt burdens and push households into a debt trap.
  • Financialisation of the Economy: The shift towards financial assets indicates a more financialised economy, potentially making it more fragile and prone to crises.

Way Forward

  • Focus on Income Growth and Debt Control: Reducing the gap between interest rates and income growth is crucial, as is slowing down the growth of household debt compared to income.
  • Boosting Income Growth: Policies promoting job creation, wage increases, and overall economic growth are essential.
  • Managing Debt Levels: Encouraging responsible borrowing practices and potentially regulating excessively high lending rates can help households manage debt more effectively.
  • Wage Growth: If wages grow faster than interest rates, households will have more disposable income to manage debt and spend more.
  • Debt Management Strategies: Financial education initiatives and responsible lending practices can help households manage debt better, freeing up income for spending.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2018)

Q. As per the NSSO 70th Round “Situation Assessment Survey of Agricultural Households”, consider the following statements: 

  1. Rajasthan has the highest percentage share of agricultural households among its rural households.
  2. Out of the total agricultural households in the country, a little over 60 percent belong to OBCs.
  3. In Kerala, a little over 60 percent of agricultural households reported to have received maximum income from sources other than agricultural activities.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 2 and 3 only
(b) 2 only
(c) 1 and 3 only
(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: c

Prelims (2019)

2. In a given year in India, official poverty lines are higher in some States than in others because 

(a) poverty rates vary from State to State
(b) price levels vary from State to State
(c) Gross State Product varies from State to State
(d) quality of public distribution varies from State to State

Ans: (b)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS – 3 Growth & Development, Monetary Policy, Fiscal Policy
Monthly Current Affairs

Political and Economic Reforms in 1991


In News: As India prepares for the 2024 general election, it's crucial to reflect on the pivotal 1991 Indian general elections, a significant turning point in the nation's history.

Key Electoral Reforms Introduced by T. N. Seshan

  • Overview
    • Tirunellai Narayana Iyer Seshan, commonly known as T. N. Seshan, served as the Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) of India from 1990 to 1996. 
    • During his tenure, he introduced several landmark reforms that profoundly transformed the Indian electoral process.
  • Key Reforms
    • Voter ID Cards
      • Introduction: Known as Electors Photo Identity Card (EPIC), these were introduced to prevent impersonation and bogus voting.
    • Strict Enforcement of Model Code of Conduct (MCC)
      • Enforcement: Seshan rigorously enforced the MCC, which outlines guidelines for political parties during elections. This curbed the misuse of power and unfair advantages.
    • Curbing Electoral Malpractices
      • Measures: Under his leadership, the Election Commission listed 150 malpractices, including vote buying, bribing, intimidation of voters, booth capturing, and the use of muscle power.
      • Restrictions: He also banned excessive spending and public displays during campaigns.
    • Ensuring Independent and Impartial Elections
      • Deployment of Forces: Seshan ensured the deployment of central police forces to maintain order and prevent violence.
      • Autonomy Advocacy: He advocated for an autonomous status for the Election Commission.

Impact of Seshan’s Reforms on the 1991 Elections

  • Conduct of Elections: The 1991 elections were conducted with unprecedented integrity and transparency, setting new standards for future elections.
  • Turnout: Despite the prevailing political instability, a turnout of 56.73% was recorded, reflecting more genuine participation compared to previous elections marred by irregularities.

Long-term Impacts

  • Transformation of the Election Commission: The Commission evolved from a passive observer to an active enforcer of electoral laws.
  • Strengthened Autonomy and Integrity: These reforms significantly enhanced the autonomy and integrity of the Election Commission, ensuring free and fair elections.

Recognition

  • Ramon Magsaysay Award: Seshan's efforts in electoral reforms earned him the prestigious Ramon Magsaysay Award in 1996, highlighting his impact on global standards of electoral integrity.

Political Context of the 1991 Elections

  • Background
    • Assassination of Rajiv Gandhi: In May 1991, Rajiv Gandhi was assassinated by a suicide bomber from the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE), leading to a politically charged and fractured environment during the elections.
    • New Leadership: Following Rajiv Gandhi's death, PV Narasimha Rao was sworn in as Prime Minister on 21st June 1991.

Economic Reforms Under Rao’s Government

  • Economic Crisis
    • Sovereign Default Threat: India was on the verge of a sovereign default due to depleted foreign exchange reserves, exacerbated by the Gulf War (1991), which led to increased oil prices and reduced remittances from overseas workers.
    • Fiscal and Current Account Deficits: The fiscal deficit soared to 8% of GDP, and the current account deficit was 2.5% of GDP. Inflation rates were in double digits.
    • Forex Reserves: Foreign exchange reserves plummeted to less than USD 6 billion, barely enough to cover two weeks' worth of imports.
  • Immediate Measures to Mitigate the Crisis
    • Rupee Devaluation: On 1st July 1991, the rupee was devalued by 9% against major currencies, followed by an additional 11% devaluation two days later to make Indian exports more competitive.
    • Pledging Gold Holdings: The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) pledged gold with the Bank of England in July 1991, raising around USD 400 million.
    • Emergency Loans: The government secured about USD 2 billion in emergency loans from the International Monetary Fund (IMF).
  • LPG Reforms
    • Liberalization, Privatization, and Globalization (LPG): PM Rao, along with Finance Minister Manmohan Singh, initiated these reforms as a cornerstone of India's economic strategy to overcome the crisis and promote sustainable growth.
  • Liberalization
    • New Trade Policy: Introduced to boost exports by revamping the licensing process and linking non-essential imports to exports.
    • Exim Scrips: The government introduced tradeable exim scrips for exporters based on the value of exports.
    • Ending Licence Raj: The new industrial policy dismantled the licence raj, relaxing Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act provisions to facilitate business restructuring and mergers.
  • Privatization
    • FDI Reforms: Automatic approval for foreign direct investment (FDI) up to 51% was introduced.
    • Public Sector Monopoly Restriction: Restricted public sector monopoly to sectors critical for national security.
  • Globalization
    • Economic Policies: Aimed at integrating India’s economy with the global market, encouraging international trade and investment.
    • Boosting Exports: The massive devaluation of the rupee and new trade policies made Indian exports more competitive globally.
  • Impact of LPG Reforms
    • Economic Growth: GDP increased from USD 270 billion in 1991 to USD 2.9 trillion in 2020.
    • FDI Inflows: Increased significantly, reaching USD 82 billion in 2020-21 from USD 97 million in 1991.
    • Industrial Growth: Promoted growth in sectors such as IT, telecom, and automobiles.
    • Trade and Investment Flows: India’s share in global trade rose from 0.5% in 1991 to around 2% in 2022.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2017)

Q. Which of the following has/have occurred in India after its liberalization of economic policies in 1991? 

  1. Share of agriculture in GDP increased enormously.
  2. Share of India’s exports in world trade increased.
  3. FDI inflows increased.
  4. India’s foreign exchange reserves increased enormously.

Select the correct answer using the codes given below:

(a) 1 and 4 only

(b) 2, 3 and 4 only

(c) 2 and 3 only

(d) 1, 2, 3 and 4

Ans: (b)

Prelims (2017)

Q. With reference to the Indian economy after the 1991 economic liberalization, consider the following statements:

  1. Worker productivity (Rs. per worker at 2004-05 prices) increased in urban areas while it decreased in rural areas.
  2. The percentage share of rural areas in the workforce steadily increased.
  3. In rural areas, the growth in non-farm economy increased.
  4. The growth rate in rural employment decreased.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 3 and 4 only

(c) 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 4 only

Ans: (b)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Zimbabwe Gold (ZiG) Currency


In News: In a recent effort to tackle its persistent economic instability, the Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe (RBZ) has unveiled a new gold-backed currency known as the ZiG.

Introduction of Zimbabwe Gold (ZiG) Currency

  • Zimbabwe has recently introduced the Zimbabwe Gold (ZiG) currency, which is backed by gold reserves, making it the sixth currency utilized by the country.
  • ZiG has been in circulation since April 5, 2024, and aims to provide stability and prevent currency devaluation through its gold-backed nature.

Key Features of ZiG

  • The ZiG is distinguished as a novel currency backed by gold reserves, ensuring its value is supported by physical gold held by the government.
  • Denominations of ZiG notes and coins range from 1ZiG to 200ZiG, with the gold backing intended to offer stability and prevent currency devaluation.

Reasons for Launching the New Currency

  • Zimbabwe has struggled with high inflation rates, exceeding 500% in recent years, leading to the devaluation of the Zimbabwean dollar introduced in 1980.
  • Hyperinflation, reaching extreme levels such as 5 billion per cent in 2009, resulted in the collapse of the Zimbabwean dollar, prompting reliance on various foreign currencies, predominantly the US dollar.
  • The introduction of the ZiG currency aims to address these challenges, with banks in Zimbabwe converting the previous national currency into ZiGs, aiming to streamline monetary and financial processes while promoting simplicity, certainty, and predictability.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 GS-3 Economy
Monthly Current Affairs

Revamping India's Informal Labor Market


In News: India's labour market is distinguished by an extensive informal sector, encompassing more than 400 million workers who operate beyond the formal employment framework.

Current State of the Labour Market

  • Global Informal Economy
    • More than 60% of the global workforce operates in the informal economy, along with 80% of enterprises worldwide.
    • Over 2 billion workers worldwide are engaged in informal employment, contributing significantly to global GDP.
    • In India, nearly 85% of the workforce is part of the informal sector, generating over half of the country's GDP.
  • Challenges Posed by the Informal Labour Market
    • Precarious Employment: Agricultural laborers and street vendors face seasonal unemployment and low wages, contributing to income inequality.
    • Sustainable Livelihoods: Providing equitable opportunities and sustainable livelihoods for informal workers remains a challenge.
    • Social Vulnerability: Limited access to social security, healthcare, and basic rights due to low incomes and large family sizes.
    • Occupational Hazards: Informal workers, such as waste pickers, face health risks, while child labor remains prevalent.
    • Institutional Challenges: Lack of legal protection and vulnerability to harassment by authorities are significant issues.

Government Schemes for Informal Labourers

  • Includes schemes like Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana, Pradhan Mantri Shram Yogi Maan-dhan, and eShram Portal, among others.
  • Additional schemes cater to unorganized workers, such as Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act and PM SVANidhi.

Implementation of Labour Codes

  • The government aims to simplify labor laws through four consolidated codes, covering wages, industrial relations, social security, and occupational safety.

Way Forward

  • Universal Coverage: Leverage platforms like the eShram portal to enroll all informal workers into social security schemes.
  • Simplifying Registration Processes: Simplify registration for informal businesses to integrate them into the formal economy.
  • Tailored Schemes: Design specific social security programs for diverse worker groups.
  • Skill Development and Formalization: Equip informal workers with relevant skills and incentives to transition into the formal sector.
  • Grievance Redressal Mechanism: Establish accessible mechanisms to address grievances periodically.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2016)

Q. Pradhan Mantri MUDRA Yojana is aimed at 

(a) bringing the small entrepreneurs into formal financial system
(b) providing loans to poor farmers for cultivating particular crops
(c) providing pensions to old and destitute persons
(d) funding the voluntary organizations involved in the promotion of skill development and employment generation

Ans: (a)

Prelims (2013)

Q. Disguised unemployment generally means 

(a) large number of people remain unemployed
(b) alternative employment is not available
(c) marginal productivity of labour is zero
(d) productivity of workers is low

Ans: (c)

Mains (2023)

Q. Most of the unemployment in India is structural in nature. Examine the methodology adopted to compute unemployment in the country and suggest improvements. 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS – 3 Government Policies & Interventions, employment, Issues Relating to Development, Health
Monthly Current Affairs

Competition in Digital Markets


In News: During the 15th annual day celebrations of the Competition Commission of India (CCI), the Chairperson highlighted the trend of digital markets towards market concentration, resulting in monopolistic tendencies.

Understanding Digital Markets

  • Definition
    • Digital markets, also known as online markets, refer to commercial spaces where businesses and consumers interact through digital platforms.
  • Examples
    • E-commerce Marketplaces: Platforms like Amazon and eBay facilitate direct sales from businesses to consumers.
    • Digital Advertising: Companies such as Google Ads and Facebook Ads display online advertisements across websites and social media.
    • Social Media Marketing: Businesses utilize platforms like Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter for brand promotion and customer engagement.
    • Search Engine Optimization (SEO): Techniques employed to enhance a website's visibility on search engine results pages (SERPs).

Challenges in Digital Market Competition

  • Market Dominance and Anti-Competitive Practices
    • Powerful players can monopolize markets, limiting innovation and consumer choice.
    • Examples include self-preferencing, tying and bundling, and exclusive deals.
  • Network Effects and Winner-Take-All Dynamics
    • Platforms gain value with more users, making it challenging for new entrants to compete.
    • High switching costs and reduced innovation are consequences of winner-take-all dynamics.
  • Data Advantage and Privacy Concerns
    • Companies gather extensive user data, raising concerns about privacy violations and an uneven playing field.
    • New entrants struggle to compete without access to data leveraged by established players.
  • Regulatory Challenges
    • Existing regulations may not effectively address complex digital ecosystems.
    • Antitrust issues and determining dominant firms pose significant challenges for regulators.

Solutions to Monitor Digital Market Competition

  • Proactive Measures
    • Designation of Systemically Important Digital Intermediaries (SIDIs) to regulate dominant players.
    • Prohibition of anti-competitive practices like self-preferencing and exclusive dealing.
    • Mandating data sharing and interoperability to promote competition and user choice.
  • Strengthening the Competition Commission of India (CCI)
    • Providing the CCI with enhanced resources and expertise to monitor digital markets effectively.
    • Promoting innovation through regulatory sandboxes for startups and transparency in data practices.

Conclusion

Digital markets offer opportunities for growth but also present challenges. Proactive measures and regulatory frameworks are essential to foster competition, innovation, and data privacy in the evolving digital landscape.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2021)

Q.  ‘Right to Privacy’ is protected under which Article of the Constitution of India? 

(a) Article 15

(b) Article 19

(c) Article 21

(d) Article 29

Ans: (c)

Prelims (2018)

Q2. Right to Privacy is protected as an intrinsic part of Right to Life and Personal Liberty. Which of the following in the Constitution of India correctly and appropriately imply the above statement? 

(a) Article 14 and the provisions under the 42nd Amendment to the Constitution.

(b) Article 17 and the Directive Principles of State Policy in Part IV.

(c) Article 21 and the freedoms guaranteed in Part III.

(d) Article 24 and the provisions under the 44th Amendment to the Constitution.

Ans: (c)

Mains (2017)

Q. Examine the scope of Fundamental Rights in the light of the latest judgement of the Supreme Court on Right to Privacy. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

India’s Service Sector


In News: In May 2024, India experienced vigorous business activity, primarily led by the dominant services sector. According to the HSBC's flash India Composite Purchasing Managers' Index (PMI) compiled by S&P Global, there was record export growth and the highest rate of job addition in almost 18 years.

Understanding the Service Sector

  • Overview
    • The service sector encompasses industries offering intangible services like finance, banking, healthcare, education, and IT.
  • India's Service Sector Contribution
    • Contributes over 50% to India's GDP.
    • Despite the pandemic's impact, it remains a vital economic contributor.
    • India is a prominent player in software services exports and attracts significant FDI inflows.
  • Key Highlights from India's Flash Composite PMI
    • Composite PMI rose to 61.7 in May 2024, indicating robust economic activity.
    • Significant job expansion, especially in the private sector.
    • Record growth in new export orders for both manufacturing and services sectors.

Challenges Faced by India's Services Industry

  • Inadequate physical and digital infrastructure.
  • Skills gap and mismatch between education and industry needs.
  • Rigid labour laws and taxation issues.
  • Intense domestic and international competition.
  • Limited access to finance for service providers.

Opportunities for India in the Service Sector

  • IT-BPO/Fintech, healthcare, tourism, logistics, transportation, education, and professional services sectors offer growth prospects.
  • Government support and a large pool of skilled professionals drive these opportunities.

Future Strategies and Recommendations

  • Implement portable social security systems for gig workers.
  • Promote entrepreneurship, innovation, and early-stage funding.
  • Targeted skill development programs for marginalized groups.
  • Reskill the workforce for AI and automation.
  • Encourage remote work and formal sector transition for informal workers.

Adopting best practices from global models like Peru's National Strategy can facilitate inclusive growth and workforce empowerment.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2008)

Q. What does S & P 500 relate to? 

(a) Supercomputer

(b) A new technique in e-business

(c) A new technique in bridge building

(d) An index of stocks of large companies

Ans: (d)

Prelims (2015)

Q. In the ‘Index of Eight Core Industries’, which one of the following is given the highest weight? 

(a) Coal production

(b) Electricity generation

(c) Fertilizer production

(d) Steel production

Ans: (b)

Mains (2017)

Q1. Industrial growth rate has lagged behind in the overall growth of Gross-Domestic-Product (GDP) in the post-reform period” Give reasons. How far the recent changes in Industrial Policy are capable of increasing the industrial growth rate? 

Mains (2014)

Q2. Normally countries shift from agriculture to industry and then later to services, but India shifted directly from agriculture to services. What are the reasons for the huge growth of services vis-a-vis the industry in the country? Can India become a developed country without a strong industrial base? 

Source: ET

Keywords: GS-3 Economics
Monthly Current Affairs

Pravaah Portal


In News: The RBI Governor recently introduced three significant initiatives by the Reserve Bank: the Pravaah portal, the Retail Direct Mobile App, and the FinTech Repository.

New Initiatives by RBI: Pravaah Portal, Retail Direct Mobile App, and FinTech Repository

  • About Pravaah Portal
    • Pravaah (Platform for Regulatory Application, Validation, and Authorization) is a secure and centralized web-based portal developed for individuals or entities to seek authorization, licenses, or regulatory approvals from the RBI.
  • Key Features
    • Online submission of applications.
    • Ability to track and monitor the status of applications/references.
    • Respond to any clarifications or queries from the RBI regarding the application/reference.
    • Receive decisions from the RBI within a specified time frame.
    • This portal aims to enhance the efficiency of processes related to granting regulatory approvals and clearances by the RBI.
    • Currently, 60 application forms covering different regulatory and supervisory departments of the RBI are available on the portal, including a general-purpose form for miscellaneous requests.
  • About Retail Direct Mobile App
    • The Retail Direct Portal was launched in November 2021 to facilitate retail investors in opening Retail Direct Gilt accounts with the RBI (https://rbiretaildirect.org.in) under the Retail Direct Scheme.
    • The scheme allows retail investors to purchase G-Secs in primary auctions and buy or sell G-Secs in the secondary market.
    • The launch of the Retail Direct Mobile App enables retail investors to transact in G-Secs conveniently using their smartphones.
  • About FinTech Repository
    • The FinTech Repository is designed to capture essential information about FinTech entities, including their activities and technology usage, both regulated and unregulated.
    • It aims to provide a comprehensive database of Indian FinTech firms, offering valuable insights for policymakers and industry participants.
    • Alongside, an EmTech Repository for RBI-regulated entities (banks and NBFCs) is being launched. This repository will track the adoption of emerging technologies such as AI, Machine Learning, Cloud Computing, DLT, and Quantum Computing.
    • Both the FinTech and EmTech Repositories are secure web-based applications managed by the Reserve Bank Innovation Hub (RBIH), a wholly owned subsidiary of RBI.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Economy
Monthly Current Affairs

About TacticAI


In News: TacticAI underwent development and evaluation through a multi-year research partnership between Google's DeepMind and experts from Liverpool Football Club.

Exploring TacticAI: Enhancing Football Tactics with AI

  • TacticAI is an artificial intelligence system designed to offer tactical insights, particularly focusing on corner kicks in football, through predictive and generative AI algorithms.
  • Football team managers can utilize TacticAI as an assistant tool for refining their tactical strategies during matches.
  • Developed by Google's DeepMind, TacticAI integrates both predictive and generative components. This allows coaches to efficiently explore various player setups for each corner kick scenario and select those with the highest predicted success rates.
  • Corner kicks are strategically significant moments in football matches, as they offer a frozen moment in the game, starting from a consistent position at the corner of the pitch. This provides players with an immediate opportunity to score.
  • Strategies for corner kicks are typically pre-decided by coaches well in advance of match day, ensuring clarity and avoiding confusion when executed on the field.
  • In football, a corner kick is awarded when the ball crosses the goal line after being last touched by a player from the defending team.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Global Leaders Group on Antimicrobial Resistance


In News: In Barcelona, Spain, the European Society for Clinical Microbiology and Infectious Diseases and the Global Leaders Group (GLG) on Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR) collaboratively hosted a prestigious event titled 'Forging Partnerships Between Science and Policy.'

The Global Leaders Group on Antimicrobial Resistance: Key Aspects and Background

  • The Global Leaders Group on Antimicrobial Resistance comprises world leaders and experts from various sectors collaborating to expedite political action on antimicrobial resistance (AMR).
  • Functioning autonomously, the group plays a vital global advisory and advocacy role, aiming to sustain urgency, garner public support, maintain political momentum, and enhance the visibility of the AMR challenge on the global health and development agenda.
  • Established in November 2020 at the recommendation of the Interagency Coordination Group (IACG) on Antimicrobial Resistance, the Global Leaders Group on AMR seeks to bolster worldwide political momentum and leadership on the issue.
  • The inaugural meeting of the Group convened in January 2021, marking the initiation of collaborative efforts towards addressing AMR challenges.
  • The Quadripartite Joint Secretariat (QJS) on Antimicrobial Resistance, jointly operated by the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), and the World Organisation for Animal Health (OIE), provides secretariat support for the Group.

Understanding Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR)

  • Antimicrobial resistance (AMR) refers to the capability of bacteria and other microbes to withstand the effects of drugs intended to inhibit or kill them.
  • Often termed 'superbugs,' these microbes are accountable for drug-resistant infections that pose significant challenges in treatment.
  • Causes of AMR
    • While AMR is a natural occurrence, the primary cause of resistance to antimicrobials stems from the extensive use of antimicrobial drugs.
    • Elevated usage of antimicrobial drugs in humans, animals, and plants contributes to a troubling escalation in drug resistance, rendering infections increasingly difficult to manage.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Salmonella


In News: Since October 2023, the United States has allegedly rejected nearly one-third of shipments from Mahashian Di Hatti Pvt Ltd (MDH) due to concerns over salmonella contamination.

Understanding Salmonella: Causes, Transmission, and Risks

  • Salmonella comprises a group of bacteria known for causing gastrointestinal illness and fever, a condition referred to as salmonellosis.
  • Naturally inhabiting the intestines of animals, Salmonella can be present in their feces, posing a risk of transmission to humans.
  • Transmission to humans occurs when they come into contact with Salmonella-infected animals or contaminated items within their environment.
  • Salmonella is characterized by its widespread presence and resilience, capable of surviving for several weeks in dry environments and several months in water.
  • Risks associated with Salmonella infection include symptoms such as diarrhea, fever, and stomach cramps.
  • Certain demographics, including children under 5 years old, adults over 65 years old, and individuals with weakened immune systems, are particularly vulnerable to experiencing severe illness requiring medical intervention or hospitalization as a result of Salmonella infection.

Source: ET

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Thrombocytopenia Syndrome (TTS)


In News: AstraZeneca, producer of the Covishield Covid-19 vaccine, acknowledged potential side effects in a legal filing, stating the vaccine can rarely cause Thrombosis with Thrombocytopenia Syndrome (TTS).

What is Covishield?

  • Background
    • In response to the Covid-19 pandemic in 2020, a collaboration between a UK pharmaceutical firm and the University of Oxford led to the development of the AZD1222 vaccine.
  • Covishield in India
    • The vaccine, marketed under the name Covishield, was manufactured by the Serum Institute of India (SII) in Pune.
    • Indian government advisories in January 2021 cautioned about its administration to individuals with thrombocytopenia, a condition of low platelet counts.
    • Vaccination began in India on January 16, 2021, with a reported incidence of potential thromboembolic events at 0.61 cases per million doses.
    • The Union Health Ministry affirmed Covishield's positive benefit-risk profile, emphasizing its effectiveness in preventing Covid-19 infections and reducing fatalities.
  • AstraZeneca Vaccine in Other Countries
    • In March 2021, several European countries temporarily halted the use of the AstraZeneca vaccine following reports of blood clotting cases.
    • The World Health Organization (WHO) later acknowledged cases of Thrombosis with Thrombocytopenia Syndrome (TTS) after Covishield vaccinations but noted a very low risk based on available data.

What is Thrombosis with Thrombocytopenia Syndrome (TTS)?

  • Background
    • TTS is a rare condition characterized by blood clot formation in blood vessels and a decrease in blood platelets.
  • Mechanism
    • The exact mechanism behind TTS post-Covishield vaccination remains unclear, though it's hypothesized to involve an immune response triggering platelet activation and clot formation, similar to autoimmune heparin-induced thrombocytopenia.
  • Symptoms
    • Symptoms of TTS include breathlessness, chest or limb pain, skin bruising, headaches, and numbness, potentially leading to severe complications like stroke or heart attack.
  • Risk Factors
    • Factors contributing to TTS susceptibility may include age, gender (more common in younger women), and possibly genetic factors.
  • AstraZeneca's Stance
    • AstraZeneca, in court documents, denied a causal link between the vaccine and TTS but acknowledged the possibility of TTS in very rare cases.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

SMART (Supersonic Missile Assisted Torpedoes)


In News: The Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) has achieved a successful test of the long-range Supersonic Missile Assisted Torpedo (SMART). This milestone aims to enhance the Navy's anti-submarine warfare capabilities.

Introduction to SMART (Supersonic Missile Assisted Torpedoes)

  • Background on Torpedoes
    • Torpedoes are self-propelled underwater weapons designed to target and hit specific objectives. However, they are constrained by limited range.
  • Overview of SMART
    • The SMART system is a technological advancement developed by DRDO to enhance the range and effectiveness of torpedoes. 
    • It involves launching torpedoes with the assistance of supersonic missiles, thereby extending their operational range significantly.
  • Institutions Involved
    • Several DRDO laboratories, including Defence Research and Development Laboratory (DRDL), Research Centre Imarat (RCI), Aerial Delivery Research and Development Establishment (ADRDE), and Naval Science and Technology Laboratory (NSTL), have contributed to the development of SMART.

Features of SMART

  • The system can be deployed from both coastal locations and warships.
  • It consists of a canister-based missile system equipped with advanced subsystems such as two-stage solid propulsion and precision inertial navigation.
  • Canisters play a vital role in ensuring the smooth and safe launch of the torpedo and also serve for transportation and storage purposes.
  • The canisters are filled with inert gases to provide protection from the external environment during storage and transportation.
  • SMART carries a lightweight torpedo missile as its payload and utilizes a parachute-based release mechanism.

Significance of SMART

  • The deployment of SMART enables the launch of lightweight torpedoes at targets, such as submarines, located hundreds of kilometres away. 
  • This capability significantly surpasses the conventional range limitations of lightweight torpedoes. 
  • SMART is particularly valuable in situations where immediate action against detected enemy submarines is necessary, especially in the absence of other assets.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

What is Antares?


In News: The Indian Institute of Astrophysics (IIA), headquartered in Bengaluru, has captured footage of the moon passing in front of Antares, a prominent red star.

About Antares

  • Antares, also known as Alpha Scorpii, holds the distinction of being the alpha, or brightest, star in the Scorpius constellation and ranks as the 15th-brightest star in the entire night sky.
  • It stands as a massive red supergiant star, boasting immense size and luminosity.
  • Its brightness is about 10,000 times greater than that of our sun.
  • Antares is among the largest stars known, with a diameter approximately 700 times that of the sun, large enough to encompass the orbit of Mars if our solar system were centered on it.
  • Positioned roughly 600 light-years away from Earth, Antares shines from a significant distance.
  • Despite its massive size, the overall density of Antares is astonishingly low, measuring less than one-millionth that of the sun.
  • This star's surface temperature is relatively cool compared to other stars, approximately 6,100 degrees F (3,400 degrees C), which gives it its distinctive ruddy hue, in contrast to the sun's higher surface temperature of about 10,000 degrees F (5,500 degrees C).

What is a Red Supergiant Star?

  • Red supergiant stars are celestial giants approaching the later stages of their stellar life cycles.
  • They exhibit a vast radius, ranging from several hundred to 1,500 times that of the Sun.
  • Despite their immense size, the red coloration signifies these stars possess relatively low surface temperatures.
  • Red supergiants are renowned for their high luminosity, emitting substantial amounts of light.
  • Many red supergiants are categorized as variable stars, displaying fluctuations in brightness as observed from Earth.
  • These stars are actively shedding mass, with nebulae often observed surrounding them as they expel material into space.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Boeing Starliner


In News: On its third test flight, an Atlas V rocket is scheduled to launch carrying a crew capsule named Starliner, manufactured by Boeing, with two experienced astronauts on board for the first time.

About Boeing Starliner

Boeing Starliner is a spacecraft designed to transport astronauts into space following launch by a rocket.

Components

  • It comprises a crew capsule and a service module.
  • The crew capsule serves as the habitat for astronauts and is equipped to endure re-entry and return to Earth.
  • The service module contains essential equipment and systems for astronauts' survival in space, including air and temperature control, water supply, sanitation, as well as engines and fuel for spacecraft maneuvering.

Specifications

  • Starliner measures over 4 meters wide and can accommodate up to seven astronauts.
  • Its innovative, weldless structure allows for reusability up to 10 times with a six-month turnaround time.
  • It features modern amenities such as wireless internet and tablet technology for crew interfaces.
  • The spacecraft can be launched atop an Atlas V rocket, operated by United Launch Alliance, a collaboration between Boeing and Lockheed Martin.

Purpose of Starliner

  • NASA awarded contracts to SpaceX and Boeing on September 16, 2014, to transport astronauts to the International Space Station (ISS).
  • SpaceX has flown 13 missions to the ISS with its Dragon crew capsule, capable of housing seven astronauts.
  • Following the retirement of NASA's Space Shuttle program in 2011 and before the readiness of SpaceX's Dragon capsule in 2020, Russia's Soyuz rocket and capsule were the only means to transport astronauts to and from the ISS.
  • A successful Starliner mission would provide the U.S. with two spacecraft for launching astronauts into space simultaneously for the first time in history.
  • SpaceX and Boeing will alternate launching astronauts to the ISS, with each crew's expedition lasting up to six months, until the ISS is decommissioned in the next decade.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Air Independent Propulsion


In News: The process of modernizing the Indian Navy's submarine fleet with a significant Rs 60,000 crore contract has commenced. This contract aims to construct six stealth submarines equipped with Air Independent Propulsion (AIP) technology, and trials of competing teams have commenced at Mazagaon Docks in Mumbai.

What is AIP?

AIP, or Air Independent Propulsion, arose as a solution to the challenge of achieving satisfactory underwater propulsion with the emergence of submarines.

Historical Context

  • Traditional diesel-electric submarines faced limitations, needing frequent surfacing to charge batteries and having limited underwater endurance.
  • The Imperial Russian Navy's 1908 submarine, Pochtovy, introduced a novel approach using a gasoline engine fed with compressed air, which exhausted underwater.

Principles of AIP

  • AIP systems today typically involve using a fuel to power an open-cycle system or providing oxygen to an aerobic engine in a closed cycle.
  • These systems often generate electricity to drive propulsion motors or recharge submarine batteries, vastly enhancing underwater endurance.

Implementation

  • AIP is commonly used as an auxiliary power source, with traditional diesel engines handling surface propulsion.
  • Retrofitting existing submarines with AIP technology involves inserting a new hull section during the retrofit process.

Advantages of AIP

  • AIP systems enable submarines to remain submerged for extended periods, enhancing operational capabilities.
  • They reduce noise levels, making submarines harder to detect underwater.

Types of AIP Systems

  • Open-cycle systems
  • Closed-cycle diesel engines
  • Closed-cycle steam turbines
  • Stirling cycle engines
  • Fuel cells

DRDO's AIP System

  • The Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) is developing a fuel cells-based AIP System, unique for generating hydrogen onboard.
  • Developed by the Naval Materials Research Laboratory (NMRL) of DRDO, this system operates in endurance and max power modes as per user requirements.

Types of Submarines

  • Conventional or Diesel-electric submarine: They rely on atmospheric oxygen to run diesel generators, which charge batteries.
  • Nuclear Submarine: Powered by a nuclear reactor, offering significant performance advantages over conventional submarines.

Source: FPJ

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Endosymbiotic Theory


In News: Two recently published papers have reignited interest in the endosymbiotic theory.

About Endosymbiotic Theory

The endosymbiotic theory proposes that certain organelles within modern eukaryotic cells were originally prokaryotic microbes.

Key Concepts

  • The theory suggests that the first eukaryotic cell likely resembled an amoeba-like organism, obtaining nutrients through phagocytosis and containing a nucleus formed when a portion of the cytoplasmic membrane enclosed the chromosomes.
  • Some of these amoeba-like organisms ingested prokaryotic cells, establishing a symbiotic relationship where the ingested microbes survived within the host cell.
  • Mitochondria originated from bacteria capable of aerobic respiration, while chloroplasts formed from photosynthetic bacteria. These organelles lost their cell wall and much of their DNA over time due to their diminished utility within the host cell.
  • Evolution over millions of years led to the specialization of mitochondria and chloroplasts, rendering them unable to survive independently outside the host cell.

Prokaryotes vs. Eukaryotes

  • Living organisms are categorized into three domains: Bacteria, Archaea, and Eukarya.
  • Prokaryotes, found primarily in the Bacteria and Archaea domains, consist of prokaryotic cells, the simplest and most ancient cellular structures.
  • Eukaryotes, belonging to the Eukarya domain, comprise more complex eukaryotic cells, which can be unicellular or multicellular and include animals, plants, fungi, and protists.
  • The primary distinction between prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells lies in the presence of a distinct nucleus containing genetic material in eukaryotes, while prokaryotes lack a nucleus.
  • Eukaryotes emerged approximately 2.7 billion years ago after 1 to 1.5 billion years of prokaryotic evolution.
  • Eukaryotic cells possess membrane-bound organelles such as mitochondria, endoplasmic reticulum, golgi complex, and chloroplasts (in plant cells), which are absent in prokaryotic cells.
  • Despite their differences, prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells share common features such as DNA, cell membrane, cytoplasm, and ribosomes.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

MQ-9B Predator


In News: Recently, the Defence Ministry approved the procurement of 30 MQ-9B Predator drones (SeaGuardian variant) from the US to bolster the surveillance capabilities of the armed forces.

About MQ-9B Predator

The MQ-9B Predator is a high-altitude, long-endurance armed Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) developed by General Atomics Aeronautical Systems (GA-ASI).

Key Features

  • It is a variant of the MQ-9 "Reaper" primarily designed for the United States Air Force (USAF).
  • Used for surveillance, intelligence gathering, and airstrikes by the United States.
  • The MQ-9B drone includes two variants: Sky Guardian and Sea Guardian, the latter being utilized by the Indian Navy since 2020.

Technical Specifications

  • Payload capacity of up to 5,670 kg and a fuel capacity of 2,721 kg.
  • Capable of operating at altitudes exceeding 40,000 feet.
  • Can fly as close as 250 metres from the ground without detection.
  • Maximum endurance of 40 hours, providing prolonged surveillance capabilities.
  • Top speed of 275 mph (442 km/h).
  • Armed with strike missiles, including four Hellfire missiles and around 450 kg of bombs.
  • Capable of automatic take-offs and landings for operational flexibility.
  • Can integrate into civil airspace, offering real-time situational awareness for joint forces and civil authorities.

Applications

  • Land and maritime surveillance
  • Anti-submarine warfare
  • Anti-surface warfare
  • Electronic warfare
  • Expeditionary missions

Source: MC

Keywords: GS-3 Defence and Security
Monthly Current Affairs

Choline


In News: Recently, researchers made a discovery revealing that a protein known as FLVCR2 facilitates the transportation of the essential nutrient choline into the brain.

About Choline

Choline is an essential nutrient crucial for supporting various bodily functions, including cellular growth and metabolism.

Forms and Absorption

Choline exists in both water-soluble and fat-soluble forms, with the body transporting and absorbing it differently based on its form.

Dietary Sources

  • While the body can produce small amounts of choline in the liver, it's insufficient to meet daily requirements, necessitating dietary intake. 
  • Rich sources include meat, fish, dairy, eggs, as well as fruits, vegetables, and whole grains.

Functions

  • Cell Structure: Choline is a key component of phospholipids, such as lecithin, essential for cell membrane integrity across plant and animal cells.
  • Methyl Group Source: It provides methyl groups crucial for various metabolic processes.
  • Liver Health: Choline aids in clearing cholesterol from the liver, preventing fat and cholesterol buildup associated with nonalcoholic fatty liver disease.
  • Nervous System: Choline is essential for acetylcholine synthesis, a neurotransmitter vital for memory, muscle movement, and other nervous system functions.
  • Other Roles: It plays roles in gene expression, cell membrane signaling, lipid metabolism, brain development, and acts as a food source for beneficial gut bacteria.

Deficiency Implications:

Choline deficiency can lead to health issues like cardiovascular disease and muscular damage.

Source: MN

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Fusobacterium nucleatum


In News: In a recent study, researchers have pinpointed a unique subtype of Fusobacterium nucleatum that is present in significantly higher levels within colorectal cancer (CRC) tumors.

Insights into Fusobacterium nucleatum and Its Role in Colorectal Tumors

  • Introduction
    • Fusobacterium nucleatum belongs to the class of Gram-negative anaerobic bacilli and is commonly found in various human reservoirs such as the mouth and gastrointestinal tract.
  • Opportunistic Pathogen
    • Traditionally, F. nucleatum has been viewed as an opportunistic pathogen due to its frequent identification in anaerobic samples from patients with diverse infections.
  • Research Highlights
    • Genome Analysis: Researchers analyzed the genomes of F. nucleatum strains isolated from human colorectal tumors and compared them with those from individuals without cancer.
    • Identification of Subspecies: Among the various subspecies, only one, F. nucleatum animalis (Fna), was consistently present in tumor samples.
    • Further Subdivision: Genetic analysis revealed that Fna could be divided into two distinct groups, with only one group, termed Fna C2, being prevalent in colorectal tumor samples.
  • Unique Characteristics of Fna C2
    • Acid Resistance: Fna C2 demonstrated higher resistance to acid, potentially enabling it to traverse from the mouth to the intestines.
    • Intracellular Survival: Fna C2 showed the ability to hide within certain tumor cells, offering protection against the immune system.
    • Utilization of Gastrointestinal Nutrients: Fna C2 displayed the capacity to utilize nutrients present in the gastrointestinal tract, distinct from those in the oral cavity.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Chloropicrin


In News: The U.S. State Department has accused Russia of utilizing the chemical agent chloropicrin in Ukraine, stating that this action constitutes a breach of the Chemical Weapons Convention.

  • About Chloropicrin
    • Chemical Compound
      • Chloropicrin, also known as nitro chloroform, serves dual roles as a warfare agent and pesticide.
    • Physical Appearance
      • It manifests as a colorless to yellow oily liquid.
    • Usage
      • Chloropicrin finds extensive application as a fungicide, herbicide, insecticide, nematicide, and antimicrobial agent.
    • Properties
      • It possesses irritant properties akin to tear gas, characterized by an intensely irritating odor. Its absorption can occur through inhalation, ingestion, and skin contact.
    • Historical Context
      • Initially developed as a poison gas during the First World War, both the Allied and Central Powers employed chloropicrin.
    • Manufacturing Process
      • Chloropicrin is synthesized through a chemical reaction involving sodium hypochlorite (commonly known as bleach) and nitromethane, an industrial solvent. 
      • Alternatively, it can be produced by combining chloroform with nitric acid, resulting in chloropicrin and water.
    • Health Impacts
      • Chloropicrin is associated with documented irritative and tear-inducing effects on humans. 
      • Moreover, it is highly toxic, carcinogenic, and capable of inducing vomiting.

Key Facts about Chemical Weapons Convention

  • The Chemical Weapons Convention is a multilateral treaty aimed at banning chemical weapons and mandating their destruction within a specified timeframe.
  • It officially entered into force on April 29, 1997.
  • Signatory states are required to declare their chemical weapons stockpiles, chemical weapons production facilities (CWPFs), relevant chemical industry facilities, and other weapons-related information to the Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons (OPCW).
  • The convention is open to all nations, with 193 states currently being parties to it.
  • India is among the signatories and parties to the Chemical Weapons Convention, having signed the treaty in Paris on January 14, 1993.
  • Pursuant to the provisions of the convention, India enacted the Chemical Weapons Convention Act, 2000.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Artificial General Intelligence


In News: In a recent interview, the CEO of OpenAI reaffirmed the organization's commitment to investing in the progress of Artificial General Intelligence (AGI).

Understanding Artificial General Intelligence (AGI)

About

  • AGI represents a highly advanced form of intelligence surpassing conventional Artificial Intelligence (AI).
  • It envisions intelligence that transcends specific tasks, aiming for a broader, generalized form of intelligence.
  • The goal is to create machines capable of human-like intelligence across various tasks, including reasoning, abstract thinking, and learning from new experiences.

Characteristics

  • Generalization
    • AGI can apply knowledge and skills across different tasks and domains, leveraging learning from one context to solve new problems.
  • Complex Reasoning
    • AGI engages in intricate reasoning and problem-solving activities. 
  • Learning
    • It exhibits robust learning capabilities, acquiring knowledge and skills from data, experience, or instruction.
  • Self-Awareness and Consciousness
    • AGI possesses awareness of its existence and the ability to set goals.
  • Human-Level Abilities 
    • AGI's capabilities match or exceed human intelligence.
  • Creativity
    • AGI demonstrates creativity by generating novel solutions or ideas not explicitly programmed.

Applications of AGI

  • Healthcare
    • AGI enhances personalized medicine through advanced analysis of diverse datasets.
  • Finance and Business
    • AGI automates tasks, improves decision-making, and provides real-time market analysis.
  • Education Sector
    • It revolutionizes adaptive learning platforms, offering personalized education globally.
  • Space Exploration
    • AGI operates autonomous systems and analyzes data for space exploration.
  • Military and Defense
    • AGI enhances surveillance, strategies, and combat systems.

Concerns Related to AGI

  • Environmental Impact
    • Development of AGI systems raises concerns about energy consumption and e-waste generation.
  • Job Losses
    • AGI may lead to significant job displacement and economic inequality.
  • Human Oversight
    • AGI's cognitive abilities could influence important areas like elections, raising concerns about accountability.
  • Loss of Human Skills 
    • Reduced human involvement may diminish creativity and innovation.
  • Existential Risk
    • AGI's capabilities could surpass human control, posing existential risks.
  • Ethical Dilemmas
    • Advancement of AGI raises ethical concerns about responsibility and biased decision-making.

Way Forward

  • Robust Ethical Frameworks
    • Establish and enforce ethical guidelines for responsible AGI advancement and usage.
  • Transparency and Accountability
    • Prioritize transparency and explainability in AGI systems to ensure understandable decision-making processes.
  • Ongoing Monitoring and Oversight
    • Implement mechanisms for continuous monitoring and oversight to identify and address potential risks associated with AGI.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2020)

Q. With the present state of development, Artificial Intelligence can effectively do which of the following? 

  1. Bring down electricity consumption in industrial units
  2. Create meaningful short stories and songs
  3. Disease diagnosis
  4. Text-to-Speech Conversion
  5. Wireless transmission of electrical energy

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1, 2, 3 and 5 only
(b) 1, 3 and 4 only
(c) 2, 4 and 5 only
(d) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5

Ans: (b)

Mains (2022)

Q. What are the main socio-economic implications arising out of the development of IT industries in major cities of India?

Mains (2020)

Q. “The emergence of the Fourth Industrial Revolution (Digital Revolution) has initiated e-Governance as an integral part of government”. Discuss. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

West Nile Fever


In News: The health department of Kerala has recently announced cases of West Nile Fever in three districts.

Overview of West Nile Fever

  • West Nile Fever is a disease caused by the West Nile Virus (WNV), which is a member of the flavivirus genus and belongs to the Japanese encephalitis antigenic complex of the family Flaviviridae.
  • Birds serve as the natural hosts of WNV, and the virus is commonly found in Africa, Europe, the Middle East, North America, and West Asia.
  • Transmission primarily occurs through the bite of an infected mosquito, which acquires the virus by biting an infected bird. While there's no direct evidence of person-to-person transmission, rare cases have been documented through organ transplants.
  • Symptoms of West Nile Fever vary, with many infected individuals being asymptomatic. Common symptoms include fever, headache, tiredness, body aches, nausea, vomiting, occasional skin rash, and swollen lymph glands.
  • Severe cases, known as neuroinvasive disease, can manifest with symptoms such as high fever, neck stiffness, stupor, disorientation, coma, tremors, convulsions, muscle weakness, and paralysis.
  • Currently, there is no specific medicine or vaccine available to treat or prevent WNV infection. Treatment primarily focuses on supportive care, including hospitalization, intravenous fluids, respiratory support, and prevention of secondary infections.

Source: LM

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

The Glide Phase Interceptor (GPI) Project


In News: In response to escalating worries regarding adversaries deploying sophisticated armaments such as hypersonic missiles, Japan is dedicating resources to the Glide Phase Interceptor (GPI) Project, a collaborative endeavor with the United States.

The Glide Phase Interceptor (GPI) Project: Enhancing Regional Hypersonic Missile Defense

  • Introduction
    • The Glide Phase Interceptor (GPI) Project is a collaborative effort between the United States and Japan to develop a missile-intercepting system.
  • Understanding the Glide Phase
    • Traditional Intercontinental Ballistic Missiles (ICBMs) follow a parabolic trajectory driven by gravity after separation from their booster.
    • In contrast, hypersonic weapons separate from their booster and accelerate towards the Earth using gravity. They then transition into a flatter trajectory known as the glide phase.
    • During the glide phase, hypersonic vehicles travel at speeds exceeding five times the speed of sound on unpredictable trajectories.
  • Challenges Posed by Hypersonic Weapons
    • Hypersonic weapons fly at relatively low altitudes (20 to 80 km) during the glide phase.
    • They have the capability to navigate around areas containing known missile defense sensors, making tracking difficult.
    • Ground-based radar systems face challenges in efficiently tracking hypersonic missiles due to their speed and trajectory unpredictability.
  • Objectives of the GPI Project
    • The GPI Project aims to provide regional defense against hypersonic missiles.
    • Specially modified missiles will be launched from surface warships to engage and destroy incoming hypersonic missiles.
    • The intercept will occur as the hypersonic missiles glide through the boundary between space and Earth's atmosphere.
    • The intercept during the glide phase provides the optimal opportunity to neutralize the threat before the missile enters its final high-speed descent.

Source: NN

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Widal Test


In News: The Widal Test's susceptibility to producing inaccurate results is obscuring the true extent of India's typhoid burden, leading to heightened healthcare costs and amplifying the risk of antimicrobial resistance.

Understanding the Widal Test for Diagnosing Typhoid Fever

  • Introduction to the Widal Test
    • The Widal test is utilized for diagnosing typhoid fever, also known as enteric fever, caused by the bacterium Salmonella Typhi. 
    • This bacterial infection is commonly transmitted through contaminated food or water. 
  • Symptoms and Challenges of Typhoid Fever Diagnosis
    • Symptoms of typhoid fever include fatigue, high fever, headache, diarrhea or constipation, abdominal pain, weight loss, and red spots.
    • These symptoms overlap with those of other diseases such as malaria, dengue, influenza, and typhus, complicating diagnosis without proper testing.
  • Principle and Application of the Widal Test
    • The Widal test is a serological test that detects antibodies against Salmonella Typhi in a patient's blood sample.
    • It aids in diagnosing current or recent infections and determining past exposure to typhoid bacteria.
    • As a point-of-care test, it doesn't require specialized skills or infrastructure.
  • Historical Background and Current Usage
    • Developed in the late 1800s by a French physician, the Widal test is still employed in some regions for diagnosing typhoid fever.
    • However, its usage has declined in many countries due to its limitations and flaws.
  • Limitations of the Widal Test
    • A single positive Widal test result doesn't confirm the presence of typhoid infection, and a negative result doesn't rule it out.
    • Diagnosis of an active infection requires testing at least two serum samples taken 7-14 days apart, which is often impractical.
    • In areas with high typhoid prevalence, baseline antibody levels may confound test interpretation.
    • Cross-reactivity of test reagents with antibodies from other infections or vaccination can lead to false positives.
    • Prior antibiotic therapy may impact antibody levels, resulting in false negatives.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

AlphaFold3


In News: Google DeepMind has introduced the third significant iteration of its "AlphaFold" artificial intelligence model, with the aim of assisting scientists in the more efficient design of drugs and targeting diseases.

Exploring AlphaFold3: Revolutionizing Molecular Structure Prediction

  • Introduction to AlphaFold3
    • AlphaFold3 is a groundbreaking AI model jointly developed by Google DeepMind and Isomorphic Labs. 
    • It represents a significant advancement in predicting the structure and interactions of various molecules, including those crucial to life.
  • Capabilities of AlphaFold3
    • AlphaFold3 can predict the structure and interactions of all molecules with unprecedented accuracy, including human DNA.
    • It generates joint 3D structures of molecules, providing insights into their arrangement and interactions.
    • The model extends its predictions to encompass large biomolecules such as proteins, DNA, and RNA, as well as small molecules like ligands, which include many drugs.
    • Additionally, AlphaFold3 can model chemical modifications that regulate cellular functions and may contribute to disease when disrupted.
  • Methodology
    • AlphaFold3 assembles its predictions using a diffusion network, a technique reminiscent of those employed in AI image generators.
  • Significance of AlphaFold3
    • AlphaFold3 offers scientists a comprehensive view of cellular systems, encompassing structures, interactions, and modifications.
    • This newfound understanding of molecular connections enhances our comprehension of biological functions, including drug actions, hormone production, and DNA repair mechanisms.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Neural Processing Unit (NPU)


In News: Apple has introduced the M4 chip alongside the iPad Pro, featuring a significant upgrade in the form of a 16-core Neural Engine, which corresponds to Apple's version of a Neural Processing Unit (NPU).

Understanding the Neural Processing Unit (NPU)

  • Introduction to NPU
    • A Neural Processing Unit (NPU) is a specialized processor crafted explicitly to accelerate neural network computations, integral for various AI-related tasks.
  • Functionality of Neural Networks
    • Neural networks, akin to the human brain, are machine learning algorithms utilized for data processing across diverse applications.
  • Applications of NPU
    • NPUs excel in handling machine learning operations crucial for AI tasks, including speech recognition, natural language processing, object detection in images or videos, and more.
    • Typically integrated into consumer electronics like smartphones, laptops, and tablets, NPUs are incorporated within the main processor, often adopting a System-on-Chip (SoC) configuration.
  • Distinguishing NPU from CPU
    • While CPUs operate through sequential computing, executing one instruction at a time, NPUs leverage parallel computing to simultaneously process multiple calculations. This parallel computing paradigm facilitates faster and more efficient processing.
    • Furthermore, NPUs possess the ability to learn from accumulated data, enabling them to derive optimal solutions over time.

Source: BS

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Maillard Reaction


In News: The Maillard Reaction elucidates the intricate chemical processes responsible for the flavors, aromas, and textures found in foods.

Understanding the Maillard Reaction in Food Browning

The Maillard reaction, named after French scientist Louis-Camille Maillard, is a chemical process occurring when amino acids and sugars are heated, impacting the flavors, aromas, and textures of foods. It's a form of non-enzymatic browning where color change happens without enzyme activity.

Explanation of the Maillard Reaction

  • Chemist J.E. Hodge in 1953 broke down the reaction into steps for simplification.
  • When heated, sugars and proteins in foods undergo a condensation reaction, forming an unstable Schiff base.
  • Rearrangement and dehydration of the Schiff base lead to various intermediate compounds, contributing to flavor development and aroma.
  • Some intermediates undergo rearrangement, forming more stable products and precursors for melanoidins, responsible for food's brown color.
  • Further changes like condensation and polymerization result in the formation of melanoidins.

Factors Influencing the Reaction

  • Rate and extent depend on temperature, acidity, moisture content, and types and concentrations of proteins and sugars.
  • Ideal temperatures range from 110°C to 170°C; higher temperatures can lead to burning and bitter flavors.
  • Higher temperatures accelerate the reaction, while acidic conditions and water presence can inhibit it.
  • Foods brown more quickly at higher temperatures, and dry foods like bread crusts develop deep brown colors during baking.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Auroras


In News: In the early hours of Saturday morning, the night sky over Hanle village in Ladakh was illuminated by the spectacular display of the northern lights, also known as the aurora borealis.

Understanding Auroras

  • Definition and Appearance
    • Auroras are natural light displays in Earth's sky, primarily visible in high-latitude regions such as the Arctic and Antarctic.
    • They manifest as dynamic patterns of brilliant lights, resembling curtains, rays, spirals, or flickers covering the entire sky.
  • Northern Lights (Aurora Borealis)
    • Also called the Northern Lights, this phenomenon occurs in the northern hemisphere, particularly in regions near the Arctic Circle.
    • Countries like Norway, Sweden, Finland, Iceland, Canada, and Alaska often witness the Northern Lights.
    • Charged particles from the sun, including electrons and protons, collide with the Earth’s magnetosphere and interact with gases in the atmosphere, resulting in colorful displays primarily in green, red, and purple hues.
  • Southern Lights (Aurora Australis)
    • Known as the Southern Lights, it occurs in the Southern Hemisphere, mainly around the Antarctic Circle.
    • Countries such as Australia, New Zealand, Antarctica, and parts of southern South America can observe the Southern Lights.
    • Similar to the Northern Lights, charged particles from the sun interact with the Earth’s magnetic field and atmosphere in the Southern Hemisphere, creating colorful light displays.
  • Phenomenon Explanation
    • Auroras are caused by activity on the surface of the Sun, which continuously releases charged particles and magnetic fields called the solar wind.
    • As the solar wind interacts with the Earth's magnetic field, some charged particles are trapped and travel down magnetic field lines to the poles, interacting with gases in the upper atmosphere and producing flashes of light.
    • Different gases produce varying colors when interacting with solar wind particles, such as green from oxygen and blue/purple from nitrogen.
  • Expansion to Midlatitudes
    • During periods of strong solar activity, auroras can expand to midlatitudes.
    • Solar flares and coronal mass ejections (CMEs) increase solar wind activity, potentially causing geomagnetic storms.
    • Geomagnetic storms, disruptions of Earth's magnetic field, can affect various systems including GPS, communications, power grids, and space exploration programs.
    • Recent aurora events observed in many regions of the world were triggered by a geomagnetic storm caused by a CME striking the Earth from the AR13664 region of the sun.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Kamikaze Drones


In News: Amid the ongoing conflict in Ukraine, Russia's deployment of the Lancet Kamikaze drone underscores intricate global supply chain dynamics, as it integrates American AI technology.

Exploring Kamikaze Drones: Small, Lethal, and Evocative

  • Introduction:
    • Kamikaze drones, also known as Switchblade drones, represent small unmanned aircraft armed with explosives. 
    • They are designed to be flown directly at targets such as tanks or groups of troops, detonating upon impact to inflict damage.
  • Origin and Naming:
    • The term "Kamikaze" draws from the feared Japanese pilots of World War II who conducted suicide attacks by crashing explosive-filled aircraft into enemy targets.
  • Features:
    • Modern versions of these drones possess the ability to bypass traditional defenses, offering a cost-effective alternative to larger counterparts.
    • Their compact size makes them challenging to detect on radar.
    • Utilizing facial recognition technology, these drones can be programmed to autonomously identify and strike targets without human intervention.
  • Global Presence:
    • While the United States may boast the most advanced Kamikaze drone in this category, other countries such as Russia, China, Israel, Iran, and Turkey have developed their own versions.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

T Cells


In News: New findings from a clinical trial offer insights into the efficacy of infusions containing regulatory T cells, aimed at modulating the immune response, particularly in pediatric patients diagnosed with type 1 diabetes.

Unveiling the Role and Functionality of T Cells in the Immune System

  • Introduction:
    • T cells, also known as T lymphocytes or thymocytes, represent a subset of white blood cells crucial for immune function. 
    • They originate from stem cells within the bone marrow and play a pivotal role in defending the body against infections and potentially combating cancerous cells.
  • Types of T Cells:
    • Cytotoxic T-cells: These specialized T cells are tasked with the destruction of infected cells within the body.
    • Helper T-cells: Functioning as coordinators of the immune response, helper T-cells transmit signals that guide other immune cells in combatting infections.
  • Functionality:
    • T cells exhibit specificity in their immune response, targeting particular antigens rather than attacking indiscriminately.
    • Equipped with numerous identical T-cell receptors covering their surfaces, T cells can only bind to antigens possessing a specific shape.
    • Upon encountering their corresponding viral antigen on an infected cell, Killer T-cells release cytotoxins aimed at eliminating the infected cell from the body.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Kawasaki Disease


In News: Recently, two infant girls diagnosed with Kawasaki disease, a condition characterized by inflammation of blood vessels, received successful treatment at Coimbatore Medical College and Hospital (CMCH).

Understanding Kawasaki Disease: A Rare Heart Condition in Children

  • Introduction:
    • Kawasaki disease is a rare heart condition characterized by a high fever and inflammation of the blood vessels. 
    • Primarily affecting children under the age of 5, it represents one of the leading causes of heart disease in this demographic.
  • Key Features:
    • The disease triggers an immune response targeting blood vessels, leading to inflammation and swelling.
    • Notably, Kawasaki disease often impacts the coronary arteries, crucial for transporting blood to the heart muscle.
    • Additionally, it can manifest in issues with lymph nodes, skin, and the mucous membranes of the mouth, nose, and throat.
  • Clinical Presentation:
    • Common clinical signs include fever, rash, swelling of the hands and feet, redness and irritation of the eyes, swollen lymph glands in the neck, and inflammation of the mouth, lips, and throat.
  • Historical Background:
    • Kawasaki disease was initially documented in Japan by Tomisaku Kawasaki in 1967, with the first cases outside of Japan reported in Hawaii in 1976.
  • Epidemiology and Seasonality:
    • The exact cause of Kawasaki disease remains unknown, although its occurrence tends to peak in late winter and early spring.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Deadbots


In News: A recent study emphasizes the importance of exercising caution in the development of Artificial Intelligence (AI) chatbots intended to emulate deceased loved ones, commonly referred to as 'deadbots'.

Exploring Deadbots: AI-Enabled Representations of Departed Loved Ones

  • Introduction:
    • Deadbots, also referred to as griefbots, are AI-enabled digital representations of deceased individuals, aiming to simulate their language patterns and personality traits using available digital footprints.
  • Functionality:
    • These chatbots utilize the digital footprint of the departed, including emails, social media posts, and voice recordings, to create conversational AI that mirrors their personality.
    • The aim is to provide comfort by enabling individuals to interact with a digital version of their deceased loved ones.
  • Concerns:
    • Researchers caution that while Deadbots may offer solace, there's a risk of psychological distress if not designed with safety protocols in place.
    • Cultural differences may influence the acceptance and adoption of such technologies, with solutions embraced enthusiastically in one context but rejected in another.
  • Understanding Conversational AI:
    • Conversational AI refers to artificial intelligence capable of simulating human conversation, powered by natural language processing (NLP).
    • This technology leverages Google's foundation models, enabling new generative AI capabilities.
    • Combining NLP, foundation models, and machine learning, Conversational AI systems are trained on vast amounts of data, teaching them to understand and process human language.
    • Through continuous learning and interaction, these systems improve their ability to engage with humans naturally, enhancing response quality over time.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Xenotransplantation


In News: The individual who received the pioneering xenotransplantation surgery with a modified pig kidney recently passed away, with no connection to the transplant identified as the cause of death.

Understanding Xenotransplantation

  • Definition:
    • Xenotransplantation, as defined by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA), involves transplanting, implanting, or infusing live cells, tissues, or organs from nonhuman animal sources into human recipients, or using human body fluids, cells, tissues, or organs that have been in contact with live nonhuman animal cells, tissues, or organs ex vivo.
  • Purpose:
    • The primary objective of xenotransplantation is to address the shortage of human donor organs, particularly in cases such as kidney transplants, where the demand far exceeds the available supply, leading to significant waiting lists and fatalities.
  • Historical Context:
    • The practice of xenotransplantation dates back to the 1980s, with initial attempts focusing on organs like the heart. 
    • Since then, advancements have been made in genetic modification and compatibility enhancement techniques.
  • Procedure:
    • In xenotransplantation, animals, particularly pigs, are selected as organ donors. 
    • These organs undergo genetic modifications using technologies like CRISPR-Cas9 to make them more compatible with the human immune system. 
    • This may involve removing pig genes that produce antibodies recognized by the human immune system and incorporating human genes to improve compatibility.

Complications in Xenotransplantation:

  • Organ Rejection:
    • One of the major challenges in xenotransplantation is preventing the human body from rejecting the transplanted pig organs. 
    • Techniques such as embedding the pig's thymus gland with the organ can help reduce immune responses.
  • Infection Risks:
    • There are concerns about potential infections from both known and unknown infectious agents present in the animal organs. 
    • These infections could spread to recipients and potentially to the broader population.
  • Retroviruses:
    • Cross-species transmission of retroviruses poses a significant risk in xenotransplantation. 
    • These viruses may remain latent and cause diseases years after infection.
  • Xenotransplantation in India:
    • Xenotransplantation procedures have been attempted in India as well. 
    • In 1997, a surgeon in Assam performed a xenotransplantation procedure by transplanting a pig's heart into a human patient. 
    • However, the patient passed away shortly afterward, leading to legal repercussions.

Why Pigs Are Preferred for Xenotransplantation:

  • Historical Use:
    • Pig heart valves have been utilized in human surgeries for over five decades, establishing a precedent for the use of pig organs in transplantation.
  • Similarity to Humans:
    • Pigs possess anatomical and physiological similarities to humans, making them suitable candidates for xenotransplantation. 
    • Additionally, their widespread farming makes them a cost-effective and accessible source of organs.
  • Size Matching:
    • Pigs come in various breeds, offering a range of organ sizes that can be matched to the specific requirements of human recipients, improving the likelihood of successful transplantation.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2017)

Q. With reference to agriculture in India, how can the technique of ‘genome sequencing’, often seen in the news, be used in the immediate future?

  1. Genome sequencing can be used to identify genetic markers for disease resistance and drought tolerance in various crop plants.
  2. This technique helps in reducing the time required to develop new varieties of crop plants.
  3. It can be used to decipher the host-pathogen relationships in crops.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 only
(b) 2 and 3 only
(c) 1 and 3 only
(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (d)

Prelims (2022)

Q2. Consider the following statements: 

DNA Barcoding can be a tool to:

  1. assess the age of a plant or animal.
  2. distinguish among species that look alike.
  3. identify undesirable animal or plant materials in processed foods.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only
(b) 3 only
(c) 1 and 2
(d) 2 and 3

Ans: (d)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

GPT-4o


In News: OpenAI has harnessed the capabilities of GPT-4 in its latest model, dubbed GPT-4o, within ChatGPT.

Introducing GPT-4o: Enhancing Human-Machine Interaction

  • GPT-4o, denoted by "o" for "omni," elevates the intelligence level of GPT-4 while significantly boosting speed and expanding capabilities in text, vision, and audio domains.

Key Features:

  • Enhanced Natural Interaction: GPT-4o fosters more natural and seamless human-to-machine interaction.
  • Efficient Voice Mode: The voice mode in GPT-4o efficiently recognizes the voice of the speaker or multiple speakers, enhancing user experience.
  • Unified Voice, Text, and Vision Reasoning: Unlike previous voice modes that required multiple models for transcription, intelligence, and text-to-speech, GPT-4o seamlessly integrates these functions, minimizing latency. It reasons across voice, text, and vision modalities.
  • Vision Capabilities: GPT-4o incorporates vision features, enabling users to upload photos and documents, initiating conversations based on visual content.
  • Memory Feature: Users can utilize the Memory feature to search for real-time information during conversations, enhancing context and relevance.
  • Multilingual Support: OpenAI has enhanced the quality and speed of GPT-4o in 50 different languages, catering to a diverse user base.
  • Emotion Recognition: GPT-4o can detect user emotions and adapt conversation styles accordingly, enriching interaction dynamics.
  • Real-time Facial Emotion Analysis: Leveraging real-time facial analysis, GPT-4o can discern and respond to user feelings based on facial expressions.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre


In News: In partnership with Microsoft, the Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre (I4C) has successfully blocked over 1,000 Skype IDs engaged in activities such as blackmail, extortion, and impersonation of police and law enforcement officials, leading to "digital arrests" by cybercriminals.

Overview of the Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre (I4C)

  • The Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre (I4C), established under the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA), aims to address cybercrime nationwide in a coordinated and comprehensive manner. 
  • It operates from New Delhi and focuses on enhancing coordination among various Law Enforcement Agencies (LEAs) and stakeholders to combat cyber threats effectively.

Functions of I4C

  • Serving as a pivotal point in combating cybercrime.
  • Identifying research needs and collaborating with academia and research institutes to develop new technologies and forensic tools.
  • Preventing the misuse of cyberspace by extremist and terrorist groups.
  • Proposing amendments to cyber laws to align with evolving technologies and international cooperation.
  • Coordinating the implementation of Mutual Legal Assistance Treaties (MLAT) with other countries regarding cybercrimes.

Components of I4C

  • National Cybercrime Threat Analytics Unit (TAU) for regular threat reporting.
  • National Cybercrime Reporting Portal (NCRP) for citizens to report cybercrime complaints.
  • National Cybercrime Training Centre (NCTC) for training government officials, especially state law enforcement agencies.
  • National Cybercrime Research and Innovation Centre for indigenous tool development.
  • Platform for Joint Cyber Crime Coordination Team for inter-state LEAs coordination.
  • Cybercrime Ecosystem Management Unit for mass awareness on cyber hygiene.
  • National Cybercrime Forensic Laboratory (Investigation) Ecosystem to aid LEAs in cyber forensics investigation.

Additional Initiatives

  • Citizen Financial Cyber Fraud Reporting and Management System for immediate reporting of financial cyber frauds.
  • Operation of the National Toll-free Helpline number ‘1930’ for citizen assistance in lodging online cyber complaints.
  • Utilization of the CyberDost handle on various social media platforms to raise cyber awareness among citizens.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech., Cybersecurity
Monthly Current Affairs

Geomagnetic Storms and Solar Wind


In News: A recent powerful geomagnetic storm, the strongest in more than twenty years, struck Earth, resulting in radio disruptions and extending the appearance of the northern lights to as far south as the United States.

Understanding Geomagnetic Storms and Solar Wind

Geomagnetic Storms

  • A geomagnetic storm is a significant disruption of Earth's magnetosphere caused by the efficient transfer of energy from the solar wind into the space environment surrounding Earth.
  • These storms occur due to fluctuations in the solar wind, leading to substantial changes in the currents, plasmas, and fields within Earth's magnetosphere.
  • Conditions conducive to geomagnetic storms include sustained periods of high-speed solar wind and a southward-directed solar wind magnetic field at the dayside of Earth's magnetosphere.
  • The most severe geomagnetic storms are linked to solar coronal mass ejections (CMEs), where massive amounts of plasma from the sun, along with its embedded magnetic field, reach Earth.

Effects of Geomagnetic Storms

  • Geomagnetic storms induce intense currents in the magnetosphere, alterations in the radiation belts, and changes in the ionosphere, including heating the ionosphere and the thermosphere.
  • These storms can cause spectacular auroras on Earth due to the heating of the ionosphere.
  • Long-range radio communication reliant on sub-ionospheric reflection can be disrupted during geomagnetic storms.
  • Ionospheric expansion during storms can increase satellite drag and challenge orbit control.
  • Satellite electronics may suffer damage from static-electric charges buildup and discharge.
  • Global navigation systems can experience disruptions during geomagnetic storms.
  • Harmful geomagnetic-induced currents (GICs) may occur in power grids and pipelines.

Solar Wind

  • Solar wind is a continuous flow of protons and electrons emitted from the sun's outermost atmosphere, the corona.
  • These charged particles travel through the solar system at speeds ranging from approximately 250 to 500 miles per second in a plasma state.
  • The solar magnetic field is embedded in the plasma and extends outward with the solar wind.
  • Different regions of the Sun produce solar wind with varying speeds and densities.
  • Upon reaching Earth, the solar wind introduces charged particles into the magnetosphere and along Earth's magnetic field lines, particularly towards the poles.

Source: Earth.com

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Igla-S Man-Portable Air Defence System


In News: The Army is poised to commence the reception of additional Russian Igla-S very short-range air defence systems (VSHORAD) by the end of May or in early June.

Overview of Igla-S Man-Portable Air Defence System

  • About Igla-S:
    • The Igla-S is a man-portable air defence system (MANPADS) developed by Russia.
  • Capabilities:
    • It serves as a hand-held defence system that can be operated by an individual or crew.
    • Designed to intercept low-flying aircraft, it can also identify and neutralise air targets like cruise missiles and drones.
    • Components include the 9M342 missile, 9P522 launching mechanism, 9V866-2 mobile test station, and 9F719-2 test set, providing a comprehensive air defence solution.
    • As a VSHORAD (Very Short Range Air Defence) system, it serves as a final line of defence against enemy combat aircraft, helicopters, and UAVs within a multilayered air defence network.
  • Range and Speed:
    • The Igla-S has a range spanning from 500 metres to 6 kilometres.
    • It can engage targets up to an altitude of 3.5 kilometres.
    • Missile speed reaches 400 metres per second, with deployment taking 13 seconds.
  • Significance:
    • The acquisition of the Igla-S MANPADS represents a significant advancement in India's air defence capabilities, particularly in mountainous terrains.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Bulava Missile


In News: The Russian President has enhanced the country's military strength by instructing the incorporation of a new nuclear-capable missile, named the Bulava, into the Russian military arsenal.

Overview of the Bulava Missile

  • About Bulava Missile:
    • The RSM-56 Bulava, also known by its NATO reporting name SS-N-32, is a submarine-launched intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) developed by Russia.
  • Development and Deployment:
    • Designed by the Moscow Institute of Thermal Technology, development of the missile began in the late 1990s.
    • It is intended to be deployed on Russia’s Borei-class submarines.
    • Bulava is a crucial component of Russia’s future strategic nuclear force.
  • Key Features:
    • It operates as a three-stage solid-propellant missile.
    • With a launch mass of approximately 36.8 tonnes, it has a throw weight of 1,150 kg.
    • The missile measures 12.1 meters in length within a launch container and has a diameter of 2 meters.
  • Capabilities:
    • Bulava boasts a maximum range of 8,300 km (5,160 miles).
    • It can carry up to 10 multiple independently targetable re-entry vehicles (MIRVs) capable of delivering nuclear warheads to various targets.
    • The missile’s re-entry vehicles (RVs) possess in-flight maneuverability and re-targeting capabilities to evade enemy defenses.
    • Expected accuracy of the RVs is around 250 to 300 meters.

Source: HT

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Amplifying the Global Value of Earth Observation


In News: A recent publication titled "Amplifying the Global Value of Earth Observation," released by the World Economic Forum, has spotlighted the vast potential of Earth Observation (EO) data in fostering global economic growth and sustainability.

Key Highlights of the Report

  • Potential Economic Impact of Earth Observation (EO) Data
    • EO data could yield over USD 3 trillion in economic benefits globally by 2030, with an expected value growth to over USD 700 billion by 2030.
    • It has the potential to contribute a cumulative USD 3.8 trillion to the global Gross Domestic Product (GDP) by 2030.
  • Environmental Benefits
    • EO data can help eliminate 2 gigatonnes of greenhouse gas emissions annually by 2030, equivalent to the emissions of 476 million gasoline-powered cars.
    • Monitoring of climate variables, emissions, ecosystems, and biodiversity aids in mitigating climate change and preserving natural habitats.
  • Regional Opportunities
    • The Asia Pacific region is projected to capture the largest share of EO's value by 2030, reaching a potential value of USD 315 billion.
    • Africa and South America are anticipated to experience the most significant percentage growth in EO data value.
  • EO Blended with Enabling Technologies
    • Enabling technologies like artificial intelligence (AI) and digital twins can accelerate EO data adoption.
    • Digital twins, representing physical objects or systems, offer real-time data updates and utilize simulation and machine learning for decision-making.

Key Areas of Application of Earth Observation Data

  • Environmental Monitoring and Management
    • EO aids in monitoring deforestation, desertification, and coastal ecosystems, facilitating informed environmental management decisions.
  • Agriculture and Precision Farming
    • It supports crop health monitoring, yield estimation, and precision agriculture practices to optimize agricultural productivity.
  • Urban Planning and Development
    • EO enables urban sprawl monitoring, infrastructure planning, and land use pattern analysis for sustainable urban development.
  • Natural Resource Management
    • EO assists in mapping mineral resources, monitoring water resources, and tracking changes in land use patterns.
  • Climate Change Studies
    • It helps monitor changes in glaciers, sea ice, global temperatures, and atmospheric conditions to understand climate change impacts.
  • Disaster Management and Emergency Response
    • EO aids in assessing disaster damage extent and facilitating targeted relief efforts during natural disasters.
  • Defence and Security
    • It supports border monitoring, troop movement tracking, and military activity surveillance for defence and security purposes.
  • Archaeology and Cultural Heritage
    • EO assists in identifying archaeological sites, monitoring historical preservation, and safeguarding cultural heritage.

India's Handling of Earth Observation Data

  • Satellites
    • ISRO operates an array of EO satellites, including recent launches such as EOS-07 and EOS-06, alongside RESOURCESAT and OCEANSAT series for comprehensive land and ocean monitoring.
  • EO Platforms
    • Initiatives like VEDAS, Bhuvan, and MOSDAC provide access to thematic spatial data and satellite imagery for various applications.
  • Future Projects
    • The joint NASA-ISRO Synthetic Aperture Radar (NISAR) project aims to develop and launch an advanced radar imaging satellite to enhance global resource management and climate change understanding.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2017)

Q. Which of the following gives ‘Global Gender Gap Index’ ranking to the countries of the world? 

(a) World Economic Forum
(b) UN Human Rights Council
(c) UN Women
(d) World Health Organization

Ans: (a)

Prelims (2009)

Q2. Who among the following is the founder of World Economic Forum?

(a) Klaus Schwab
(b) John Kenneth Galbraith
(c) Hobert Zoellick
(d) Paul Krugman

Ans (a)

Prelims (2019)

Q3. The Global Competitiveness Report is published by the 

(a) International Monetary Fund
(b) United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
(c) World Economic Forum
(d) World Bank

Ans: (c)

Source: ET

Keywords: GS – 3 Important International Institutions, Growth & Development GS – 2 Disaster Management, Space Technology
Monthly Current Affairs

Digital Arrest Cyber Scams


In News: In response to rising instances of "digital arrests" perpetrated by cybercriminals, the central government has partnered with Microsoft to disable over 1,000 Skype IDs utilized for online intimidation, blackmail, and extortion.

Safeguarding Against Digital Arrest Cyber Scams

Overview

Digital Arrest is a novel tactic utilized by cybercriminals to deceive unsuspecting individuals and extort money from them.

Modus Operandi

  • Impersonation: Fraudsters masquerade as law enforcement officials like police, Enforcement Directorate, or CBI, convincing victims they've committed serious crimes.
  • Digital Detainment: Victims are coerced into believing they're under "digital arrest," often via Skype or similar platforms, until ransom demands are met.
  • Coerced Compliance: Victims are threatened with prosecution unless they pay exorbitant sums of money.
  • Self-Arrest Tactics: Cybercriminals trick victims into self-quarantine or confinement, exploiting their fear of legal repercussions.

Preventive Measures

  • Cyber Hygiene: Regularly update passwords and software, and enable two-factor authentication for enhanced security.
  • Avoid Phishing: Refrain from clicking suspicious links or downloading attachments from unknown sources, and verify the authenticity of emails and messages before sharing personal information.
  • Secure Devices: Install reputable antivirus and anti-malware solutions, and keep operating systems and applications up to date with the latest security patches.
  • Use VPNs: Employ Virtual Private Networks (VPNs) to encrypt internet connections and enhance privacy, but exercise caution with free VPN services and opt only for trustworthy providers.
  • Secure Communication: Utilize encryption for sensitive information sharing, especially in public forums, to prevent unauthorized access.
  • Promote Awareness: Increase public awareness and educate individuals on preventive measures to combat digital arrest scams.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

The PREFIRE Polar Mission


In News: Recently, a NASA PREFIRE polar mission is scheduled for launch from New Zealand.

Unveiling Earth's Polar Heat Loss: The PREFIRE Polar Mission

  • Overview
    • The PREFIRE Polar Mission, or Polar Radiant Energy in the Far-InfraRed Experiment, involves twin satellites equipped with instruments to measure Earth's poles approximately six hours apart.
  • Objective
    • The primary objective is to comprehensively assess the heat loss spectrum from Earth's polar regions, offering crucial insights to refine climate models.
  • Aim
    • The mission aims to bridge existing knowledge gaps and furnish data for enhancing climate change and sea level rise predictions.
    • Specifically, it seeks to unveil how Earth's atmosphere and ice impact the emission of heat into space from both the Arctic and Antarctic regions.
  • Satellite Operations
    • Cube satellites, each resembling a shoebox, will be deployed via an Electron launch vehicle.
    • Outfitted with validated Mars-tested technology, these satellites will scrutinize an understudied segment of Earth's radiant energy.
    • The twin satellites, carrying thermal infrared spectrometers, will orbit asynchronously near the poles, overlapping every few hours to optimize coverage.
    • Weighing less than 6 pounds (3 kilograms) each, the instruments will utilize thermocouples, akin to those found in household thermostats, for data collection.
  • Mission Significance
    • Shedding light on why the Arctic has warmed significantly faster than other regions since the 1970s.
    • Providing insights into the emission efficiency of far-infrared heat by substances like snow and sea ice, along with the influence of clouds on far-infrared radiation.
    • Enhancing future predictions regarding the exchange of heat between Earth and space, and its implications for phenomena like ice sheet melting, atmospheric temperatures, and global weather patterns.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Global Report on Neglected Tropical Diseases 2024


In News: Before the 77th session of the World Health Assembly, the World Health Organization (WHO) unveiled its 2024 Global report on neglected tropical diseases (NTDs).

Key Highlights of the WHO Report

  • Global Status for 2023
    • By December 2023, 50 countries had successfully eliminated at least one neglected tropical disease (NTD), halfway towards the goal of 100 countries by 2030.
    • Iraq became the 50th country to eliminate at least one NTD in July 2023, signifying significant progress.
    • Noma was newly classified as an NTD in 2023.
    • Bangladesh was validated by WHO for eliminating visceral leishmaniasis as a public health problem in October 2023.
  • Global Status for 2022
    • In 2022, 1.62 billion people required interventions against NTDs, showing a 26% decrease from 2010.
    • Approximately 848 million people received treatment for at least one NTD in 2022, with a slight decrease from the previous year but an increase from 2020.
    • Reported deaths from vector-borne NTDs increased by 22% compared to 2016.
  • India
    • India achieved certification for being free of NTDs like dracunculiasis and yaws.
    • However, India treated about 117 million fewer people for lymphatic filariasis and soil-transmitted helminthiasis in 2022 compared to 2021.
    • 40.56% of India's population needed interventions against NTDs in 2022.

Key Facts About Neglected Tropical Diseases (NTDs)

  • NTDs are caused by various pathogens and have severe health, social, and economic consequences, predominantly affecting impoverished tropical communities.
  • Factors contributing to NTDs include complex epidemiology related to environmental conditions, vector-borne transmission, animal reservoirs, and intricate life cycles.
  • Despite their significant impact, NTDs receive substantially less funding for research and treatment compared to diseases like HIV/AIDS, malaria, and tuberculosis.

Global and Indian Initiatives to Tackle NTDs

  • Global Initiatives
    • WHO's 2021-2030 Roadmap prioritizes impact and collaboration across healthcare, sanitation, and communities to eliminate NTDs.
    • The 2012 London Declaration promotes a unified approach to address the global burden of NTDs.
  • Indian Initiatives
    • India has successfully eliminated several NTDs and aims to eliminate lymphatic filariasis by 2027 through programs like APELF.
    • Collaborations with WHO and regional alliances, such as the initiative with Bangladesh and Nepal, focus on early diagnosis and treatment of NTDs.
    • Mass Drug Administration (MDA) and vector control programs are implemented to prevent NTD transmission.
    • Financial assistance schemes aid individuals affected by NTDs, particularly those with Post-Kala Azar Dermal Leishmaniasis, in managing the financial burden of their illness.

Conclusion

The 2024 WHO report highlights progress in combating NTDs, with several countries achieving elimination milestones. However, challenges such as funding gaps and the lingering effects of COVID-19 threaten further progress. Increased collaboration at national and global levels is essential to achieve the goal of eradicating neglected tropical diseases.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2017)

Q. Which of the following are the objectives of ‘National Nutrition Mission’? 

  1. To create awareness relating to malnutrition among pregnant women and lactating mothers.
  2. To reduce the incidence of anaemia among young children, adolescent girls and women.
  3. To promote the consumption of millets, coarse cereals and unpolished rice.
  4. To promote the consumption of poultry eggs.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 1, 2 and 3 only

(c) 1, 2 and 4 only

(d) 3 and 4 only

Ans: (a)

Mains (2021)

Q. “Besides being a moral imperative of a Welfare State, primary health structure is a necessary precondition for sustainable development.” Analyse. 

Mains (2018)

Q. Appropriate local community-level healthcare intervention is a prerequisite to achieve ‘Health for All’ in India. Explain. 

Source: WHO

Keywords: GS-2 GS-3 Biotechnology, Important International Institutions, Health
Monthly Current Affairs

HPV Vaccine Reduces Cervical Cancer Cases in Economically


In News: According to a significant study supported by Cancer Research UK, the HPV vaccine is effectively lowering the incidence of cervical cancer, with reductions observed across various socio-economic strata. 

Understanding Cervical Cancer

  • Overview
    • Cervical cancer is primarily caused by certain strains of the human papillomavirus (HPV), which is commonly transmitted through sexual contact.
    • While the body's immune system typically clears HPV infection within two years, in a minority of cases, the virus persists, leading to the transformation of normal cells into cancerous ones.
  • Prevalence in India
    • Cervical cancer ranks as the second most prevalent cancer type and the second leading cause of cancer-related deaths among women aged 15-44 globally.
    • India bears a significant burden, accounting for approximately one-fifth of the global incidence, with 1.23 lakh cases and around 67,000 deaths annually, equating to one woman succumbing to the disease every eight minutes.
  • Preventive Measures
    • Early detection and effective management are pivotal in preventing cervical cancer.
    • Cervical cancer screening and HPV vaccination are two crucial preventive strategies, although awareness among women remains low, with less than 10% of Indian women undergoing screening.
  • Available Vaccines in India
    • India's first domestically developed vaccine, CERVAVAC, offers protection against cervical cancer and is based on virus-like particles (VLP) technology, similar to the hepatitis B vaccine.
    • Additionally, two globally licensed vaccines, Gardasil and Cervarix, are available in India, although their high cost renders them inaccessible to the majority of the population.
  • Inclusion in Universal Immunization Programme
    • An affordable HPV vaccine, developed domestically, is poised to be integrated into India's universal immunization programme, enhancing accessibility for all segments of society.

Key Study Findings

  • Prevention Across Socio-Economic Groups
    • A study revealed that the HPV vaccine effectively reduces cervical cancer cases across the socio-economic spectrum, with a greater impact observed in more deprived groups due to their higher baseline incidence rates.
  • Success of School-Based Vaccination Programme
    • The study underscored the success of school-based vaccination programmes, emphasizing the pivotal role of well-executed public health interventions in mitigating health inequalities.
  • Effectiveness of HPV Vaccination
    • Over a span of 12 years, the HPV vaccine demonstrated significant efficacy, reducing cervical cancer rates by nearly 90% and pre-cancerous conditions by approximately 95%, particularly when administered to individuals aged 12-13 years.
  • Timing of Vaccination
    • The study underscores the importance of administering the HPV vaccine during early adolescence, suggesting that vaccination at 12-13 years old yields superior effectiveness compared to later in life, as evidenced by England's HPV vaccination programme initiated in 2008.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

SPECULOOS-3b


In News: A recent discovery by an international team of astronomers unveiled a newly detected Earth-sized planet named SPECULOOS-3b. Situated just 55 light years away, it orbits an ultra-cool red dwarf star.

Overview of SPECULOOS-3b

  • Characteristics of the Planet and Its Star
    • SPECULOOS-3b is an Earth-size planet found orbiting an ultracool red dwarf star situated 55 light-years away from Earth.
    • Despite being similar in size to Jupiter, this red dwarf emits light that is 100 times dimmer than the sun and has half its temperature.
  • Unique Discovery and Environmental Factors
    • This planet represents only the second of its kind discovered around a star of this type.
    • SPECULOOS-3b is exposed to high levels of radiation from its sun, potentially leaving it devoid of an atmosphere, receiving approximately 16 times more energy per second than Earth from the Sun.
  • Orbital Characteristics and Tidal Locking
    • The planet completes an orbit around its star in approximately 17 hours.
    • It is believed to be tidally locked, meaning that one side, termed the dayside, always faces the star, akin to the Moon's relationship with Earth, while the nightside remains in perpetual darkness.
  • Discovery and SPECULOOS Project
    • The discovery of SPECULOOS-3b was made by the SPECULOOS (Search for Planets EClipsing ULtra-cOOl Stars) project team, led by the University of Liège in Belgium.
    • This collaborative effort involved universities such as Birmingham, Cambridge, and Bern, as well as the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), utilizing observatories located in the Atacama Desert of northern Chile.
  • Purpose and Methodology of the SPECULOOS Project
    • The SPECULOOS project was established with the goal of identifying exoplanets orbiting ultra-cool dwarf stars through a network of robotic telescopes stationed worldwide.

Source: PO

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Lab-Grown Diamonds


In News: India has emerged as a key player in the lab-grown diamond sector, solidifying its position as the world's second-largest producer of synthetic gemstones cultivated in laboratories rather than mined from natural sources.

Understanding Lab-Grown Diamonds

  • Properties and Composition
    • Laboratory-grown diamonds possess identical chemical, optical, and physical properties, as well as the same crystal structure, as natural diamonds, comprising tightly-bonded carbon atoms.
    • They exhibit similar light responsiveness and hardness characteristics to natural diamonds.
  • Distinguishing Features
    • The primary distinction between laboratory-grown and natural diamonds lies in their origin, with lab-grown diamonds produced using technology replicating geological processes.
    • To emulate natural diamonds, diamond simulants such as Moissanite, Cubic Zirconia (CZ), White Sapphire, YAG, and others are utilized.
  • Production Methods
    • Laboratory-grown diamonds can be produced through various techniques, with the "High Pressure, High Temperature" (HPHT) method being the most prevalent and cost-effective.
    • The HPHT method involves subjecting carbon materials to extreme pressures exceeding 870,000 lbs. per square inch and temperatures ranging from 1300°C to 1600°C, replicating conditions conducive to natural diamond formation.
    • Alternatively, the Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) technique facilitates diamond growth at moderate temperatures (700°C to 1300°C) and lower pressures by depositing carbon-containing gas onto a diamond seed within a vacuum chamber.
  • Applications
    • Lab-grown diamonds find utility in industrial applications, serving as components in machinery and tools due to their exceptional hardness and strength.
    • Pure synthetic diamonds are employed in electronics for heat dispersion purposes, notably in high-power laser diodes, laser arrays, and high-power transistors.
    • India emerges as a prominent producer of lab-grown diamonds, contributing over three million units annually and constituting 15% of global production.

Source: NN

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Lunar Polar Exploration Mission (LUPEX)


In News: According to a recent interview with the Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency (JAXA), the collaborative moon mission between India and Japan, known as the Lunar Polar Exploration Mission (LUPEX), is expected to launch in the coming years.

Overview of the Lunar Polar Exploration Mission (LUPEX)

  • LUPEX is a collaborative effort between ISRO and the Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency (JAXA).
  • The mission is slated for launch in 2025 and will be carried out using Japan's H3 rocket.
  • Its primary objective is to explore the moon's southern polar region to investigate the presence of water and other elements, potentially in the form of surface ice.
  • LUPEX aims to demonstrate innovative surface exploration technologies, particularly focusing on vehicular transport and survival during lunar nights.
  • The mission comprises both a lander and a rover, with JAXA handling the development and operation of the rover, while ISRO is responsible for the lander.
  • The rover will autonomously traverse the lunar surface to search for water-rich areas and collect soil samples using a drill.
  • Data will be gathered by analyzing the collected samples with onboard observation equipment.
  • Equipped with instruments for measuring water content, drilling, sampling, and advanced driving systems and batteries, the rover will feature world-first and world-leading technologies.
  • Additionally, the rover will carry instruments from ISRO, JAXA, NASA, and the European Space Agency (ESA).

Source: TP

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Summer Solstice


In News: The summer solstice signifies the commencement of astronomical summer in the Northern Hemisphere and represents the day with the greatest amount of daylight throughout the year.

Understanding the Summer Solstice

  • The term "Solstice" originates from Latin, meaning "sun stands still."
  • It is an annual astronomical event marking the longest day of the year.
  • During the summer solstice, the Northern Hemisphere tilts toward the sun, resulting in maximum exposure to its rays.
  • This phenomenon occurs because the Earth's axis, around which it spins, is tilted, causing the North Pole to face the Sun while the South Pole faces away from it.
  • The Earth's axis is typically tilted at 23.5 degrees with respect to the Sun, passing through the center of the Earth from top to bottom.

Events during the Solstice

  • The summer solstice results in the Earth receiving a greater amount of energy from the Sun.
  • It occurs annually on either June 20 or June 21 in the Northern Hemisphere, and on December 21 or December 22 in the Southern Hemisphere.
  • The variation in dates is due to the Gregorian calendar's 365-day count, with an extra leap day added every four years in February.
  • The amount of sunlight received during the summer solstice varies based on the latitude of a location.
  • Areas further north from the equator receive more light during this time. For instance, at the Arctic Circle, the sun does not set during the solstice.

Source: LS

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Psychedelics


In News: Researchers are advocating for domestically conducted clinical trials of psychedelic drugs due to a surge in global trials and the limited success rate of existing medications in treating mental health issues.

Overview of Psychedelics

  • Psychedelics are drugs that induce altered states of perception, behavior, consciousness, and thought, often leading to heightened awareness of the senses.
  • The term "psychedelic" originates from two Greek words meaning mind or soul and manifesting, referring to substances that can alter a person's thoughts and perceptions, causing intense hallucinations.
  • These drugs are divided into two main categories:
    • Classical psychedelics, such as LSD, psilocybin, and DMT, which are believed to induce hallucinations by activating serotonin 5-HT receptors found throughout the body.
    • Nonclassical psychedelics, including ketamine and MDMA, which bind to various receptors.
  • Globally, five psychedelics are currently under clinical research for their potential use in treating mental health issues: psilocybin, LSD, MDMA, ketamine, and DMT.
  • Most psychedelics function by increasing serotonin availability in the brain, binding to serotonin receptors on cell surfaces and causing specific effects.
  • The United Nations' Convention on Psychotropic Substances, established in 1971, classifies approximately 200 psychotropic substances into four schedules based on their potential for abuse, with schedule I substances considered to have the highest abuse potential. However, the Convention does not specifically identify psychedelics or specify their number within the schedules.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Genetic Drift


In News: Recently, genetic drift, rather than natural selection, has been identified as the primary factor driving speciation in endangered pupfish species.

Overview of Genetic Drift

  • Genetic drift is a fundamental mechanism of evolution.
  • It occurs when the frequency of variant forms of a gene, known as alleles, randomly increases or decreases over time in a population.
  • This random fluctuation is due to chance events and random sampling influencing the survival and reproduction of individuals.
  • Changes in allele frequencies are used to measure variations in the presence of alleles.
  • Small populations are more susceptible to genetic drift than large populations, as larger numbers can buffer against chance events.
  • Once initiated, genetic drift persists until the involved allele is either lost from the population or becomes the sole allele present at a specific locus, ultimately reducing genetic diversity.
  • Genetic drift can lead to the increased frequency or fixation of initially rare alleles.
  • It commonly occurs after population bottlenecks, which drastically decrease population size and can result in the loss of rare alleles and decreased genetic diversity.
  • Genetic drift can cause new populations to be genetically distinct from their original population, suggesting a role in the evolution of new species.

Comparison with Natural Selection

  • Genetic drift operates in contrast to natural selection.
  • Natural selection posits that certain individuals within a population possess traits advantageous for survival and reproduction, leading to changes in the gene pool and traits over generations.
  • Adapted organisms are more likely to survive and pass on beneficial genes, driving species to change and diverge over time.
  • Unlike natural selection, genetic drift describes the impact of chance on populations in the absence of positive or negative selection pressures.

Source: PO

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Electric Vertical Take-Off and Landing (eVTOL) Aircraft


In News: The ePlane Company, incubated by the Indian Institute of Technology, Madras, is anticipated to introduce its e-flying taxis in Bengaluru later this year. However, despite this development, the Indian government has not yet formulated clear policies concerning eVTOL flying taxis.

Overview of Electric Vertical Take-Off and Landing (eVTOL) Aircraft

  • An electric vertical take-off and landing (eVTOL) aircraft operates using electric power for vertical hovering, takeoff, and landing.
  • It represents a cutting-edge development in the aerospace industry, showcasing newer technologies.
  • Typically, eVTOL aircraft are designed for low-altitude urban air mobility, with most models capable of carrying only a limited number of passengers, ranging from six to eight seats.
  • The technology behind eVTOLs predominantly involves distributed electric propulsion, integrating multiple motors into the airframe to enhance efficiency and safety.
  • This technology has seen advancements due to progress in electric propulsion, including motor, battery, fuel cell, and electronic controller technologies. Additionally, the demand for new vehicle technology supporting urban air mobility (UAM) has further fueled its development.
  • eVTOL aircraft find diverse applications, including air taxi services, delivery operations, emergency medical services (EMS), cargo transport, and recreational activities.
  • These aircraft are expected to revolutionize transportation by providing on-demand mobility for both intra- and intercity travel, thereby improving connectivity between metropolitan areas and airports in the foreseeable future.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Planetary Alignment


In News: In the upcoming month of June, specifically on June 3, there will be an opportunity for observers to witness a rare celestial event: the alignment of six planets in the sky.

Understanding Planetary Alignment

  • Planetary alignment refers to the positioning of planets in our solar system in a manner that appears to create a straight or nearly straight line when observed from Earth.
  • This occurrence is primarily an optical illusion resulting from our vantage point on Earth, rather than an actual arrangement of planets in perfect alignment in space.

Aligned Planets

  • Mercury, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune are set to align in a configuration that resembles a straight line.

Visibility of Planets

  • Although six planets align, not all of them will be observable with the naked eye due to their considerable distance from Earth.
  • The presence of the Moon may further hinder visibility by distorting the view.
  • Mercury and Jupiter may be challenging to spot in the sky due to their proximity to the Sun along their orbital paths.
  • Mars and Saturn, albeit faint, should be visible to the naked eye.
  • Observers interested in seeing Uranus and Neptune will likely require telescopes or high-powered binoculars due to their greater distance from Earth.

Source: IT

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

AI Agents


In News: Referred to as ‘AI agents’, GPT-4o and Project Astra are considered significantly more advanced than traditional voice assistants like Alexa, Siri, and Google Assistant.

Understanding AI Agents: Enhancing Human-Computer Interaction

  • AI agents are advanced AI systems capable of engaging in real-time, multi-modal interactions with humans, including text, image, and voice.
  • Unlike traditional language models, AI agents can process diverse inputs and respond naturally, leveraging sensors to perceive their environment.
  • These agents are deployed in various domains such as gaming, robotics, virtual assistants, and autonomous vehicles.
  • AI agents differ from large language models (LLMs) like GPT-3 and GPT-4 in several aspects:
  • They offer more immersive interactions through voice, vision, and environmental sensors.
  • AI agents enable real-time conversations with human-like responses, unlike LLMs that generate text.
  • They possess contextual awareness, allowing for personalized and relevant responses based on interaction context.
  • While LLMs are limited to text generation, AI agents can autonomously perform complex tasks like coding and data analysis.
  • Potential uses of AI agents include:
  • Serving as intelligent assistants for various tasks, from recommendations to appointment scheduling.
  • Enhancing customer service by providing seamless interactions and resolving queries instantly.
  • Acting as personal tutors in education, customizing learning experiences based on student preferences.
  • Assisting healthcare professionals with real-time analysis, diagnostic support, and patient monitoring.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Protection of Personality Rights


In News: Scarlett Johansson, a Hollywood actress, recently alleged that the voice of GPT-4o closely resembles her own. She accused OpenAI of utilizing her voice without consent, despite her prior refusal to grant licensing requests from CEO Sam Altman.

Understanding Personality Rights and Their Protection

  • Introduction
    • Recently, OpenAI introduced its latest AI model, GPT-4o, with a feature called Voice Mode, allowing users to engage in voice conversations with the AI and choose from five different voices. 
  • Concerns Raised by Johansson
    • Johansson raised concerns about one of the voices, named 'Sky', allegedly mimicking her voice.
  • Response from OpenAI
    • OpenAI responded by pausing the availability of the 'Sky' voice, clarifying that it was not intended to resemble Johansson's voice and was voiced by another actor.
  • Defining Personality Rights
    • Personality rights encompass aspects like name, voice, signature, and images, which are easily recognizable by the public.
    • These rights are sometimes registered as trademarks by celebrities to utilize them commercially.

Types of Personality Rights

  • The right of publicity protects one's image and likeness from being commercially exploited without consent.
  • The right to privacy prevents one's personality from being publicly represented without permission.

Legal Basis in India

  • While not explicitly stated in Indian law, personality rights are derived from the right to privacy and property.
  • The 2017 Puttaswamy judgment elevated personality rights to constitutional rights, recognizing the right to privacy as fundamental.

Relevant Court Judgments

  • Various court cases, such as Rajinikanth v. Varsha Production and ICC Development Ltd. v. Arvee Enterprises, have recognized personality rights in India.
  • These rights have evolved from the right to privacy and are protected under Articles 19 and 21 of the Constitution.

Personality Rights on the Internet

  • The Delhi High Court's 2011 ruling in Arun Jaitley vs Network Solutions Pvt Ltd emphasized that fame on the internet is no different from real-life fame.
  • Names with distinctive character, coupled with popularity, are protected as personal marks under trademark law.

Balancing Personal and Consumer Rights

  • While celebrities are safeguarded from commercial misuse of their names and personalities, misleading advertisements and endorsements can mislead consumers.
  • The Ministry of Consumer Affairs introduced guidelines in 2022 to prevent misleading advertisements and endorsements, imposing penalties on endorsers.

Recent Examples from India

  • In September 2023, the Delhi High Court issued an interim order protecting Anil Kapoor's personality rights, restraining the unauthorized use of his name, image, and characters.
  • Similarly, in May 2024, the Delhi High Court protected Jackie Shroff's personality and publicity rights, preventing misuse of his name, image, and voice without consent.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Naegleria fowleri


In News: A five-year-old girl undergoing treatment for primary amoebic meningoencephalitis (PAM), a rare brain infection caused by Naegleria fowleri, the "brain-eating amoeba," has passed away at the Government Medical College Hospital in Kozhikode.

Understanding Naegleria fowleri: The "Brain-Eating Amoeba"

  • Introduction
    • Naegleria fowleri, commonly referred to as the "brain-eating amoeba," is a microscopic single-cell organism found predominantly in warm freshwater environments such as lakes, hot springs, and poorly maintained swimming pools.
  • Discovery and Characteristics
    • Discovered in Australia in 1965, Naegleria fowleri is so tiny that it can only be observed under a microscope.
    • It is the only species of Naegleria known to infect humans.
  • Process of Human Infection
    • The amoeba enters the human body through the nasal passage and then migrates to the brain.
    • Infection typically occurs during activities like swimming, diving, or even when water enters the nasal passages.
    • There have been instances of infection through nostril cleaning with contaminated water.
    • There is no evidence of Naegleria fowleri spreading through water vapor or aerosol droplets.
  • Impact on Human Health
    • Once in the brain, Naegleria fowleri causes primary amebic meningoencephalitis (PAM), a severe and often fatal infection.
    • Symptoms can initially resemble those of meningitis, including headache, nausea, and fever, progressing to stiff neck, seizures, hallucinations, and coma.
  • Non-Communicable Nature
    • Naegleria fowleri infection is not transmitted from person to person and typically does not manifest symptoms unless contracted in its specific form.
    • The infection is closely associated with warm freshwater environments, particularly during hot summer months.
  • Survival Rates and Prognosis
    • With a mortality rate of 97%, survival chances from Naegleria fowleri infection are extremely low.
    • The rapid destruction of brain tissue leads to severe neurological symptoms and inflammation.
    • Early diagnosis and immediate treatment are critical, but the outlook remains bleak.
  • Treatment Options
    • The CDC recommends treatment with a combination of drugs, including amphotericin B, azithromycin, fluconazole, rifampin, miltefosine, and dexamethasone.
    • Miltefosine, the newest addition to these drugs, has shown promise in laboratory settings and has been utilized in treating some survivors.
  • Preventive Measures for Swimmers
    • Limiting activities in warm freshwater bodies unless properly disinfected.
    • Using nose protection while swimming or diving.
    • Maintaining clean swimming pools and practicing proper hygiene, including thorough handwashing before and after water activities and meals.
    • Using sterile water for nasal cleaning to minimize the risk of infection.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Neanderthals: An Extinct Human Relative


In News: Researchers have recently discovered that Neanderthals, who lived 50,000 years ago, were infected with three viruses that continue to impact modern humans today.

Overview of Neanderthals

  • Neanderthals, an extinct relative of modern humans, once inhabited Europe and extended into Central and Southwest Asia.
  • Belonging to the species Homo neanderthalensis, they are considered our closest extinct human relatives.
  • Current evidence, from both fossils and DNA analysis, suggests that the Neanderthal lineage diverged from that of modern humans at least 500,000 years ago.
  • The last populations of Neanderthals are believed to have disappeared approximately 40,000 years ago, shortly after the arrival of modern humans in Europe.
  • Despite their extinction, traces of Neanderthal genes persist in modern human DNA.

Distinctive Features

  • Neanderthals had characteristic skull features, including a large middle face, angled cheekbones, and a prominent nose, adapted for humidifying and warming cold, dry air.
  • Their bodies were shorter and stockier than those of modern humans, an adaptation to cold environments, although their brains were comparable in size or even larger in proportion to modern humans.
  • Although robust and muscular, Neanderthals suffered frequent injuries, indicative of their challenging lifestyles.
  • Unlike modern humans, Neanderthals lacked a distinct chin.

Technological and Cultural Abilities

  • Neanderthals demonstrated advanced tool-making skills, controlled fire, constructed shelters, crafted clothing, hunted large animals, consumed plant foods, and occasionally produced symbolic or ornamental objects.
  • Evidence suggests that Neanderthals practiced deliberate burial rituals and occasionally adorned graves with offerings, such as flowers, a behavior previously unseen in primates or earlier human species.

Source: LS

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

ASMPA Missile


In News: France has achieved a noteworthy advancement in its defense capabilities with the successful testing of the upgraded ASMPA supersonic missile, designed to carry a nuclear warhead.

Overview of ASMPA Missile: France's Land-Attack Supersonic Cruise Missile

  • The Air-Sol Medium Range (ASMP/ASMP-A) is a supersonic cruise missile designed for air-launched land-attack missions, equipped with a nuclear payload.
  • It serves as a critical element of France's nuclear deterrence capability.

Versions

  • The original ASMP, developed in 1986, boasted a range of 80 to 300 km and carried the TN 81 warhead with variable yield ranging from 100 to 300 kilotons of TNT.
  • ASMP-A, an upgraded iteration introduced in 2009, extended the range to 500 km and featured a new 300 kt thermonuclear warhead.
  • The ASMPA-R project aims to renovate the ASMPA, enhancing its range capabilities and introducing advancements in its warhead technology.

Features

  • The ASMPA missile measures 5.38 meters in length, with a body diameter of 0.38 meters and a launch weight of 860 kg.
  • It employs an inertial-guided, air-to-surface guidance system, likely utilizing terrain-mapping and pre-programmed onboard computers.
  • Propulsion is provided by a solid-propellant engine, which ignites after the missile is released from the aircraft.
  • Upon ignition, the missile accelerates to Mach 2.0 within five seconds, followed by the ejection of the booster cartridge from the ramjet exhaust nozzle.
  • Subsequently, the liquid (kerosene)-powered ramjet motor takes control, propelling the missile to a maximum speed of Mach 3.0, dependent on altitude.

Source: TR

Keywords: GS-3 Defence and Security
Monthly Current Affairs

Ferroptosis


In News: Researchers have discovered through a recent study that ferroptosis serves as the primary mechanism of cell death underlying lung disease in COVID-19.

Understanding Ferroptosis and Apoptosis

  • Ferroptosis Defined
    • Ferroptosis is a regulated form of cell death initiated by an accumulation of lipid peroxides on cell membranes, distinguishing it from other cell death mechanisms like apoptosis.
    • This process, reliant on iron, earns its name "FERroptosis" due to its iron dependence.
  • Mechanism of Ferroptosis
    • Lipid peroxides, a byproduct of normal metabolic processes, can inflict oxidative damage on cell membranes, leading to ferroptosis.
    • Characterized by decreased levels of intracellular glutathione (GSH) and reduced activity of glutathione peroxidase, ferroptosis prevents the oxidation of lipid peroxides, resulting in heightened lipid peroxidation spurred by iron.
    • Under normal conditions, cells possess robust defense mechanisms to ensure survival.
    • However, when these mechanisms falter, lipid peroxides accumulate unchecked, compromising membrane integrity and culminating in cell death through ferroptosis.
  • Link to Diseases
    • Numerous studies have implicated ferroptosis in various diseases such as ischemia-reperfusion injuries, kidney disorders, neurological ailments, cancer, and haematological disorders.

Understanding Apoptosis

  • Apoptosis, a programmed cell death process, occurs naturally in multicellular organisms as a means of maintaining tissue homeostasis during development and aging.
  • Examples of Apoptosis
    • During embryonic development, apoptosis orchestrates the separation of digits in humans, illustrating its role in shaping tissues.
    • Apoptosis also serves as a defence mechanism and response to cellular damage inflicted by diseases or harmful agents.
  • Triggers and Process
    • Apoptosis can be activated by mild cellular injury or internal and external factors, initiating the removal of damaged cells in an orderly manner.
    • The process involves nuclear and cytoplasmic condensation, ultimately leading to cellular fragmentation for disposal.

Source: ME

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Space Tourism


In News: Gopi Thotakura, an Indian-born commercial pilot residing in the United States, achieved the distinction of being the inaugural space tourist from India. 

Challenges to Space Tourism

  • Environmental Impact: Spacecraft launches generate significant air and noise pollution, contributing to climate change and harming the atmosphere.
  • Safety Concerns: Despite safety protocols, mishaps during space tourism ventures could have catastrophic consequences.
  • Cost Barrier: Space tourism is currently accessible only to the wealthy due to its high cost, leading to feelings of inequality and elitism among the general population.
  • Space Debris: Each launch contributes to space debris, posing risks to other spacecraft and increasing the potential for damage.
  • Resource Depletion: Space travel requires vast amounts of resources, potentially leading to long-term environmental consequences and resource scarcity for future generations.
  • Legal Issues: The legal framework for space tourism is still evolving, leading to uncertainty regarding liability and adherence to international space laws.

Opportunities for India in the Space Tourism Sector

  • Leveraging ISRO's Expertise: India can utilize ISRO's successful track record in space missions, such as the Mars Orbiter Mission, to inspire confidence in future human space endeavors.
  • Public-Private Space Partnership: India's encouragement of private participation in the space sector, along with initiatives like New Space India Limited (NSIL) and supportive policies, can attract investments and drive innovation.
  • Future Plans: ISRO's development of a reusable space tourism module, expected to launch by 2030 at a cost of Rs 6 crore per trip, presents an opportunity for India to enter the commercial space tourism market.

Future of Space Tourism

  • Accessibility: ISRO predicts that by 2030, space tourism will become accessible to the wealthy with an average ticket cost of around 6 crores, potentially opening up opportunities for a broader range of participants.
  • Beyond Earth's Orbit: Companies are expanding their focus from suborbital and orbital flights to lunar adventures and deep space exploration, with missions to Mars and beyond.
  • Space Staycations: Space tourism concepts are evolving to include longer stays in space modules, allowing tourists to experience extended periods beyond Earth's atmosphere.
  • Sustainability: There is a growing emphasis on developing fully reusable rockets to minimize space debris and make space travel more environmentally friendly.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2010)

Q. 1 In the context of space technology, what is “Bhuvan”, recently in the news? 

(a) A mini satellite launched by ISRO for promoting the distance education in India
(b) The name given to the next Moon Impact Probe, for Chandrayaan-II
(c) A geoportal of ISRO with 3D imaging capabilities of India
(d) A space telescope developed by India

Ans: (c)

Mains (2023)

Q.1 What is the main task of India’s third mood mission which could not be achieved in its earlier mission? List the countries that have achieved this task. Introduce the subsystems in the spacecraft launched and explain the role of the ‘Virtual Launch Control Centre’ at the Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre which contributed to the successful launch from Sriharikota.

Mains (2019)

Q.2 What is India’s plan to have its own space station and how will it benefit our space programme?

Mains (2016)

Q.3 Discuss India’s achievements in the field of Space Science and Technology. How the application of this technology helped India in its socio-economic development? 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS – 3 Space Technology, Achievements of Indians in Science & Technology
Monthly Current Affairs

GSAP SKILLS Platform


In News: The GSAP SKILLS Platform was recently unveiled at the Fourth meeting of the Subsidiary Body on Implementation, Convention on Biological Diversity.

Overview of the GSAP SKILLS Platform

  • The Global Species Action Plan (GSAP) Species Conservation Knowledge, Information, Learning, Leverage, and Sharing (SKILLS) platform digitizes GSAP's content, facilitating real-time updates of technical tools and resources.
  • Its primary objective is to foster global collaboration and partnership by connecting decision-makers, species conservation practitioners, and experts across all levels.
  • The platform offers instantaneous updates on technical tools and resources, ensuring their accessibility and relevance to users.
  • Each target outlined in the Global Biodiversity Framework includes a concise summary and rationale for species conservation interventions, actions, sub-actions, actors, and technical tools and resources, facilitating the scaling-up of implementation efforts.
  • Managed proactively by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), the platform responds to governmental and stakeholder needs for effective species conservation actions.
  • The development of the GSAP SKILLS platform has received primary support from the Ministry of Environment, Republic of Korea, with additional resources contributed by the Tech4Nature Initiative launched by IUCN and Huawei in 2020.

Understanding the Global Species Action Plan

  • The Global Species Action Plan (GSAP) has been formulated to bolster the implementation of the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework (GBF) and counteract the escalating biodiversity loss globally.
  • It delineates strategic interventions and actions aimed at conserving and sustainably managing species while ensuring equitable benefits for all stakeholders.

Source: IUCN

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Zero Debris Charter Initiative


In News: Recently, twelve nations officially endorsed the Zero Debris Charter during the ESA/EU Space Council, reaffirming their dedication to ensuring the enduring sustainability of human endeavors in Earth's orbit.

Overview of the Zero Debris Charter Initiative

  • The Zero Debris Charter, launched by the European Space Agency (ESA) at the ESA Space Summit in Seville meeting in November 2023, represents a significant initiative.
  • ESA Member States prompted the Agency to adopt a "Zero Debris approach" for its missions and to encourage partners and stakeholders to follow suit.
  • This initiative, the first of its kind, brings together a diverse range of space actors globally, united in the common objective of achieving zero debris creation by 2030, thereby ensuring the long-term sustainability of space activities.
  • The charter aims to establish comprehensive guiding principles and realistic yet ambitious technical targets to form the basis of a robust Zero Debris roadmap, driving efforts for global space debris mitigation and remediation.
  • Although the charter is not legally binding, it fosters a collaborative community of proactive stakeholders committed to collectively defined objectives for the year 2030.
  • Key targets outlined in the charter include ensuring that a mission's probability of generating space debris remains below 1 in 1,000 per object and achieving a 99% success rate for post-mission disposal, even resorting to external means when necessary.
  • The initiative also emphasizes the importance of transparent information sharing and coordination of space traffic.
  • To realize the objectives of the Charter, ESA will focus on developing groundbreaking technologies for satellite end-of-life disposal, in-orbit servicing, and active debris removal.
  • Furthermore, ESA will collaborate closely with regulatory institutions responsible for overseeing regulatory aspects related to space activities.

Source: PO

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

AI Anchors


In News: DD Kisan Channel Introduces AI Anchors for Innovative Presentation

Introduction to AI Anchors on DD Kisan Channel

Recently introduced on DD Kisan Channel, the AI anchors, named 'AI Krish' and 'AI Bhoomi', possess the capability to communicate in 50 Indian and foreign languages, providing a novel approach to news delivery.

Features of AI Anchors

  • Resembling humans in functionality, these AI anchors have the ability to tirelessly present news 24/7, 365 days a year, without experiencing fatigue.
  • These AI anchors are set to cater to farmer viewers across all states of the country, ensuring widespread accessibility.
  • Serving as an invaluable source of information, the AI anchors will deliver updates on agricultural research, market trends, weather changes, and government schemes, both at the national and global levels.

Overview of DD Kisan Channel

  • Established by the Government of India on May 26, 2015, DD Kisan Channel stands as the sole television network dedicated solely to farmers.

Objectives of DD Kisan Channel

  • To keep farmers informed about weather fluctuations, global and local market shifts, enabling them to make timely and informed decisions.
  • To showcase the endeavors of progressive farmers, fostering agricultural and rural development by disseminating knowledge.
  • To promote a comprehensive approach to agriculture, encompassing balanced farming, animal husbandry, and plantation techniques.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Measuring Heat Loss from Earth’s Poles with Tiny Satellite


In News: Recently, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) launched the first of two climate satellites designed to study heat emissions at Earth’s poles. The second satellite is scheduled for launch in the coming days.

The Significance of Measuring Heat Emissions at Earth’s Poles

  • Understanding Earth’s Energy Budget
    • Measuring heat emissions at Earth’s poles is crucial for comprehending the Earth’s energy budget.
    • The Earth's energy budget is the balance between incoming heat from the Sun and outgoing heat from Earth into space.
    • This balance determines the planet's temperature and climate.
  • Current Limitations in Measuring Heat Radiation
    • A significant amount of heat from the Arctic and Antarctica is emitted as far-infrared radiation, which has wavelengths of 3 μm to 1,000 μm.
    • Presently, there is no method to measure this type of energy, creating a knowledge gap in understanding the planet’s energy budget.

CubeSats: An Overview

  • Design and Configuration
    • CubeSats are miniature satellites with a basic design of a 10 cm x 10 cm x 10 cm cube, referred to as "one unit" or "1U."
    • Each unit weighs no more than 1.33 kg.
    • CubeSats can be configured in various sizes, including 1.5, 2, 3, 6, and 12U, depending on their mission.
  • Origins and Development
    • CubeSats were developed in 1999 by California Polytechnic State University at San Luis Obispo (Cal Poly) and Stanford University as educational tools.
    • Their low cost and reduced mass make them suitable for technology demonstrations, scientific research, and commercial purposes.

The PREFIRE Mission CubeSats

  • Mission Details
    • Each PREFIRE satellite is a 6U CubeSat, measuring approximately 90 cm in height and nearly 120 cm in width with deployed solar panels.
    • These panels provide the necessary power for the satellite's operations.
  • Distinction from SmallSats
    • Small spacecraft (SmallSats) are those with a mass less than 180 kilograms, comparable to the size of a large kitchen fridge.
    • SmallSats vary in size and mass, categorized as:
    • Minisatellite: 100-180 kilograms
    • Microsatellite: 10-100 kilograms
    • Nanosatellite: 1-10 kilograms
    • Picosatellite: 0.01-1 kilogram
    • Femtosatellite: 0.001-0.01 kilogram

The PREFIRE Mission: Objectives and Importance

  • Mission Objectives
    • Two PREFIRE satellites will be placed in a near-polar orbit at an altitude of about 525 kilometers.
    • Their mission is to measure the heat radiated into space by the Arctic and Antarctica to understand how this radiation influences the planet’s climate.
  • Mission Overview
    • The PREFIRE mission aims to study far-infrared radiation from Earth's poles using CubeSats.
    • Data collected will enhance understanding of the planet's energy budget and measure far-infrared radiation trapped by atmospheric water vapor and clouds at the poles, influencing the greenhouse effect in the region.
  • Equipment and Technology
    • Each PREFIRE CubeSat is equipped with a Thermal Infrared Spectrometer (TIRS).
    • This instrument measures the amount of infrared and far-infrared radiation emitted from the Arctic and Antarctica.
    • The spectrometer's specially shaped mirrors and detectors split and measure infrared light, providing detailed data for analysis.
  • Importance of the Mission
    • Observations from the PREFIRE mission will deepen our understanding of Earth’s heat balance.
    • This knowledge will improve predictions about changes in ice, seas, and weather due to global warming.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

INS Kiltan


In News: Upon its arrival at Muara, Brunei, Indian Naval Ship Kiltan received a warm welcome from the Royal Brunei Navy.

Overview of INS Kiltan

  • INS Kiltan is an indigenous anti-submarine warfare stealth corvette, which is the third vessel of the four Kamorta-class corvettes constructed under Project 28.
  • The ship is named after one of the islands in the Aminidivi group of the strategically located Lakshadweep and Minicoy group of islands.
  • Designed by the Indian Navy’s in-house organisation Directorate of Naval Design, it was built by Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers (GRSE) in Kolkata.
  • It is notable for being India’s first major warship to feature a superstructure made of carbon fibre composite material, resulting in enhanced stealth capabilities, reduced top weight, and maintenance costs.
  • INS Kiltan is equipped with a predominantly indigenous cutting-edge weapons and sensors suite, including heavyweight torpedoes, ASW rockets, a 76 mm caliber Medium Range gun, and two multi-barrel 30 mm guns serving as a close-in-weapon system (CIWS) with dedicated fire control systems.
  • Additionally, it is outfitted with missile decoy rockets (Chaff), an advanced Electronic Support Measure (ESM) system, the most advanced bow-mounted sonar, and an air surveillance radar.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Oedocladium sahyadricum


In News: A new algal species has been discovered in the Western Ghats by a team of phycologists from the Department of Botany at Catholicate College in Pathanamthitta.

Discovery and Features of Oedocladium sahyadricum

  • Oedocladium sahyadricum is a newly discovered algal species named after the Western Ghats, also known as Sahyadri, due to its rich plant diversity and favorable conditions for terrestrial microalgae growth.
  • This species is dioecious and terrestrial, featuring a superior operculum, ellipsoid oogonium, and oospore.
  • It was found as a thin mat of elongated strands on damp soil, resembling moss protonema, and exhibits a velvety green appearance that turns yellowish-green as it matures, with abundant growth likely requiring rainy weather.
  • This discovery marks the first recorded instance of a species in the Oedocladium category in Kerala.
  • Species of Oedocladium show promising practical applications in various fields including medicine, agriculture, and the production of astaxanthin, a natural pigment known for its unique biological activities and health benefits.
  • Algae, including Oedocladium sahyadricum, play crucial roles in ecosystems and possess significant economic importance in the global market, contributing to the production of high-value products and wastewater treatment.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Astronomical Transients


In News: In 2024, Indian-American astronomer Shrinivas Kulkarni was honored with the Shaw Prize for Astronomy for his groundbreaking contributions to understanding the physics behind astronomical transients.

Understanding Astronomical Transients

  • In astronomy, a celestial object is termed a 'transient' if its brightness undergoes rapid changes within short periods.
  • Various types of astronomical transients exist, all characterized by violent phenomena to some degree.
  • Astronomers investigate transients to comprehend the origins of their violence and gain insights into non-transient events.
  • Examples of Transients:
    • Supernovae occur when the outer layers of massive stars explode while their cores collapse due to the depletion of fusionable elements. Some supernovae can outshine the combined light of all other stars in their host galaxies.
    • Active Galactic Nuclei (AGN) are found at the centers of massive galaxies, where supermassive black holes reside. Occasionally, these black holes actively consume surrounding matter, causing it to emit varying levels of brightness due to energetic interactions.
    • Fast Radio Bursts (FRBs), discovered in 2007, release more than ten times the energy of the Sun within milliseconds, emitting powerful bursts of radio waves.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Magellan Mission to Venus


In News: Scientists examining the historical data from NASA's Magellan mission have reported the discovery of fresh lava flows on Venus, indicating volcanic activity on the planet during the period from 1990 to 1992.

Overview of the Magellan Mission to Venus

  • NASA launched the Magellan Mission on May 4, 1989, as a deep space exploration endeavor aimed at studying the planet Venus.
  • The spacecraft was launched aboard the space shuttle Atlantis from Cape Canaveral, marking the first interplanetary mission launched from the Space Shuttle.
  • Named after the renowned Portuguese explorer Ferdinand Magellan, who was the first to circumnavigate the Earth, the mission aimed to map the surface of Venus comprehensively.
  • Utilizing the Inertial Upper Stage booster, Magellan embarked on its journey to Venus, equipped with radar imaging technology due to the planet's thick atmosphere hindering visual observation.
  • Upon its arrival at Venus in 1990, the Magellan spacecraft initiated the task of mapping the planet's surface through radar imaging, achieving the first-ever global map of Venus and its gravity field.
  • The mission yielded intriguing discoveries, revealing a relatively youthful planetary surface thought to be shaped by extensive lava flows from planet-wide volcanic activities.
  • In October 1994, the Magellan spacecraft concluded its operations by deliberately descending into Venus's atmosphere, marking the first intentional crash of an operational planetary spacecraft.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC)


In News: State-run Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd. (BHEL) recently signed a Technology Transfer Agreement (TTA) with the Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC) to acquire technology for a 50-kW alkaline electrolyser system for hydrogen production.

Overview of Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC)

  • About BARC
    • Premier Nuclear Research Facility: Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC) is India's leading nuclear research institution.
    • Location: It is headquartered in Trombay, Mumbai, Maharashtra.
    • Governance: BARC operates under the Department of Atomic Energy, which is directly overseen by the Prime Minister of India.
    • Research Scope: It is a multidisciplinary research center with extensive infrastructure for advanced research and development across the entire spectrum of nuclear science, engineering, and related fields.
    • Role in Nuclear Power: BARC serves as the research backbone of the Nuclear Power Corporation of India (NPCIL), which operates all nuclear power reactors in the country.
  • History
    • Founding Visionary: Dr. Homi Jehangir Bhabha conceived and initiated India’s nuclear program.
    • Early Establishment: Dr. Bhabha established the Tata Institute of Fundamental Research (TIFR) in 1945 to conduct nuclear science research.
    • Expansion: To further exploit nuclear energy for national benefit, Dr. Bhabha founded the Atomic Energy Establishment, Trombay (AEET) in January 1954, essential for India’s ambitious nuclear program.
    • Renaming: After Dr. Bhabha's death in 1966, AEET was renamed Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC).
  • Functions
    • Research and Development: BARC engages in research to generate knowledge and techniques for nuclear power production, advancing nuclear science, and the use of radioisotopes in industry, health, and agriculture.
    • Nuclear Reactor Design: It is responsible for the design and development of nuclear reactors, fuel cycle technologies, and radiation protection and safety systems.
    • Education and Training: BARC plays a crucial role in nuclear education and training, offering various programs for scientists, engineers, and technicians in nuclear science and technology.

Source: cnbctv18

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Anopheles stephensi


In News: The expansion of Anopheles stephensi mosquitoes throughout Africa presents a major challenge to a continent already grappling with a substantial malaria burden.

Understanding Anopheles stephensi: A Malaria Vector

  • Anopheles stephensi is a malaria vector originating from South Asia, capable of transmitting both Plasmodium falciparum and P. vivax. 
    • Unlike African malaria vectors typically found in rural areas, An. stephensi thrives in both rural and urban environments.
  • This species exhibits rapid adaptation to environmental changes and displays a preference for urban settings, often residing near humans. 
    • Their breeding habits involve laying eggs in various water sources such as water containers, abandoned tyres, and flowerpots. 
    • Remarkably, their eggs possess the ability to survive dry conditions for extended periods.
  • Anopheles stephensi demonstrates versatility in feeding behavior, targeting vertebrate hosts both indoors and outdoors. 
    • This behavior poses challenges to conventional vector control methods like insecticide-treated nets and indoor residual spraying.
  • Concerns arise from the presence of Anopheles stephensi, alongside Aedes mosquitoes, carriers of diseases like dengue, yellow fever, chikungunya, and Zika. 
    • The infiltration of this urban mosquito into Africa raises significant apprehensions, particularly as a considerable portion of Africa's population now resides in urban areas, threatening malaria elimination efforts on the continent.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Securing India's Nuclear Future


In News: The article highlights the shifting global nuclear dynamics and argues that India should modernize its nuclear capabilities and energy program to address these evolving threats effectively.

Current Nuclear Threats that India Faces

  • Neighbourhood Nuclear Threats
    • Pakistan's Nuclear Arsenal: Pakistan possesses an estimated 170 nuclear warheads. Persistent tensions between India and Pakistan over issues like Kashmir and cross-border terrorism elevate the risk of nuclear escalation in the event of conflict.
    • China's Missile Advancements: China’s construction of multiple missile silos and deployment of road-mobile intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs) have raised concerns in India regarding the shifting nuclear balance in the region.
  • Command and Control Vulnerabilities
    • The safety and security of nuclear command and control systems are crucial. Any vulnerabilities, potential unauthorized access, or cyberattacks could have severe consequences.
    • Example: The alleged 2019 cyberattack on India's Kudankulam Nuclear Power Plant, although denied by officials, highlighted the necessity for robust cybersecurity measures in the nuclear domain.
  • Environmental and Health Risks
    • Nuclear accidents, radioactive contamination, and their long-term environmental and health impacts present significant challenges for India’s expanding nuclear energy program.
    • Example: The 2011 Fukushima nuclear disaster in Japan underscored the need for stringent safety protocols and emergency preparedness for nuclear facilities.
  • Emerging Technologies and Regional Arms Race
    • The rapid development of hypersonic missiles, autonomous weapons systems, and artificial intelligence (AI) poses new challenges for nuclear deterrence strategies.
    • India's Response: India’s development of its own hypersonic missile capabilities, while aimed at deterrence, could contribute to a regional arms race.

Measures India Should Adopt to Strengthen its Nuclear Program

  • Pursue Responsible Nuclear Modernization
    • India should maintain a credible minimum deterrence while focusing on responsible nuclear modernization.
    • This involves developing advanced delivery systems, enhancing the survivability and reliability of nuclear forces, and exploring emerging technologies such as directed energy systems.
  • Enhance Nuclear Risk Reduction Measures
    • India should engage in nuclear risk reduction measures with neighboring nuclear-armed states, especially Pakistan and China.
    • This includes confidence-building measures, crisis communication mechanisms, and agreements to prevent inadvertent escalation or misunderstandings during crises.
  • Invest in Advanced Nuclear Technologies
    • India should continue investing in advanced nuclear technologies, such as thorium-based reactors, small modular reactors, and next-generation nuclear power plant designs.
    • These advancements can address India's long-term energy needs while minimizing environmental and safety risks.
  • Enhance Civilian Nuclear Cooperation
    • India should seek to expand civilian nuclear cooperation with like-minded countries and organizations.
    • This involves joint research and development projects, technology sharing, and collaboration in areas such as nuclear waste management, nuclear medicine, and peaceful applications of nuclear technology.
  • Participate in Global Nuclear Governance Initiatives
    • India should actively participate in global nuclear governance initiatives, such as the Nuclear Security Summits and the Global Initiative to Combat Nuclear Terrorism (GICNT).
    • This participation would demonstrate India's commitment to nuclear non-proliferation and the peaceful use of nuclear technology.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2020)

Q. In India, why are some nuclear reactors kept under “IAEA safeguards” while others are not? 

(a) Some use uranium and others use thorium

(b) Some use imported uranium and others use domestic supplies

(c) Some are operated by foreign enterprises and others are operated by domestic enterprises

(d) Some are State-owned and others are privately owned

Ans: (b)

Mains (2018)

Q. With growing energy needs should India keep on expanding its nuclear energy programme? Discuss the facts and fears associated with nuclear energy. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

New System to Detect Scam/Fraud Calls


In News: The Department of Telecommunications (DoT) recently introduced a new tool to distinguish genuine calls from those made by fraudsters.

New System to Identify Scam/Fraud Calls: Dedicated Phone Number Series

The Department of Telecommunications (DoT) has introduced a new system to help identify scam and fraud calls through a dedicated 10-digit numbering series.

  • Introduction of Dedicated Number Series
    • The DoT has allocated a special 10-digit numbering series starting with 160 for service and transactional calls made by government agencies, regulators, and financial institutions.
    • These numbers will provide additional information to help recognize the caller.
  • Structure of the 10-Digit Number
    • The series is designed to inform citizens about the calling entity, the telecom operator, and the origin of the call.
    • For government and financial institutions, the 10-digit number will have a 160 prefix and follow the format 1600ABCXXX.
    • The AB segment indicates the telecom circle code (e.g., 11 for Delhi and 22 for Mumbai).
    • The C digit represents the telecom operator's code.
    • The XXX digits range from 000 to 999.
  • Financial Institution Numbers
    • Numbers for financial entities regulated by the RBI, SEBI, PFRDA, and IRDA will use the 1601ABCXXX format.
    • This format maintains the same structure, with specific digits indicating the telecom circle, operator, and a unique identifier.
  • Verification and Transparency
    • Telecom service providers (TSPs) are responsible for verifying each entity requesting a number from the 160 series.
    • Entities must commit to using the number exclusively for legitimate service and transactional calls.

This new system aims to provide more information about incoming calls, helping citizens to identify potential scams and fraudulent activities more effectively.

Source: TN

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

K-9 Vajra


In News: After the elections, the Centre is currently reviewing several crucial 'Made in India' defense projects, including proposals for acquiring additional K-9 Vajra self-propelled howitzers and fighter aircraft engines, before granting final approval.

About K-9 Vajra

The K-9 Vajra is a 155 mm, 52-caliber tracked self-propelled artillery system designed for high-elevation shell firing to hit distant targets.

  • Manufacturing and Design
    • Built by Larsen & Toubro with technology transferred from South Korean defense major Hanwha Defense, based on the K9 Thunder platform.
  • Capabilities
    • Capable of performing a variety of missions by firing a wide range of artillery ammunition, including high explosive, smoke, and illumination shells.
    • Equipped with all-welded steel armor up to 19 mm thick.
    • The main weapon is a 155 mm / 52 caliber gun.
    • Weighs 50 tonnes and can fire 47 kg bombs.
    • Has a burst rate of fire of three rounds per 15 seconds.
    • Maximum rate of fire is six to eight rounds per minute for three minutes.
    • Can strike enemy targets at a distance of approximately 50 kilometers.
    • Can turn around at zero radius, effectively rotating in place.
  • Advanced Features
    • Uses a digital fire control system, enabling it to fire multiple rounds that can impact a given area simultaneously.

Source: ET

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

CERT-In


In News: India’s Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT-In) recently issued a warning regarding a high-severity vulnerability found in Google Chrome for desktops.

About CERT-In: India's Cybersecurity Nodal Agency

CERT-In is the national nodal agency responsible for responding to computer security incidents as they occur.

  • Affiliation and Objective
    • CERT-In operates under the Ministry of Information & Electronics Technology, Government of India.
    • Its primary objective is to secure Indian cyberspace.
  • Establishment and Constituency
    • CERT-In has been operational since January 2004.
    • The agency's constituency encompasses the Indian cyber community and Indian cyberspace.
  • Legal Designation and Functions
    • The Information Technology (Amendment) Act 2008 designates CERT-In as the national agency for cybersecurity, tasked with the following functions:
      • Collecting, analyzing, and disseminating information on cyber incidents.
      • Issuing forecasts and alerts about cybersecurity incidents.
      • Implementing emergency measures to handle cybersecurity incidents.
      • Coordinating cyber incident response activities.
      • Issuing guidelines, advisories, vulnerability notes, and white papers on information security practices, procedures, prevention, response, and reporting of cyber incidents.
      • Performing other prescribed functions related to cybersecurity.
  • Powers and Services
    • CERT-In is empowered to call for information and issue directions to service providers, intermediaries, data centres, body corporates, and other relevant entities.
    • The agency provides services to government, public, and private sector organizations, as well as to individuals and home users.
  • Information Disclosure
    • Disclosure of information by CERT-In will adhere to Indian constitutional laws.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

PRAGATI-2024


In News: The Central Council for Research in Ayurvedic Sciences (CCRAS), an autonomous body under the Union Ministry of Ayush, launched “PRAGATI-2024”.

PRAGATI-2024: Pharma Research in AyurGyan and Techno Innovation

PRAGATI-2024 aims to explore research opportunities and foster collaboration between the Central Council for Research in Ayurvedic Sciences (CCRAS) and the Ayurveda drug industry.

  • About CCRAS
    • The Central Council for Research in Ayurvedic Sciences (CCRAS) is an autonomous body under the Ministry of AYUSH, Government of India.
    • It serves as the apex body in India for undertaking, coordinating, formulating, developing, and promoting research in Ayurvedic sciences on scientific lines.
  • Research Activities
    • CCRAS conducts various research activities, including:
    • Medicinal Plant Research, which encompasses Medico-Ethno Botanical Survey, Pharmacognosy, and Tissue Culture.
    • Drug Standardization.
    • Pharmacological Research.
    • Clinical Research.
    • Literary Research and Documentation.
    • Tribal Health Care Research Programme.
  • Additional Roles
    • The council also formulates, coordinates, develops, and promotes research in Ayurveda and the Sowa-Rigpa systems of medicine.
  • Headquarters
    • CCRAS is headquartered in New Delhi.

Source: PIB

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

Street Vendors Act and Associated Aspects


In News: The recent celebration of the tenth anniversary of the Street Vendors (Protection of Livelihood and Regulation of Street Vending) Act, 2014 marks a significant milestone in the legal evolution and advocacy efforts of street vendor movements in India, spanning four decades.

Street Vendors Act Overview

  • The Street Vendors Act aims to safeguard and regulate street vending activities across Indian cities, involving local authorities in establishing designated vending zones. 
  • It recognizes the importance of street vendors to urban life and endeavors to secure their livelihoods while integrating their activities into formal urban planning.

Governance Structure

  • The Act establishes Town Vending Committees (TVCs), comprising street vendor representatives, with a mandated 33% representation of women vendors. 
  • These committees are tasked with including vendors in designated zones and addressing grievances through mechanisms like the Grievance Redressal Committee.

Other Provisions

  • The Act delineates the roles and responsibilities of vendors and government entities at different levels.
  • States/Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) are required to conduct surveys to identify street vendors at least once every five years.

Implementation Challenges

  • Administrative Challenges: Despite legal protections, street vendors often face harassment and eviction due to entrenched bureaucratic views of vending as illegal.
  • Governance Integration Issues: The Act struggles to integrate with broader urban governance frameworks, with ULBs lacking power and resources for effective implementation.
  • Societal Perception Problems: The societal stigma against street vendors affects urban planning and policy, leading to marginalization.

Ways to Strengthen the Law

  • Supportive Implementation: Effective top-down guidance from higher government levels is essential initially, followed by a shift towards decentralized governance.
  • Integration with Urban Schemes: Policies and urban planning guidelines must be revised to better incorporate street vending, moving towards inclusive, deliberative processes.
  • Addressing New Challenges: Emerging issues such as climate change impacts and competition from e-commerce require innovative use of the Act's provisions.

Challenges Faced by Street Vendors in India

  • Legal Limbo and Harassment
    • Uncertain Legal Status: Despite the Street Vendors Act, enforcement remains uneven, leaving vendors vulnerable to eviction and harassment.
    • Bribes and Extortion: Vendors often face demands for bribes from authorities and local intermediaries.
  • Precarious Livelihood and Infrastructure Woes
    • Competition and Fluctuating Income: Saturation in certain areas and competition from established businesses lead to economic insecurity.
    • Lack of Basic Amenities: Limited access to amenities like clean water and sanitation poses health hazards.
  • Navigating the Formal System
    • Difficult Licensing Process: The bureaucratic licensing process discourages vendors from formalization.
    • Limited Access to Credit: Informal income makes it challenging for vendors to secure loans.
  • Gender-Based Discrimination
    • Women vendors face gender-based discrimination, affecting their business opportunities and safety.
  • Impact of Covid-19
    • The pandemic exacerbated economic hardships for street vendors, leading to loss of income and increased poverty.

Steps Needed to Deal with the Problem of Street Vendors

  • Formalization and Regulation
    • Establishing registration systems and issuing identity cards for vendors, as seen in cities like Hanoi and Ahmedabad.
  • Designated Zones
    • Creating designated vending zones, as observed in Rio de Janeiro and Kigali, to ensure order and improved pedestrian flow.
  • Infrastructure and Support
    • Providing access to amenities and offering training and micro-loans for equipment upgrades, modelled after cities like Lima.
  • Vendor Associations
    • Encouraging vendor associations to facilitate dialogue with authorities and foster collective bargaining.
  • Fostering a Collaborative Approach
    • Involving local authorities, street vendors, and resident associations in a collaborative approach to street vendor management.

Conclusion

India's approach to street vendor regulation must be tailored to each city's unique characteristics, prioritizing economic stability through skill development and microfinance programs.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 Vulnerable Section of the Society
Monthly Current Affairs

Hindu Marriage Act, 1955


In News: Recently, the Supreme Court clarified that the mere registration of a marriage without a proper ceremony would not be considered valid under the Hindu Marriage Act.

About Hindu Marriage Act, 1955 (HMA Act)

  • The Hindu Marriage Act, 1955 (HMA Act) is legislation that codifies laws pertaining to marriage within the Hindu community.
  • It encompasses regulations not only concerning the ceremonies and registration of Hindu marriages but also establishes guidelines for divorce.

Salient Features

  • Individuals who are Hindus by birth or through conversion are governed by the HMA Act.
  • The Act's definition of Hindu includes individuals following the Buddhist, Jain, and Sikh faiths.

Marriageable Age

  • According to the HMA Act, the bridegroom must be a minimum of 21 years old, and the bride must be at least 18 years old at the time of marriage.
  • Marriage involving minors is punishable by imprisonment of up to three years and/or a fine of up to Rs 1 lakh.

Significance of Ceremonies

  • The HMA Act recognizes and respects customary practices, including long-standing customs (Reeti-Riwaz) within Hindu marriages.
  • Saptapadi, the ritual of the bride and groom taking seven steps around the holy fire, is a crucial aspect of Hindu marriage ceremonies, though ceremonies may vary according to customs.

Forbidding Bigamy

  • The Act prohibits the practice of bigamy, polygamy, or polyandry, ensuring that individuals cannot have multiple spouses simultaneously.
  • Section 5 of the Act makes it illegal to have two living spouses at the same time, punishable under Sections 494 and 495 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860.

Focus on Mental Stability

  • A marriage is deemed null and void if one or both parties are mentally unfit at the time of marriage, necessitating legal consent before marriage.

Registration

  • While registration of Hindu marriages is subject to state laws, lack of an official certificate does not invalidate or make a marriage illegal.

Divorce

  • The HMA Act permits divorce through mutual consent and allows for judicial separation if divorce cannot be mutually agreed upon within one year of marriage.
  • Divorce may be granted before one year under special circumstances of exceptional hardship, and the Act delineates various grounds for divorce.

Restitution of Conjugal Rights

  • The Act includes provisions for restitution of conjugal rights, allowing a spouse to seek court intervention if the other spouse unjustifiably leaves.

Legal Procedures

  • Matters related to Hindu marriages and divorce are adjudicated in family courts in India, with jurisdiction based on the location of marriage celebration, the residence of one of the parties, or the last shared residence of the spouses.

Source: DH

Keywords: GS-2
Monthly Current Affairs

WHO Report on Global Immunisation


In News: A recent study conducted by the World Health Organization (WHO) unveiled that global immunization endeavours have preserved an approximate total of 154 million lives throughout the past five decades.

Key Findings of the Report

  • Immunization's Contribution
    • The report highlights that immunization stands as the single most significant contributor to ensuring the healthy lives of infants among various health interventions.
  • Impact of Measles Vaccination
    • Measles vaccination has been instrumental in saving an estimated 94 million lives out of 154 million since 1974. 
    • Despite this, approximately 33 million children missed measles vaccine doses in 2022, leading to a global coverage gap.
  • Importance of Balanced Coverage
    • Achieving a coverage rate of 95% or higher with two doses of measles-containing vaccine is crucial to prevent outbreaks.
  • Role of DPT Vaccine
    • The report notes a substantial increase in the coverage of the DPT vaccine, with 84% of infants now protected against diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis, compared to less than 5% before the launch of the Expanded Programme on Immunization (EPI).
  • Reduced Infant Mortality
    • Immunization has contributed to a 40% reduction in infant deaths from various diseases, with over 50% reduction observed in the African Region over the past five decades.
  • Disease Eradication and Containment
    • Significant progress has been made in eradicating diseases like wild poliovirus, with cases decreasing by over 99% since 1988. 
    • Additionally, vaccines against malaria and cervical cancer have been effective in containing these diseases.
  • Gain in Full Health Years
    • For each life saved through immunization, an average of 66 years of full health has been gained, totaling 10.2 billion full health years over the past five decades.

Status of Immunization in India

  • Extensive Immunization Programme
    • India's Universal Immunization Programme (UIP) is one of the largest public health programs globally, annually vaccinating millions of pregnant women and children.
  • Achievements
    • India has been certified polio-free since 2014 and eliminated maternal and neonatal tetanus in 2015. 
    • New vaccines like Measles-Rubella, Pneumococcal Conjugate Vaccine (PCV), and Rotavirus Vaccine (RVV) have been introduced nationwide.
  • Challenges and Initiatives
    • Despite progress, challenges such as limited access, deaths from infectious diseases, and incomplete coverage persist. 
    • Initiatives like Mission Indradhanush (MI) and Intensified Mission Indradhanush (IMI) aim to address these issues.

Universal Immunization Programme (UIP)

  • Historical Background
    • The UIP, formerly known as the Expanded Programme on Immunization, was launched in 1978 and expanded nationally in 1985.
  • Objective and Coverage
    • The programme provides free immunization against 12 vaccine-preventable diseases nationally and three diseases sub-nationally.

Global Initiatives Related to Immunization

  • Immunization Agenda 2030
    • A global initiative aimed at promoting equitable access to vaccines and achieving full immunization coverage.
  • World Immunization Week
    • An annual campaign to raise awareness about the importance of vaccination and celebrate the achievements of immunization programs worldwide.
  • Expanded Programme on Immunization (EPI)
    • Established in 1974, EPI focuses on vaccinating children against various diseases, with universal recommendations for 13 diseases and context-specific recommendations for another 17 diseases.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2016)

Q. ‘Mission Indradhanush’ launched by the Government of India pertains to 

(a)  immunization of children and pregnant women 
(b) construction of smart cities across the country 
(c) India’s own search for the Earth-like planets in outer space 
(d) New Educational Policy 

Ans: (a)

Prelims (2017)

Q. Which of the following are the objectives of ‘National Nutrition Mission’? 

  1. To create awareness relating to malnutrition among pregnant women and lactating mothers.
  2. To reduce the incidence of anaemia among young children, adolescent girls and women.
  3. To promote the consumption of millets, coarse cereals and unpolished rice.
  4. To promote the consumption of poultry eggs.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 and 2 only
(b) 1, 2 and 3 only
(c) 1, 2 and 4 only
(d) 3 and 4 only

Ans: (a)

Mains (2021)

Q. Can the vicious cycle of gender inequality, poverty and malnutrition be broken through microfinancing of women SHGs? Explain with examples. 

Source: WHO

Keywords: GS – 2 Sports & Affairs, Issues Related to Children, Health
Monthly Current Affairs

Corporal Punishment


In News: Recently, the Tamil Nadu School Education Department released guidelines for the elimination of corporal punishment in schools, known as the Guidelines for Corporal Punishment Elimination (GCEP).

Key Facts About the Guidelines

  • The guidelines aim to establish safe and nurturing environments for students by addressing physical punishment, mental harassment, and discrimination.
  • They include measures to safeguard the mental well-being of students and conduct awareness camps to acquaint stakeholders with the National Commission for Protection of Child Rights (NCPCR) guidelines.
  • Emphasis is placed on forming monitoring committees at each school comprising school heads, parents, teachers, and senior students to oversee guideline implementation and address any issues.
  • The guidelines list affirmative actions against corporal punishment, such as multidisciplinary intervention, life-skills education, and mechanisms for children's voices.

Understanding Corporal Punishment

  • Corporal punishment, defined by the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, involves using physical force to cause some degree of pain or discomfort.
  • It predominantly includes hitting children with a hand or implements like sticks, belts, etc., and is prevalent globally, affecting around 60% of children aged 2–14 years.
  • There is no statutory definition of 'corporal punishment' targeting children in India.
  • Types of corporal punishment encompass physical and mental mistreatment, including coercive actions and non-physical behaviors affecting a child's academic and psychological well-being.

Justification and Effects of Corporal Punishment

  • Corporal punishment is legal in some states in the United States and is supported by certain sections of the Indian Penal Code (IPC).
  • However, it can lead to detrimental effects on children's mental and physical health, including increased anxiety, depression, aggression, and difficulty forming relationships.
  • Physical injuries and the likelihood of substance abuse are also outcomes of corporal punishment.

Constitutional and Legal Provisions

  • Statutory provisions such as the Right to Education Act (RTE) and the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act, 2015, impose restrictions and penalties for corporal punishment.
  • Legal provisions in the Indian Penal Code (IPC) address actions related to corporal punishment.
  • Judicial cases have presented varying interpretations of corporal punishment, with some upholding it as beneficial and others condemning it.
  • Constitutional provisions emphasize the protection of child rights and the duty of the state and parents to ensure children's well-being and education.

Role of Statutory Bodies and International Laws

  • The National Commission for Protection of Child Rights (NCPCR) provides guidelines to eliminate corporal punishment and mandates the formation of monitoring cells in schools.
  • International laws, such as Article 19 of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, advocate for the protection of children from all forms of violence and mistreatment.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2020)

Q. Other than the Fundamental Rights, which of the following parts of the Constitution of India reflect/reflects the principles and provisions of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948)? 

  1. Preamble
  2. Directive Principles of State Policy
  3. Fundamental Duties

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 2 only

(c) 1 and 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (d)

Prelims (2011)

Q. Consider the following:

  1. Right to education
  2. Right to equal access to public service
  3. Right to food.

Which of the above is/are Human Right/Human Rights under “Universal Declaration of Human Rights”?

(a) 1 only

(b) 1 and 2 only

(c) 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (d)

Mains (2021)

Q. Though the Human Rights Commissions have contributed immensely to the protection of human rights in India, yet they have failed to assert themselves against the mighty and powerful. Analysing their structural and practical limitations, suggest remedial measures. 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS – 2 Issues Related to Children, Education, social empowerment
Monthly Current Affairs

Understanding India's Youth Unemployment:


In News: The India Employment Report 2024, co-published by the Institute for Human Development (IHD) and the International Labour Organisation (ILO), has garnered substantial attention. However, specific findings within the report have been prone to misunderstanding or misinterpretation.

Positive Developments in India’s Labour Market Outlined in the India Employment Report 

2024

  • Improvement in Employment Quality
    • The report notes a notable enhancement in employment quality across various states, as indicated by the robust Employment Condition Index, reflecting better wages, benefits, job security, and working conditions.
  • Transition from Agriculture to Non-Farm Employment
    • A positive trend observed is the transition of workers from agriculture to non-farm sectors, signifying structural economic transformation, productivity increase, and diversification.
  • Rise in Regular Employment and Decline in Unorganised Sector Employment
    • There's a steady rise in regular employment alongside a decrease in unorganised sector employment, except during the COVID-19 pandemic disruptions, reflecting progress in formalizing the labour market.
  • Resilience Amidst COVID-19 Pandemic
    • Despite challenges posed by the global economic slowdown due to the pandemic, India's labour market exhibited resilience, with wage increases for casual workers, indicating effective policy responses.
  • Increase in Female Workforce Participation
    • The report highlights a significant rise in female workforce participation, particularly in agriculture, indicating progress towards gender parity, possibly due to targeted interventions promoting women's economic empowerment.

Persistent Challenges and Emerging Trends

  • Dominance of Agriculture in Employment
    • Agriculture still predominantly employs nearly half of India's workforce, necessitating structural reforms to facilitate a shift to non-farm sectors.
  • Skills Mismatches and Education Disparities
    • Mismatches between workforce skills and employer demands, particularly among educated youth, contribute to unemployment despite rising education levels.
  • Gender Disparities in Workforce Participation
    • Women's participation remains low due to social norms, limited education access, and lack of economic empowerment support.
  • Youth Unemployment and NEET Population
    • Youth unemployment is a pressing concern, with a significant portion categorized as NEET, highlighting challenges in securing meaningful employment opportunities.
  • Informality and Low Productivity in Employment
    • The majority of employment remains informal, characterized by low wages and limited access to formal benefits, necessitating policy interventions.

Recommendations by the India Employment Report 2024 to Address Emerging Challenges

The report suggests measures such as enhancing employment intensity in production, improving employment quality, tackling labour market inequalities, boosting women's employment, and bridging skills gaps through effective policies and private sector involvement.

Conclusion

The India Employment Report 2024 offers insights into positive trends and persistent challenges in India's labour market, emphasizing the need for coordinated efforts to achieve inclusive and sustainable growth.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-1 GS-2 Unemployment
Monthly Current Affairs

Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation (CDSCO)


In News: Amid heightened global scrutiny of drugs manufactured in India, the Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation (CDSCO) has assumed exclusive authority for issuing manufacturing licenses for new drugs intended for export. 

Overview of the Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation (CDSCO)

  • The Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation (CDSCO) functions as the National Regulatory Authority (NRA) in India for the medical devices industry, operating under the provisions of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act.
  • Its primary responsibility encompasses overseeing the import, manufacture, sale, and distribution of medical devices within the country, ensuring compliance with safety, quality, and efficacy standards.
  • The CDSCO operates under the Directorate General of Health Services, which falls under the Ministry of Health & Family Welfare of the Government of India.
  • At the helm of the CDSCO is the Drugs Controller General of India (DCGI), who oversees its operations and regulatory functions.
  • Headquartered in New Delhi, the CDSCO holds various responsibilities under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act:
    • Approval of new drugs
    • Conducting clinical trials
    • Establishing standards for drugs
    • Monitoring the quality of imported drugs
    • Coordinating with State Drug Control Organizations
  • Together with state regulators, the CDSCO shares the responsibility for granting licenses for specialized categories of critical drugs, including blood and blood products, I.V. fluids, vaccines, and sera.
  • The CDSCO carries out inspections and audits to ensure that medical device companies adhere to regulations regarding safety, quality, and efficacy.

Source: LM

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Extensive Guidelines Regarding the Dietary Requirements


In News: The National Institute of Nutrition (NIN), India's premier nutrition research institute, has released comprehensive guidelines addressing the dietary needs of vulnerable groups, specifically targeting pregnant and lactating women, children, and the elderly.

Understanding Noncommunicable Diseases (NCDs)

  • Definition and Types
    • Noncommunicable Diseases (NCDs), also known as chronic diseases, are characterized by their long duration and are influenced by a combination of genetic, physiological, environmental, and behavioral factors.
    • The main types of NCDs include cardiovascular diseases (CVDs), cancers, chronic respiratory diseases (CRDs), and diabetes. 
  • Global Impact of NCDs
    • NCDs disproportionately affect individuals in low- and middle-income countries, with over three-quarters of global NCD deaths occurring in these regions, totaling 31.4 million deaths.
    • The global ambition, as per Sustainable Development Goal 3, is to reduce premature mortality from NCDs by one-third by 2030.

Status of NCDs in India

  • According to the "India: Health of the Nation's States" report by the Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR), the proportion of deaths due to NCDs in India has increased from 37.9% in 1990 to 61.8% in 2016, further rising to 63% of all deaths.
  • Individuals over 30 years old are most severely impacted by NCDs, with CVDs being the leading cause of NCD-related deaths at 27%, followed by CRDs (11%), cancers (9%), diabetes (3%), and others (13%).
  • Behavioral risk factors such as unhealthy diet, lack of physical activity, and tobacco and alcohol use contribute to the prevalence of NCDs.
  • NCDs are expected to result in a loss of $3.55 trillion in economic output for India between 2012 and 2030.

Initiatives to Address NCDs in India

  • Rebranding and expanding the National Program for Prevention and Control of Cancer, Diabetes, CVDs & Stroke (NPCDCS) into the National Programme for Prevention and Control of NCDs (NP-NCD), which now includes additional diseases such as Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) and Asthma, Chronic Kidney Disease (CKD), and Non-Alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD).
  • Revision of operational guidelines for NP-NCD, emphasizing primary and secondary prevention to improve the quality of care services.
  • The aim to provide standard care to 75 million people with hypertension and diabetes by 2025, making it the largest coverage of NCDs in primary healthcare.
  • Initiatives by the National Institute of Nutrition (NIN), including comprehensive guidelines on the diet of vulnerable groups, focusing on addressing dietary deficiencies and promoting healthy nutrition practices.

Challenges and Recommendations

  • India faces a dual nutrition challenge, with both micronutrient deficiencies and diseases of overnutrition prevalent.
  • Recommendations include diversifying diets to include a variety of nutrient-rich foods, limiting consumption of processed and unhealthy foods, and age-specific dietary guidelines for pregnant women, infants, children, and the elderly.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 Governance
Monthly Current Affairs

Time for a New Approach to Minority Welfare in India


In News: The report from the Economic Advisory Council to the Prime Minister highlights major demographic changes in India's minority communities between 1950 and 2015. It expresses concerns about fair resource allocation and suggests sub-categorizing minorities to ensure equal distribution of welfare benefits.

UN Declaration on Minority Rights

  • Adoption and Context
    • The United Nations adopted the Declaration on the Rights of Persons Belonging to National or Ethnic, Religious, and Linguistic Minorities (UNDM) on December 18, 1992.
    • This period coincided with global upheavals like the disintegration of the Soviet Union and Yugoslavia, making it a crucial time for minority rights advocacy.
  • Responsibilities of States
    • According to Article 1 of the declaration, each state is responsible for safeguarding and promoting the existence and identity of minorities within their territories.
    • Countries are encouraged to establish legislation to address minority rights issues.
  • Legally Binding Provisions
    • While the UNDM is non-binding, there are legally binding provisions at the international level such as Article 27 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and Article 30 of the Convention on the Rights of the Child.

India's Commitment to Minority Rights

  • India established the National Commission for Minorities in 1993, recognizing Muslims, Christians, Sikhs, Buddhists, Parsis, and Jains as minority communities.
  • Prior to this, India consistently upheld the rights of minority groups, providing refuge to persecuted communities like the Parsis and Jews.

Recent Economic Advisory Council Report

  • The report titled 'Share of Religious Minorities – A Cross-Country Analysis' highlights population trends among minority communities in India.
  • It notes increases in the Muslim, Christian, Sikh, and Buddhist populations, while the Jain and Parsi populations have declined.

Concerns Raised

  • Unequal Growth Among Minorities
    • While some minority populations have increased, there are disparities, particularly with the decline of the Jain and Parsi populations.
  • Resource Allocation Issues
    • Concerns arise regarding the unequal distribution of welfare schemes and benefits among minority communities.
    • Discontent within the Christian community in Kerala is cited as an example.
  • Potential Social Divisions
    • The declining Hindu population raises questions about secularism and the structure of India's population pyramid.
    • There are concerns about fiscal imbalances and social divisions resulting from demographic shifts.

Way Forward

  • Sub-Categorisation and Resource Management
    • Consideration of sub-categories within minority groups and smart resource allocation are suggested to effectively design government welfare schemes.
  • Language Education and Border Controls
    • Emphasis should be placed on language education and strengthening border controls and immigration policies.
  • Formal Inclusion and Revising Definitions
    • Formal inclusion of linguistic minorities and revising the definition of minority status are recommended to broaden the scope of minorities in India.

Conclusion

  • India faces significant demographic shifts within its minority communities, necessitating tailored policies for welfare and resource allocation.
  • It is crucial to revisit definitions and policies to address disparities and maintain social harmony, leveraging India’s demographic potential for economic growth.

Source: News18

Keywords: GS-1 GS-2 Vulnerable Section
Monthly Current Affairs

Vibrant Village Programme


In News: The Home Ministry has approved 113 roads as part of the Vibrant Village Programme in Arunachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and Sikkim, aiming to enhance connectivity in border areas.

Overview of the Vibrant Village Programme

  • The Vibrant Village Programme is a Centrally Sponsored Scheme that spans from the financial years 2022-23 to 2025-26.
  • Its primary objective is to comprehensively develop villages and blocks situated along the northern border, aiming to enhance the quality of life for residents in identified border areas.
  • The programme seeks to incentivize people to remain in their native villages along the border and counter the trend of outmigration, thereby contributing to improved border security.
  • Implemented in 2967 villages across 19 districts and 46 border blocks of four states (Arunachal Pradesh, Sikkim, Uttarakhand, Himachal Pradesh) and one Union Territory (Ladakh) along the northern land border of India.
  • It allocates funds for essential infrastructure development and the creation of livelihood opportunities in the identified villages.
  • Focus areas of intervention include promoting tourism and cultural heritage, skill development, entrepreneurship, and the development of cooperative societies such as agriculture and horticulture.
  • Interventions also cover providing road connectivity to unconnected villages, housing and village infrastructures, and ensuring energy and telecom connectivity, including renewable energy sources.
  • Vibrant Village Action Plans are formulated by district administrations in collaboration with Gram Panchayats, with a focus on achieving 100% saturation of Central and state schemes.
  • The programme is distinct from the Border Area Development Programme, ensuring no overlap in objectives or implementation.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Zero-Day Vulnerabilities


In News: Another zero-day vulnerability has been discovered in Google Chrome, causing concern among users and cybersecurity experts alike.

Understanding Zero-Day Vulnerabilities

  • A Zero-Day Vulnerability (ZDV) refers to a flaw within a system or software that remains unknown to the vendor, with no available patch or mitigation upon its discovery.
  • Zero-day attack describes an instance where there's no delay between the vulnerability's discovery and the first attack exploiting it.
  • Zero-day exploit denotes the method hackers utilize to capitalize on a ZDV, often through malware, to execute the attack.
  • Consequently, a zero-day attack unfolds when threat actors create and deploy malware targeting the ZDV.
  • ZDVs pose heightened risks to users as they are uncovered before security researchers and developers are aware of them, leaving systems vulnerable until a patch is released.
  • After being disclosed, a ZDV transitions into an n-day or one-day vulnerability.

Source: News18

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Migration Matters


In News: A recent article delves into the multifaceted nature of mobility, encompassing both internal migration within a country and migration to foreign nations, as well as the inherent challenges associated with these movements.

Understanding Migration

  • Definition: Migration involves individuals crossing international boundaries or moving within a state from their usual place of residence, as per the International Organization for Migration.
  • Analysis: Examining changes in migration regarding scale, direction, demographics, and frequency aids in policy development and intervention strategies.

Forms and Patterns of Migration

  • Internal Migration: Movement within a country categorized by origin and destination, including rural-urban, intra-state, and inter-state migration.
  • External Migration: Also known as international migration, involves individuals or families moving between countries due to various factors such as economic opportunities, education, family reunification, or seeking asylum.
  • Forced and Voluntary Migration: Forced migration occurs due to factors like war or persecution, while voluntary migration is driven by better economic prospects or improved quality of life.
  • Temporary and Permanent Migration: Temporary migration is short-term, while permanent migration involves settling in a new location.
  • Reverse Migration: Individuals or families returning to their country of origin after previously migrating elsewhere.

Reasons for Migration

  • Economic Factors: Push factors include poverty and joblessness, while pull factors include better job prospects and higher pay.
  • Socio-cultural Factors: Influence migration for reasons like marriage, family reunification, or cultural preservation.
  • Political Factors: Instability, conflicts, and government policies can compel migration.
  • Environmental Factors: Natural disasters, climate change, and developmental projects can force migration.
  • Developmental Projects: Projects like dams and river linking can lead to displacement and migration.

Impacts of Migration

  • Positive Impacts: Economic growth, social change, cultural diversity, improved quality of life, innovation, and labor market flexibility.
  • Negative Impacts: Demographic changes, environmental strain, social tensions, and family disruptions.

Challenges Associated with Migration

  • Inadequate Social Security and Health Benefits
  • Limited Portability of State-provided Benefits
  • Scarcity of Affordable Housing and Basic Amenities
  • Impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic
  • Exploitation and Discrimination

Addressing Migration Challenges

  • Incorporating comprehensive social security measures
  • Providing basic amenities
  • Promoting integration and inclusion
  • Investing in skill development and job creation
  • Developing counter-magnet cities
  • Implementing labor market policies
  • Enforcing regulation and worker protection.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Mains (2015)

Q. Discuss the changes in the trends of labour migration within and outside India in the last four decades. 

Source: BS

Keywords: GS – 1 Salient Features of Indian Society, Population and Associated Issues, Social Empowerment, Diversity of India, Types of Resources
Monthly Current Affairs

The Kadars


In News: The indigenous community and conservationists were shocked by the recent passing of a Kadar tribesman in Tamil Nadu's Anamalai Tiger Reserve, following an elephant attack. This event is unexpected, given the Kadars' historical reputation for peacefully cohabiting with wild elephants over many years.

The Kadars: A South Indian Indigenous Tribal Community

  • Background
    • The Kadars are a small indigenous tribal community located in South India.
    • They inhabit the hilly border area between Cochin in Kerala and Coimbatore in Tamil Nadu.
    • Traditionally, they are forest dwellers who rely on forest resources for their livelihood.
  • Lifestyle and Practices
    • The Kadars do not engage in agriculture, instead building shelters thatched with leaves and relocating as their employment demands.
    • They prefer rice obtained through trade or as wages rather than relying solely on food gathered from their surroundings.
    • Historically, they have specialized in collecting honey, wax, sago, cardamom, ginger, and umbrella sticks for trade with merchants from the plains.
    • They maintain a symbiotic relationship with nature, believing in the coexistence of Kadar and Kaadu (forest).
    • The Kadars follow traditional protocols to ensure the sustainable use of forest resources, allowing for regeneration with every resource collection practice.
  • Population and Language
    • The estimated population of the Kadars was around 2,000 individuals in the early 21st century.
    • They speak Dravidian languages, primarily Tamil and Kannaḍa.
  • Beliefs and Customs
    • The Kadars worship jungle spirits, a kindly creator couple, and local forms of Hindu deities.
    • They uphold traditional customs and rituals as part of their cultural practices.
  • Vulnerable Status
    • In Kerala, the Kadars are recognized as a Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Group (PVTG), but this status is not acknowledged in Tamil Nadu.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 Vulnerable Section Of People
Monthly Current Affairs

Marital rape is antithetical to equality and autonomy


In News: The recent judgment handed down by the Madhya Pradesh High Court has reignited discussions across India on whether marital rape should be made a criminal offense.

Renewed Debate on Marital Rape in India: A Constitutional and Societal Imperative

  • Introduction
    • The recent ruling by the Madhya Pradesh High Court in the case of Manish Sahu vs State of Madhya Pradesh has reignited the debate on whether marital rape should be considered a criminal offense in India.
  • Legal Framework and Recent Amendments
    • Exception 2 of Section 375 of the Indian Penal Code (IPC) exempts sexual acts between a husband and his wife aged 18 or older from rape charges.
    • The Supreme Court amended this provision in Independent Thought vs Union of India (2017), raising the age to 18.
    • However, the Bhartiya Nyaya Sanhita of 2023, set to replace the IPC, has not addressed marital rape, leaving it legal.
  • Contrasting High Court Rulings
    • The Chhattisgarh High Court, in Dilip Pandey & others vs State of Chhattisgarh (2021), stated that sexual acts by a husband with his wife, even if forced, do not constitute rape.
    • Conversely, the Gujarat High Court, in Nimeshbhai Bharatbhai Desai vs State of Gujarat (2018), recognized the dignity of women and denounced coercive sexual acts by husbands.
  • Outdated Beliefs vs Constitutional Rights
    • Exception 2 of IPC Section 375 assumes irrevocable consent from wives, contradicting women's individual agency guaranteed by the Constitution.
    • Marriage does not revoke a woman's right over her body.
  • Missed Opportunities in Judicial Decisions
    • In RIT Foundation vs Union of India (2022), the Delhi High Court issued a split verdict on the constitutionality of the marital rape exception.
    • Justice Rajiv Shakdher emphasized women's autonomy and the importance of consent within marriage, advocating against the exception.
    • Justice C. Hari Shankar upheld the exception but shifted the responsibility to address the issue to the legislature. 
  • Legislative Efforts
    • The Justice Verma panel recommended removing the marital rape exception, but Parliament did not accept the recommendations.
    • In 2018, Shashi Tharoor introduced a bill to criminalize marital rape, but it lapsed.
  • Government Stance
    • The Union government hesitates to criminalize marital rape, fearing it could destabilize marriage.
    • However, evolving perspectives on marriage emphasize equality and individual rights.
  • Judicial Discourse
    • The Supreme Court, in X vs The Principal Secretary, Health and Family Welfare Department, Government of NCT of Delhi (2022), recognized intimate partner violence, including marital rape, as a harsh reality.
  • Conclusion
    • A Constitutional challenge to the marital rape exception is pending before the Supreme Court.
    • It urges reflection on whether India should uphold outdated patriarchal norms or strive for a rights-based society where laws apply equally to everyone.

Source: Mint

Keywords: GS-1
Monthly Current Affairs

Menstrual Hygiene in Indian Prisons


In News: India has seen notable advancements in menstrual hygiene management, with approximately 80% of young women aged 15-24 now utilizing safe menstrual products, as per the National Family Health Survey (NFHS 2019-2020). Despite progress in urban areas and specific demographics, women in Indian prisons continue to face neglect in this regard.

Improving Menstrual Hygiene in Indian Prisons: Challenges and Solutions

Understanding Menstrual Hygiene

  • Menstrual Health and Hygiene (MHH) is crucial for the well-being and empowerment of women and adolescent girls.
  • Over 300 million women worldwide menstruate on any given day.
  • Approximately 500 million lack access to menstrual products and proper facilities for menstrual hygiene management (MHM).

Essential Requirements for Menstrual Hygiene

  • Access to Water, Sanitation, and Hygiene (WASH) facilities.
  • Affordable and suitable menstrual hygiene materials.
  • Information on good practices.
  • Supportive environments to manage menstruation without stigma.

Status of Menstrual Hygiene in Indian Prisons

  • India has 23,772 women in prisons, with 77% in the reproductive age group.
  • Inconsistent and inadequate availability of sanitary napkins.
  • Lack of sufficient water and washroom facilities, as recommended by the 2016 Model Prison Manual.
  • Overcrowding and poor conditions hinder access to essentials during menstruation.
  • Inadequate water, sanitation, and hygiene facilities leading to health issues.

Measures Taken by the Government

  • Initiatives like the Menstrual Hygiene Scheme providing free or subsidized sanitary napkins.
  • Affordable Suraksha Suvidha Napkins available at Jan Aushadhi Kendras for ₹1 each.
  • Introduction of the 'National Menstrual Hygiene Policy' in 2023 to ensure equitable menstrual hygiene management.
  • Lack of specific action plan for addressing menstrual hygiene in prisons.

Way Forward

  • Ensure basic menstrual hygiene standards for women in prisons.
  • Consistent implementation of the Model Prison Manual 2016 across all states.
  • Address menstrual hygiene in prisons from a public health perspective.
  • Collaboration between public health authorities and prison administrators to develop a comprehensive strategy.
  • Conduct research to understand the current state of menstrual hygiene in prisons.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Current Affairs

Patachitra Painting


In News: The pioneering female patachitra artists from the village of Naya in West Bengal have embraced online platforms to market their artwork, gaining global recognition and inspiring younger generations to continue in the profession.

Overview of Patachitra Painting

  • Definition and Origin:
    • Patachitra, also known as Pattachitra, refers to traditional scroll paintings found in Odisha and West Bengal.
    • Its origins can be traced back as early as the 12th century.
  • Meaning:
    • In Sanskrit, "Patta" signifies "cloth," and "Chitra" denotes "picture."
  • Characteristics:
    • Renowned for its intricate details, Patachitra paintings often depict mythological narratives and folktales.
    • Hindu deities frequently feature in these artworks.
  • Cultural Significance:
    • Initially crafted for ritual use and as keepsakes for pilgrims visiting Puri and other Odisha temples.
    • In Bengal, Patachitras were utilized as visual aids during musical performances.
  • Process of Making:
    • Patachitra paintings are created on a special canvas composed of cotton sarees coated with tamarind paste and clay powder.
    • Both cotton and silk canvases are now used.
    • Artists fill colors directly onto the canvas without preliminary sketches, starting with the borders.
    • Natural sources like lamp soot and powdered conch shells provide the pigments.
    • The creation of a single painting may take weeks or even months to complete.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-1 Art and Heritage
Monthly Current Affairs

Kutch Ajrakh


In News: Recently, the Controller General of Patents, Designs, and Trademarks (CGPDTM) has awarded the Geographical Indication (GI) certificate to the traditional artisans of 'Kutch Ajrakh,' who originate from the dynamic region of Kutch in Gujarat.

  • About Kutch Ajrakh
    • Kutch Ajrakh is a traditional textile craft deeply ingrained in the cultural heritage of Gujarat, particularly prevalent in regions such as Sindh, Barmer, and Kutch, where its legacy spans thousands of years.
    • This art form involves a meticulous process of hand-block printing on treated cotton fabric, resulting in elaborate designs imbued with rich symbolism and historical significance.
  • Origins and Meaning
    • The term "Ajrakh" finds its roots in the word "Azrak," which means indigo, a commonly used dye that imparts a bluish hue to the fabric.
    • Traditional Ajrakh prints typically incorporate three primary colors: blue symbolizing the sky, red symbolizing the earth and fire, and white symbolizing the stars.
  • Craftsmanship and Techniques
    • Textiles undergo treatment with vegetable and mineral-based colors, followed by a series of about eight washing cycles to achieve the desired color fastness and vibrancy.
    • This craft was introduced to the region over 400 years ago by Sindhi Muslims, contributing to its rich cultural heritage and historical significance.
  • Cultural Significance and Usage
    • Nomadic pastoralist and agricultural communities such as the Rabaris, Maldharis, and Ahirs commonly adorn themselves with Ajrakh-printed cloth, using it for turbans, lungis, or stoles, thus reflecting its integral role in everyday life and cultural identity.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-1 Cultural Heritage GS-3 Economics
Monthly Current Affairs

The Great Pyramid of Giza


In News: The recent unearthing of a mysterious structure concealed beneath the sands in close proximity to the renowned Great Pyramid of Giza has the potential to alter our understanding of these ancient monuments.

Overview of the Great Pyramid of Giza

  • The Great Pyramid of Giza, also known as the Great Pyramid or Great Pyramid of Khufu, stands as an ancient Egyptian marvel and is the largest among the three Pyramids of Giza.
  • Situated on the Giza plateau, approximately five miles west of the Nile River near Cairo, Egypt, it was constructed during the reign of Khufu (Cheops), the second king of Egypt's 4th dynasty, around 2580-2560 BC.
  • Until the completion of the Eiffel Tower in Paris, France, in 1889, the Great Pyramid held the title of the world's tallest human-made structure for over 3,000 years.
  • Excavated in 1880 by British archaeologist Sir William Matthew Flinders Petrie, the pyramid originally stood about 481 feet tall, though erosion and the removal of its top piece have reduced its height to approximately 455 feet. Each side of its base measures around 755 feet.
  • Comprising over two million stone blocks, each weighing more than 2000 pounds (907 kg), the pyramid features three main chambers: the King's Chamber, the Queen's Chamber, and the Grand Gallery, accessible through small tunnels and air shafts.
  • Rising at an angle of 51.87°, the pyramid's sides are accurately aligned with the four cardinal points of the compass.
  • Constructed primarily of yellowish limestone blocks, with inner passages made of finer, light-colored limestone, the pyramid's interior burial chamber consists of massive granite blocks.
  • Additionally, the Great Pyramid is part of a trio of 4th-dynasty (c. 2575–c. 2465 BCE) pyramids on the Giza plateau, each built for a different pharaoh: Khufu, Khafre, and Menkaure. They are collectively considered the last surviving wonders of the ancient world.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-1 Cultural Heritage GS-2 IR
Monthly Current Affairs

International Booker Prize


In News: Recently, "Kairos" by Jenny Erpenbeck, translated by Michael Hofmann, was announced as the winner of the International Booker Prize 2024.

Overview of the International Booker Prize

  • The International Booker Prize is an annual award presented for the finest single work of fiction from any part of the world, provided it has been translated into English.
  • Initially established in 2005 as the Man Booker International Prize, it was originally awarded biennially for a body of work without a requirement for works to be in a language other than English.
  • The prize aims to promote the reading of high-quality fiction from diverse global sources and has already influenced reading trends in the UK.
  • Eligibility criteria dictate that the work must be long-form fiction, originally written in English by an author of any nationality, and published in the UK and/or Ireland.
  • Prize money totaling £50,000 is split equally between the author and the translator, recognizing the crucial role of translation in bringing international literature to English-speaking audiences.
  • Additionally, shortlisted authors and translators each receive £2,500 in recognition of their contribution to literature and translation.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-1
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Essential Collaboration: Industry and Academia in Biopharma


In News: The Indian biopharma industry grew to $92 billion in 2023, showing a 15% increase from the previous year. Despite this growth, the author emphasizes the need for collaborative efforts between industry and academia to drive further research and innovation in the biopharmaceutical sector.

The Crucial Role of Industry-Academia Collaboration in Advancing the Biopharmaceutical Sector

Introduction

  • The biopharmaceutical sector encompasses drugs and therapies derived from living organisms, including vaccines, biologics, biosimilars, and emerging treatments like cell and gene therapies. 
  • Its growth potential is substantial, with the global industry valued at $528 billion and projected double-digit annual growth.

Industry-Academia Collaboration

  • The development and commercialization of bio-therapeutic products necessitate extensive research, clinical trials, and adherence to regulatory norms, underscoring the need for collaboration between academia and industry.
  • Academia contributes research expertise, while industry plays a pivotal role in commercializing research through manufacturing, testing, approval, and marketing.
  • Such collaborations facilitate talent development aligned with industry demands, fostering innovation-driven progress.

Examples and Benefits

  • Collaborations during the COVID-19 pandemic led to rapid vaccine and therapy development, showcasing the efficacy of industry-academia partnerships.
  • India’s first indigenous gene therapy for cancer resulted from collaboration between IIT Bombay, Tata Memorial Centre, and ImmunoACT.
  • Initiatives like the Pfizer-IIT Delhi Innovation and IP Programme promote domestic innovation, yielding substantial intellectual property filings and healthcare innovations.

Academia's Contribution

  • Drugs like Paclitaxel and Vorinostat trace their origins to academia, demonstrating its significant role in drug discovery.
  • Academic drug discovery offers novel approaches to drug development, leveraging innovation to meet evolving healthcare needs.

Private Investment and R&D Support

  • Global pharmaceutical companies have established R&D centers in India, contributing to innovation and employing a sizable workforce.
  • These centers engage in diverse functions across the R&D value chain, enhancing India's biopharmaceutical capabilities.

Government Initiatives

  • The Biotechnology Industry Research Assistance Council (BIRAC) and National Biopharma Mission (NBM) bolster India’s biopharmaceutical capabilities, fostering global competitiveness and healthcare standards.

Future Directions

  • Encouraging further research and innovation in the biopharmaceutical sector is imperative.
  • Empowering academic institutions, establishing technology transfer offices, and enhancing funding for innovation schemes are crucial steps.
  • Recruitment programs, specialized training, and curriculum integration on legal and regulatory frameworks can nurture a skilled workforce.

Conclusion

  • Collaboration between academia and industry is pivotal for advancing the biopharmaceutical sector in India. 
  • A holistic approach involving multiple stakeholders is essential to address challenges and capitalize on opportunities for growth and development.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Building Resilience Against Disasters in India


In News: A recent editorial talks about the aftermath of Cyclone Remal, highlighting the importance of constructing disaster-resilient infrastructure.

Disaster Management Framework in India: Strategies and Challenges

  • Disaster Management Act of 2005
    • The Disaster Management Act of 2005 established a legal and institutional framework for disaster management at national, state, and district levels in India.
    • While states bear primary responsibility, the central government supports them logistically and financially.
  • Institutional Framework
    • National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA): Headed by the Prime Minister, formulates policies and guidelines for disaster management.
    • National Executive Committee (NEC): Assists NDMA in preparing and monitoring national disaster management plans.
    • State Disaster Management Authority (SDMA): Headed by the Chief Minister, responsible for state-level policies and plans.
    • District Disaster Management Authority (DDMA): Led by the District Collector, implements district-level plans.

Key Institutions

  • National Institute of Disaster Management (NIDM): Focuses on capacity development, training, and research.
  • National Disaster Response Force (NDRF): Specialized force for disaster response.

Committees and International Commitments

  • Cabinet Committee on Management of Natural Calamities (CCMNC): Oversees disaster management and public awareness.
  • India is a signatory to the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction and the Hyogo Framework for Action.

Current Major Disaster Threats

  • Floods, cyclones, earthquakes, droughts, landslides, heatwaves, forest fires, and industrial accidents pose significant threats.

Exacerbating Factors

  • Urbanization, climate change, aging infrastructure, environmental degradation, and industrial hazards worsen disaster risks.

Measures for Risk Reduction and Preparedness

  • Establish dedicated disaster response corridors.
  • Promote disaster-resilient infrastructure and agricultural practices.
  • Implement ecosystem-based disaster risk reduction.
  • Strengthen multi-hazard early warning systems.
  • Develop micronet grids for critical infrastructure.
  • Integrate mental health response teams.
  • Enhance institutional capacity by hiring permanent workforce and allocating substantial disaster readiness reserves to local bodies.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Mains (2020)

Q. Discuss the recent measures initiated in disaster management by the Government of India departing from the earlier reactive approach.

Mains (2019)

Q. Vulnerability is an essential element for defining disaster impacts and its threat to people. How and in what ways can vulnerability to disasters be characterized? Discuss different types of vulnerability with reference to disasters.

Mains (2018)

Q. Describe various measures taken in India for Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR) before and after signing ‘Sendai Framework for DRR (2015-30)’. How is this framework different from ‘Hyogo Framework for Action, 2005’? 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS – 2 Important International Institutions GS – 3 Disaster Management, Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), Environmental Pollution & Degradation
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Securing India's Nuclear Future


In News: The article highlights the shifting global nuclear dynamics and argues that India should modernize its nuclear capabilities and energy program to address these evolving threats effectively.

Current Nuclear Threats that India Faces

  • Neighbourhood Nuclear Threats
    • Pakistan's Nuclear Arsenal: Pakistan possesses an estimated 170 nuclear warheads. Persistent tensions between India and Pakistan over issues like Kashmir and cross-border terrorism elevate the risk of nuclear escalation in the event of conflict.
    • China's Missile Advancements: China’s construction of multiple missile silos and deployment of road-mobile intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs) have raised concerns in India regarding the shifting nuclear balance in the region.
  • Command and Control Vulnerabilities
    • The safety and security of nuclear command and control systems are crucial. Any vulnerabilities, potential unauthorized access, or cyberattacks could have severe consequences.
      • Example: The alleged 2019 cyberattack on India's Kudankulam Nuclear Power Plant, although denied by officials, highlighted the necessity for robust cybersecurity measures in the nuclear domain.
  • Environmental and Health Risks
    • Nuclear accidents, radioactive contamination, and their long-term environmental and health impacts present significant challenges for India’s expanding nuclear energy program.
      • Example: The 2011 Fukushima nuclear disaster in Japan underscored the need for stringent safety protocols and emergency preparedness for nuclear facilities.
  • Emerging Technologies and Regional Arms Race
    • The rapid development of hypersonic missiles, autonomous weapons systems, and artificial intelligence (AI) poses new challenges for nuclear deterrence strategies.
    • India's Response: India’s development of its own hypersonic missile capabilities, while aimed at deterrence, could contribute to a regional arms race.

Measures India Should Adopt to Strengthen its Nuclear Program

  • Pursue Responsible Nuclear Modernization
    • India should maintain a credible minimum deterrence while focusing on responsible nuclear modernization.
    • This involves developing advanced delivery systems, enhancing the survivability and reliability of nuclear forces, and exploring emerging technologies such as directed energy systems.
  • Enhance Nuclear Risk Reduction Measures
    • India should engage in nuclear risk reduction measures with neighboring nuclear-armed states, especially Pakistan and China.
    • This includes confidence-building measures, crisis communication mechanisms, and agreements to prevent inadvertent escalation or misunderstandings during crises.
  • Invest in Advanced Nuclear Technologies
    • India should continue investing in advanced nuclear technologies, such as thorium-based reactors, small modular reactors, and next-generation nuclear power plant designs.
    • These advancements can address India's long-term energy needs while minimizing environmental and safety risks.
  • Enhance Civilian Nuclear Cooperation
    • India should seek to expand civilian nuclear cooperation with like-minded countries and organizations.
    • This involves joint research and development projects, technology sharing, and collaboration in areas such as nuclear waste management, nuclear medicine, and peaceful applications of nuclear technology.
  • Participate in Global Nuclear Governance Initiatives
    • India should actively participate in global nuclear governance initiatives, such as the Nuclear Security Summits and the Global Initiative to Combat Nuclear Terrorism (GICNT).
    • This participation would demonstrate India's commitment to nuclear non-proliferation and the peaceful use of nuclear technology.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2020)

Q. In India, why are some nuclear reactors kept under “IAEA safeguards” while others are not? 

(a) Some use uranium and others use thorium

(b) Some use imported uranium and others use domestic supplies

(c) Some are operated by foreign enterprises and others are operated by domestic enterprises

(d) Some are State-owned and others are privately owned

Ans: (b)

Mains (2018)

Q. With growing energy needs should India keep on expanding its nuclear energy programme? Discuss the facts and fears associated with nuclear energy. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Editorial Analysis

The Time is Ripe for Electoral Bond Reform


In News: The recent ruling by the Supreme Court, which invalidated the electoral bonds scheme, has provided opposition parties with a significant opportunity to elevate it as a critical issue during the ongoing parliamentary election campaign.

Addressing the Imperative for Transparency and Reform

  • The imperative for transparency and reform has been underscored both by the Supreme Court's rulings and by the prevailing public sentiment, emphasizing the urgent need to curtail the prevalence of untraceable funds within political circles. 
  • As awareness among the public regarding the operational methods and financial resourcing of political entities continues to burgeon, it presents a ripe occasion for the government to enact substantive reforms. 
  • The ensuing proposals are geared towards mitigating the concerns surrounding the operational and monetary aspects of political parties.

Reforms in Political Party Functioning

  • Recognition as Public Bodies: It is proposed that political parties should be recognized as public bodies under the Constitution. Consequently, they should be brought under the purview of the Right to Information Act to ensure transparency.
  • Institutional Regulation: The establishment of a National Commission for Political Parties, akin to the Election Commission of India (ECI), is advocated. This commission would regulate all aspects of political parties, allowing the ECI to focus solely on conducting elections.
  • Non-secular nature: A prerequisite for registration should be that political parties must not indicate a non-secular nature in their names.
  • Secular and Democratic Principles: Political parties should be mandated to operate on secular and democratic principles. Additionally, there should be limited tenures for elected office-bearers to foster inclusivity and prevent the consolidation of power.
  • Annual Audits: It is suggested that the accounts of political parties undergo annual audits, with the results being made public for transparency purposes.

Funding Reforms

  • Transparency in Donations: Complete transparency regarding donors and recipients is deemed essential. To achieve this, all donations should be made through banking channels, and details of each transaction should be reported to the National Commission for Political Parties.
  • Tax Incentives and Liabilities: Political parties should not incur tax liabilities on donations received. Conversely, donors should receive a 100% tax rebate on their contributions. However, to deter the use of cash donations, such contributions should be subject to heavy taxation.
  • Income Tax Returns: Irrespective of tax liability, political parties should be obligated to file income tax returns.
  • Donation Limits: A donation cap should be imposed to prevent any single donor from contributing more than 20% of their average net profits over the previous three years to political parties. Additionally, donors must report all their contributions to the National Commission for Political Parties.
  • Sector-Specific Norms: Donors from tax-exempt sectors, such as agriculture, should channel their donations through banking channels. Norms for such donations should be set by the government based on the respective sector's holdings.
  • Auditing Powers: The National Commission should possess the authority to audit the accounts of any political party, if deemed necessary, utilizing the services of the Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG).

Public Consultation and Implementation

  • The central government should engage in soliciting public comments on the proposed policy for funding political parties before finalizing it. 
  • This approach aims to minimize legal challenges and ensure that the policy resonates with public expectations and interests.

Conclusion

The implementation of these reforms holds the potential to enhance the transparency and accountability of political parties, thereby fortifying the democratic process in India. Public support for these measures is imperative, and it is anticipated that many enlightened politicians would endorse these suggestions as they ultimately serve to bolster public trust in their respective parties.

Source: DH

Keywords: GS-2 Polity
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting: A Southern Journey


In News: A recent article discusses the 46th Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting held in Kochi, during which delegates emphasized the need to regulate the increasing tourism in Antarctica to safeguard its environment and tackle territorial issues.

Significance of Exploring Antarctica for India

  • Advancing India's Space Program
    • Antarctica's unique location and conditions provide an ideal environment for testing India's space technologies, including landers, rockets, and remote sensing systems. 
    • Conducting experiments in this harsh environment could aid in refining India's space technologies for future missions.
  • Securing Energy and Mineral Resources
    • Given India's status as the third-largest consumer of energy globally and its need for critical minerals, exploring Antarctica's potential for responsible and sustainable resource extraction could help address the country's long-term energy and mineral security needs, within the regulations of the Antarctic Treaty System.
  • Advancing Climate Change Research and Adaptation
    • India's geographical vulnerability to climate change makes it crucial to understand Antarctic climate systems. 
    • Exploring Antarctica could provide valuable insights into climate change impacts, aiding in the development of adaptation strategies.
  • Strengthening India's Maritime Capabilities
    • Involvement in Antarctic logistics and operations presents opportunities for India to enhance its maritime capabilities, including navigation in icy waters, ship-building for polar environments, and developing advanced icebreaker vessels. 
    • This would bolster India's strategic interests in the Indian Ocean region and beyond.
  • Exploring Bioprospecting Opportunities
    • Antarctica's unique ecosystems offer potential for discovering novel microorganisms, enzymes, and bioactive compounds with applications in pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, and agriculture. 
    • Indian researchers could explore bioprospecting opportunities, contributing to the country's bioeconomy.

 

Ways India Can Enhance its Role and Contributions in Antarctica

 

  • Developing Advanced Autonomous Systems for Polar Exploration
    • India could lead in developing advanced autonomous systems like UAVs and AUVs tailored for polar exploration, enhancing scientific diplomacy through collaboration with other nations.
  • Collaborating on Rare Earth Element (REE) Exploration
    • India could collaborate with other countries to conduct geological surveys and assessments of potential REE deposits in Antarctica, positioning itself as a key player in responsible and sustainable REE exploration efforts.
  • Investing in Sustainable Infrastructure Development
    • India could invest in sustainable infrastructure in Antarctica, including renewable energy systems, waste management facilities, and eco-friendly transportation solutions, demonstrating its commitment to minimizing environmental impacts in the region.
  • Promoting Responsible and Sustainable Antarctic Tourism
    • Collaboration with international partners to develop guidelines and best practices for responsible tourism in Antarctica could help minimize environmental impacts. 
    • Training Indian tour operators and guides to adhere to regulations and offer educational experiences would raise awareness about the region's unique ecosystems and conservation importance.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Mains (2021)

Q. How do the melting of the Arctic ice and glaciers of the Antarctic differently affect the weather patterns and human activities on the Earth? Explain.

Mains (2018)

Q. Why is India taking keen interest in resources of Arctic region?

Source: TH

Keywords: GS – 1 Geographical Features and their Location GS – 3 Achievements of Indians in Science & Technology GS – 2 International Treaties & Agreements
Monthly Editorial Analysis

The Economic Impact of Climate Change


In News: A recent article discusses the increasing economic consequences of climate change and emphasizes the necessity for both mitigation and adaptation efforts.

Major Impacts of Climate Change on the Indian Economy

  • Reduced Agricultural Productivity and Yield
    •  Climate change disrupts crop cycles and lowers agricultural yield, affecting the livelihoods of around 55% of India’s population. 
    • This leads to economic repercussions, including inflation in urban areas.
  • Setback to Industrial and Service Sector
    • Increased operational costs and reduced profits in industries result from climate-friendly regulations, diversion of investments to greener infrastructure, and relocation of production due to climate-related losses. 
    • The service sector faces threats like increased insurance claims and disruptions in travel and hospitality.
  • Infrastructure Damage 
    • Extreme weather events like floods and heatwaves cause significant damage to infrastructure, resulting in economic losses. 
    • India has already experienced considerable economic damage, with USD 3 billion spent on flood-related damages in the last decade.
  • Labor Market Impacts
    • Climate-induced health hazards decrease productivity and prompt migration from climate-vulnerable areas. 
    • The Reserve Bank of India predicts a potential 4.5% loss in GDP by 2030 due to lost labor hours from extreme heat and humidity, with India possibly accounting for a substantial portion of global job losses from heat stress.
  • Risks for Banks and Financial Institutions
    • Climate change poses risks classified into physical risks (extreme weather events) and transition risks (credit, market, liquidity, operational, and reputational risks) for banks and financial institutions. 
    • These risks can have direct and indirect effects on the economy.
  • Impacts on High-Emission Industries
    • Industries such as electricity production, transportation, and mining emit significant greenhouse gases. 
    • Around 40% of India's current annual carbon emissions could be addressed by transitioning to renewables and electric vehicles. 
    • However, hard-to-abate sectors like heavy industries pose challenges.

Measures to Mitigate the Impacts of Climate Change on the Indian Economy:

  • Exploring Industrial Symbiosis
    • India should promote circular economy models, incentivizing companies to minimize waste and reuse materials. 
    • Industrial symbiosis, where waste from one industry becomes another's raw material, can be encouraged.
  • Fostering Public-Private Partnerships for Green Innovation
    • Public-private partnerships can accelerate the development and deployment of green technologies. 
    • Establishing funds or incubators to support startups working on climate-friendly technologies is crucial.
  • Promoting Climate-Conscious Urban Planning
    • Prioritizing climate-conscious urban planning can create sustainable and resilient cities. 
    • Integrating climate change adaptation and mitigation measures into initiatives like the Smart Cities Mission is essential.
  • Developing Climate-Resilient Special Economic Zones (SEZs)
    • Creating SEZs that prioritize sustainability and green infrastructure can attract businesses committed to reducing their carbon footprint.
  • Establishing a National Green Taxonomy
    • A national green taxonomy can guide investments and policy interventions toward environmentally sustainable economic activities.
  • Utilizing Green Bond Financing for Infrastructure
    • Issuing sovereign green bonds can attract capital for building climate-resilient infrastructure, such as flood-resistant embankments and renewable energy projects.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2021)

Q. In the context of India’s preparation for Climate-Smart Agriculture, consider the following statements:

  1. The ‘Climate-Smart Village’ approach in India is a part of a project led by the Climate Change, Agriculture and Food Security (CCAFS), an international research programme.
  2. The project of CCAFS is carried out under Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research (CGIAR) headquartered in France.
  3. The International Crops Research Institute for the Semi-Arid Tropics (ICRISAT) in India is one of the CGIAR’s research centres.

Which of the statements given above are correct?

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 2 and 3 only

(c) 1 and 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (d)

Prelims (2016)

Q.2 Which of the following best describes/describe the aim of ‘Green India Mission’ of the Government of India? 

  1. Incorporating environmental benefits and costs into the Union and State Budgets thereby implementing the ‘green accounting’.
  2. Launching the second green revolution to enhance agricultural output so as to ensure food security to one and all in the future.
  3. Restoring and enhancing forest cover and responding to climate change by a combination of adaptation and mitigation measures.

Select the correct answer using the code given below.

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 and 3 only

(c) 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (c)

Prelims (2017)

Q.3 With reference to ‘Global Climate Change Alliance’, which of the following statements is/are correct? 

  1. It is an initiative of the European Union.
  2. It provides technical and financial support to targeted developing countries to integrate climate change into their development policies and budgets.
  3. It is coordinated by World Resources Institute (WRI) and World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD).

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 3 only

(c) 2 and 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (a)

Mains (2021)

Q.1 Describe the major outcomes of the 26th session of the Conference of the Parties (COP) to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). What are the commitments made by India in this conference? 

Mains (2017)

Q.2 ‘Climate Change’ is a global problem. How will India be affected by climate change? How Himalayan and coastal states of India be affected by climate change? 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS – 3 Environmental Pollution & Degradation, Conservation
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Marital rape is antithetical to equality and autonomy


In News: The recent judgment handed down by the Madhya Pradesh High Court has reignited discussions across India on whether marital rape should be made a criminal offense.

Renewed Debate on Marital Rape in India: A Constitutional and Societal Imperative

  • Introduction
    • The recent ruling by the Madhya Pradesh High Court in the case of Manish Sahu vs State of Madhya Pradesh has reignited the debate on whether marital rape should be considered a criminal offense in India.
  • Legal Framework and Recent Amendments
    • Exception 2 of Section 375 of the Indian Penal Code (IPC) exempts sexual acts between a husband and his wife aged 18 or older from rape charges.
    • The Supreme Court amended this provision in Independent Thought vs Union of India (2017), raising the age to 18.
    • However, the Bhartiya Nyaya Sanhita of 2023, set to replace the IPC, has not addressed marital rape, leaving it legal.
  • Contrasting High Court Rulings
    • The Chhattisgarh High Court, in Dilip Pandey & others vs State of Chhattisgarh (2021), stated that sexual acts by a husband with his wife, even if forced, do not constitute rape.
    • Conversely, the Gujarat High Court, in Nimeshbhai Bharatbhai Desai vs State of Gujarat (2018), recognized the dignity of women and denounced coercive sexual acts by husbands.
  • Outdated Beliefs vs Constitutional Rights
    • Exception 2 of IPC Section 375 assumes irrevocable consent from wives, contradicting women's individual agency guaranteed by the Constitution.
    • Marriage does not revoke a woman's right over her body.
  • Missed Opportunities in Judicial Decisions
    • In RIT Foundation vs Union of India (2022), the Delhi High Court issued a split verdict on the constitutionality of the marital rape exception.
    • Justice Rajiv Shakdher emphasized women's autonomy and the importance of consent within marriage, advocating against the exception.
    • Justice C. Hari Shankar upheld the exception but shifted the responsibility to address the issue to the legislature.
  • Legislative Efforts
    • The Justice Verma panel recommended removing the marital rape exception, but Parliament did not accept the recommendations.
    • In 2018, Shashi Tharoor introduced a bill to criminalize marital rape, but it lapsed.
  • Government Stance
    • The Union government hesitates to criminalize marital rape, fearing it could destabilize marriage.
    • However, evolving perspectives on marriage emphasize equality and individual rights.
  • Judicial Discourse
    • The Supreme Court, in X vs The Principal Secretary, Health and Family Welfare Department, Government of NCT of Delhi (2022), recognized intimate partner violence, including marital rape, as a harsh reality.
  • Conclusion
    • A Constitutional challenge to the marital rape exception is pending before the Supreme Court.
    • It urges reflection on whether India should uphold outdated patriarchal norms or strive for a rights-based society where laws apply equally to everyone.

Source: Mint

Keywords: GS-1
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Protectors of the Forest: Tribal Guardians


In News: The article underscores the Indian President's call for Indian Forest Service officers to merge traditional tribal knowledge with modern conservation methods, recognizing its significance in forest preservation and climate change mitigation.

Roles of Tribal Population in Forest Conservation

  • Sustainable Resource Utilization
    • Tribal communities have developed sustainable methods of resource extraction from forests. 
    • For instance, every resource collection practice done by Kadars tribes of South India, whether honey, firewood, resin, or herbs, is designed to allow for regeneration. 
    • Similarly, the Bhotias of Central Himalayas inspect the maturity of leaves before harvesting medicinal plants to prevent overharvesting.
  • Preservation of Sacred Groves
    • Many tribes consider certain forest areas as sacred groves dedicated to folk deities. 
    • For example, the Garasia tribes in Sirohi district, Rajasthan have preserved patches of forests termed sacred groves, protecting threatened plant species listed in the IUCN Red List.
  • Rotational Farming and Grazing
    • Tribes like the Gond, Pradhan, and Baiga of Madhya Pradesh practice Utera farming, where the next crop is sown before harvesting the primary one, utilizing existing soil moisture. 
    • They also follow the Badi cropping system, planting fruit trees along the periphery to prevent soil erosion.
  • Sustainable Fishing Practices
    • Unlike harmful methods like dynamiting, tribes employ sustainable fishing techniques. 
    • For instance, the Wancho and Nocte tribes of Tirap district, Arunachal Pradesh create obstructions in streams using bamboo and stones to trap fish, distributing the catch among the community (Bheta method).
  • Wildlife Protection through Beliefs and Totems
    • Tribal beliefs and totems restrict the culling of certain animals and plants. 
    • For example, for the Adi tribes of Arunachal Pradesh, tigers, sparrows, and pangolins are well-wishers of humankind and are not hunted.
  • Community-based Conservation Efforts
    • Some tribes have declared parts of their forest land as "Community Conserved Areas" governed by locals. 
    • For instance, the Idu Mishmis have taken this step, while the Bishnoi Tiger Force, an environmental campaign group, actively fights against poaching and rescues injured animals in Rajasthan. 

Key Challenges Encountered by Tribals in India

  • Land Alienation and Displacement
    • Tribal communities have faced widespread displacement due to various development projects, such as mining, dams, and infrastructure projects, leading to the loss of their traditional lands and disruption of their way of life.
  • Lack of Implementation of Forest Rights Act
    • The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006, aimed to recognize the rights of forest-dwelling communities over land and resources. 
    • However, its implementation has been slow and ineffective, with many tribes facing delays, harassment, and illegal evictions.
  • Threats to Traditional Livelihood Practices
    • Traditional livelihood practices of tribal communities, such as shifting cultivation, hunting, and gathering, are increasingly under threat due to conservation policies and restrictions imposed by forest departments.
  • Loss of Traditional Knowledge and Cultural Erosion
    • With the younger generation of tribals migrating to urban areas in search of better opportunities, there is a risk of losing the traditional knowledge and practices passed down through generations.
  • Impact of Climate Change
    • Tribal communities, heavily dependent on natural resources, are among the most vulnerable to the impacts of climate change. 
    • For instance, the Khasi tribe in Meghalaya has witnessed a decline in their traditional agricultural practices due to changing rainfall patterns and temperature increases.

Measures to Integrate Tribal Empowerment with Forest Conservation

  • Eco-tourism Initiatives
    • Promoting eco-tourism initiatives led by tribal communities can provide them with alternative livelihood opportunities while preserving their cultural heritage and traditional knowledge.
  • Tribal Forest Guardians Program
    • Implementing a "Tribal Forest Guardians" program, where members of tribal communities are trained and employed as forest guards or eco-guides.
  • Tribal Knowledge Banks
    • Documenting and integrating traditional ecological knowledge of tribal communities into modern conservation strategies.
  • Forest Product Value Addition and Marketing
    • Establishing value-addition and marketing initiatives for forest products collected by tribal communities.
  • Participatory Forest Management
    • Promoting participatory forest management models, where tribal communities are actively involved in decision-making processes related to forest conservation and management. 

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2019)

Q. Consider the following statements about Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs) in India: 

  1. PVTGs reside in 18 States and one Union Territory.
  2. A stagnant or declining population is one of the criteria for determining PVTG status.
  3. There are 95 PVTGs officially notified in the country so far.
  4. Irular and Konda Reddi tribes are included in the list of PVTGs.

Which of the statements given above are correct?

(a) 1, 2 and 3

(b) 2, 3 and 4

(c) 1, 2 and 4

(d) 1, 3 and 4

Ans: (c)

Prelims (2013)

Q.2 Under the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006, who shall be the authority to initiate the process for determining the nature and extent of individual or community forest rights or both? 

(a) State Forest Department

(b) District Collector/Deputy Commissioner

(c) Tahsildar/Block Development Officer/Mandal Revenue Officer

(d) Gram Sabha

Ans: (d)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS Paper - 2Issues Related to SCs & STsGovernment Policies & Interventions
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Transforming E-Commerce Terrain


In News: A recent article explores how Generative AI is reshaping the e-commerce sector, bringing about significant changes to its landscape.

How Generative AI is Revolutionizing the E-Commerce Sector?

  • Personalized Product Recommendations: Generative AI analyzes customer data and browsing patterns to offer highly personalized product recommendations. This personalization leads to an 80% increase in the likelihood of consumers making a purchase, as indicated by recent Epsilon research.
  • Automated Product Descriptions and Marketing Content: AI generates product descriptions, ads, and social media posts, saving time while maintaining quality. A study by the World Federation of Advertisers found that 55% of marketers using generative AI for content creation reported improved performance.
  • Demand Forecasting and Inventory Optimization: Generative AI models trained on historical data accurately forecast demand patterns, allowing businesses to optimize inventory levels and reduce costs while preventing stockouts.
  • Increased Conversion Rates and Revenue: Businesses investing in generative AI have experienced revenue increases ranging from 3% to 15%, along with a 10% to 20% improvement in sales return on investment, according to McKinsey.

What is the Status of the E-Commerce Sector in India?

  • Projected Growth: The Indian e-commerce industry is projected to reach USD 300 billion by 2030, experiencing significant growth.
  • Current Performance: In FY23, the Gross Merchandise Value (GMV) of e-commerce reached USD 60 billion, marking a 22% increase over the previous year.
  • Online Shopper Base: India had the third-largest online shopper base of 150 million in FY21, expected to grow to 350 million by FY26, following China and the US.

Factors Driving E-Commerce Growth in India

  • Increasing Internet Penetration: With over 821 million users, India is the second-largest internet market globally, driving e-commerce adoption.
  • Expansion into Tier 2 and Tier 3 Cities: E-commerce is gaining popularity in tier-2 and tier-3 cities, contributing significantly to overall sales and orders.
  • Rising Middle Class and Disposable Incomes: India's growing middle class with increasing disposable incomes favors online shopping for convenience and access to brands.
  • Favorable Demographics: India's young population, with a median age of 28 years, boosts e-commerce adoption.
  • Growth of D2C Brands and Social Commerce: Direct-to-consumer brands and social commerce platforms are disrupting traditional retail models.
  • Fintech Solutions: Digital payment solutions like UPI and mobile wallets have made online transactions more accessible and convenient.
  • Logistics and Supply Chain Improvements: Investments in logistics infrastructure support e-commerce growth across India.

What are the Major Issues Related to E-Commerce in India?

  • Logistics and Supply Chain Inefficiencies: India's logistics infrastructure lags, leading to higher costs and delivery delays.
  • Social and Environmental Impact Concerns: Issues like excessive packaging waste and unethical labor practices raise ecological and social concerns.
  • Antitrust and Anti-Competitive Practices: Allegations of anti-competitive practices threaten a level playing field in the e-commerce sector.
  • Counterfeiting and Piracy Concerns: Proliferation of counterfeit products impacts consumer trust and safety.
  • Human Resource Challenges: Rapid growth creates a demand-supply gap for skilled professionals in the e-commerce sector.

What Measures can be Adopted to Revamp the E-Commerce Landscape in India?

  • Develop Logistics Parks and Multimodal Hubs: Incentivize the creation of modern logistics facilities through public-private partnerships.
  • Foster Rural E-commerce Logistics Startups: Support rural startups to bridge the last-mile delivery gap.
  • Implement "Logistics Reverse" and Circular Economy Models: Promote sustainable packaging and circular economy principles.
  • Establish a Dedicated E-commerce Regulatory Authority: Monitor and address anti-competitive practices and unfair business practices.
  • Implement Advanced Authentication and Traceability Technologies: Combat counterfeiting with advanced product authentication technologies.
  • Encourage Gig Talent Pools: Develop gig talent pools to address human resource challenges.
  • Regulate Generative AI in E-commerce: Mandate transparency and ethical standards in AI usage.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2022)

Q. With reference to foreign-owned e-commerce firms operating in India, which of the following statements is/are correct? 

  1. They can sell their own goods in addition to offering their platforms as market-places.
  2. The degree to which they can own big sellers on their platforms is limited.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 only

(b)2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither 1 nor 2

Ans: (b)

Source: LM

Keywords: GS – 3 Capital Market, Industrial Growth, Industrial Policy
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Critical times call for strong judicial adjudication


In News: Judicial review must be robust, prompt, and unequivocal when addressing cases involving statutes that are evidently unconstitutional or contentious.

Overview of Supreme Court's Role in Assessing Legislation

  • Reflection on Past Decisions: The top court should have the capacity to reflect on its past decisions and understand the political implications of its actions, especially during crucial moments.
  • Assessment of Citizenship (Amendment) Act (CAA): The Supreme Court of India will evaluate the constitutionality of the Citizenship (Amendment) Act (CAA) and its accompanying regulations.

Challenges Arising from Recent Legislative Ambiguity

  • Ambiguity in CAA Rules: Recent ambiguity in the CAA Rules regarding the status of individuals denied citizenship has raised concerns, particularly regarding the potential detention of those whose citizenship requests are rejected.
  • Worries about Dual Citizenship: Some petitioners have expressed worries about foreign applicants retaining dual citizenship, which contradicts the essence of the original Act and creates uncertainty.

Traditional Judicial Approach vs. Contemporary Challenges

  • Presumption of Law Validity: Traditional legal doctrine presumes legislative actions to be valid unless they clearly violate constitutional principles, as reiterated in the case of Manish Kumar vs Union Of India (2021).
  • Challenges of Populist Legislation: However, this approach may fall short in addressing contemporary challenges posed by populist regimes worldwide, which often introduce legislation with specific motives and manipulate electoral processes.

Impact on Democratic Foundations & Judicial Authority

  • Diminished Counter-Majoritarian Role: Persisting with an outdated presumption of law validity may diminish the counter-majoritarian role that constitutional courts are expected to fulfill in critical times.
  • Erosion of Judicial Authority: Failure to intervene in legislation that disregards constitutional principles can erode the judiciary's authority, impacting the foundation of democracy.

Instances of Judicial Intervention and Non-Intervention

  • Examples of Intervention: Instances such as Vivek Narayan Sharma vs Union of India (2023) and judgments on Article 370 demonstrate the consequences of failure to intervene in legislation.
  • Anoop Baranwal vs Union of India (2023): This case marked a significant judgment advocating for an independent body to select the Election Commission of India (ECI), but subsequent legislation reinstated executive dominance.
  • Jaya Thakur vs Union of India (2024): Despite challenges, the Court declined to halt the operation of a statute, potentially undermining democracy.

Cases of Targeted Legislation and Their Implications

  • CAA and Triple Talaaq Cases: The CAA and the Muslim Women (Protection of Rights on Marriage) Act (2019) exemplify targeted legislation, impacting specific groups and inadvertently exacerbating social issues.

Comparative Perspective: U.S. Legal Precedents

  • Evolution of Judicial Scrutiny: In the U.S., there's a growing need for more thorough judicial scrutiny in the face of legislative actions driven by malice, as argued by scholars like Susannah W. Pollvogt.
  • United States Dept. of Agriculture vs Moreno (1973): Legislative actions targeting specific groups reflect discriminatory intent, requiring judicial scrutiny.

Indian Legal Precedents for Judicial Intervention

  • Ashoka Kumar Thakur vs Union of India (2007): The Supreme Court effectively halted the implementation of parliamentary legislation concerning quota allocations.
  • Rakesh Vaishnav vs Union of India (2021): Judicial intervention led to the stay order on controversial farm laws, eventually leading to their withdrawal.

Conclusion and Recommendations

  • Robust Judicial Review: In cases involving unconstitutional or divisive statutes, the process of judicial review should be robust, immediate, and unequivocal.
  • Heeding Lessons from Past Decisions: The Supreme Court should comprehend the political ramifications of its actions, especially during critical junctures, to uphold democratic principles effectively.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Overhauling India's Higher Education System


In News: A recent discussion revolves around the politicization of higher education in India and emphasizes the urgent need for substantial reforms.

Current Status of the Higher Education System in India

  • Student Enrolment
    • As per the All India Survey of Higher Education (AISHE) 2021-22, the enrolment in higher education institutes stands at 4.33 crore, indicating a significant increase from previous years.
    • The number of women enrolled has risen to 2.07 crore, marking a 32% jump since 2014-15.
    • Notably, the proportion of women enrolled is highest at the postgraduate level (55.4%).
  • Gross Enrolment Ratio (GER) and Gender Parity Index (GPI)
    • The estimated GER for the age group 18-23 years is 28.4% in India.
    • The GPI stands at 1.01 at the all-India level, showcasing gender parity.
  • Discipline-wise Enrolment
    • Bachelor of Arts (BA) programs dominate undergraduate enrolment (34.2%), followed by science, commerce, and engineering.
    • Social science stream leads postgraduate enrolment, with 10.8 lakh students enrolled.
    • Engineering has the highest enrolment at the PhD level, followed by science and social sciences.
  • Primacy of Government Institutions
    • Despite comprising only 58.6% of all universities, government universities attract 73.7% of all students.
    • State public universities hold the largest share of enrollment among government-owned universities, accounting for around 31%.

Key Government Initiatives Related to Higher Education

  • National Education Policy (NEP) 2020
    • Aims to revamp the education system, emphasizing multidisciplinary learning, skill development, and research and innovation.
    • Proposes increasing the Gross Enrolment Ratio to 50% by 2035.
  • Institutions of Eminence (IoE) Scheme
    • Launched in 2018, granting complete autonomy to 20 selected institutions.
  • National Credit Framework
    • Integrates training and skill development into the education system, with credits stored digitally for accessibility.
  • Revamped Accreditation and Ranking Systems
    • Initiatives like NIRF and revamped NAAC ensure quality standards among institutions.
  • Digital Initiatives
    • Platforms like SWAYAM and the National Digital Library of India offer online courses and educational resources.
  • Study in India Program
    • Aims to attract international students to study in India through scholarships and streamlined admission processes.
  • Foreign Institutions in India
    • Regulations allowing foreign universities to establish branch campuses in India, enhancing international collaboration.
  • SHE under INSPIRE
    • Offers scholarships to attract students to pursue basic and natural sciences at undergraduate and postgraduate levels.

Current Major Challenges in the Indian Higher Education System

  • Inequitable Access and Low GER
    • Persistent disparities in access based on socio-economic background, gender, and geography.
    • GER, while improving, remains below the global average.
  • Politicization and Lack of Autonomy
    • Concerns about political interference in institutions' affairs, hindering autonomy and innovation.
  • Limited Funding
    • Reduced budget allocations and low investment in research and development compared to global standards.
  • Shortage of Faculty and Brain Drain
    • Vacant teaching positions and talent migration to other countries or sectors due to better opportunities.
  • Inadequate Industry-Academia Collaboration
    • Lack of effective partnerships leading to a skill gap and unmet industry demands.
  • Uneven Regional Development
    • Disparities in the quality and accessibility of higher education across different states and regions.

Measures to Revamp Higher Education System in India

  • Redefining the Role of Universities
    • Shifting focus to practical skill development, social responsibility, and civic engagement.
    • Transforming institutions into skill generators rather than degree issuers.
  • Open Education Resources (OER) Initiatives
    • Enhancing access to educational resources through platforms like the National Digital Library of India.
  • Entrepreneurship and Innovation Centers
    • Establishing centers to foster innovation and support student entrepreneurship.
  • Transnational Education Partnerships
    • Promoting collaborations with international universities to enhance global exposure and competitiveness.
  • Dual Study Programs
    • Implementing programs combining theoretical learning with practical training.
  • Competency-based Credentialing and Blockchain Certificates
    • Adopting systems to recognize and validate skills acquired through diverse learning pathways, leveraging blockchain technology for transparency and trust.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2012)

Q. Which of the following provisions of the Constitution does India have a bearing on Education? 

  1. Directive Principles of State Policy
  2. Rural and Urban Local Bodies
  3. Fifth Schedule
  4. Sixth Schedule
  5. Seventh Schedule

Select the correct answer using the codes given below:

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 3, 4 and 5 only

(c) 1, 2 and 5 only

(d) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5

Ans- (d)

Mains (2020)

Q1. How have digital initiatives in India contributed to the functioning of the education system in the country? Elaborate on your answer.

Mains (2021)

Q2. Discuss the main objectives of Population Education and point out the measures to achieve them in India in detail. 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS – 2 Education, Welfare Schemes, Issues Related to Children, Human Resource, Skill Development, Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Supreme Court Ruling on Newsclick: Upholding Due Process


In News: The article delves into the Supreme Court's ruling regarding Prabir Purkayastha, the founder-editor of Newsclick, highlighting the significant role of due process of law as a longstanding measure for assessing a civilization's maturity.

Invalidation of Purkayastha’s Arrest by the Supreme Court

  • Grounds of Arrest Not Provided
    • The Supreme Court invalidated Purkayastha’s arrest due to the absence of provided grounds, emphasizing the necessity of providing written grounds of arrest to the accused, citing the Pankaj Bansal case of 2023 as precedent.
    • It affirmed that the right to be informed about the grounds of arrest is fundamental under Article 22(1) of the Constitution of India, and any violation of this right renders the arrest and remand process invalid.
  • Copy of Reasons for Arrest: A Fundamental Right
    • The court underscored that individuals arrested under the UAPA or any other offense have the fundamental right to be informed in writing about the grounds of their arrest, with a copy of such grounds furnished promptly and unequivocally.
  • Clandestine Procedure Adoption
    • The bench noted the secretive manner in which the FIR was withheld from the appellant until after the remand order, condemning it as an attempt to circumvent due process, depriving the accused of legal representation and misleading the court.
  • FIR Not an Encyclopaedia
    • The judgment clarified that an FIR serves to initiate criminal justice proceedings and is not exhaustive in its details. It stressed the importance of the written grounds of arrest, which should be personal to the accused, enabling them to defend against custodial remand and seek bail effectively.

Concerns Raised by UAPA 1967 Regarding Due Process of Law

  • Divergence from Regular Criminal Law
    • The UAPA grants extended remand periods and maximum judicial custody periods, differing from standard criminal law procedures, raising concerns about potential abuse.
  • Controversy Surrounding Bail Provisions
    • Section 43D(5) of the Act imposes stringent bail conditions, making it challenging for suspects to obtain bail without a full trial, a provision criticized for its draconian nature.
  • Expanded Scope Over Time
    • The UAPA has expanded its scope to cover various activities threatening national security, including economic aspects, with prolonged proscription periods and increased powers since its inception, raising questions about its balance with individual rights.
  • High Pendency and Low Conviction Rates
    • Despite a significant number of cases under UAPA, conviction rates remain low, and the pendency of cases in courts is notably high, indicating potential flaws in implementation and due process adherence.

Balancing State Security and Due Process of Law

  • Clear Legal Framework
    • Establish precise laws defining state actions for security, ensuring accountability and preventing misuse. A parliamentary committee could oversee and suggest amendments to security legislation.
  • Judicial Oversight
    • Strengthen judicial oversight to review state actions and legality of detentions under laws like UAPA, potentially through a judicial review committee.
  • Independent Monitoring Bodies
    • Create independent bodies to monitor security law implementation and investigate abuses, empowering bodies like the NHRC to hold state actors accountable.
  • Human Rights Training
    • Provide human rights training for law enforcement to ensure individual liberties are protected while maintaining security, potentially through comprehensive training programs.
  • Public Participation
    • Engage civil society and the public in security policy discussions to create balanced and widely accepted policies, utilizing platforms like MyGov for public consultations.
  • International Cooperation
    • Collaborate with international organizations to promote press freedom and share best practices, aligning with initiatives like the UN Plan of Action on the Safety of Journalists.

Conclusion

India must ensure that stringent laws like the UAPA do not overshadow fundamental rights. A harmonious balance between state security and individual liberties is crucial for the country's legal and constitutional integrity, reflecting its democratic values and maturity.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2021)

Q. With reference to India, consider the following statements: 

1. Judicial custody means an accused is in the custody of the concerned magistrate and such accused is locked up in a police station, not in jail.

2. During judicial custody, the police officer in charge of the case is not allowed to interrogate the suspect without the approval of the court.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither 1 nor 2

Ans: B

Mains (2019)

Q. Indian government has recently strengthed the anti-terrorism laws by amending the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, (UAPA), 1967 and the NIA Act. Analyze the changesin the context of prevailing security environment while discussing scope and reasons for opposing the UAPA by human rights organizations. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS – 2 Fundamental Rights, Indian Constitution, Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Care Economy


In News: The article explores various dimensions of unpaid care work in India and emphasizes the necessity for a care economy that is more valued, inclusive, and equitable.

Constitutional Provisions Related to Working Women in India

  • Article 14: Right to Equality
    • This article guarantees that everyone is equal before the law and entitled to equal protection. It prohibits discrimination based on gender in the workplace, ensuring that working women have the same legal rights as men.
  • Article 15: Prohibition of Discrimination
    • Article 15 prohibits discrimination on various grounds, including sex, in areas such as public employment. It ensures that women have equal opportunities to access government jobs and are not discriminated against based on their gender.
  • Article 16: Equality of Opportunity in Public Employment
    • Article 16 guarantees equality of opportunity in matters of public employment. It protects women from being denied employment or facing disadvantages due to their gender, ensuring fair treatment in the workforce.
  • Article 39: Directive Principles of State Policy
    • Article 39 under the Directive Principles of State Policy includes provisions related to gender equality and workers' rights. It emphasizes that both men and women have the right to an adequate means of livelihood and advocates for equal pay for equal work, regardless of gender.
  • Article 42: Directive Principles of State Policy
    • Article 42 directs the state to make provisions for securing just and humane conditions of work and maternity relief. It mandates the state to ensure safe working environments and provide maternity benefits for women, recognizing the need for gender-sensitive policies in the workforce.

Care Economy: Understanding the Concept

  • Overview of the Care Economy
    • The care economy encompasses the provision of care and support services related to health, education, childcare, eldercare, and other forms of social care. It includes both paid and unpaid care work crucial for human survival, welfare, and labor force reproduction.
  • Historical Perspectives on Unpaid Labor
    • Historically, unpaid labor, particularly caregiving and domestic work performed by women within households, has been undervalued and often excluded from conventional definitions of "work." Feminist economists have critiqued this exclusion and advocated for recognizing and valuing women's contributions to the care economy.
  • Feminist Economists' Critique
    • Feminist economists have challenged traditional economic frameworks for failing to account for the significant contributions of unpaid care work to the economy. They argue that caregiving and domestic work are essential for social reproduction and should be valued and supported by policies and institutions.
  • Beijing Platform for Action
    • The Beijing Platform for Action, adopted at the Fourth World Conference on Women in 1995, recognized the importance of unpaid care work and called for its recognition and redistribution. It advocated for policies and measures to support women's roles in caregiving, domestic work, and volunteerism, aiming to achieve gender equality and women's empowerment.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-1
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Five things the next government needs to focus on


In News: A recent article delves into the recent economic performance of India and highlights five crucial areas requiring attention from the forthcoming government.

Current State of the Indian Economy in Different Sectors

  • Robust Growth
    • India's economy has demonstrated robust and resilient growth over the past decade, positioning itself as the fastest-growing economy among G20 nations and climbing to the 5th largest globally.
  • Current Account Deficit
    • India's current account deficit has significantly reduced to 1% of GDP in the first half of FY24, attributed to resilient service exports and decreased oil import costs.
  • Foreign Investment
    • Robust foreign institutional investor (FII) inflows have bolstered forex reserves to approximately $643 billion, with FII inflows standing at $41 billion in 2023-24.
  • Infrastructural Development
    • Significant infrastructural development has been witnessed, with the construction of 74 airports in the last 9 years and a surge in capital expenditure (Capex) to 3.3% of GDP for FY24.
  • Manufacturing Sector
    • Manufacturing sector capacity utilization is reaching 74%, nearing the long-term average, indicating potential acceleration in private capital expenditure.
  • Inflation
    • Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation has dipped below the Reserve Bank of India’s upper target band of 6%, with core inflation remaining below 4% in April 2024, primarily due to disinflation in the services sector.
  • Decline in Urban Unemployment
    • Urban unemployment rate saw a decline to 6.6% in 2023-24, accompanied by an estimated economic expansion of 7.3% in the same period.
  • Rural Demand
    • Positive trends in rural demand are evident, with Fast Moving Consumer Goods (FMCG) volume growth in rural areas surging from 2.2% to 6.2% in the latter half of 2023, according to a Nielsen report.

Challenges Faced by the Indian Economy in the Past Five Years

  • Slowdown in Economic Growth
    • The COVID-19 pandemic led to a substantial economic decline in India in 2020, causing a negative growth rate, although there was a strong rebound in 2021.
  • Unemployment and Underemployment
    • The pandemic exacerbated job losses, with significant impacts on salaried jobs and a varying unemployment rate.
  • Challenges in Agriculture and Allied Sectors
    • Despite recent GDP growth, the agricultural sector has not shown equivalent progress, with challenges in achieving desired growth rates.
  • Slowing Household Consumption and Income Inequality
    • High levels of income inequality lead to deterioration in consumption demand, especially for lower income classes.
  • Infrastructure Deficit and Private Investment
    • India faces a significant infrastructure deficit and declining private investment, particularly concerning transportation, energy, and healthcare infrastructure.
  • Export Challenges Amid Geopolitical Tensions
    • Geopolitical tensions can disrupt global trade patterns, affecting India's export performance.

Initiatives Taken for the Growth of Different Sectors in the Indian Economy

  • New Economic Policy, 2020
    • A substantial stimulus package aimed at bolstering various sectors and segments of the economy post-COVID-19 crisis.
  • Strategic Disinvestment
    • Privatization of public sector enterprises to enhance efficiency, profitability, and competitiveness.
  • Comprehensive Labour Codes
    • Introduction of labor codes to streamline and consolidate central labor laws, aiming to offer flexibility and simplify procedures for businesses.
  • Production-Linked Incentive (PLI)
    • A scheme to scale up domestic manufacturing capability.
  • PM Gati Shakti- National Master Plan
    • Formulation of a national master plan for multimodal connectivity infrastructure projects.
  • Bharatmala Project 
    • A project aimed at improving connectivity, particularly in North East India.
  • Start-up India
    • Initiative to catalyze the startup culture in India.
  • Make in India 2.0
    • Effort to transform India into a global design and manufacturing hub.

Potential Areas of Focus for the Indian Economy

  • Creating Employment Opportunities
    • Policies aimed at boosting consumption to indirectly contribute to sustainable job creation.
  • Reviving Private Investment
    • Expansion of schemes like PLI and introduction of investment incentives to stimulate private sector participation.
  • Agricultural Reform
    • Addressing challenges in the agricultural sector, clarifying trade policies, and standardizing procurement and distribution procedures.
  • Boosting Household Consumption
    • Fiscal measures to stimulate consumption and address declining household savings.
  • Integration into Global Supply Chains
    • Strategic approach to enhance India's participation in global supply chains, particularly in merchandise exports.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2018)

Q. Consider the following statements:

  1. Human capital formation as a concept is better explained in terms of a process that enables individuals of a country to accumulate more capital.
  2. increasing the knowledge, skill levels and capacities of the people of the country.
  3. accumulation of tangible wealth.
  4. accumulation of intangible wealth

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 and 2

(b) 2 only

(c) 2 and 4

(d) 1, 3 and 4

Ans: (c)

Prelims (2013)

Q. Disguised unemployment generally means 

(a) large number of people remain unemployed

(b) alternative employment is not available

(c) marginal productivity of labour is zero

(d) productivity of workers is low

Ans: (c)


Mains (2023)

Q. Most of the unemployment in India is structural in nature. Examine the methodology adopted to compute unemployment in the country and suggest improvements. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3 GS-2
Monthly Editorial Analysis

The challenge of extra-pulmonary TB


In News: Pulmonary tuberculosis mainly impacts the lungs, yet approximately 20% of TB infections manifest in other body parts like lymph nodes, the brain, gut, and eyes. Even after resolving lung infections, these organs can still harbor TB, posing a substantial public health challenge, potentially underreported, known as extra-pulmonary TB (EPTB).

Global and Regional Burden of Tuberculosis

  • Prevalence Overview
    • The World Health Organization (WHO) reports over 10 million new TB cases annually, with India accounting for 27% of the global TB burden.
  • Challenges in Estimating EPTB Burden
    • Estimating the burden of Extra-Pulmonary Tuberculosis (EPTB) is challenging due to difficulties in diagnosis, leading to underreporting and hidden prevalence.

Focus on Pulmonary TB

  • Epidemiological Focus
    • Given the predominant burden of pulmonary TB, efforts towards its elimination are prioritized due to its role in disease transmission.
  • Importance of Addressing EPTB
    • While pulmonary TB remains a priority, the substantial impact of EPTB on affected individuals necessitates attention to its complexities and challenges.

Challenges in Tackling EPTB

  • Lack of Physician Awareness
    • Many physicians lack awareness of the association between TB and various organs affected by EPTB, leading to underdiagnosis and inadequate treatment.
  • Diagnostic and Treatment Limitations
    • Challenges exist in accurately diagnosing and treating EPTB, compounded by the absence of standardized protocols for different affected organs.
  • Dormancy of INDEX-TB Guidelines
    • Guidelines for EPTB management, such as INDEX-TB, formulated in 2014, remain underutilized and require updates based on current evidence and experience.
  • Data Fragmentation
    • Fragmented data practices among specialist departments hinder comprehensive understanding and management of EPTB, leading to incomplete prevalence data.
  • Persistence of Disease Markers
    • EPTB presents challenges due to persistent disease markers even after treatment completion, necessitating further research into disease mechanisms and immune responses.

Way Forward

  • Enhanced Data Sharing
    • Improved data generation and sharing between TB departments and specialist departments can facilitate better understanding and management of EPTB.
  • Research Priorities
    • Active research into infection spread mechanisms and immune interactions with organs can lead to early detection of persistent disease markers.
  • Utilization of Advanced Tools
    • Collaboration among EPTB specialties and utilization of advanced immunological tools can aid in uncovering immune mechanisms and guiding appropriate treatment.
  • Guidelines Update and Interdisciplinary Collaboration
    • Guidelines and protocols for EPTB management need updating with multidisciplinary input and high-quality clinical trial data. Interdisciplinary collaboration is essential for a holistic approach.

Conclusion

Addressing the complexities of EPTB requires a comprehensive approach, considering its significant impact on public health. Understanding disease mechanisms and enhancing collaboration among stakeholders can improve diagnosis, treatment, and management of EPTB.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-1
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Deepfakes in elections: They have shaken our faith


In News: A recent article explores the emergence of deep fakes within our current election cycle and their potential to undermine the integrity of the electoral process. It delves into the difficulties posed by deep fakes in authenticating information and exercising personal discernment.

Understanding Deepfakes: Origins, Creation, and Impact on Elections

  • Definition and Origins:
    • Deepfakes are synthetic media generated using AI technology, aiming to deceive individuals by manipulating visual and audio content.
    • The term "deepfake" was coined in 2017 by an anonymous Reddit user known as "Deepfakes," who utilized Google's deep-learning technology for creating and sharing pornographic videos.
  • Creation Process:
    • Deepfakes are created using generative adversarial networks (GANs), consisting of a generator and a discriminator neural network.
    • The generator produces fake images or videos closely resembling reality, while the discriminator differentiates between authentic and fake content.
  • Data Synthesis:
    • The creation of deepfakes requires large datasets, often sourced from the internet or social media without consent, including photos or videos of both source and target individuals.
  • Deep Synthesis:
    • Deepfakes are part of Deep Synthesis, utilizing technologies like deep learning and augmented reality to generate text, images, audio, and video, constructing virtual scenarios.

Advantages of Deepfakes in Elections:

  • Segmentation and Targeting:
    • Deep learning algorithms enable political parties to analyze extensive voter data, including demographics and social media engagement, for personalized targeting.
    • Natural language processing (NLP) algorithms interpret textual data from social media posts, news articles, etc., aiding in targeting voters effectively.
  • Real-time Monitoring and Adaptation:
    • AI-powered predictive analytics forecast election outcomes by analyzing diverse factors like polling data and social media sentiment analysis.
    • AI algorithms continuously monitor data sources to gauge public sentiment and identify emerging trends.
  • Enhanced Communication Strategies:
    • AI chatbots and virtual assistants engage voters on social media platforms, disseminating information about candidates and policies.
  • Security and Integrity:
    • AI-driven tools detect and prevent electoral fraud, ensuring the integrity of elections.
  • Regulation and Oversight:
    • AI technologies monitor political advertising, ensuring compliance with electoral regulations.

Challenges related to Deepfakes in Elections:

  • Electoral Behavior Manipulation:
    • Deepfake content can manipulate voters by spreading personalized propaganda.
  • Spreading Misinformation:
    • Generative AI models can spread disinformation, influencing voter perceptions.
  • Inaccuracies and Unreliability:
    • Deepfake AI models are susceptible to inaccuracies, posing risks to reliability.
  • Ethical Concerns:
    • Deepfake usage raises ethical questions regarding privacy, transparency, and fairness.
  • Regulatory Challenges:
    • Regulating deepfakes in electoral campaigns is challenging due to rapid technological advancements.

Combatting the Misuse of Deepfakes in Elections:

  • Regulatory Measures:
    • Implement strict laws criminalizing the creation and dissemination of deepfake content during elections.
  • Election Commission Guidelines:
    • Issue guidelines requiring transparency in AI algorithms used for political purposes.
  • Technology-Based Solutions:
    • Develop AI algorithms to detect and authenticate deepfake content in real-time.
  • Awareness and Education Campaigns:
    • Launch public awareness campaigns to educate voters about deepfake technology.
  • Enhanced Fact-Checking:
    • Establish rapid response teams to address the dissemination of fake news and deepfakes.
  • Collaborative Efforts:
    • Foster collaboration among governments, tech companies, and civil society organizations to combat deepfake threats.
  • Learning from International Practices:
    • Draw insights from international approaches to deepfake regulation and prevention.
  • Promoting Ethical AI:
    • Advance AI technologies with ethical principles, prioritizing objectives like mitigating bias and safeguarding privacy.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2020)

Q. With the present state of development, Artificial Intelligence can effectively do which of the following? 

  1. Bring down electricity consumption in industrial units
  2. Create meaningful short stories and songs
  3. Disease diagnosis
  4. Text-to-Speech Conversion
  5. Wireless transmission of electrical energy

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1, 2, 3 and 5 only
(b) 1, 3 and 4 only
(c) 2, 4 and 5 only
(d) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5

Ans: (b)

Mains (2021)

Q. What are the main socio-economic implications arising out of the development of IT industries in major cities of India? 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 GS-3
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Migration Matters


In News: A recent article delves into the multifaceted nature of mobility, encompassing both internal migration within a country and migration to foreign nations, as well as the inherent challenges associated with these movements.

Understanding Migration

  • Definition: Migration involves individuals crossing international boundaries or moving within a state from their usual place of residence, as per the International Organization for Migration.
  • Analysis: Examining changes in migration regarding scale, direction, demographics, and frequency aids in policy development and intervention strategies.

Forms and Patterns of Migration

  • Internal Migration: Movement within a country categorized by origin and destination, including rural-urban, intra-state, and inter-state migration.
  • External Migration: Also known as international migration, involves individuals or families moving between countries due to various factors such as economic opportunities, education, family reunification, or seeking asylum.
  • Forced and Voluntary Migration: Forced migration occurs due to factors like war or persecution, while voluntary migration is driven by better economic prospects or improved quality of life.
  • Temporary and Permanent Migration: Temporary migration is short-term, while permanent migration involves settling in a new location.
  • Reverse Migration: Individuals or families returning to their country of origin after previously migrating elsewhere.

Reasons for Migration

  • Economic Factors: Push factors include poverty and joblessness, while pull factors include better job prospects and higher pay.
  • Socio-cultural Factors: Influence migration for reasons like marriage, family reunification, or cultural preservation.
  • Political Factors: Instability, conflicts, and government policies can compel migration.
  • Environmental Factors: Natural disasters, climate change, and developmental projects can force migration.
  • Developmental Projects: Projects like dams and river linking can lead to displacement and migration.

Impacts of Migration

  • Positive Impacts: Economic growth, social change, cultural diversity, improved quality of life, innovation, and labor market flexibility.
  • Negative Impacts: Demographic changes, environmental strain, social tensions, and family disruptions.

Challenges Associated with Migration

  • Inadequate Social Security and Health Benefits
  • Limited Portability of State-provided Benefits
  • Scarcity of Affordable Housing and Basic Amenities
  • Impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic
  • Exploitation and Discrimination

Addressing Migration Challenges

  • Incorporating comprehensive social security measures
  • Providing basic amenities
  • Promoting integration and inclusion
  • Investing in skill development and job creation
  • Developing counter-magnet cities
  • Implementing labor market policies
  • Enforcing regulation and worker protection.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Mains (2015)

Q. Discuss the changes in the trends of labour migration within and outside India in the last four decades. 

Source: BS

Keywords: GS – 1 Salient Features of Indian Society, Population and Associated Issues, Social Empowerment, Diversity of India, Types of Resources
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Time for a New Approach to Minority Welfare in India


In News: The report from the Economic Advisory Council to the Prime Minister highlights major demographic changes in India's minority communities between 1950 and 2015. It expresses concerns about fair resource allocation and suggests sub-categorizing minorities to ensure equal distribution of welfare benefits.

UN Declaration on Minority Rights

  • Adoption and Context
    • The United Nations adopted the Declaration on the Rights of Persons Belonging to National or Ethnic, Religious, and Linguistic Minorities (UNDM) on December 18, 1992.
    • This period coincided with global upheavals like the disintegration of the Soviet Union and Yugoslavia, making it a crucial time for minority rights advocacy.
  • Responsibilities of States
    • According to Article 1 of the declaration, each state is responsible for safeguarding and promoting the existence and identity of minorities within their territories.
    • Countries are encouraged to establish legislation to address minority rights issues.
  • Legally Binding Provisions
    • While the UNDM is non-binding, there are legally binding provisions at the international level such as Article 27 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and Article 30 of the Convention on the Rights of the Child.

India's Commitment to Minority Rights

  • India established the National Commission for Minorities in 1993, recognizing Muslims, Christians, Sikhs, Buddhists, Parsis, and Jains as minority communities.
  • Prior to this, India consistently upheld the rights of minority groups, providing refuge to persecuted communities like the Parsis and Jews.

Recent Economic Advisory Council Report

  • The report titled 'Share of Religious Minorities – A Cross-Country Analysis' highlights population trends among minority communities in India.
  • It notes increases in the Muslim, Christian, Sikh, and Buddhist populations, while the Jain and Parsi populations have declined.

Concerns Raised

  • Unequal Growth Among Minorities
    • While some minority populations have increased, there are disparities, particularly with the decline of the Jain and Parsi populations.
  • Resource Allocation Issues
    • Concerns arise regarding the unequal distribution of welfare schemes and benefits among minority communities.
    • Discontent within the Christian community in Kerala is cited as an example.
  • Potential Social Divisions
    • The declining Hindu population raises questions about secularism and the structure of India's population pyramid.
    • There are concerns about fiscal imbalances and social divisions resulting from demographic shifts.

Way Forward

  • Sub-Categorisation and Resource Management
    • Consideration of sub-categories within minority groups and smart resource allocation are suggested to effectively design government welfare schemes.
  • Language Education and Border Controls
    • Emphasis should be placed on language education and strengthening border controls and immigration policies.
  • Formal Inclusion and Revising Definitions
    • Formal inclusion of linguistic minorities and revising the definition of minority status are recommended to broaden the scope of minorities in India.

Conclusion

  • India faces significant demographic shifts within its minority communities, necessitating tailored policies for welfare and resource allocation.
  • It is crucial to revisit definitions and policies to address disparities and maintain social harmony, leveraging India’s demographic potential for economic growth.

Source: News18

Keywords: GS-1 GS-2 Vulnerable Section
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Carbon Farming: A Pathway to Sustainable Agriculture


In News: A recent article discusses various methods under carbon farming aimed at mitigating greenhouse gas emissions and highlights the challenges associated with implementing these techniques, particularly in developing nations like India.

Introduction to Carbon Farming

  • Carbon farming aims to maximize carbon sequestration through agricultural practices.
  • It involves enhancing carbon absorption in plant biomass and soil organic matter.
  • Careful planning, monitoring, and adaptation are essential for effectiveness.

Significance of Carbon Farming

  • Climate Change Mitigation: Crucial for reducing greenhouse gas emissions.
  • Soil Health Enhancement: Improves soil quality, water retention, and crop yields.
  • Biodiversity Enrichment: Fosters diverse ecosystems and reduces pesticide use.
  • Economic Opportunities: Opens avenues for income diversification for farmers.

Techniques in Carbon Farming

  • Forest Management: Avoiding deforestation, reforestation, and improved forest practices.
  • Agroforestry: Combining trees with agriculture for carbon sequestration.
  • Grasslands Conservation: Protecting native vegetation to absorb greenhouse gases.
  • Renewable Energy Production: Generating carbon offsets through renewable energy.
  • Conservation Agriculture Techniques: Practices like zero tillage and cover cropping.
  • Rotational Grazing: Managing livestock to promote vegetation regrowth.

Potential Opportunities for Carbon Farming in India

  • Economic Opportunity: Significant potential for income generation in agriculture.
  • Carbon Credit Systems: Farmers can benefit from carbon trading markets.
  • Regional Suitability: Different regions offer varying potential for carbon farming.

Challenges Associated with Carbon Farming

  • Soil Composition: Some soils may have limited carbon storage capacity.
  • Geographic Location: Factors like elevation and proximity to water impact farming.
  • Varieties of Crops: Selection of suitable crop varieties is crucial.
  • Water Scarcity: Limited water availability can hinder carbon sequestration.
  • Financial Constraints: Small-scale farmers may struggle with initial costs.
  • Limited Policy Support: Lack of supportive policies hampers adoption.

Strategies to Encourage Carbon Farming

  • Legal Framework: Enactment of comprehensive carbon farming legislation.
  • Incentives for Farmers: Direct support for adopting climate-friendly practices.
  • Utilizing Carbon Credits: Rewarding farmers with tradable carbon credits.
  • Collective Engagement: Collaboration between stakeholders for scalability.
  • Unlocking Soil Potential: Harnessing soil's capacity as a carbon sink for decarbonization.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2018)

Q.  Which of the following statements best describes "carbon fertilisation"? 

(a) Increased plant growth due to increased concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.

(b) Increased temperature of Earth due to increased concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.

(c) Increased acidity of oceans as a result of increased concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.

(d) Adaptation of all living beings on Earth to the climate change brought about by the increased concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.

Ans: (a)

Prelims (2020)

Q.2 Which one of the following statements best the term ‘Social Cost of Carbon’? 

It is a measure, in monetary value, of the -

(a) long-term damage done by a tonne of CO2 emissions in a given year.

(b) requirement of fossil fuels for a country to provide goods and services to its citizens, based on the burning of those fuels.

(c) efforts put in by a climate refugee to adapt to live in a new place.

(d) contribution of an individual person to the carbon footprint on the planet Earth.

Ans: (a)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Can India become a green superpower?


In News: India should strive to emerge as a green superpower by leveraging its potential to offer low-cost green hydrogen amid the global shift towards cleaner energy. 

Why India Should Aim to be a Green Superpower

  • Amitabh Kant's Perspective
    • During the 'Raisina Dialogue 2024', Amitabh Kant, former NITI Aayog chief and G20 Sherpa, stressed India's need to become a net exporter of green energy by 2047 to attract capital. 
    • He emphasized that future investments would gravitate towards renewable energy sectors, making green approaches essential for capital attraction.
  • Addressing the Global Challenge
    • The pressing global challenge of climate change necessitates a shift towards renewable energy sources. 
    • Kant proposed transitioning the World Bank into a climate bank and advocated for each country, particularly those in the global south, to prioritize renewable energy.
  • Biofuels as a Solution
    • Kant highlighted the significant role of biofuels in creating jobs and achieving clean fuel targets, suggesting their importance in India's renewable energy strategy.
  • Economic and Environmental Imperatives
    • As the world moves towards cleaner energy, India has the potential to become a major producer of green hydrogen, contributing to both economic growth and environmental sustainability.
  • India's Renewable Energy Growth
    • India is currently implementing the world's largest renewable energy expansion program, aiming to install 500 GW of renewable capacity by 2030. 
    • This includes substantial investments in solar and wind energy and plans for green hydrogen production.

Steps for Achieving the Goal

  • Financing the Green Transition
    • Mobilizing financing is crucial for scaling up renewable energy investments, involving both local and international finance sources.
  • Policy Tools for Driving Investment
    • Enforcing Renewable Purchase Obligations (RPO) and Energy Storage Obligations (ESO) can boost demand for renewable energy and accelerate technological advancements in energy storage.
  • Strengthening Infrastructure and Fiscal Reforms
    • Enhanced public-private partnerships (PPPs) and fiscal incentives for clean energy can promote investment in low-carbon transport infrastructure and renewable energy projects.
  • Institutional and Regulatory Strengthening
    • Strengthening institutions like the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) and regulatory bodies will be crucial for scaling up clean energy projects and attracting investments.
  • Leveraging Global Financial Mechanisms
    • Increasing the role of global multilateral institutions and exploring mechanisms like multi-sovereign loan guarantees can improve access to finance for renewable energy projects.
  • Policy and Regulatory Support
    • Implementing policies and regulations that promote renewable energy technologies, including energy conservation codes and tariff policies, can further incentivize investment in green energy.

Conclusion

India's transition to a green superpower is not only about transforming its energy landscape but also about leading globally in sustainable development. Green infrastructure investments have significant economic benefits and contribute to building resilience against climate change.

Source: DH

Keywords: GS-3 GS-2
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Understanding India's Youth Unemployment: A Critical


In News: The India Employment Report 2024, co-published by the Institute for Human Development (IHD) and the International Labour Organisation (ILO), has garnered substantial attention. However, specific findings within the report have been prone to misunderstanding or misinterpretation.

Positive Developments in India’s Labour Market Outlined in the India Employment Report 2024

  • Improvement in Employment Quality
    • The report notes a notable enhancement in employment quality across various states, as indicated by the robust Employment Condition Index, reflecting better wages, benefits, job security, and working conditions.
  • Transition from Agriculture to Non-Farm Employment
    • A positive trend observed is the transition of workers from agriculture to non-farm sectors, signifying structural economic transformation, productivity increase, and diversification.
  • Rise in Regular Employment and Decline in Unorganised Sector Employment
    • There's a steady rise in regular employment alongside a decrease in unorganised sector employment, except during the COVID-19 pandemic disruptions, reflecting progress in formalizing the labour market.
  • Resilience Amidst COVID-19 Pandemic
    • Despite challenges posed by the global economic slowdown due to the pandemic, India's labour market exhibited resilience, with wage increases for casual workers, indicating effective policy responses.
  • Increase in Female Workforce Participation
    • The report highlights a significant rise in female workforce participation, particularly in agriculture, indicating progress towards gender parity, possibly due to targeted interventions promoting women's economic empowerment.

Persistent Challenges and Emerging Trends

  • Dominance of Agriculture in Employment
    • Agriculture still predominantly employs nearly half of India's workforce, necessitating structural reforms to facilitate a shift to non-farm sectors.
  • Skills Mismatches and Education Disparities
    • Mismatches between workforce skills and employer demands, particularly among educated youth, contribute to unemployment despite rising education levels.
  • Gender Disparities in Workforce Participation
    • Women's participation remains low due to social norms, limited education access, and lack of economic empowerment support.
  • Youth Unemployment and NEET Population
    • Youth unemployment is a pressing concern, with a significant portion categorized as NEET, highlighting challenges in securing meaningful employment opportunities.
  • Informality and Low Productivity in Employment
    • The majority of employment remains informal, characterized by low wages and limited access to formal benefits, necessitating policy interventions.

Recommendations by the India Employment Report 2024 to Address Emerging Challenges

The report suggests measures such as enhancing employment intensity in production, improving employment quality, tackling labour market inequalities, boosting women's employment, and bridging skills gaps through effective policies and private sector involvement.

Conclusion

The India Employment Report 2024 offers insights into positive trends and persistent challenges in India's labour market, emphasizing the need for coordinated efforts to achieve inclusive and sustainable growth.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-1 GS-2 Unemployment
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Unprecedented Environmental Transformation:


In News: According to the Food and Agricultural Organisation (FAO) of the United Nations, human activities have led to the unprecedented loss of one-third of Earth's forests, marking a historic event without parallel in the planet's 4. 54-billion-year history. 

Unprecedented Climatic Extremes

  • Record-breaking Warmth and Wetness: According to the US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), January 2024 marked the warmest month in India since 1850, with global surface temperatures surpassing the 20th-century average by 1.27°C. Additionally, it was the second wettest month on record. Antarctica's sea ice extent also reached the fourth-lowest level.
  • Continuation of Trends: The warming trends observed in January 2024 are consistent with patterns observed since June 2023, possibly influenced by El Niño phenomena.
  • Global Environmental Challenges: A multitude of environmental milestones, including record-high atmospheric CO2 levels, increased methane density, heightened plastic pollution, and unprecedented biodiversity loss, underscore the severity of the current environmental crisis.

Environmental Degradation

  • Deforestation and Wildlife Decline: Human activities have led to the depletion of one-third of the world's forests, significantly impacting biodiversity. Wildlife populations have plummeted by 69% in the last five decades due to habitat loss.
  • Land and Ocean Degradation: Approximately 75% of Earth's land surfaces have been degraded, while ocean pollution, including plastics and chemicals, has made oceans 30% more acidic.
  • Extreme Weather Events: Recent occurrences, such as heatwaves in Europe, floods in China, landslides in India, and wildfires in Hawaii, highlight the intensification of extreme weather events globally.

Agricultural Challenges

  • Soil Erosion and Desertification: Unsustainable rates of soil erosion threaten fertile land, contributing to desertification, particularly in grasslands.
  • Reduction in Plant Genetic Diversity: Loss of plant genetic diversity compromises resilience against pests and diseases, impacting agricultural productivity.
  • Impacts on Crop Yields: Erratic weather patterns and extreme heat disrupt crop growth, leading to decreased agricultural productivity.

Health Implications

  • Increase in Vector-borne Diseases: Warmer temperatures expand the habitat range for disease vectors like mosquitoes and ticks, facilitating the spread of diseases such as Zika and Lyme disease.
  • Direct Health Risks: Heat stress and poor air quality weaken the immune system, increasing susceptibility to illnesses and reducing vaccine effectiveness.

Social and Economic Impacts

  • Food Insecurity: Extreme weather events can devastate farmlands, leading to significant drops in food production, particularly for staple crops like corn and wheat.
  • Migration of Pests: Warmer conditions contribute to the proliferation of pests that harm food crops, potentially causing agricultural crises.

Conclusion

Global warming and climate change present a multifaceted crisis that affects every aspect of life on Earth. Urgent and comprehensive global action is imperative to mitigate and adapt to these challenges.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Mains (2022)

Q. Discuss global warming and mention its effects on the global climate. Explain the control measures to bring down the level of greenhouse gases which cause global warming, in the light of the Kyoto Protocol, 1997.

Mains (2017)

Q. 'Climate change' is a global problem. How India will be affected by climate change? How Himalayan and coastal states of India will be affected by climate change? 

Source: TS

Keywords: GS-3
Monthly Editorial Analysis

The judiciary’s shadow over standard essential patents


In News: India's telecom manufacturing sector is under threat from technology companies leveraging 'standard essential patents' (SEPs), posing a risk to the country's domestic phone manufacturing goals. 

Overview of Standard Essential Patents (SEPs)

  • SEPs cover technologies adopted as industry standards, ensuring interoperability and compatibility among devices.
  • They are crucial for various sectors, including telecommunications, where standards like CDMA, GSM, and LTE are essential.

Challenges Surrounding SEPs

  • Patent Holdup Problem
    • Companies holding SEPs can demand high royalties, creating barriers to competition and innovation.
    • Self-regulation mechanisms like FRAND (Fair, Reasonable, and Non-Discriminatory) licensing have failed to address anti-competitive practices effectively.
  • Legal Issues and Judicial Lethargy
    • CCI Investigation and Litigation
      • The Competition Commission of India (CCI) initiated an investigation into Ericsson's alleged abuse of dominant position in demanding excessive royalties.
      • Legal battles ensued, delaying resolution and leaving India as the only major economy yet to address SEP licensing practices.
    • Delhi High Court's Role
      • The Delhi High Court's handling of SEP-related lawsuits and interim remedies has faced criticism for judicial activism and delays.
      • Court orders requiring defendants to deposit large sums during trials have raised concerns over fairness and impact on manufacturing.

Consequences and Government Intervention

  • Impact on Manufacturing and Investment
    • Judicial delays and activism hinder India's efforts to attract investment and promote manufacturing.
    • While the government incentivizes manufacturing, judicial actions undermine these efforts by burdening companies with financial obligations.
  • Call for Government Action
    • There's a need for government intervention to regulate SEPs and address related challenges.
    • Modelling after measures enacted by the European Parliament, India can safeguard its manufacturing ambitions and ensure fairness in SEP licensing.

Conclusion

India must address SEP-related challenges promptly to protect its manufacturing interests.

Given its limited influence in SEP selection and enforcement obligations, government intervention is crucial for maintaining competitiveness and fostering innovation in the country.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 Polity- judiciary’s
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Addressing the Gap: Reforming the EC's Model Code


In News: The Model Code of Conduct (MCC), vital for fair elections in India, has evolved over time but faces challenges today. Analysing its history, identifying current issues, and proposing enforcement measures are crucial.

Origins and Expansion Of MCC

  • The MCC emerged in the 1960s as basic guidelines for election conduct, initially applied in Kerala's Assembly elections. 
  • Over time, it grew in scope and importance under various Chief Election Commissioners (CECs).

Challenges and the Need for Strengthening Enforcement

  • Escalating Violations
    • Political parties and candidates frequently disregard the MCC's provisions, engaging in activities like hate speech and misinformation campaigns.
  • Exploitation of Loopholes
    • Modern political actors exploit MCC loopholes, especially with the advent of technology and social media.
  • Inadequate Deterrents
    • The MCC lacks meaningful consequences for violations, leading to a perception of impunity among politicians.
  • Complexity of Enforcement
    • India's diverse electoral landscape strains the Election Commission's (EC) enforcement capabilities, with lengthy adjudication processes.
  • Erosion of Public Trust
    • Widespread disregard for the MCC erodes public confidence in the electoral process, fostering voter apathy.

Proposed Reforms to Strengthen Enforcement

  • Clear and Comprehensive Guidelines
    • Establishing clear and updated guidelines on permissible conduct during electoral campaigns.
  • Strict Enforcement Mechanisms
    • Imposing proportional penalties for violations and streamlining enforcement procedures for swift adjudication.
  • Indirect Liability for Political Parties
    • Holding parties accountable for MCC violations regardless of individual culpability.
  • Transparency and Public Accountability
    • Maintaining a publicly accessible database of MCC violations to bolster transparency.
  • Timely and Credible Adjudication
    • Prioritizing prompt resolution of cases to maintain the MCC's deterrent effect.
  • Continuous Evaluation and Revision
    • Continuously updating the MCC to address emerging challenges and changing electoral dynamics.

The Role of Political Parties and Election Commission

  • The Role of Political Leadership
    • Promoting ethical standards and responsible conduct within parties to inspire confidence in the electoral process.
  • The Role of Election Commission
    • Impartially adjudicating MCC violations and enforcing regulations to uphold electoral integrity. 
  • Enhancing the EC's Capacity
    • Investing in training, technological infrastructure, and human resources to adapt to evolving challenges.

Conclusion

Strengthening the MCC through reforms and fostering ethical leadership can reinforce India's democratic processes and ensure free and fair elections for all citizens.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 Polity
Rating 0.0
Please rate the article below, your opinion matter to us
A notification message..

Share the article

Subscribe now

Get Latest Updates on Offers, Event dates, and free Mentorship sessions.

*you’ll be agreeing to our Terms & Conditions
Get in touch with our Expert Academic Counsellors

Get in touch with our Expert Academic Counsellors 👋

Preferred time to call

FAQs

UPSC Monthly Current Affairs refers to a compilation of relevant and significant news, events, and developments from various fields that are important for the UPSC (Union Public Service Commission) civil services examination. This curated collection helps aspirants stay updated with recent happenings, enhancing their knowledge and analytical skills, which are crucial for various stages of the UPSC exam, including the Preliminary, Main, and Interview rounds.

UPSC Monthly Current Affairs plays a crucial role in UPSC preparation as it helps aspirants cover a broader range of current affairs topics within a specific time frame. By reviewing monthly current affairs, aspirants can gain a deeper understanding of significant events and issues, analyze their implications, and connect them with the UPSC syllabus. It aids in building a holistic perspective and enhances the ability to answer questions effectively.

UPSC Monthly Current Affairs provides a comprehensive overview of important events and developments across various domains. It covers national and international news, government policies, economic updates, scientific advancements, environmental issues, social issues, sports events, cultural festivals, and more. The content typically includes summaries, analysis, infographics, and practice questions to facilitate effective learning and revision.

You can access UPSC Monthly Current Affairs through various sources and platforms:

  • Online Education Websites: Websites like Edukemy, Unacademy, BYJU'S, and others often provide monthly current affairs compilations tailored specifically for UPSC aspirants.
  • Newspapers and Magazines: Reputed newspapers like The Hindu, The Indian Express, and magazines like Yojana and Kurukshetra provide comprehensive coverage of current affairs. Many coaching institutes also compile and publish monthly magazines focusing on UPSC-related current affairs.
  • Mobile Apps: There are dedicated mobile apps that are available on platforms like Google Play Store and Apple App Store that provide UPSC-focused current affairs content. Edukemy's app is the best in the industry for current affairs preparation.
  • YouTube Channels and Podcasts: Many educators and institutes have YouTube channels and podcasts that discuss and analyze current affairs topics relevant to the UPSC exam. Visit Edukemy's YouTube channel and get covered with all the current affairs required for UPSC preparation.
  • Coaching Institutes: Many offline and online coaching institutes like Edukemy offer UPSC Monthly Current Affairs as part of their study materials or subscription plans.

When accessing UPSC Monthly Current Affairs, ensure that the content is reliable, well-researched, and covers a wide range of topics relevant to the UPSC syllabus. It's essential to stay updated with national and international developments, government policies, socio-economic issues, and more to excel in the UPSC exam.

Ask an Expert

Enquiry

Help us make sure you are you through an OTP:

Please enter correct Name

Please authenticate via OTP

Resend OTP
Please enter correct mobile number
Please enter OTP

Please enter correct Name
Resend OTP
Please enter correct mobile number

OTP has been sent.

Please enter OTP